Today's Hours: 8:00am - 10:00pm

Books

all 547 "F" titles
  • Digital
    by Dániel Margócsy, Mark Somos, Stephen N. Joffe.
    Summary: This book provides bibliographic information, ownership records, a detailed worldwide census and a description of the handwritten annotations for all the surviving copies of the 1543 and 1555 editions of Vesalius' 'De humani corporis fabrica'. It also offers a groundbreaking historical analysis of how the Fabrica traveled across the globe, and how readers studied, annotated and critiqued its contents from 1543 to 2017. This book sheds a fresh light on the book's vibrant reception history and documents how physicians, artists, theologians and collectors filled its pages with copious annotations. It also offers a novel interpretation of how an early anatomical textbook became one of the most coveted rare books for collectors in the 21st century.

    Contents:
    A valuable book
    Provenance
    Reading and annotating the Fabrica : the sporadic reader
    Censorship : controlling reading.
    Digital Access BRILL 2018
  • Digital
    Maria Siemionow
    Summary: This book creatively communicates the human and professional sides of the journey to the first ever near total face transplant, the response to this milestone in the medical community, and the effect it has had on the individuals involved. It focuses on the evolution of Professor Maria Siemionow as a microsurgeon and the processes by which she sensationally overcame the challenges her team encountered including the successful manipulation of the immune system to avoid rejection of the face tissue by the recipient. Face to Face: A Short History of Face Transplantation combines the medical and human elements of the development of face transplant surgery. It is not only targeted at the surgical professional and trainee, but also the general public who wish to read about the journey of how a significant medical advancement was made. It is also great reading to inspire girls of an age where they are thinking about career paths to believe they can do something extraordinary and could persuade some to pursue a career in an STEM subject.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Inching Ahead
    Chapter 2: Anatomy Lessons
    Chapter 3: Wanderings
    Chapter 4: Of Scalpels and Family
    Chapter 5: Becoming a Microsurgeon
    Chapter 6: The Face Is Different from the Heart
    Chapter 7: Louisville Fellows
    Chapter 8: Transplants
    Chapter 9: Ethical Considerations
    Chapter 10: The Candidate
    Chapter 11: The Time Comes
    Chapter 12: Ten Years Pass
    Addendum
    Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Juan P. Barret, Veronica Tomasello.
    Summary: This book brings together all the relevant available science behind face transplants. It is comprehensive in its coverage, encompassing patient and donor evaluation, ethics, legal issues, psychological issues, types of transplant, surgical technique, issues relating to immunosuppression, follow-up protocols, and current outcomes. Facial transplantation, which allows the replacement of missing anatomy with a perfect match based on transplant medicine principles, has become the most striking innovation in plastic surgery of the twenty-first century as surgeons and scientists progress from reconstructive surgery to restorative surgery. A robust team approach is, however, necessary to produce safe and efficient outcomes, and numerous questions are arising, from technical issues to ethical dilemmas. The reader will discover in this volume all the information required in order to understand this new discipline and to be able to set up a program of facial transplantation.

    Contents:
    Introduction and Background
    History of the Face Transplantation
    Composite Tissue Allotransplantation (CTA)
    Indications of Facial Transplantation
    Evaluation of the Candidate for Facial Transplantation
    Evaluation of Donors
    Legal, Ethical and Psychological Issues in Facial Transplantation
    Face as an Organ: Functional Anatomy
    Types of Face Transplants
    Requirements for a Multidisciplinary Team
    Surgical Technique of Facial Transplantation
    Immunological Issues and Immunomodulation
    An Overview of the World`s Global Experience.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Rod J. Rohrich, MD, FACS, Founding Professor and Chair, Department of Plastic Surgery, Distinguished Teaching Professor, UT Southwestern Medical Center, Founding Partner, Dallas Plastic Surgery Institute, Dallas, Texas, James M. Stuzin, MD, Plastic Surgeon, Institute of Aesthetic Medicine, Chair, Baker-Gordon Cosmetic Surgery meeting, Professor of Plastic Surgery (Voluntary), University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, Erez Dayan, MD, Harvard trained Plastic Surgeon, Dallas Plastic Surgery Institute, Dallas, Texas, E. Victor Ross, MD, Director, Scripps Clinic Laser and Cosmetic Dermatology Center, Scripps Clinic Carmel Valley, San Diego, California ; illustrations by Amanda Tomasikiewicz, CMI.
    Summary: "The goal of this book is three-fold: - Optimal knowledge of facial anatomy is germane to obtaining the best results and safe outcomes in facial aesthetic surgery. This is especially the case with the intricate anatomy of the facial nerve in facelift surgery as discussed by Dr. James Stuzin. - Refine and define your knowledge on the vascular anatomy of the face to stay safe when performing facial fillers to prevent dreaded complications including blindness and skin loss, as discussed by Dr. Rod Rohrich. - Define the limitations and safety areas for the use of laser and minimally invasive technology from laser to Radiofrequency to ultrasound technology to optimize results and maximize safety in the face and neck areas as discussed by Dr. Erez Dayan and Dr. Vic Ross"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    [edited by] William H. Slattery III, MD, Babk Azizzadeh, MD, FACS.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    edited by Orlando Guntinas-Lichius, MD, Professor and Chairman, Department of Otorhinolaryngology and Facial Nerve Center, Jena University Hospital, Jena, Germany, Barry M. Schaitkin, MD, Professor, Facial Nerve Center, Department of Otolaryngology, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, USA.
  • Digital
    Ricki Nusser-Müller-Busch, Karin Gampp Lehmann, editors.
    Summary: The book offers a comprehensive approach to the assessment and treatment of disturbances in facial expression, oral movement, swallowing, breathing, voice and speech production caused by developmental and acquired neurological conditions. The principles outlined are used in patients with different etiologies (e.g. stroke, tumors, traumas). F.O.T. T., developed by Kay Coombes, is a hands-on approach based on an understanding of neurological functions and the way we learn from experience. The approach aims to give the patient experience of physiological posture and movement using facial-oral functions in normal activities of daily living (ADL). Rather than mere "exercises", F.O.T.T involves meaningful activities aiming to promote participation, according to ICF criteria. Four main areas are covered: nutrition, oral hygiene, nonverbal communication and speech. Each chapter summarises the problems of severely ill patients and shows the clinical reasoning behind the solutions offered. Separate chapters discuss tracheostomy management and the training of the carers involved, including relatives. The chapter authors are experienced specialists (physio-, occupational- and speech-language therapists and physicians), whose contributions aim to provide interdisciplinary perspectives and translate latest research into clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 The F.O.T.T. Approach: Functional - Complex - Relevant to Daily Living
    Chapter 2 F.O.T.T. Consensus Recommendations
    Chapter 3 F.O.T.T.: Motor Control and Motor Learning
    Chapter 4 Posture and Function: What Helps Us Swallow
    Chapter 5 Eating and Drinking - Involves More Than Swallowing
    Chapter 6 Oral Hygiene: An Interprofessional Concern
    Chapter 7 Treating the Entire Face as a Functional Entity: More than Practicing Facial Muscles
    Chapter 8 Breathing and Voice: Speaking Again
    Chapter 9 Tracheostomy Tubes: A Blessing and A Curse
    Chapter 10 The F.O.T.T. Approach to Tracheostomy Tube Management (TTM): Return to Physiology
    Chapter 11 F.O.T.T. Assessment: An Ongoing Process
    Chapter 12 The F.O.T.T. Algorithm: A Clinical Decision Making Tool
    Chapter 13 F.O.T.T. in Paediatrics: Swallowing, Eating and Drinking
    With Confidence!.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Chieh-Han John Tzou, Andrés Rodríguez-Lorenzo, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive overview of the surgical techniques available in reconstruction of the paralyzed face. It is divided into six parts. The first part introduces the topic of facial palsy, and the following parts provide detailed information on facial nerve reconstruction techniques, management of eye closure and smile reanimation. The book highlights symmetrization techniques and synkinesis and presents innovations and new frontiers in facial palsy. Written by an international group of experts who are committed to maintaining high standards and service in treating this condition and improving outcomes, it is a valuable source of information for clinicians and practitioners in plastic and reconstructive surgery, neurosurgeons and oral-and-maxillofacial surgeons, but also useful for researchers in this field.

    Contents:
    Facial Palsy
    Facial Nerve Reconstruction
    Smile Reanimation
    Management of Eye Closure and Ectropion
    Symetrization Techniques and Synkinesis
    Innovations and New Frontiers in Facial Palsy.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Ira D. Papel, John L. Frodel, G. Richard Holt, Wayne F. Larrabee Jr., Nathan E. Nachlas, Stephen S. Park, Jonathan M. Sykes, Dean M. Toriumi.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    James F. Thornton, Jourdan A. Carboy.
    Contents:
    Special considerations for Mohs patients / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
    Anesthesia for reconstruction of facial Mohs defects / Jayne Coleman and Javier Marul
    Mohs micrographic surgery / Sean Chen, Divya Srivastava, and Rajiv I. Nijhawan
    Cellular- and tissue-based wound care / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
    Full-thickness skin grafts / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
    Split-thickness skin grafting / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
    Cartilage grafts / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
    Pedicled flaps / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
    Local flaps / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
    Scalp reconstruction / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
    Forehead reconstruction / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
    Introduction to nose and simple nasal defects / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
    Complex nasal defects / James Thornton, Jourdan Carboy, and Nicholas T. Haddock
    Nasal reconstruction based on subunits / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
    Eyelid reconstruction / Ronald Mancini
    Cheek reconstruction /
    James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
    Chin reconstruction / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
    Lip reconstruction / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
    Ear reconstruction / James Thornton, Jourdan Carboy, and Christopher Derderian
    Intraoperative complications and initial management / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
    Management of complications in the acute healing stage / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
    Management of complications in the late healing stage / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
    Skin graft revisions / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
    Local flap revisions / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy
    Pedicled flap revisions / James Thornton and Jourdan Carboy.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    editors, Mack Cheney, Tessa A. Hadlock ; with illustrations by Bob Galla, Tiffany Slaybaugh Davanzo, Sarah J. Taylor.
    Summary: "This landmark work covers the full range of aesthetic and reconstructive techniques in facial plastic surgery. Because of the coupling of aesthetics and function mandated by modern surgical standards, this book is organized by facial zone, rather than separated into aesthetic and reconstructive segments. The first six chapters highlight the basic principles of facial plastic and reconstructive surgery, including anatomy, proportions and beauty, visual documentation, and the principles of wound healing, aging, and flap design. Thereafter, sections are organized by facial zone or structure: the scalp and forehead, the eyelids and orbit, the nose, the ear, the bony facial skeleton, and the facial skin and soft tissue. Each section covers the range of aesthetic and reconstructive subjects relevant to the zone or structure in question. A separate section addresses conditions which affect multiple facial zones or tissues. The final section targets emerging trends and new directions in facial plastic and reconstructive surgery, designed to keep the reader both abreast of emerging technology, and intrigued and excited about the future possibilities for the specialty"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I: General Principles
    Surgical Anatomy of the Face;
    Mark Varvares, Caroline A. Banks, Patrick Trev́idic, Mack L. Cheney
    Attractiveness, Proportions, and Ethnic Reflections of Allure;
    Michael Sullivan, Caroline A. Banks, Mack L. Cheney
    Imaging for Facial Surgery;
    Robin W. Lindsay, Peter Liacouras
    Wound Healing and Optimization, Including Skin Grafting, Tissue Expansion, and Soft Tissue Techniques;
    Marc Hale Hohman
    Flap Reconstruction: Local, Regional, and Free Tissue Design Principles;
    Brittany E. Howard, Richard E. Hayden
    Principles of Facial Aging;
    Prabhat K. Bhama, Alyn J. Kim, Peter A. Adamson
    Part II: Facial Surgery by Anatomic Site
    Section I: Scalp and Forehead
    Scalp Reconstruction;
    Kevin S. Emerick, Alice C. Lin
    Hair Restoration and Scalp Surgery;
    Marcelo B. Antunes, Vito C. Quatela
    Brow Lift;
    Marcelo B. Antunes, Vito C. Quatela
    Section II: The Eyelids and Orbit
    Eyelid Malpositions: Entropion and Ectropion;
    Suzanne K. Freitag, Nahyoung Grace Lee
    Eyelid Reconstruction;
    Christine Nelson, Blake Fausett
    Ptosis Repair;
    Cody A. Koch, Ali Mokhtarzadeh, Elizabeth A. Bradley, Wayne F. Larrabee, Jr.
    Orbital Fractures;
    Aaron Fay, Dawn K. DeCastro
    Blepharoplasty;
    Gustavo Miery
    Section III: The Nose
    Acute Nasal Injuries;
    Andrew J. Kleinberger, Jeffrey H. Spiegel, Caroline A. Banks
    Surgery of the Nasal Septum;
    Jaimie DeRosa
    Closed Rhinoplasty;
    Hesham Saleh, Elias Khoury
    Open Rhinoplasty;
    Jaimie DeRosa
    Revision Rhinoplasty;
    Thomas J. Walker, Dean M. Toriumi
    Local Flaps for Nasal Reconstruction;
    Jeffrey Moyer
    Special Problems in Nasal Reconstruction;
    Thomas J. Walker, Dean M. Toriumi
    The Total Rhinectomy Defect;
    Gary C. Burget
    Section IV: The Ear
    Acute Auricular Injuries;
    Mack L. Cheney, Tessa A. Hadlock
    Local Flaps for Auricular Reconstruction;
    Mack L. Cheney, Tessa A. Hadlock
    Microtia Reconstruction;
    Tessa A. Hadlock, Mack L. Cheney, Ralph Magritz
    Otologic Considerations in Microtia and Atresia;
    Alicia M. Quesnel, Michael S. Cohen
    Otoplasty: Surgical Correction of the Prominent Ear;
    Ryan M. Manz, Brian J.F. Wong
    Section V: Bony Facial Skeleton
    Nasoethmoid Complex, Frontal Sinus, and Skull Base Fractures;
    Robert M. Kellman
    Midface Fractures;
    Jason P. Ulm, Michael J. Yaremchuk
    Mandibular Fractures;
    Rachel M. Gilardetti, Yedeh Ying, Maria J. Troulis
    Implants and Skeletal Modifications;
    Vartan A. Mardirossian, Jeffrey H. Spiegel
    Free Tissue for Reconstruction of the Bony Facial Skeleton;
    Saral Mehra, Adam S. Jacobson, Mark L. Urken
    Section VI: Facial Skin and Soft Tissue
    Soft Tissue Injuries of the Face;
    Tessa A. Hadlock, Mack L. Cheney
    Scar Revision;
    Callum Faris, Hade ́Vuyk
    Local Flaps for Facial Reconstruction, Including Cheek and Lip Defects;
    Jon-Paul Pepper, Jennifer Kim
    Pedicled Flaps for Facial Reconstruction;
    Marc W. Herr, Kevin S. Emerick
    Free Flaps for Facial Skin and Soft Tissue Reconstruction;
    Marc W. Herr, Daniel Deschler
    Benign and Malignant Cutaneous Neoplasms;
    Jessica L. Fewkes
    Melanoma of the Head and Neck;
    Audrey Baker Erman, Kevin S. Emerick
    Rhytidectomy;
    Garrett Griffin,
    Babak Azzizadeh
    Skin Resurfacing: Laser, Chemical Peels, and Mechanical Dermabrasion;
    Lori A. Brightman, Kavitha K. Reddy, Caitlyn D. Clark, Oon Tian Tan
    Volume Replacement and Chemodenervation in the Aging Face;
    Roxana Cobo
    Part III: Conditions Affecting Multiple Facial Zones or Tissues
    Impaired Facial Movement: Paralysis, Synkinesis, and Spasm;
    Tessa A. Hadlock, Mack L. Cheney
    Craniofacial Surgery;
    David C. Kim, Anthony D. Holmes, John G. Meara
    Cleft Lip and Palate Repair
    ; Carolyn R. Rogers,
    John G. Meara
    Secondary Cleft Palate and Velopharyngeal Function;
    Derek J. Rogers, Christopher J. Hartnick
    Congenital Vascular Anomalies of the Head and Neck;
    Milton Waner, Teresa M. O
    Part IV: Emerging Trends and New Directions in Facial Plastic Surgery
    Facial Transplantation;
    Daniel S. Alam, John J. Chi
    Evaluating Patient Outcomes in Facial Plastic Surgery;
    Richard Gliklich, Regan Bergmark, Prabhat K. Bhama
    Tissue Engineering for Facial Plastic Surgery;
    Cathryn A. Sundback, Joseph P. Vacanti
    The Role of Facial Surgery in Global Health and Surgical Education;
    Roy Ahn, Nadia Shaikh, Wendy Williams, Thomas F. Burke; With an Introduction by
    Paul E. Farmer, Mack L. Cheney.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    [edited by] Amir H. Dorafshar, Eduardo D. Rodriguez, Paul N. Manson.
    Summary: "Facial Trauma Surgery: From Primary Repair to Reconstruction is the first comprehensive textbook of its kind on treating primary facial trauma and delayed reconstruction of both the soft tissues and craniofacial bony skeleton. This unique volume is a practical, complete reference for clinical presentation, fracture pattern, classification, and management of patients with traumatic facial injury, helping you provide the best possible outcomes for patients’ successful reintegration into work and society"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Primary injury. Assessment of the patient with traumatic facial injury
    Radiological evaluation of the craniofacial skeleton
    Intraoperative imaging and postoperative quality control
    Primary repair soft tissue injury & soft tissue defects
    Traumatic facial nerve injury
    Diagnosis and multi-modality management of skull base fractures and cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) leaks
    Frontal bone and frontal sinus
    Endoscopic approaches to frontal and maxillary sinus fractures
    Orbital fractures
    Nasal fractures
    Noe fractures
    Orbital zygomaticomaxillary complex fractures
    Le fort fractures
    Mandible fractures
    Fractures of the condylar process of the mandible
    Complications of mandibular fractures
    Temporal bone
    Dental injury; dento-alveolar and segmental fractures of the mandible and maxilla
    Management of panfacial fractures
    Characteristics of ballistic and blast injuries
    Geriatric and edentulous maxillary and mandibular fractures
    Section 2: Pediatric facial injury. Pediatric skull fractures
    Superior pediatric orbital and frontal skull fractures
    Pediatric orbital fractures
    Pediatric midface fractures
    Pediatric mandible fractures
    Section 3: Secondary reconstruction and restoration
    Reconstruction of full thickness fronto-cranial defects
    Pediatric cranial reconstruction
    Secondary reconstruction of facial soft tissue injury and defects
    Ocular considerations: blink, ectropion, entropion, ocular lubrication, DCR
    Secondary nasoethmoid fracture repair
    Post-traumatic nasal deformities
    Secondary orbital reconstruction
    Secondary midfacial reconstruction
    Secondary osteotomies of the maxilla and mandible, and management of occlusion
    Secondary traumatic TMJ reconstruction
    Maxillofacial prosthodontics
    Custom craniofacial implants
    Secondary microvascular reconstruction of the traumatic facial injury
    Virtual surgical planning
    Post-traumatic facial pain
    Secondary nerve reconstruction
    Facial transplantation.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jerome Paul Lamb, MD, FACS, Plastic Surgeon Diplomate, American Board of Plastic Surgery, Inc., Centerpoint Medical Center, Truman Medical Center, Independence, Missouri, United States, Christopher Chase Surek, MD, Chief Resident, Department of Plastic Surgery, University of Kansas Medical Center, Overland Park, Kansas, United States.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Kyle K. Seo.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to the use of injectable fillers for facial volumization. Traditionally, fillers have been used for anti-aging purposes such as for wrinkle treatments, but they are increasingly being applied in various ways to achieve beautification such as the augmentation of the nose, chin and lips, leveraging the volumizing effect of fillers. This trend is especially evident in Asian countries but can be expected to flourish elsewhere in the future. The book opens by explaining the specifics of pretreatment assessment and relevant aspects of the basic science of fillers. It then provides a detailed description of the anatomy, injection depth and injection amount relevant to each regional indication, easy to follow for even a novice injector, based on a rich assortment of anatomical illustrations, ultrasound imaging and cadaveric photos provided to assist their understanding. And guidance is also provided on combination treatments in conjunction with botulinum toxin, thread lifting, fat-dissolving injection, etc. Potential complications and countermeasures specific to volumization with fillers are identified. The book features a wealth of illustrations showing the relevant anatomy and before and after appearances, as well as video clips for each indication. Written by a specialist with extensive experience, it provides safe and effective guidance for both beginners and advanced practitioners.

    Contents:
    Pretreatment Assessment
    Volumizing Fillers
    Hyaluronic Acid (HA) Filler Injection Procedure
    Regional particulars
    Complications.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    by Patricia McCarthy Veach, Bonnie S. LeRoy, Nancy P. Callanan.
    Contents:
    Guidelines for Book Users: Instructors, Supervisors, and Students
    Overview of Genetic Counseling: History of the Profession and the Reciprocal Model of Practice
    Listening to Patients: Attending Skills
    Listening to Patients: Primary Empathy Skills
    Gathering Information: Asking Questions
    Structuring Genetic Counseling Sessions: Initiating, Contracting, Ending, and Referral
    Collaborating with Patients: Providing Information and Facilitating Patient Decision Making
    Responding to Patient Cues: Advanced Empathy and Confrontation Skills
    Patient Factors: Resistance, Coping, Affect, and Styles
    Providing Guidance: Advice and Influencing Skills
    Counselor Self-Reference: Self-Disclosure and Self-Involving Skills
    Genetic Counseling Dynamics: Transference, Countertransference, Distress, Burnout, and Compassion Fatigue
    Professionalism: Ethically-Based Reflective Practice
    Appendix A: ACGC (2015) Practice-Based Competencies
    Appendix B: NSGC Code of Ethics (2017).
  • Digital
    edited by Martin D. Cheatle, Perry G. Fine.
    Contents:
    Facilitating treatment adherence in pain medicine : adherence--the great confounder! / Martin D. Cheatle and Perry G. Fine
    Treatment adherence in chronic pain : predictors, models, and a role for psychological flexibility / Anthony M. Harrison, Christopher Graham, and Lance M. McCracken
    Adherence In pharmacotherapy : maximizing benefit and minimizing risk / Marc O. Martel and Robert N. Jamison
    The use of drug testing in promoting treatment adherence in pain medicine / Howard A. Heit and Douglas L. Gourlay
    Adherence to weight loss and physical activity / E. Amy Janke and David E. Goodrich
    Biopsychosocial approach to improving treatment adherence in chronic pain / Martin D. Cheatle and Lara Dhingra
    Adherence in pain medicine : ethical considerations / Michael E. Schatman and Oscar J. Benitez.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Wilson, Helen W.; Khan, Christina T.
    Summary: Emotional distress, difficulty concentrating and focusing on academic work, mood changes, excessive substance use, self-harming behaviors--when it comes to campus sexual assault and intimate partner violence, the consequences are numerous and serious. This new volume leverages the wisdom of psychiatry, college mental health, and higher education to develop a holistic approach to addressing sexual and relationship violence on campuses.

    Contents:
    It's Never Too Early, It's Never Too Late : Fostering Sexual Citizenship in Humans of All Ages / Helen W. Wilson
    Prevention in Primary Education : Effective School lBased Interventions for Middle and High School
    Students / Samantha Ludin, Katrina Debnam
    Prevention at the University Level : Effective Interventions for College and Graduate Students / Carley Flanery
    Navigating Through Institutional Responses Following Sexual Violence / Lauren Knudsen Schoenthaler
    Trauma-Informed Campus Care / Melissa Murphy-Pucillo, Grace Poon Ghaffar, Helen W. Wilson
    State of the Evidence for Treatment of Survivors of Campus Sexual Assault / Stacy L. Lin
    Unique Considerations for Graduate Students / Amy Alexander, Angie Hawkins, Vanika Chawla
    Effective Interventions for Perpetrators / Raina V. Lamade, Jackson Tay Bosley, Courtney Dwyer
    Queer Communities and Patriarchal Violence : Healing Through Interpersonal, Cultural, and Systemic Work / Marissa Floro, Stephanie N. Wong
    Trans and Gender-Expansive Students' Experience : Rethinking Gender-Based Violence / Elliot Ruggles, Deb Schneider
    Centering the Cultural Wealth of Survivors of Color in Healing and Support / Grace Poon Ghaffar, Tolulope A. Taiwo, Allison L. Thompson
    Culturally Specific Approaches to Sexual Assault and Intimate Partner Violence Prevention and Response / Pierre R. Berastain, Rose Poyau.
  • Digital/Print
    Summary: Includes information on number of office visits, diagnostic procedures, economic status, and liability insurance of family practitioners.
    Digital Access 1987-
    Current tables
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    R729.5.G4 F32
    3
  • Digital
    Felix H. Savoie III, Emilio Calvo, Augustus D. Mazzocca, editors.
    Summary: Rotator cuff surgery is currently the most common surgical procedure involving the shoulder. Unfortunately despite major technical advances, there is still a significant rate of failure of primary rotator cuff repair, ranging from 10% to 40%. This book describes the diagnosis, classification, assessment, and management of failed rotator cuff repairs. It also explores the etiology of the failed repairs, presents a series of treatment options, and discusses the complications. In a multidisciplinary format it addresses both how to prevent failure and how to diagnose and manage the failed rotator cuff, including imaging, laboratory testing, nutrition, surgery and rehabilitation. This comprehensive book, published in collaboration with ISAKOS, appeals to all stakeholders in orthopedic medicine and surgery.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: Basic Science
    1: The Failed Rotator Cuff: Diagnosis and Management-Rotator Cuff Anatomy/Blood Supply
    1.1 Supraspinatus Muscle
    1.1.1 Structure and Humeral Insertions
    1.1.2 Innervation
    1.1.3 Blood Supply
    1.1.4 Variations
    1.2 Subscapularis Muscle
    1.2.1 Structure and Humeral Insertions
    1.2.2 Innervation
    1.2.3 Blood Supply
    1.2.4 Variations
    1.3 Infraspinatus
    1.3.1 Structure and Humeral Insertions
    1.3.2 Innervation
    1.3.3 Blood Supply
    1.3.4 Variations
    1.4 Teres Minor Muscle 1.4.1 Structure and Humeral Insertions
    1.4.2 Innervation
    1.4.3 Blood Supply
    1.4.4 Variations
    1.5 Conclusion
    References
    2: Failed Rotator Cuff Repairs: Building an International Perspective
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Definitions in the Literature
    2.3 Subjective Failure
    2.3.1 The Literature Reports Several Subjective Aspects of RCR Failure
    2.3.1.1 Worsening of Preoperative Clinical Status
    2.3.1.2 Patients Can Consider Persistent Pain as Failure
    2.3.1.3 Postoperative Stiffness
    2.3.1.4 Loss of Strength
    2.3.1.5 Pseudoparalysis 2.3.1.6 Inability to Return to Work
    2.4 Objective Failure
    2.4.1 Table of Failure Criteria
    2.5 Conclusion
    References
    3: Biomechanical Consequences of Rotator Cuff Tears on the Glenohumeral Joint
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Biomechanics of the Intact Glenohumeral Joint
    3.2.1 The Concept of Concavity Compression
    3.2.2 Muscular Force Couples and the Concept of the Suspension Bridge Model
    3.3 Biomechanical Consequences of Rotator Cuff Tears
    3.4 Conclusion
    References
    4: The Failed Rotator Cuff: Diagnosis and Management-New Concepts in Biology of Repair 4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Biologic Adjuvants for Repair Augmentation
    4.2.1 Platelet-Rich Plasma
    4.2.1.1 Basic Science Evidence
    4.2.1.2 Clinical Outcomes
    4.3 Cell-Based Therapies
    4.4 Concentrated Bone Marrow Aspirate (BMAC)
    4.4.1 Basic Science Evidence
    4.4.2 Clinical Outcomes
    4.5 Subacromial Bursa-Derived Cells (SBDCs): The Future?
    4.5.1 Basic Science Evidence
    4.5.2 Clinical Experience and Future
    4.6 Further Considerations
    4.7 Summary
    References
    5: Reasons for Structural Failure of Rotator Cuff Repair
    References 6: Imaging of Failed Rotator Cuff Tears
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Imaging Modalities
    6.2.1 Radiography
    6.2.2 Ultrasonography (US)
    6.2.3 Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)
    6.2.4 Magnetic Resonance Arthrography (MRA)
    6.2.5 Computed Tomography (CT)
    6.3 Expected Findings
    6.3.1 Artefacts
    6.3.2 Osseous Findings
    6.3.3 Soft Tissue Findings
    6.4 Pathologic Findings
    6.4.1 Recurrent Tear
    6.4.2 Displacement of Suture Anchors
    6.4.3 Infection
    6.4.4 Iatrogenic Injuries
    6.4.5 Diagnostic Errors
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kyriakos Anastasiadis, Stephen Westaby, Polychronis Antonitsis, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an up-to-date and comprehensive overview of the etiology, diagnosis, and treatment of conditions affecting the structure and function of the right heart, comprising the right atrium, right ventricle, tricuspid valve, and pulmonary circulation. The right ventricle works against a reduced afterload as compared to the left ventricle, and the clinical picture of heart failure is generally dominated by the symptoms of left heart failure and hence initially neglected until they evolve into overt right heart failure with splanchnic congestion. When picked up at the very late stage, medical management and mechanical support of right heart failure are considered ineffective, and heart transplantation offers the only treatment option. The Failing Right Heart will be an essential reference for cardiac surgeons, cardiologists, cardiac anesthesiologists and cardiac intensivists on the diagnosis and treatment of patients with congenital or acquired right heart disease. The book deals with anatomy and physiology of the right heart, the etiology and the role of imaging of right heart failure, as well as the treatment options, from pharmacological regimes to surgery. Algorithms and flow diagrams are included to provide the reader with illustrated snapshots of the decisions involved in the management of these patients.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Anatomy of the failing right heart
    Physiology of the failing right heart
    Pharmacologic approach to the failing right heart
    Echocardiographic evaluation of right heart failure
    Right heart catheterization for the failing right heart
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the failing right heart
    The failing right heart in congenital diseases
    Surgery of the tricuspid valve in right heart failure
    Pulmonary embolism and right heart failure
    Anaesthetic consideration and perioperative management in right heart failure
    Mechanical support and the right heart
    Special considerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Joyce Vachani, editor.
    Summary: Failure to Thrive (FTT) is a multifactorial illness requiring the systematic application of evidence in conjunction with a multidisciplinary team-based approach. Evidence suggests most cases of FTT can be diagnosed using key elements of the patient history and physical examination including appropriate growth assessment, and that laboratory testing is usually unhelpful in determining an etiology. Despite this, there is wide variation in the definition, evaluation, treatment, costs, and outcomes of FTT patients, with subsequent burdens on the healthcare system. A suggested approach to the differential diagnosis and management of FTT is to review calories inadequate caloric intake, excessive calorie losses, and/or increased caloric intake (i.e. increased metabolic demand) while acknowledging the available resources along the continuum of patient care. Implementing evidence-based practice for FTT provides improvement opportunities for providers and potentially has significant impact on the healthcare system. This book is designed to present a practical and concise handbook on the diagnosis and management of failure to thrive (FTT)/ malnutrition for quick reference by trainees and practitioners by using case examples and available evidence in the current literature. This book is divided into 7 chapters in a logical progression of defining, diagnosing, and managing FTT with cases in each chapter to further illustrate evidence-based care.

    Contents:
    Definition
    Differential Diagnosis of Failure to Thrive
    Growth Assessment and Its Significance
    Management Approach: Enteral Nutrition
    Management Approach: The Continuum of Care
    Failure to Thrive and Population Health: The Impact of Disparities and Social Determinants
    Improvement Opportunities for Practitioners: Developing a Clinical Pathway.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    P. Ann Solari-Twadell, Deborah Jean Ziebarth, editors.
    Summary: A multi-authored book, with editors and authors who are leaders in Faith Community Nursing (FCN) that aims to address contemporary issues in faith-based, whole person, community based health offering cost effective, accessible, patient centered care along the patient continuum while challenging contemporary health policy to include more health promotion services. Twenty-five chapters take the reader from a foundational understanding of this historic grass-roots movement to the present day international specialty nursing practice. The book is structured into five sections that describe both the historical advancement of the Faith Community Nursing, its current implications and future challenges, taking into account the perspectives of the pastor, congregation, nurse, health care system and public health national and international organizations. The benefits of this book are that it is intended for a mixed audience including lay, academic, medical professionals or health care executives. By changing the mindset of the reader to see the nurse as more than providing illness care, the faith community as more than a place one goes to on Sunday and health as more than physical, creative alternatives for promoting health emerge through Faith Community Nursing.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Case in Point; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Part I: Changing the Understanding of Health: Foundational Implications for Faith Community Nursing;
    1: Faith Community Nursing: A Professional Specialty Nursing Practice; 1.1 Faith Community as a Profession; 1.2 Characteristics of a Profession; 1.3 Specialization in Nursing; 1.4 Faith Community Nursing as a Specialty Practice; 1.5 Looking at Health; 1.6 Specialty Knowledge and Specialty Practice; 1.7 Research in Faith Community Nursing Practice Using NIC; 1.8 Conclusion; Appendix; Exercise 1; Personal Values Identifying What Is Important; Exercise 2; What Is Health????; Exercise 3; Personal Values Related to Health: Identifying What Is Important; Exercise 4; Assessing My Motivation for Change; References;
    2: Faith Community Nursing: As Health Ministry; 2.1 Faith Community as the Center of Spiritual and Moral Development; 2.2 Integrator of Faith and Health; 2.3 Personal Health Advisor; 2.4 Health Educator; 2.5 Trainer of Volunteers; 2.6 Developer of Support Groups; 2.7 Referral Agent and Liaison with Faith Community and Community Resources; 2.8 Health Advocate; 2.9 Strategies for Initiating the Practice of Faith Community Nursing2.10 Visibility and Communication; 2.11 Health Cabinet or Wellness Committee; 2.12 Staff Member; 2.13 Self-Care; 2.14 Conclusion; References;
    3: Faith Community Nursing: A Wholistic and Holistic Nursing Practice; 3.1 Wholistic or Holistic?; 3.2 Origins; 3.3 Underpinnings: Wholistic; 3.4 Delivery of Care: Wholistic; 3.5 Recent Exploration of Wholistic Health Care; 3.6 Underpinnings: Holistic; 3.7 Core Values; 3.7.1 Core Value One: Holistic Philosophy, Theory, and Ethics 3.7.2 Core Value Two: Holistic Caring Process3.7.3 Core Value Three: Holistic Communication, Therapeutic Healing Environment, and Cultural Diversity; 3.7.4 Core Value Four: Holistic Education and Research; 3.7.5 Core Value Five: Holistic Nurse Self-Reflection and Self-Care; 3.8 Delivery of Care: Holistic Nursing; 3.9 Synopsis (Table 3.1 in Appendix); 3.10 Significant Works; 3.11 Specialty Nursing Organization; 3.12 Certification, Scope of Nursing Practice, Ongoing Education, and Research; 3.13 Medical Subject Heading: MeSh Term; 3.14 Implications and Conclusion; Appendix
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Falk Symposium (Series) to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Manuel Montero-Odasso, Richard Camicioli, editors.
    Summary: This book provides practical tools for fall prevention in cognitively impaired older adults. The text presents a comprehensive and state-of-the-art update that covers the pathophysiology, epidemiology, and clinical presentation of the event, which affects up to 60 percent of aging patients with cognitive impairment. Written by transdisciplinary experts in experts in geriatric medicine, rehabilitation, neurology, and physiotherapy, the text presents practical, evidence-based guidelines for the assessment, approach, and treatment of these patients and includes illustrations and resources for quick reference. Falls and Cognition in Older Persons is a unique contribution to the literature serving geriatricians, family medicine physicians, emergency medicine physicians, neurologists, rehabilitation and physiotherapy specialists, geriatric nurses, and those interested in public health.

    Contents:
    Falls as a manifestation of brain Failure (Gait and Cognition)
    Dysmobility in aging and the role of cognition
    Epidemiology and Falls risk factors in cognitively impaired older adults
    Depression, Fear of falling, cognition and falls
    Consequences of falls in cognitively impaired people
    Dual-task gait, cognition and Falls
    Gait variability and Falls
    Assistive devices, falls, and cognitive aspects
    Imaging in "gait and cognition syndrome" and falls
    PD and Lewy Body Disease
    MCI: MMO and SMH
    AD and other dementias
    Approaches' in Hospitals and Nursing home settings
    Current gaps in Guidelines and Recommendations
    Physical exercises in cognitively vulnerable older adults and falls
    Cognitive training and falls reduction risk
    Vitamin D, falls and cognition
    Virtual Reality
    Cognitive enhancers
    Dual-task gait training
    Non-invasive brain stimulation
    Falls in cognitively impaired population: evidence, assumptions, and prospect research needed.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Marco Gattorno, editor.
    Summary: This book, written by very well known opinion leaders in the field, covers all aspects of familial Mediterranean fever, the most common monogenic autoinflammatory disease. The opening chapters explain the genetic basis of the disease and provide insights into the pathogenesis derived from recent experimental studies. A large part of the book is then devoted to a detailed description of the typical and atypical clinical presentations, the disease course, and potential complications in both pediatric and adult patients. Guidance is provided on the measurement of disease severity and the management of patients in daily practice. The advice regarding treatment is based on the best currently available evidence and attention is also paid to important emerging treatments. The book is part of Springer's series Rare Diseases of the Immune System, which presents recently acquired knowledge on pathogenesis, diagnosis, and therapy with the aim of promoting a more holistic approach to these conditions. Monogenic autoinflammatory diseases are hereditary disorders that are caused by single-gene defects in innate immune regulatory pathways and are characterized by a clinical and biological inflammatory syndrome in which there is limited, if any, evidence of autoimmunity. Familial Mediterranean fever itself is due to a mutation in the MEFV gene, which codes for the protein pyrin; it is characterized by periodic fever and episodes of painful inflammation in the abdomen, chest, and joints. Familial Mediterranean Fever will be an invaluable source of up-to-date information for all practitioners involved in the care of patients with the disease.

    Contents:
    Preface
    1 Genetics.- 2 Pathogenesis.- 3 Clinical Picture in Childhood
    4 Clinical Picture in Adulthood and Unusual Clinical Features.- 5 FMF in Western Countries.- 6 Long Term Complications in FMF
    7 Recent advances in quantitative assessment of FMF
    8 How to Manage FMF Patients in Daily Practice
    9 New Emerging Treatments.- Subject Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Giora Netzer, editor.
    Summary: This text is one of the first comprehensive resources on understanding and working with families in the intensive care unit. The text provides a conceptual overview of the Family ICU Syndrome, a constellation of physical morbidity, psychopathology, cognitive deficits, and conflict. Outlining its mechanisms, the book presents a guide to combating the syndrome with an interdisciplinary team. The text represents the full array of the interdisciplinary team by also spotlighting administrative considerations for health care management and approaches to training different members of the health care team. Family voices are featured prominently in the text as well. The book also addresses the complete trajectory of needs of care, including survivorship and end-of-life care. Written by experts in the field, Families in the Intensive Care Unit: A Guide to Understanding, Engaging and Supporting at the Bedside is a state-of-the-art reference for all clinicians who work with families in the ICU.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 An Introduction and Overview of Why Families Matter in the Intensive Care UnitGiora NetzerChapter 2 Family Voices from the Intensive Care UnitEileen Rubin, Sal ColianniChapter 3 Cognitive Barriers to Effective Surrogate Decision MakingJoanna L. Hart, Scott D. HalpernChapter 4 Emotional Processing/Psychological Morbidity in the ICURamona O. HopkinsChapter 5 Family Psychological Morbidity after the Intensive Care UnitKristina Stepanovic, Julie Van, James C. JacksonChapter 6 Sleep and Sleep Deprivation Among Families in the ICUStuti J. Jaiswal, Robert L. OwensChapter 7 Taking the Lead: Changing the Experience of Family ICUSyndrome by Changing the Organization of CareDonald L. ZimmermanChapter 8 Unique Challenges for Family Members of Patients with Acute and Chronic Critical Illness
    The Older CaregiverNicole Roeder, Margaret A. PisaniChapter 9 Family Support and ICU Survivorship: Lessons Learned from the Pediatric Critical Care ExperienceBree Andrews, Nilu Rahman, Neethi PintoChapter 10 Life After the ICU: Post-Intensive Care Syndrome in Family MembersJason H. Maley, Julie Rogan, Mark E. MikkelsenChapter 11 Humanizing Intensive Care: Questions, Balance, and Tragic TradeoffsSamuel M. Brown, Michael E. Wilson, Chris Benda, Negin Hajizadeh, Ramona O. HopkinsChapter 12 Intensive Care Unit Conflicts and the FamilyO. Joseph BienvenuChapter 13 Identifying, Analyzing, & Combating Family Intensive Care Unit Syndrome in Long Term Acute Care HospitalsArunmozhi Aravagiri, Waqas Bhatti, Jetina Okereke, Avelino C. VercelesChapter 14 Personalized Interventions to Support Families in the Intensive Care UnitChristopher E. CoxChapter 15 Family-Centered Care Interventions to Minimize Family Intensive Care Unit Syndrome and Post-Intensive Care Syndrome-FamilyJudy Elisa Davidson, Janet Marty Mendis, Truong-Giang Huynh, Samantha Gambles Farr, Suzette Jernigan, Steffanie A. Strathdee, Thomas PattersonChapter 16 Strategies to Facilitate Communication with Families in the ICUAndre Carlos Kajdacsy-Balla AmaralChapter 17 End-of-Life CareJennifer L. McAdamChapter 18 The Integrative Approach to Supporting Families in the ICUDelia ChiaramonteChapter 19 The Role of Ethics Consultation In Enhancing Family-Centered CareHenry J. SilvermanChapter 20 Family Role in Patient Safety in the Intensive Care UnitDoran Bostwick, Sarah J BeesleyChapter 21 Family and Patient Spiritual Narratives in the ICU: Bridging Discourses Through CompassionSimon Lasair, Shane SinclairChapter 22 The Role of the Pharmacist in Family Engagement in the Intensive Care Unit and During Transitions of CareJoanna L. StollingsChapter 23 Respiratory Therapy and Family Engagement in the Intensive Care UnitDeborah Linehan, Giora NetzerChapter 24 The Role of the ICU Social Worker in Supporting FamiliesJohn G. Cagle, Morgan BuntingChapter 25 RehabilitationKimberley HainesChapter 26 Training Providers in Family Centered CareErin K. Kross, Catherine L. HoughChapter 27 Child Life in the Adult ICU: Including the Youngest Members of the FamilyJaime E. Bruce, Kathleen McCueChapter 28 How to Study the Family ICU Syndrome: A Basic Approach to Research MethodologyChristiane S. Hartog.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Jennifer L. Allen, David J. Hawes, Cecilia A. Essau.
    Summary: The most effective treatments for child and adolescent psychopathology are often family-based, emphasising the active involvement of family members beyond the referred individual. This book details the clinical skills, knowledge, and attitudes that form the core competencies for the delivery of evidence-based family interventions for a range of mental health problems. Offering practical case studies to illustrate treatment principles, and discussing barriers to treatment and problem-solving in relation to common difficulties. Covers topics such as anxiety, attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, sleep, and eating disorders. Therapist competencies are thoroughly examined, from the role they play in severe/complex cases and in achieving successful outcomes to commonly misunderstood aspects of family-based interventions and how they can be enhanced. Clinical approaches to working with diverse families, and those of children affected by parental psychopathology, child maltreatment and family violence are also explored. Essential reading for psychologists, psychiatrists, paediatricians, mental health nurses, counsellors and social workers.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2021
  • Digital
    James D. Lock.
    Summary: "This book describes the theoretical and clinical rationale for the use of family-based treatment (FBT) for Avoidant Restrictive Food Intake Disorder (ARFID). Based on years of clinical care and systematic study of children and adolescents with ARFID using Family-based Treatment for Avoidant/Restrictive Food Intake Disorder (FBT-ARFID), the manual provides guidance about assessment of ARFID. Topics covered include how to incorporate the medical, nutritional, and psychiatric problems that are common with this disorder and how to evaluate the principle maintaining behaviors related to lack of interest or appetite, extreme sensory sensitivities to food, and fear of physical repercussions of eating (e.g. pain, vomiting, allergic reactions). Step by step illustrations of the key interventions in FBT-ARFID are provided and detailed case discussions demonstrate how these are implemented in a range of cases. Ideal for clinical practitioners who treat children and adolescents with eating disorders, specifically, psychologists, psychiatrists, social workers, and allied health practitioners"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    What is avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder?
    An overview of family-based treatment for avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder
    Scientific support for family-based treatment for avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder
    Challenges in diagnosis and assessment of avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder
    Applying family-based treatment for avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder through a developmental lens
    Managing medical and psychiatric co-morbidity in family-based treatment for avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder
    Empowering the family for change: phase 1 of family-based treatment for avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder
    Changing eating behaviors in the family and social context: phase 2 of family-based treatment for avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder
    Returning to developmental norms: phase 3 of family-based treatment for avoidant restrictive food intake disorder
    Family-based treatment for low interest avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder / contributed by Nina Kirz
    Family-based treatment for sensory sensitivity avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder / contributed by Danielle Colborn
    Family-based treatment for fear of adverse consequences avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder / contributed by Shiri Sadeh-Sharvit.
    Where to from here.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2022
  • Print
    Dolores Gallagher-Thompson (Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Stanford University School of Medicine, Palo Alto, CA), Ann Choryan Bilbrey (Optimal Aging Center for Training and Research Consultation, Sunnyvale, CA), Sara Honn Qualls (University of Colorado Colorado Springs, CO), Rita Ghatak (Aging 101, Center for Care and Innovation, Los Altos, CA), Ranak B. Trivedi (Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Stanford University School of Medicine, Palo Alto, CA, Center for Innovation to Implementation, VA Palo Alto Health Care System, Palo Alto, CA), Lynn C. Waelde (Palo Alto University, Palo Alto, CA).
    Summary: "Science-based guidance on assessing and supporting family caregivers to maintain good mental health. This is the first book that takes a "deep dive" to answer questions that mental health providers encounter when caregivers are referred to them or seek services on their own--namely, what unique issues family caregivers face that impact their mental health. Based on the science and clinical experience the authors have accumulated over years of research and direct service, the volume focuses on examining the issues that caregivers of people with Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia face. Practitioners learn about the best tools for assessment and which evidence-based interventions help reduce caregiver distress, including cognitive behavioral therapy, acceptance and commitment therapy and multicomponent intervention programs. The book is interspersed with clinical vignettes that also highlight issues of diversity, equity, and inclusion. This is an essential text for mental health providers from a variety of disciplines, including psychology, psychiatry, nursing, social work, marriage and family counselors as well as trainees. Resources in the appendix can be used in clinical practice, including a caretaker intake interview."-- Provided by publisher.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    RA645.3 G35 2023
    2
  • Digital
    Natalie Digate Muth, MD, MPH, RDN, FAAP
    Summary: "This dynamic plan will help the whole family kick-start their health and wellness and set the stage for long-term, lasting improvements in nutrition, fitness, sleep, stress, and screen use habits. Dr. Natalie Digate Muth walks families through this thirty-day transformation that establishes a baseline and goals, creates routines and healthy habits, and provides strategies for overcoming frustration and recognizing obstacles. At the end of thirty days, parents and children will have laid the ground work to continue a lifetime of healthy habits. The plan also includes family-friendly recipes, health and fitness experiments for the kids, and additional wellness tools." -- back cover.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2020
  • Print
    Doug Knutson, Robin Devine.
    Summary: "The closest you can get to the Family Medicine clerkship shelf exam without actually taking it Family Medicine: PreTest Self-Assessment & Review, Fourth Edition is the perfect way to assess your knowledge of Family Medicine for the USMLE Step 2 CK and clerkship shelf exam. You'll find approximately 500 USMLE-style questions and answers that target the clerkship's core competencies, along with detailed explanations of both correct and incorrect answers. All questions have been reviewed by students who recently passed the boards and completed their clerkship to ensure they match the style and difficulty level of the exam, so you know you are studying the most relevant, high-yield material possible. Approximately 500 USMLE-style questions, just like you will see on the exam. Detailed explanations for right and wrong answers, that zero-in on must-know information. Targets what you really need to know for exam success. Thoroughly reviewed by students who aced their clerkship"-- Provided by publisher. "Family Medicine: PreTest gives you hundreds of review questions and answers, along with high yield rationale to prepare you for your clerkship shelf exam, as well as the USMLE Step 2. Both the scope of content, as well as the format of the questions, parallels what you will see on your actual exams"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Prevention medicine
    Doctor-patient issues
    Acute complaints
    Chronic conditions.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RC58 .F34 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Paul M. Paulman, Robert B. Taylor, editors-in-chief ; Audrey A. Paulman, Laeth S. Nasir, assoiciate editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Paul M. Paulman, Robert B. Taylor, Audrey A. Paulman, Laeth S. Nasir, editors.
    Summary: This book is organized into short, focused chapters almost exclusively dedicated to topics relevant to daily practice. All lead authors are themselves accomplished family physicians who can specifically address the needs, concerns, and interests of this crucial profession. As one of the key reference textbooks for family medicine, it is very important to provide the most up-to-date knowledge to support learners and practitioners of family medicine in the face of rapidly expanding clinical knowledge and the extensive self-examination of family medicine. Family Medicine: Principles and Practice, 8th Edition, is a must-have reference for medical students, residents, practicing physicians, nurse practitioners and physician assistants with an active role in patient care.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Jim Keogh, Kaneez R. Odgers, Shantha Franks, Mary DiGiulio.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2023
  • Digital
    edited by Leslie Neal-Boylan.
    Summary: "The purpose of this book is to help clinicians and students better understand how to diagnose and manage typical (and some atypical) patient cases. While the focus is on the Nurse Practitioner role, this book will be useful to other patient care providers, such as physicians and physician's assistants. The contributing authors have worked hard to update cases from the first edition of the book to better reflect patient-centered language and advances in care. We have developed several new cases, such as one on climate change, to assist clinicians with scenarios that were not as predominant as they are today. We have presented a variety of patients in these cases with regard to age, gender preference, socioeconomic status, family status and other considerations. However, please don't hesitate to alter these demographics to tailor the cases for your specific needs"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The neonate
    The infant
    The toddler/preschool child
    The school aged child
    The adolescent
    Women's health
    Men's health
    General adult health
    Mental health
    The older adult
    Resolutions for all cases.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Maria T. Codina Leik.
    Summary: "If you are studying for the family nurse practitioner certification exam, Maria T. Codina Leik's highly acclaimed Family Nurse Practitioner Certification Intensive Review is a must-have resource, and with interactive digital prep included with purchase, it is easier than ever to study for the FNP exam. Lauded for its concise, well-organized format, this fourth edition has been significantly revised and updated to feature key information about the new AANPCB and ANCC certification exams, all new end-of-chapter review questions, and new full-color images. Leik's Family Nurse Practitioner Certification Intensive Review, fourth edition also features four practice tests with hundreds of new questions and rationales -- 800 questions in total. Extensive test-taking techniques and question dissection and analysis chapters help you identify the best clues during the problem-solving process so that you can strategically master the certification exam. Designed to help FNP candidates boost their confidence through intensive review and high-quality questions, the fourth edition continues to provide succinct, precisely targeted “need-to-know” details of diseases and classic presentations you can expect to see in practice in patients across the life span. Organized by body system, chapters are consistently formatted to include Danger Signals, Normal Findings, Lab Findings, Benign Variants, and Disease Review topics. Each chapter features valuable Exam Tips and Clinical Pearls that highlight key considerations and information likely to be encountered on the exam, ideal for a last-minute refresher before test day. Ensure success by making this essential family nurse practitioner resource -- praised by thousands for helping them pass their certification -- a key part of your exam prep study regimen. Note to readers: The new ExamPrepConnect Fourth Edition online course will launch March 2021. In the interim, your book purchase includes access to the current ExamPrepConnect Third Edition online course. Your 6-month digital subscription to the Fourth Edition will begin as soon as that course is live, and we will notify you by email."--Publisher's description.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital/Print
    prepared by Office of Family Planning.
    Digital Access Google Books 1979-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    HQ766.5.U5 C37
    1
  • Print
    Jill C. Cash, MSN, APRN, FNP-BC, editor.
    Summary: "We are excited to collaborate on this new sixth edition of Family Practice Guidelines. The guidelines have been written and updated by experienced nurse practitioners. This valuable resource is designed to assist nurse practitioners in organizing and using the content in a quick-reference format"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    I. Guidelines
    1. Health Maintenance Guidelines
    2. Public Health Guidelines
    3. Pain Management Guidelines
    4. Dermatology Guidelines
    5. Eye Guidelines
    6. Ear Guidelines
    7. Nasal Guidelines
    8. Throat and Mouth Guidelines
    9. Repiratory Guidelines
    10. Cardiovascular Guidelines
    11. Gastrointestinal Guidelines
    12. Genitourinary Guidelines
    13. Obstetrics Guidelines
    14. Gynecological Guidelines
    15. Sexually Transmitted infections Guidelines
    16. Infectious Disease Guidelines
    17. Systemic Disorders Guidelines
    18. Musculoskeletal Guidelines
    19. Neurological Guidelines
    20. Endocrine Guidelines
    21. Rheumatological Guidelines
    22. Psychiatric Guidelines
    23. Assessment Guide for Sport Participation
    II Procedures
    III Client Teaching Guides
    IV. Appendices
    Digital Access R2Library [2023], ©2024
  • Digital
    Jill C. Cash, Cheryl A. Glass, Jenny Mullen, editors.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Andreas Otte.
    Summary: The life and death, but also the creative work of famous musicians is closely linked to their personal medical histories. In "Famous Composers Diseases Reloaded" these case histories are vividly reconstructed on the basis of authentic biographical testimonies and closely linked to the personalities of the musicians. The latest research findings on the pathophysiology of these composers will be woven into the overall picture. Was Paganini's "devilishness" caused by a hereditary disease? Did Scarlatti have strange signs of illness on his fingers? What did Bach really die of? How did "Christel" from a dubious milieu change Schumann's entire life? What aggravated Ravel's underlying illness so that he did not complete a single composition in the last five years before his death? How did Tarrega manage to play the guitar again after his stroke with hemiplegia? Did the Brazilian Villa-Lobos' worldwide reputation help him live longer thanks to the best treatment available to him? Andreas Otte, physician and musician, has incorporated the latest medical history research into the composers' pathographies. This book is an exciting and "well-tempered" reading experience not only for physicians, music lovers, musicologists and musicians, but for all readers who want to develop a basic understanding of the pathophysiology and life scores of these great masters under current conditions from today's perspective.

    Contents:
    Diseases of Famous Composers Put into Context of Their General Historical Framework
    Johann Sebastian Bach (1685-1750)
    Domenico Scarlatti (1685-1757)
    Nicolò Paganini (1782-1840)
    Robert Schumann (1810-1856)
    Maurice Ravel (1875-1937)
    Heitor Villa-Lobos (1887-1959)
    Epilogue.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Richard J. Martin, Avroy A. Fanaroff and Michele C. Walsh.
    Contents:
    Growth of neonatal perinatal medicine: a historical perspective
    Epidemiology for neonatologists
    Medical ethics in neonatal care
    Legal issues in neonatal-perinatal medicine
    Evaluating and improving the quality and safety of neonatal intensive care
    Simulation and debriefing in neonatal-perinatal medicine
    Practicing evidence-based neonatal-perinatal medicine
    Perinatal and neonatal care in developing countries
    Social and economic contributors to neonatal outcome in the united states
    Genetic aspects of perinatal disease and prenatal diagnosis
    Perinatal ultrasound
    Estimation of fetal well-being
    Surgical treatment of the fetus
    Adverse exposures to the fetus and neonate
    Intrauterine growth restriction
    Developmental origins of adult health and disease
    Hypertensive disorders of pregnancy
    Pregnancy complicated by diabetes mellitus
    Obstetric management of prematurity
    Fetal effects of autoimmune disease
    Obstetric management of multiple gestation and birth
    Post-term pregnancy
    Immune and nonimmune hydrops fetalis
    Amniotic fluid volume
    Perinatal infections and chorioamnionitis
    Placental pathology
    Anesthesia for labor and delivery
    Physical examination of the newborn
    Birth injuries
    Congenital anomalies
    Overview and initial management of delivery room resuscitation
    Role of positive pressure ventilation in neonatal resuscitation
    Oxygen therapy in neonatal resuscitation
    Chest compression, medications, and special problems in neonatal resuscitation
    Thermal environment of the intensive care nursery
    Optimization of the NICU environment
    Biomedical engineering aspects of neonatal cardiorespiratory monitoring
    Diagnostic imaging of the neonate
    Anesthesia in the neonate
    The late preterm infant
    Nutrient requirements/nutritional support in premature neonate
    Support for the family
    Principles of drug use in the fetus and neonate
    Principles of drug use during lactation
    Pharmacokinetics in neonatal medicine
    Infants of substance-using mothers
    Developmental immunology
    Postnatal bacterial infections
    Fungal and protozoal infections of the neonate
    Viral infections in the neonate
    Normal and abnormal brain development
    White matter damage and encephalopathy of prematurity
    Intracranial hemorrhage and vascular lesions in the neonate
    Hypoxic–ischemic encephalopathy
    Seizures in neonates
    Hypotonia and neuromuscular disease in the neonate
    Intracranial and calvarial disorders
    Spinal dysraphisms
    Hearing loss in the newborn infant
    Early childhood neurodevelopmental outcomes of high-risk neonates
    The role of neonatal neuroimaging in predicting neurodevelopmental outcomes of preterm neonates
    Lung development and maturation
    Assessment of neonatal pulmonary function
    Respiratory distress syndrome in the neonate
    Assisted ventilation of the neonate and its complications
    Neonatal respiratory disorders
    Neonatal apnea and the foundation of respiratory control
    Upper airway lesions in the neonate
    Bronchopulmonary dysplasia in the neonate
    Therapy for cardiorespiratory failure in the neonate
    Cardiac embryology
    Pulmonary vascular development
    Prenatal diagnosis of congenital heart disease
    Patent ductus arteriosus
    Congenital defects of the cardiovascular system
    Cardiovascular problems of the neonate
    Disorders of cardiac rhythm and conduction in newborns
    Neonatal management of congenital heart disease
    Hematologic and oncologic problems in the fetus and neonate
    Blood component therapy for the neonate
    Development of the neonatal gastrointestinal tract
    Gastrointestinal reflux and motility in the neonate
    Disorders of digestion in the neonate
    Selected gastrointestinal anomalies in the neonate
    Neonatal necrotizing enterocolitis
    Disorders of carbohydrate metabolism in the neonate
    Disorders of calcium, phosphorus, and magnesium metabolism in the neonate
    Thyroid disorders in the neonate
    Disorders of sex development
    Inborn errors of metabolism
    Neonatal jaundice and liver diseases
    Fluid, electrolytes, and acid-base homeostasis
    The kidney and urinary tract of the neonate
    The skin of the neonate
    Examination and common problems in the neonatal eye
    Retinopathy of prematurity
    Musculoskeletal disorders in neonates
    Bone and joint infections in neonates
    Congenital abnormalities of the upper and lower extremities and spine
    Therapeutic agents
    Tables of normal values
    Schedule for immunization of preterm infants.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Print
    Arthur Allen.
    Summary: The story of "Jewish prisoner-scientists in Buchenwald who made a vaccine against ... typhus. Their untold secret: they provided the real vaccine to camp inmates but a fake one to German troops at the eastern front"--Dust jacket back. Describes the true story of how the eccentric Polish scientist tasked by the Nazis to create a typhus vaccine hid the intelligentsia from the Gestapo by hiring them to work in his laboratory.

    Contents:
    1. Lice, war, typhus, madness
    2. City on the edge of time
    3. The Louse feeders
    4. The Nazi doctors and the shape of things to come
    5. War and epidemics
    6. Parasites
    7. The Fantastic laboratory of Dr. Wiegl [sic]
    8. Armies of winter
    9. The Terrifying clinic of Dr. Ding
    10. "Paradise" at Auschwitz
    11. Buchenwald - rabbit stew and fake vaccine
    12. Imperfect justice.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RC199.6.P6 A44 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Boris Boincean, David Dent.
    Summary: 'This book deals with the sustainability of agriculture on the Black Earth by drawing on data from long-term field experiments. It emphasises the opportunities for greater food and water security at local and regional levels. The Black Earth, Chernozem in Russian, is the best arable soil in the world and the breadbasket of Europe and North America. It was the focus of scientific study at the very beginnings of soil science in the late 19th century-as a world in itself, created by the roots of the steppe grasses building a water-stable granular structure that holds plentiful water, allows rapid infiltration of rain and snow melt, and free drainage of any surplus. Under the onslaught of industrial farming, Chernozem have undergone profound but largely unnoticed changes with far-reaching consequences-to the point that agriculture on Chernozem is no longer sustainable. The effects of agricultural practices on global warming, the diversion of rainfall away from replenishment of water resources to destructive runoff, and the pollution of streams and groundwater are all pressing issues. Sustainability absolutely requires that these consequences be arrested.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Acknowledgements; Overview; Introduction; A New Paradigm for Sustainable Intensification of Farming on Chernozem. As the Best Arable Soil in the World, It is Under the Greatest Pressure; Lessons from Long-Term Field Experiments on Chernozem; Similarity of the Yields of Different Crops and the Productivity of the Whole Crop Rotation Regardless of the Kind and Frequency of Tillage; Inherent Soil Fertility Makes a Big Contribution to Crop Yields; Restoring Soil Fertility Through Carbon Sequestration; References; Contents; About the Authors; 1 Changing the Farming Paradigm 1.1 Introduction1.2 Changing the Paradigm; 1.2.1 Indiscriminate Agricultural Intensification and Its Consequences; 1.2.2 Input-Based Agricultural Intensification and Food Security; 1.2.3 Ecological Consequences of the Industrial Model of Agricultural Intensification; 1.2.4 Societal Consequences of Indiscriminate and Excessive Industrial Inputs; 1.3 Holistic Approach to Farm Management: CNPK versus NPK; 1.3.1 Classical Agronomy and the Importance of Soil Fertility; 1.3.2 Feeding the Soils versus Feeding the Crops; 1.4 A New Paradigm; 1.5 Conclusions; References 2 Agroecology: Science for Sustainable Intensification of Agriculture2.1 Sustainable Intensification of Agriculture; 2.1.1 Agroecology; 2.2 Natural Ecosystems as Models for Sustainable Agroecosystems; 2.3 Conclusions; References; 3 Land Use, Soil Quality and Management of Soil Organic Matter; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Land-Use Change and Soil Management; 3.3 Soil Health and Quality; 3.4 Soil Organic Matter and Its Transformation in Chernozem; 3.5 Soil Structure: The Most Revealing Indicator of Soil Fertility in Chernozem; 3.6 Conclusions; References; 4 Carbon Sequestration and Climate Change 4.1 Introduction4.2 Carbon Sequestration Under Different Farming Practices; 4.2.1 Annual versus Perennial Cropping; No-till versus Conventional Cultivation; 4.2.2 Crop Rotation and Continuous Monocropping; 4.2.3 Topsoil versus Subsoil; Roots versus Shoots; 4.2.4 Fertilization; 4.2.5 Irrigation; 4.2.6 Tillage; 4.3 Climate Change; 4.4 Conclusions; References; 5 Crop Rotation; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Principles for Building Crop Rotations; 5.2.1 Diversity of Crops; 5.2.2 Alternation of Crops with Different Rooting Depths; 5.2.3 Restoration of Soil Organic Matter 5.2.4 Preventing Soil Erosion and Droughts5.2.5 Increasing the Innate Capacity of Crops and Soils to Suppress Weeds, Pests and Disease, and Avoid Soil Exhaustion; 5.3 Conclusions; References; 6 Tillage and Conservation Agriculture; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 To Plough or Not to Plough?; 6.3 Yields and Soil Fertility under No-till and Conventional Tillage; 6.4 The Role of Crop Residues in No-till; 6.5 Conservation Agriculture; 6.5.1 Lessons Learned; 6.5.2 Pros and Cons; 6.6 Weed Management: No-till, Agrochemicals, Biodiversity and Public Health; 6.7 Conclusions; References
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Robert Schleip, Carla Stecco, Mark Driscoll, Pete Huijing ; foreword by Professor Andry Vleeming, PhD.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2022
  • Digital
    Dinesh Kumar Singh, Vinay Kumar Singh, Raghubir Narayan Singh, Pradeep Kumar.
    Summary: This book provides an up-to-date review of fasciolosis, a disease caused by Fasciola hepatica and Fasciola gigantica, including its biology, transmission, epidemiology, host distribution, economic impact, and novel approaches for its diagnosis, treatment and prevention. It first offers a brief overview of the history of the disease, the genetic diversity of the parasite and its distribution, and the ecology of the vector snail, which belongs to the Lymnaeidae/Planorbidae family. It also examines the current strategies and novel approaches for controlling the parasite, diagnosing infections and vaccine development. Importantly, it highlights issues relating to the control of fasciolosis, including drug resistance, lack of effective diagnostics, and the parasites long-term survival strategies based on regulation and modulation of the host immune system. Lastly, it discusses the novel control snail vectors using bait formulations, and synergetic and phototherapy treatment with chlorophyllin, which does not kill the vector.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    About the Book
    Contents
    About the Authors
    1: Fasciolosis
    1.1 Fasciolosis Status
    1.2 Economic Importance
    1.3 Human Fasciolosis
    1.4 Animal Fasciolosis
    1.5 Life Cycle of Fasciola
    1.5.1 Miracidium
    1.5.2 Sporocyst
    1.5.3 Redia
    1.5.4 Cercaria
    1.5.5 Metacercaria
    1.6 Genetic Characterization of Fasciola
    1.7 Evolutionary Origin
    References
    2: Fasciolosis Constrain in India
    2.1 Humid Subtropical Climate with Dry Winter
    2.1.1 Uttar Pradesh
    2.1.2 Uttarakhand
    2.1.3 Haryana
    2.1.4 Delhi
    2.1.5 Punjab 2.1.6 West Bengal
    2.1.7 Odisha
    2.1.8 Bihar
    2.1.9 Jharkhand
    2.2 Tropical Rain Forest Region
    2.2.1 Meghalaya
    2.2.2 Assam
    2.2.3 Andaman and Nicobar Islands
    2.2.4 Arunachal Pradesh
    2.2.5 Sikkim/Manipur/Nagaland/Mizoram
    2.3 Tropical Steppe
    2.3.1 Gujarat
    2.3.2 Rajasthan
    2.4 Tropical Semi-Eric Steppe
    2.4.1 Maharashtra
    2.4.2 Tamil Nadu
    2.4.3 Karnataka
    2.4.4 Andhra Pradesh
    2.4.5 Kerala
    2.5 Tropical Savanna Region
    2.5.1 Madhya Pradesh
    2.5.2 Chhattisgarh
    2.6 Mountain Climate
    2.6.1 Himachal Pradesh
    2.7 Temperate/Subtemperate Region 2.7.1 Jammu and Kashmir
    References
    3: Distribution and Ecology of Lymnaeidae/Planorbidae Snails in India
    3.1 Family: Lymnaeidae
    3.1.1 Subgenus Pseudosuccinea
    3.1.2 Lymnaea (Pseudosuccinea) biacuminata: (Mitra et al. 2005)
    3.1.3 Lymnaea luteola Lamark, 1822
    3.1.4 Lymnaea ovalior, Annandale and Prashad 1921
    3.1.5 Lymnaea horae Annandale and Rao 1925
    3.1.6 Lymnaea gedrosiana (Annandale and Prashad 1921)
    3.1.7 Lymnaea mimetica Annandale, 1918
    3.1.8 Lymnaea shanensis Annandale, 1918
    3.2 Subgenus Galba
    3.3 Subgenus Radix Montfort
    3.3.1 Subgenus Lymnaea 3.3.2 Subgenus Stagnicola
    3.3.3 Family Planorbidae
    3.3.4 Genus Indoplanorbis Annandale and Prashad 1921
    References
    4: Fasciolosis Control
    4.1 Diagnosis
    4.2 Clinical Diagnosis
    4.3 Blood Parameters and Enzyme Diagnosis
    4.4 Parasitological Diagnosis
    4.5 Immunodiagnosis
    4.6 Vaccination
    4.7 Fatty Acid-Binding Proteins
    4.8 Cysteine Peptidase
    4.9 Leucine Aminopeptidase
    4.10 Glutathione S-Transferase
    4.11 Treatment
    References
    5: Snail Control
    5.1 Biological Control
    5.2 Mechanical Control
    5.3 Chemical Control
    5.3.1 Metaldehyde 5.3.2 Niclosamide
    5.3.3 Carbamate
    5.3.4 Organophosphorous
    5.3.5 Synthetic Pyrethroids
    5.4 Plant-Derived Molluscicides
    5.5 Cow Urine as Molluscicides
    5.5.1 Cow Urine
    5.5.2 Pesticidal Use of Cow Dung/Urine
    5.6 Combined Action of Molluscicides
    5.7 Bait Formulations in Snail Control
    5.8 Phytotherapy of Snails to Control Fasciolosis
    5.9 Photosensitivity of Host/Parasite and Molluscicide in Control of Fasciolosis
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Tyler Traister.
    Summary: "I wrote this book to provide nurses from all practice settings and experience levels the knowledge and understanding of how to care for the LGBTQ population. The first of its kind, this book offers the nurse concise and pragmatic information to deliver culturally competent and inclusive care. Lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, queer, and other gender minorities (LGBTQ) face unique challenges and barriers to accessing healthcare, resulting in poor health outcomes. Studies have consistently shown the greater risk for poor health outcomes due to fear or mistrust of healthcare providers, such as nurses, because of past discrimination and refusal of care and acceptance, which have created systemic health disparities. Nursing textbooks and education predominantly focus on cisgender heteronormative populations - leaving the nurse without the knowledge and information needed to care for this diverse population"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The ABCs of LGBTQ
    Brief history of LGBTQ
    Understanding sexual orientation and gender identity
    LGBTQ cultural competence
    Health disparities of LGBTQ people
    Stigma and discrimination against LGBTQ people
    LGBTQ substance use & substance use disorders
    LGBTQ behavioral health
    Self-awareness and bias
    Communication best practices
    History and physical examination of LGBTQ
    Transgender health and nursing care
    Understanding hormone therapy
    Caring for LGBTQ youth
    Caring for LGBTQ older adults
    Creating inclusive environments
    Advocacy, policy, and legal issues for LGBTQ populations
    Healthcare equality index
    Developing and integrating LGBTQ content into nursing education.
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
  • Digital
    Gregory L. Smith, MD, MPH, Kevin F. Smith, MD, MPH.
    Summary: "This book is an overview about how cannabinoids can play an integral part in a patient's pain management treatment plan. It is a resource for anyone working with patients experiencing chronic non-cancer related pain, including physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, and bedside nurses"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Chronic Pain and Opioids
    Current Cost of the Opioid Epidemic
    Opioid Use Disorder
    History and Legality of Cannabis
    Overview of the Endocannabinoid System (ECS)
    Cannabinoids and Terpenes
    Synthetic Cannabinoid Pharmaceuticals
    Isolate Cannabinoid Pharmaceuticals
    Medical Marijuana and Bioavailability
    Side Effects of Cannabis Use
    Causes of Chronic Pain
    Treating Chronic Pain with Opioids
    Treating Chronic Pain with Cannabinoids
    Cannabinoid and Opioid Interactions
    Cannabis as an Adjunct to Opioids
    Opioid Sparing with Cannabinoids.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
  • Digital
    Maryann Godshall.
    Contents:
    Introduction to evidence-based practice
    Asking the compelling question
    The Iowa method of EBP to promote quality care
    A basic understanding of research
    Quantitative research
    Qualitative research
    Finding the evidence
    Evaluating the evidence
    Barriers to disseminating the evidence
    EBP in the nurse residency program
    Examples of a PICO/T process.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Dina Hewett, PhD, RN, CCRN, NEA-BC.
    Summary: "This book is designed for a new graduate or recent graduate transitioning into the critical care environment. Designed as a quick reference of the most common admitting diagnoses in critical care including causes, signs and symptoms and interventions, this text will be used every day"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
  • Digital
    Frank J. Domino.
    Contents:
    Pediatrics
    Internal medicine
    Obstetrics and gynecology
    Psychiatry
    Surgery/emergency care
    Geriatrics
    General facts.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    Trisha Myers.
    Summary: ""Wounds" - What a broad term! The Original Roget's International Thesaurus gives all of the following terms for "wounds": trauma, injury, hurt, lesion, cut, incision, scratch, gash, puncture, stab, laceration, mutilation, abrasion, gangrene, necrosis, and more. If Roget were a healthcare provider looking at a wound for the first time, he would not stop with just a simple surface term. In a split second, he would send all that information to his mental search engine for processing. His simple surface term, abrasion, would generate more sensory input such as: classifications - common, complex, or atypical, chronic, or acute, and bioburden - clean, dirty, infected, and so on. Before heaving a big sigh, he might have contemplated nutrition and pain management. After all this was sufficiently processed, another broad concept would surface. "I need a remedy." Roget's brain interface system would go into overdrive, bouncing from one neuron to neuron as more definitions came to mind, such as : relief, help, restorative, medicine, drug, soothing, debridement, salve, antibiotics, poultices, bandage, healing, curative, restorative, palliative, protective...oh, and coming up for air...preventive. Whew!"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Attacking the Basics: What Fuels a Wound
    The Phases of Wound Healing and Types of Wound Closure
    Acute Wounds
    Chronic Lower Extremity Wounds
    Pressure Injuries
    Atypical, Complex Wounds
    Assessing Wounds
    Documenting and Photographing Wounds
    Selecting the Correct Dressings
    Biologic Agents and Skin Substitutes
    Wound Debridement
    Hyperbaric Oxygen Therapy
    Caring for Ostomies and Fistulas
    The Promotion of Skin Integrity
    Selecting Optimal Support Surfaces and Patient Positioning
    Qualifications and Certifications for Wound Care
    Facility Accreditation
    The Center for Medicare and Medicaid Healthcare's Common Procedural Coding System
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
  • Digital
    Lynda R. Hardy, PhD, RN, FAAN, editor.
    Summary: "This book begins with a description of what is data and why it is important. The chapters explain how you can influence the quality of data and gain an understanding to advocate for the effective capture and use of data to improve your knowledge and provide the best patient care possible. The book will help you understand how you can influence the effective use of technology in healthcare delivery"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Informatics and why it matters / Lynda R Hardy & Ann Deerhake
    Informatics frameworks and competencies : what a nurse needs to know / Carolyn Sipes & Lynda R Hardy
    The power of data / Rebecca Freeman & Helen Hill
    Technology and informatics / Tami Wyatt & Xueping Li
    Getting familiar with the architecture : computing systems, networks, and data security / Lisa Blair
    The EHR/EMR/PHR / Angela Wilson-VanMeter, Laurel Courtney
    Decision support in the age of precision health / Lisa Blair
    Informatics and the floor nurse / Laurel Courtney & Judith Moore
    Digital health : mHealth, telehealth, and wearables / Rebecca, Koszalinski, Marjorie Kelley, Tara R. O'Brien
    Ethical, legal, and regulatory issues / Carolyn Sipes & Lynda R Hardy
    The user experience / Paula Smailes & Marjorie Kelley.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
  • Digital
    Maggie Ciocco.
    Summary: This pocket-sized, quick-access guide gives nurses crucial information they need to understand, identify, and effectively counter incivility, bullying, and violence in all nursing settings. Viewing nurse bullying as an institutional problem, this text expounds upon the American Nurses Association (ANA) position statement "Incivility, Bullying, and Workplace Violence" and includes definitions and statistics about nurse bullying and guidance on what nurses at any level can do when faced with a bully. Delivered in an easy-to-read, bulleted format, this resource covers all aspects of the problem, explores why nurses bully each other, and discusses and quantifies the cost and impact of bullying on individuals, the workplace, and the broader health care system. Four institutional case study chapters delineate the different forms bullying can take and provide advice on how to handle them, and a "bully-proofing" chapter offers such useful tools as a bullying checklist and a guide to "de-toxifying" the workplace, as well as an explanation of the ANA Code of Ethics as it relates to bullying. Key Features: Addresses all facets of nurse bullying, from origins and manifestations to evidence-based interventions and prevention strategies; Based on the hallmark ANA document "Incivility, Bullying, and Workplace Violence"; Contains 10 instructive case studies depicting common bullying scenarios; Proivdes a wealth of anti-bullying resources for use in all nursing settings. -- from back cover.

    Contents:
    Bullying, incivility, and workplace violence in nursing : the scope and impact of the problem
    What is a bully?
    Incivility in nursing / Latoya N. Rawlins
    Bullying in nursing
    Understanding workplace violence in health care
    The cost of nurse bullying on the health care system
    Bullying and the nurse : effects, resolution, and healing
    The responsibilities of nursing leadership and the employer
    Resisting a bully
    Nurse bullying and the law / Jackeline Biddle Shuler
    Bullying and the student nurse
    Case studies : bullying and the student nurse
    Bullying and the novice nurse
    Case studies : bullying and the novice nurse
    Bullying in nursing education
    Case studies : bullying in nursing education
    Case studies : bullying in nursing administration.
    Digital Access R2Library 2018
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Sydney R. Coleman, Riccardo Mazzola, and Lee L.Q. Pu ; illustrated by Eric Olson, Wendy Hiller Gee and Kathy M. Grey.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    [edited by] Mathew M. Avram.
    Summary: "The perception of an inadequate body shape is a cause of concern to many people, and new techniques for altering body shape are increasingly being developed and offered to patients. Of these, the removal and transfer of fat is fast growing in importance and availability. This practical guide offers a comprehensive overview of this rapidly-evolving field, and thorough coverage of the implementation of fat removal techniques, both invasive and non-invasive, in a cosmetic practice. It begins with an overview of basic fat anatomy and physiology as an important introduction to this topic. The distinction between the physiology and treatment of cellulite and fat is also discussed. The next section of the book covers invasive treatments of fat such as traditional liposuction, laser-assisted liposuction, fat transfer procedures and mesotherapy. The latter half of the book largely focuses on non-invasive treatments for fat, including radiofrequency, ultrasound, cooling and laser technologies for fat removal. Throughout, potential complications and pitfalls of the various treatments are discussed. Edited by Matthew Avram, with contributions from a group of clinical stars, this book will appeal to cosmetic dermatologists, plastic surgeons, aesthetic medical practitioners, and obstetricians/gynaecologists"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Print
    Gail Jarrow.
    Summary: Chronicles the story of the early 1900s typhoid fever epidemic in New York, providing details as to how its infamous carrier was ultimately tracked down and stopped.-- (Source of description not identified)

    Contents:
    Hidden
    Germ detective
    Death in Ithaca
    "An enemy that moves in the dark"
    Mysterious outbreak
    A threat to the city
    Pursuit
    Inside the white walls
    "The most dangerous woman in America"
    Into thin air
    Island exile
    The rest of the story.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RA644.T8 J37 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Pankaj Kumar Gupta, Ram Naresh Bharagava, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This volume offers detailed information on the behaviour of various water pollutants, and on the principles and concepts of groundwater flow and transport. It will help readers to understand and execute the planning, supervision, and review of solute transport and groundwater modeling projects. The book also discusses the role and fate of elements that have been identified as major contaminants in surface and subsurface waters, and their adverse effects on ecology and human health. The book explores this theme throughout four sections - a. Understanding Soil-Water Systems, b. Fate and Transport of Pollutants, c. Physico-Chemical Treatment of Wastewater and d. Microbial Techniques Used to Decontaminate Soil-Water Systems. Introducing readers to a range of recent advances concerning the fundamentals of subsurface water treatment, it offers a valuable guide for teachers, researchers, policymakers, and undergraduate and graduate students of hydrology, environmental microbiology, biotechnology and the environmental sciences. It also provides field engineers and industrial practitioners with essential support in the effective remediation and management of polluted sites.

    Contents:
    Fate and transport of pollutants in subsurface: evolution of knowledge and understanding
    Governing mechanisms of fate and transport of target pollutants in subsurface
    Transport behaviour of gaseous contaminants through subsurface system
    Aqueous two-phase system: an alternative process for industrial dye recovery
    Leaching behaviors of agricultural contaminants in heterogeneous system
    Contribution of ground water in the calculation of net GHG fluxes from freshwater bodies
    Application of visual mod-flow in groundwater flow modeling at the left crescent of the Ganga river, Varanasi, India
    Impacts of climate and land use changes on water resources at basin level
    Occurrence of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) in environment: impact and remediation techniques
    Fate and transport of non-aqueous phase liquids (NAPLs) in subsurface: laboratory studies
    Treatment of pharmaceutical and personal care products (PPCPs) before discharging to agricultural lands
    Mechanistic understanding of heterogeneous photocatalysis for the dye degradation in wastewater
    Arsenic pollution in groundwater and its in-situ remediation technologies
    Groundwater contamination susceptibility in watershed of stream São Lourenço in southern Brazil
    Dynamic of heavy metals and environmental impact of waste phosphogypsum
    Mitigation of ground water pollution: heavy metal retention characteristics of fly ash based liner material
    Micropollutants in wastewater: health risk assessment, biomonitoring and bioremediation
    Groundwater pollution by geogenic and industrial pollutants
    Impact of climatic variabilities on groundwater resources
    Salinization of coastal groundwater resource in the perspective of climate change
    Impact of climate change variability on groundwater resource in southern western Nigeria as case study.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Amir Sharafkhaneh, Max Hirshkowitz, editors.
    Summary: In this soon-to-be gold-standard text, a distinguished panel of experts provides a comprehensive discussion of the various medical, neurological, psychiatric, and psychological factors underlying fatigue and sleepiness in the workplace and in patients. In reviewing current best practices in managing fatigue and sleepiness conditions to improve workplace safety, the book importantly begins with an overview of fatigue's definitions and concepts. It then moves into discussing the historical perspective on sleepiness and fatigue, the definitions and classifications of fatigue, and assessments of fatigue in the laboratory and in clinical settings. The book continues by exploring medical causes of fatigue in detail; how medication and recreational agents may result in fatigue; and the treatment of sleep disorders. Additional topics include best practices in the treatment of narcolepsy and hypersomnia, a review of circadian rhythm and fatigue, the treatment of heart failure and improvement in fatigue, and the management of fatigue in hospitalized patients. A major contribution to the field, this invaluable title will be of significant interest to all clinicians concerned with safeguarding safety in the workplace by accurately diagnosing and managing patients with fatigue and sleepiness problems. Researchers will also find this title of great interest.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    edited by Terrence L. Trentman, Brantley D. Gaitan, Bhargavi Gali, Rebecca L. Johnson, Jeffrey T. Mueller, Steven H. Rose, Toby N. Weingarten.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RD82.3 .F387 2020
    1
  • Print
    Jeffrey V. Ravetch, Falk Nimmerjahn, editors, responsible series editor: Rino Rappuoli.
    Summary: This volume explores several aspects of how antibodies mediate their activity in vivo, ranging from cancer immunotherapy to autoimmunity, infection, and vaccination. Divided into seven chapters, it provides in-depth insights into how antibodies and especially the antibody fragment crystallizable (Fc) domain modulate immune responses and antibody activity. The book begins by discussing evolutionary aspects of how the family of Fc receptors that are the key molecules for antibody activity evolved. In turn, it addresses the molecular and cellular pathways underlying IgG activity in cancer immunotherapy, and focuses on how IgG glycosylation regulates IgG and IgE activity in autoimmunity, allergy and infection. In closing, it presents strategies for developing novel antibody-based vaccination approaches. The book is intended for a very broad readership, including graduate students, postdocs and principal investigators with a basic grasp of immunology.
  • Digital
    Jeffrey V. Ravetch, Falk Nimmerjahn.
    Summary: This volume explores several aspects of how antibodies mediate their activity in vivo, ranging from cancer immunotherapy to autoimmunity, infection, and vaccination. Divided into seven chapters, it provides in-depth insights into how antibodies and especially the antibody fragment crystallizable (Fc) domain modulate immune responses and antibody activity. The book begins by discussing evolutionary aspects of how the family of Fc receptors that are the key molecules for antibody activity evolved. In turn, it addresses the molecular and cellular pathways underlying IgG activity in cancer immunotherapy, and focuses on how IgG glycosylation regulates IgG and IgE activity in autoimmunity, allergy and infection. In closing, it presents strategies for developing novel antibody-based vaccination approaches. The book is intended for a very broad readership, including graduate students, postdocs and principal investigators with a basic grasp of immunology.

    Contents:
    IgG Fc receptors: evolutionary considerations
    Role of FcgRs in Antibody Based Cancer Therapy
    Anti-inflammatory Activity of IgG-Fc
    IgG Fc glycosylation in human immunity
    IgE Glycosylation in Health and Disease
    Immune Complex Vaccination
    Fc receptors in anti-microbial protection.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Marc Daëron, Falk Nimmerjahn, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides a state-of-the-art update on Fc Receptors (FcRs). It is divided into five parts. Part I, Old and New FcRs, deals with the long-sought-after Fc[micro]R and the recently discovered FCRL family and TRIM21. Part II, FcR Signaling, presents a computational model of Fc[epsilon]RI signaling, novel calcium channels, and the lipid phosphatase SHIP1. Part III, FcR Biology, addresses major physiological functions of FcRs, their glycosylation, how they induce and regulate both adaptive immune responses and inflammation, especially in vivo, FcR humanized mice, and the multifaceted properties of FcRn. Part IV, FcRs and Disease, discusses FcR polymorphism, FcRs in rheumatoid arthritis and whether their FcRs make macaques good models for studying HIV infection. In Part V, FcRs and Therapeutic Antibodies, the roles of various FcRs, including FcgRIIB and FcbRI, in the immunotherapy of cancer and autoimmune diseases using monoclonal antibodies and IVIg are highlighted. All 18 chapters were written by respected experts in their fields, offering an invaluable reference source for scientists and clinicians interested in FcRs and how to better master antibodies for therapeutic purposes.

    Contents:
    The Old but New IgM Fc Receptor (Fc[mu]R)
    Emerging Roles for FCRL Family Members in Lymphocyte Biology and Disease
    Intracellular antibody immunity and the cytosolic Fc receptor TRIM21
    Computational modeling of the main signaling pathways involved in mast cell activation
    Calcium channels in FcR signaling
    Regulation of Fc[epsilon]RI signaling by lipid phosphatases
    Fc Receptors as Adaptive Immunoreceptors
    Glycosylation and Fc Receptors
    Antibodies as natural adjuvants
    IgA, IgA receptors and their anti-inflammatory properties
    Humanized mice to study FcgR function
    FcRn: from molecular interactions to regulation of IgG pharmacokinetics and functions
    Human FcR polymorphism and disease
    Bridging auto-antibodies and arthritis; the role of Fc Receptors
    The FcgR of humans and non-human primates and their interaction with IgG: Implications for induction of inflammation, resistance to infection and the use of therapeutic monoclonal antibodies
    FcgRIIB as a key determinant of agonistic antibody efficacy
    Fc receptor dependent mechanisms of monoclonal antibody therapy of cancer; professionals at work
    Sweet and Sour: The role of glycosylation for the anti-inflammatory activity of immunoglobulin G.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Lawrence X. Yu, Bing V. Li, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive reference provides an in-depth discussion on state-of-the-art regulatory science in bioequivalence. In sixteen chapters, the volume explores a broad range of topics pertaining to bioequivalence, including its origin and principles, statistical considerations, food effect studies, conditions for waivers of bioequivalence studies, Biopharmaceutics Classification Systems, Biopharmaceutics Drug Disposition Classification System, bioequivalence modeling/simulation, and best practices in bioanalysis. It also discusses bioequivalence studies with pharmacodynamic and clinical endpoints as well as bioequivalence approaches for highly variable drugs, narrow therapeutic index drugs, liposomes, locally acting gastrointestinal drug products, topical products, and nasal and inhalation products. FDA Bioequivalence Standards is written by FDA regulatory scientists who develop regulatory policies and conduct regulatory assessment of bioequivalence. As such, both practical case studies and fundamental science are highlighted in these chapters. The book is a valuable resource for scientists who work in the pharmaceutical industry, regulatory agencies, and academia as well as undergraduate and graduate students looking to expand their knowledge about bioequivalence standards.

    Contents:
    1 Bioequivalence History
    2 Fundamentals of Bioequivalence
    3 Basic Statistical Considerations
    4 The Effects of Food on Drug Bioavailability and Bioequivalence
    5 Bio waiver and Biopharmaceutics Classification System
    6 Bioequivalence of Highly Variable Drugs
    7 Partial Area under the Curve: An Additional Pharmacokinetic Metric for Bioavailability and Bioequivalence Assessments
    8 Bioequivalence for Narrow Therapeutic Index Drugs
    9 Pharmacodynamic Endpoint-based Bioequivalence Studies
    10 Clinical Endpoint Bioequivalence Study
    11 Bioequivalence for Liposomal Drug Products
    12 Bioequivalence for Drug Products Acting Locally within Gastrointestinal Tract
    13 Bioequivalence for Topical Drug Products
    14 Bioequivalence for Orally Inhaled and Nasal Drug Products
    15 Bioequivalence: Modeling and Simulation
    16 Bioanalysis.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    William H. Eaglstein.
    Summary: "This book explains the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) as an institution and provides understanding of its nomenclature, societal role, policies, goals and challenges. While many readers will have some knowledge of the FDA, few have an appreciation of the many specific areas of FDA authority. The FDA for Doctors is not for those looking for detailed instruction on dealing with the FDA or its operations. Rather, it is written by a doctor with doctors in mind, with the hope that the information in this book will make physicians, and other readers, more thoughtful and insightful, especially with regards totherapeutics and the many broad societal issues underlying FDA's activities. With over 40 years of experience as a clinical investigator in many trials done for FDA registration, the author has been a member of and chaired an FDA advisory committee, and has been a consultant to several divisions of the FDA. He has also had the opportunity to serve on the U.S. Senate Labor Committee, helping with its FDA oversight activities. In addition to a long academic medical career the author has been a consultant to and a full time employee of drug and device companies"--Back cover.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Tom Brody.
    Summary: FDA's Drug Review Process and the Package Label provides guidance to pharmaceutical companies for writing FDA-submissions, such as the NDA, BLA, Clinical Study Reports, and Investigator's Brochures. The book provides guidance to medical writers for drafting FDA-submissions in a way more likely to persuade FDA reviewers to grant approval of the drug. In detail, the book reproduces data on efficacy and safety from one hundred different FDA-submissions (NDAs, BLAs). The book reproduces comments and complaints from FDA reviewers regarding data that are fragmentary, ambiguous, or that detract from the drug's approvability, and the book reveals how sponsors overcame FDA's concerns and how sponsors succeeded in persuading FDA to grant approval of the drug. The book uses the most reliable and comprehensive source of information available for writing FDA-submissions, namely text and data from NDAs and BLAs, as published on FDA's website. The source material for writing this book included about 80,000 pages from FDA's Medical Reviews, FDA's Clinical Pharmacology Reviews, and FDA's Pharmacology Reviews, from one hundred different NDAs or BLAs for one hundred different drugs. Each chapter focuses on a different section of the package label, e.g., the Dosage and Administration section or the Drug Interactions section, and demonstrates how the sponsor's data supported that section of the package label.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction; 2. FDA's decision-making process when assessing ambiguous data; 3. Food effect studies; 4. Dose modification and dose titration; 5. Contraindications; 6. Animal studies; 7. Drug-drug interactions
    Part One (small molecule drugs); 8. Drug-drug interactions
    Part Two (therapeutic proteins); 9. Immunosuppression, drug-induced hypersensitivity reactions, and drug-induced autoimmune reactions; 10. Drug class analysis; 11. Relatedness; 12. Adjudication of clinical data; 13. Coding; 14. Pooling
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Matthieu Pelletier-Galarneau, Patrick Martineau, editors.
    Summary: This book is a clinically oriented, up-to-date, and in-depth review of the various applications of FDG-PET/CT and PET/MR in cardiovascular diseases with emphasis on the current available evidence. Positron emission tomography (PET) imaging with fluorodeoxyglucose (FDG) has seen increased applications in cardiovascular diseases over the last decades. Its utility is already established in a wide range of conditions, including myocardial viability imaging, assessment of inflammatory diseases such as sarcoidosis and vasculitis, as well as imaging of infectious processes, such as infective endocarditis and cardiac implantable electronic device infection. In addition, there are several emerging indications such as the imaging of left ventricular assisting device infection and native valve endocarditis as well as new applications under investigation. The first section of the book reviews the technical basis of cardiovascular PET/CT and PET/MR imaging as well as cardiac metabolism. The following chapters each present specific pathologies, presenting epidemiology, pathophysiology, and diagnostic strategies, along with high quality clinical cases to support the discussion. The final chapter is a review of 15 interesting and clinically relevant cases. This is an ideal guide for nuclear medicine physicians, cardiologists, radiologists, residents, post-graduate fellows, and technologists.

    Contents:
    Section I: Instrumentation and Metabolism
    Cardiac Positron Emission Tomography Basics
    Cardiac PET/MR basics
    Review of Cardiac Metabolism and FDG
    Myocardial Suppression Protocols
    Section II: Inflammatory and Malignant Disorders
    Cardiac Sarcoidosis
    Myocarditis
    Large Vessel Vasculitis
    Pericardial Diseases
    Ventricular Arrhythmias
    FDG-PET Imaging of Cardiac Tumors
    Section III: Cardiovascular Infections
    Prosthetic Valve Endocarditis
    Native Valve Endocarditis
    Cardiac Implantable Electronic Device Infection
    Vascular Graft Infection
    Left Ventricular Assisting Device Infection
    Sternal Wound Infection
    Section IV: Atherosclerotic Disease
    Peripheral Atherosclerotic Disease
    Coronary Artery Disease
    Viability Imaging
    Section V: FDG-PET in Special Populations
    Pediatrics Cardiovascular FDG-PET imaging
    FDG-PET/CT in Heart Transplant
    Pitfalls of FDG-PET in cardiovascular Imaging
    Atlas of Cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Sheila S. David.
    Contents:
    1. Genetic, biochemical, and biophysical methods for studying Fe-S proteins and their assembly
    2. De novo design of iron-sulfur proteins
    3. In vitro studies of cellular iron-sulfur cluster biosynthesis, trafficking, and transport
    4. Combined biochemical, biophysical, and cellular methods to study Fe-S cluster transfer and cytosolic aconitase repair to MitoNEET
    5. Defining the architecture of the core machinery for the assembly of Fe-S clusters in human mitochondria
    6. Fe-S cluster Hsp70 chaperones: the ATPase cycle and protein interactions
    7. B. subtilis as a model for studying the assembly of Fe-S clusters in gram-positive bacteria
    8. Structural characterization of poised states in the oxygen sensitive hydrogenases and nitrogenases
    9. Nitorgenase assembly: strategies and procedures
    10. TsrM as a model for purifying and characterizing cobalamin-dependent radical S-adenosylmethionine methylases
    11. Mechanism-based strategies for structural characterization of radical SAM reaction intermediates
    12. A polymerase with potential: the Fe-S cluster in human DNA primase
    Author index
    Subject index.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Print
    Sabrina Strings.
    Summary: "There is an obesity epidemic in this country and poor black women are particularly stigmatized as "diseased" and a burden on the public health care system. This is only the most recent incarnation of the fear of fat black women, which Sabrina Strings shows took root more than two hundred years ago. Strings weaves together an eye-opening historical narrative ranging from the Renaissance to the current moment, analyzing important works of art, newspaper and magazine articles, and scientific literature and medical journals--where fat bodies were once praised--showing that fat phobia, as it relates to black women, did not originate with medical findings, but with the Enlightenment era belief that fatness was evidence of "savagery" and racial inferiority. The author argues that the contemporary ideal of slenderness is, at its very core, racialized and racist. Indeed, it was not until the early twentieth century, when racialized attitudes against fatness were already entrenched in the culture, that the medical establishment began its crusade against obesity. An important and original work, Fearing the Black Body argues convincingly that fat phobia isn't about health at all, but rather a means of using the body to validate race, class, and gender prejudice."--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction : the original epidemic
    Being Venus
    Plump women and thin, fine men
    The rise of the big black woman
    Birth of the ascetic aesthetic
    American beauty : the reign of the slender aesthetic
    Thinness as American exceptionalism
    Good health to uplift the race
    Fat, revisited
    Epilogue : the obesity epidemic.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    HQ1220.U5 S77 2019
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Google Books 1966-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    N73 .C15
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Chengyu Liu, Jianqing Li.
    Summary: This book discusses feature engineering and computational intelligence solutions for ECG monitoring, with a particular focus on how these methods can be efficiently used to address the emerging challenges of dynamic, continuous & long-term individual ECG monitoring and real-time feedback. By doing so, it provides a "snapshot" of the current research at the interface between physiological signal analysis and machine learning. It also helps clarify a number of dilemmas and encourages further investigations in this field, to explore rational applications of feature engineering and computational intelligence in ECG monitoring. The book is intended for researchers and graduate students in the field of biomedical engineering, ECG signal processing, and intelligent healthcare.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Feature engineering and computational intelligence in ECG monitoring
    an introduction
    Chapter 2. Representative Databases for Feature Engineering and Computational Intelligence in ECG Processing
    Chapter 3. An Overview of signal quality indices on dynamic ECG signal quality assessment
    Chapter 4. Signal quality features in dynamic ECGs
    Chapter 5. Motion Artifact Suppression Method in Wearable ECG
    Chapter 6. Data Augmentation for Deep Learning based ECG analysis
    Chapter 7. Study on Automatic Classification of Arrhythmias
    Chapter 8. ECG Interpretation with deep learning
    Chapter 9. Visualizing ECG contribution into Convolutional Neural Network classification
    Chapter 10. Atrial fibrillation detection in dynamic signals
    Chapter 11. Applications of Heart rate variability in Sleep Apnea
    Chapter 12. False Alarm Rejection for ICU ECG Monitoring
    Chapter 13. Respiratory Signal Extraction from ECG Signal
    Chapter 14. Noninvasive Recording of Cardiac Autonomic Nervous Activity
    Whats behind ECG?
    Chapter 15. A questionnaire study on artificial intelligence and its effects on individual health and wearable device.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Marco Cascella, Elvio De Blasio.
    Summary: This book underlines how COVID-19 is a multisystem inflammatory disease and how its pathophysiology can predispose to an increased risk of neurological issues. Several scientific pieces of evidence showes the mechanisms underlying the neuroinvasive capacity of the SARS-CoV-2 through direct viral damage and indirect processes entering the CNS by different routes including the vasculature, the olfactory and trigeminal nerves, the cerebrospinal fluid, and the lymphatic system inducing a direct neurotoxicity. Furthermore, the pro-inflammatory cytokine storm and oxidative stress can induce microglial activation and damage to the blood-brain barrier, culminating in widespread neuroinflammatory process. This acute neurotoxicity is clinically expressed as anosmia and ageusia, headache, nausea and vomiting, but other neurologic manifestations such as acute cerebrovascular diseases, consciousness impairment due to encephalitis, and meningitis are also described. The PNS can also be affected by infectious damage and clinical manifestations including Guillain-Barré syndrome, polyneuritis cranialis, and Miller Fisher Syndrome. A special issue concerns the neurocognitive dysfunction and altered consciousness manifested as delirium, agitation and confusion. Non-specific symptoms such as dizziness, seizures can accompany clinical pictures. Regardless of the admission diagnosis, a high percentage of patients discharged from ICUs develop disabilities affecting physical, cognitive and psychological activities. The symptoms such as asthenia, memory disturbances, depression, sleep disturbances, anxiety, and Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), configure the so-called Post-intensive Care Syndrome (PICS). Multimodal management during the ICU stay and implementation of follow-up programs at patient discharge can reduce the incidence of this syndrome, improving the quality of life of surviving patients. In this complex scenario, a careful clinical approach through reliable diagnostic tools, and epidemiological studies aimed at evaluating the dimensions of the problem also in economic terms, is urgently needed. This book represents a valuable aid for all those healthcare professionals (intensivists, neurologist and psychiatrists, as well) involved in the management of these critically ill patients.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Part I. Pathophysiology of COVID-19-associated neurotoxicity
    An update on preclinical findings
    Ongoing clinical investigations
    Perspectives
    Part II. Clinical manifestations of acute neurotoxicity
    Clinical features
    CNS complications
    PNS complications
    Diagnosis.-Management
    Perspectives
    Part III. Neurological and psychiatric sequelae in COVID-19 survivors.-Clinical features
    Neurological late complications
    psychological and psychiatric sequelae.-Diagnosis
    Tools
    The role of imaging
    Preventive strategies
    Social and economic impact.-Multidisciplinary management
    Perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Jean A. Klastersky, Consultant, Medical Oncology, Institut Jules Bordet, Centre des Tumeurs de l'Universite Libre de Bruxelles, Brussels, Belgium.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Prevention of febrile neutropenia
    3. Prediction of the risk of complications associated with febrile neutropenia
    4. Management of low-risk patients
    5. Management of non-low-risk patients with febrile neutropenia
    6. Management of persistent fever in patients with neutropenia despite empirical antibiotic administration
    7. Costs associated with febrile neutropenia
    8. At the extremes of age, febrile neutropenia in children and elderly
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    v. 1-2, 6-57, 60-61, 63, 1964, [1965], 1966-1980.
    Some volumes SHELVED WITH other titles; search author "FEBS Meeting" for more detail.
    QP501 .F293
    57
  • Digital
    Vincent Bels, Ian Q. Whishaw, editors.
    Summary: This book provides students and researchers with reviews of biological questions related to the evolution of feeding by vertebrates in aquatic and terrestrial environments. Based on recent technical developments and novel conceptual approaches, the book covers functional questions on trophic behavior in nearly all vertebrate groups including jawless fishes. The book describes mechanisms and theories for understanding the relationships between feeding structure and feeding behavior. Finally, the book demonstrates the importance of adopting an integrative approach to the trophic system in order to understand evolutionary mechanisms across the biodiversity of vertebrates.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1. Introduction: The trophic system: a complex tool in a complex world
    Part I. Overview: from structure to behavior
    Chapter 2. Feeding, function, and phylogeny: status-of-the-art on biomechanics and form-function relationships in vertebrates
    Chapter 3. What does the mechanics of the skeleton tell us about evolution of form and function in vertebrates?
    Chapter 4. Food capture in Vertebrates: a complex integrative performance of the cranial and postcranial systems
    Chapter 5. Transitions from water to land: terrestrial feeding in fishes
    Chapter 6. The evolution of the hand as a tool in feeding behavior: the multiple motor channel theory of reaching
    Part II. Anatomy, Biomechanics and Behavior in chordate and vertebrate lineages
    Chapter 7. Feeding in jawless fishes
    Chapter 8. Feeding in cartilaginous fishes: An interdisciplinary synthesis
    Chapter 9. Functional Morphology and Biomechanics of Feeding in Fishes
    Chapter 10. Evolutionary specialization of the tongue in vertebrates: structure and function
    Chapter 11. Tetrapod Teeth: Diversity, Evolution, and Function
    Chapter 12. Feeding in amphibians: evolutionary transformations and phenotypic diversity as drivers of feeding system diversity
    Chapter 13. Feeding in lizards: form -function and complex multifunctional system
    Chapter 14. Feeding in snakes: form, function, and evolution of the feeding system
    Chapter 15. Feeding in crocodylians and their relatives: functional insights from ontogeny and evolution
    Chapter 16. Feeding in turtles: understanding terrestrial and aquatic feeding in a diverse but monophyletic group
    Chapter 17. Feeding in Birds: Thriving in Terrestrial, Aquatic, and Aerial Niches
    Chapter 18. F Feeding in mammals: comparative, experimental and evolutionary insights on form and function
    Chapter 19. Feeding in Aquatic Mammals: An Evolutionary and Functional Approach
    Chapter 20. Evolution, constraint and optimality in primate feeding systems
    Chapter 21. The Masticatory Apparatus of Humans (Homo sapiens): Evolution and Comparative Functional Morphology.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Harold N. Levinson.
    Summary: In this ground-breaking book, Dr. Harold Levinson provides his follow-up work about truly understanding and successfully treating children and adults with many and diverse dyslexia-related disorders such as those found on the cover. This fascinating, life-changing title is primarily about helping children who suffer from varied combinations and severities of previously unexplained inner-ear-determined symptoms resulting in difficulties with: reading, writing, spelling, math, memory, speech, sense of direction and time grammar, concentration/activity-level, balance and coordination headaches, nausea, dizziness, ringing ears, and motion-sickness frustration levels and feeling dumb, ugly, klutzy, phobic, and depressed impulsivity, cutting class, dropping out of school, and substance abuse bullying and being bullied as well as anger and social interactions later becoming emotionally traumatized and scarred dysfunctional adults Feeling Smarter and Smarter is thus also about and for the millions of frus-trated and failing adults who are often overwhelmed by similar and even more complicated symptoms—as well as for their dedicated healers. Having laid the initial foundations for his many current insights in an earlier bestseller, Smart But Feeling Dumb, Dr. Levinson now presents a compelling range of enlightening new cases and data as well as a large number of highly original discoveries—such as his challenging illumination that all dyslexia-related manifestations are primarily inner-ear or cerebellar-vestibular—not cerebrally—determined and so do not impair IQ, and an “ingeniously simple” explanatory theory of symptom formation. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Dyslexia by any other name
    The bottom line
    A bit of history and discovery
    The turning point : solving the dyslexia riddle
    Listening to dyslexics : my simple clinical path proved key to discovery
    Kathy : the intriguing complexity of dyslexia
    The self-diagnostic test : evaluating patients and theories
    Kathy and the mistaken theories of dyslexia
    The CVS theory of dyslexia : a theory's value is entirely dependent on its explanatory and predictive capabilities
    Only the CVS theory can explain all of Kathy's dyslexic symptoms and mechanisms
    Some important Q&As : especially about the higher cerebellum and Kathy
    Another remarkable case : highlighting the dyslexia/ADD/ADHA/phobia connection
    Making the connections : an introductory overview
    New insights into ADD/ADHD
    The CVS/phobia link : three steps toward conviction
    The reading process in dyslexia
    The "super-ten" basic mechanisms explaining the dyslexia syndrome
    Many helpful therapies
    Four steps to a certain diagnosis
    "I didn't want medical treatment, but..." : depression vs. "dyslexia without 'dyslexia'"
    Real smart drugs and treatment
    An effective partial medical treatment for autism (ASD) and autistic trait disorder or pseudo-autism
    Kathy's favorable response to medical treatment
    Summary
    Closure : the end is just a new beginning.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    William F. Armstrong, Thomas Ryan.
    Summary: "Publisher's Note: Products purchased from 3rd Party sellers are not guaranteed by the Publisher for quality, authenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product. Continuing the long-standing Feigenbaum tradition as an authoritative, comprehensive echocardiography resource, the thoroughly revised Feigenbaum's Echocardiography, Eighth Edition, helps echocardiographers, fellows, clinicians, and sonographers master the art and science of echocardiography and stay current with all that's new in the field. Written by William F. Armstrong and Thomas Ryan, it guides you through pertinent physics, technology, clinical applications, and new developments in the field. As in the past, the book is written primarily for the practitioner who uses echocardiographic methods to care for and manage patients, with a focus on appropriate clinical applications.Features enhanced online content including echo clips, case studies, and more.Includes new content specifically for cardiac sonographers. Reflects new training guidelines for cardiology fellows emphasizing the importance of echocardiography in the general practice of cardiology.Describes the interrelationship of other imaging technologies with echocardiography and the role of echo as part of a multimodality approach to patients. Contains more than 1,600 high-quality illustrations - 600 in full color.Covers the use of 3D echocardiography and perfusion imaging; current AHA/ACC guidelines, appropriate use guidelines, and the mechanics and utility of strain and strain rate imaging.Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience with Enhanced Video, Audio and Interactive Capabilities! Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone Customize for your language</B>, including right-to-left reading, vertical writing, and enhanced annotation in over 30 languages Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech Adapt for unique reading needs, supporting learning disabilities, visual/auditory impairments, second-language or literacy challenges, and more"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    History
    Physics
    Contrast
    Normal exam
    Systolic Function
    Diastole
    LA, RA, RV
    Hemodynamics
    Pericardial
    Aortic valve
    Mitral valve
    TV and PV
    IE
    Pros valves
    CAD
    Stress echo
    Dilated CM
    HCM and other CM
    CHD
    Aorta
    ICU and Periop
    Systemic diseases
    Masses, tumors, and source of embolus.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    [edited by] James D. Cherry, Gail J. Harrison, Sheldon L. Kaplan, William J. Steinbach, Peter J. Hotez.
    Summary: "Offering unparalleled coverage of infectious diseases in children and adolescents, Feigin & Cherry's Textbook of Pediatric Infectious Diseases 8th Edition, continues to provide the information you need on epidemiology, public health, preventive medicine, clinical manifestations, diagnosis, treatment, and much more. This extensively revised edition by Drs. James Cherry, Gail J. Demmler-Harrison, Sheldon L. Kaplan, William J. Steinbach, and Peter J. Hotez, offers a brand-new full-color design, new color images, new guidelines, and new content, reflecting today's more aggressive infectious and resistant strains as well as emerging and re-emerging diseases"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Host-parasite relationships and the pathogenesis of infectious diseases
    Part 2: Infection of specific organ systems. Upper respiratory tract infections
    Lower respiratory tract infections
    Infections of the heart
    Central nervous system infections
    Genitourinary tract infections
    Gastrointestinal tract infections
    Liver diseases
    Other intra-abdominal infections
    Musculoskeletal infections
    Skin infections
    Ocular infectious diseases
    Systemic infectious diseases
    Infections of the fetus and newborn
    Infections of the compromised host
    Unclassified infectious diseases
    Part 3: Infections with specific microorganisms
    Bacterial infections
    Gram-positive cocci
    Gram-negative cocci
    Gram-positive bacilli
    Gram-negative bacilli
    Treponemataceae
    Anaerobic bacteria
    Viral Infections. Classification and nomenclature of viruses. DNA viruses.
    Parvoviridae
    Polyomaviridae
    Adenoviridae
    Hepatoviridae
    Herpesviridae
    Poxviridae
    RNA viruses. Picornaviridae
    Caliciviridae
    Reoviridae
    Togaviridae
    Flaviviridae
    Orthomyxoviridae
    Paramyxoviridae
    Rhabdoviridae
    Arenaviridae and Filoviridae
    Coronaviridae and Toroviridae
    Bunyaviridae
    Retroviridae
    Prion-related diseases
    Chlamydia
    Rickettsial diseases
    Mycoplasma
    Fungal diseases
    Parasitic diseases
    Protozoa
    Nematodes
    Cestodes
    Trematodes
    Arthropods
    Global health
    Part 4: Therapeutics. Antibiotic resistance
    Part 5: Prevention of infectious diseases. Other preventative considerations
    Part 6: Approach to the laboratory diagnosis of infectious diseases.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Print
    Müller, Otfried.
    Contents:
    Bd.
    1. Zur normalen Anatomie und Physiologie sowie allgemeinen Pathologie des feinsten Gefässabschnittes beim Menschen.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    E191 .M93
    2
  • Print
    Käfer, Hans.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    M151 .K11 1941
    1
  • Print
    edited by Martin Hewison [and five others].
    Summary: Vitamin D deficiency is a worldwide problem linked to numerous diseases affecting men, women, and children of all ages. Enormous progress in the study of vitamin D has been made since the first edition of this highly-acclaimed book was published nearly 20 years ago, and current research continues to draw headlines. Feldman and Pike's Vitamin D, Fifth Edition continues to build on the successful formula from previous editions, taking the reader from the basic elements of fundamental research to the most sophisticated concepts in therapeutics. The two comprehensive volumes provide investigators, clinicians, and students with a comprehensive, definitive, and up-to-date compendium of the diverse scientific and clinical aspects of vitamin D, where each area is covered by both basic and clinical experts in the field. In Volume I: Biochemistry, Physiology and Diagnostics, international experts in endocrinology, bone biology, and human physiology take readers through the basic research of vitamin D. This impressive reference presents a comprehensive review of the multi-faceted actions of vitamin D relating both to skeletal and extra-skeletal action. Researchers from all areas of vitamin D will gain insight into how clinical observations and practices can feed back into the research cycle and will, therefore, be able to develop more targeted genomic, proteomic and metabolomic insights into the mechanisms of disease.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    RC648 .V83 2024
    1
  • Print
    edited by Martin Hewison [and five others].
    Summary: Vitamin D deficiency is a worldwide problem linked to numerous diseases affecting men, women, and children of all ages. Enormous progress in the study of vitamin D has been made since the first edition of this highly-acclaimed book was published nearly 20 years ago, and current research continues to draw headlines. Feldman and Pike's Vitamin D, Fifth Edition continues to build on the successful formula from previous editions, taking the reader from the basic elements of fundamental research to the most sophisticated concepts in therapeutics. The two comprehensive volumes provide investigators, clinicians, and students with a comprehensive, definitive, and up-to-date compendium of the diverse scientific and clinical aspects of vitamin D, where each area is covered by both basic and clinical experts in the field. In Volume II: Health, Disease and Therapy authoritatively covers the evidence for new roles of vitamin D, ranging from organ transplantation to cancer, diabetes, inflammatory bowel disease, multiple sclerosis, and renal disease. The coverage is appropriately broad, drawing on aspects of internal medicine, pediatrics, nutrition, orthopedics, oncology, neurology, obstetrics and gynecology, and immunology, as well as, new areas for vitamin D including liver metabolism, veterinary medicine and ICU care - including COVID-19. Clinical researchers will gain a strong understanding of the molecular basis for a particular disease and better understand future directions for research in this still-growing field.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    RC648 .V83 2024
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Paulo V.M. Steagall, Sheilah A. Robertson, Polly Taylor.
    Contents:
    Handling, restraint, and pre-anesthetic assessment
    Anatomy, physiology, and pharmacology
    Sedation and premedication
    Injectable anesthetics and induction of anesthesia
    Local anesthetics and loco-regional techniques
    Inhalation and balanced anesthesia
    Monitoring
    Fluid therapy
    Anesthetic management of special conditions
    Anesthetic complications
    Mechanisms of pain
    Assessment and recognition of acute pain
    Treatment of acute (adaptive) pain
    Assessment and recognition of chronic (maladaptive) pain
    Treatment of chronic (maladaptive) pain.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Chiara Noli, Silvia Colombo, editors.
    Summary: This richly-illustrated handbook covers all aspects of modern feline dermatology, from the approach to different signs and symptoms to the description of the etiology, pathogenesis, clinical manifestation, diagnosis and current treatment of each feline dermatological disease. Thus this manual serves as essential practical guide to the busy practitioner to quickly and surely tackle cats with dermatological conditions, and offers a current and complete reference tool for the feline veterinarian and the veterinary dermatologist.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword for Feline Dermatology
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Introductory Chapters
    Structure and Function of the Skin
    The Skin Organ
    Epidermis
    Epidermal Basement Membrane
    Dermis
    Panniculus
    Skin Adnexa (Skin Appendages)
    Hair Follicles
    Skin Glands
    Claws
    External Ear (Chapter, Otitis)
    Skin Pigmentation
    General Skin Functions
    Physical Barrier Function
    Immune Defense
    Thermoregulation
    Metabolic Functions
    Communication
    Sensory Perception
    References
    Coat Color Genetics
    The Coat
    Function
    Morphology Blue
    Chocolate
    Lilac
    Cinnamon
    Fawn
    Red and Tortoiseshell
    Red
    Cream
    Blue-Cream
    Siamese Pattern
    cb Burmese
    cs Siamese
    ca Blue-Eyed Albino
    c Pink-Eyed Albino
    White Spotting
    Mitted
    Bicolour
    Harlequin
    Van
    Sacred Cat of Birman
    Dominant White
    Silver Coats
    Smoke
    Shaded
    Chinchilla
    Silver Tabby
    Cameo
    Golden
    The Vibrissae
    General References
    Approach to the Feline Patient: General and Dermatological Examination
    Introduction
    Before the Cat Arrives
    The Waiting Room
    The Consultation Room Hair Growth Cycle
    Melanin Synthesis
    The Genes Controlling Hair Length, Structure and Texture
    Length Genes
    Structure and Texture
    r genes
    Cornish Rex
    Devon Rex
    h genes
    Sphynx/Bambino/Elf/Dwelf
    Hrbd genes
    Donskoy/Peterbald/Levkoy
    Wh Genes
    Wirehair
    The Genes Controlling Coat Coloration and Patterns
    Tabby
    Agouti and Non-agouti
    Patterns
    Ticked Tabby or Abyssinian (Ta Gene)
    Mackerel Tabby (T Gene)
    Spotted Tabby (T Gene)
    Blotched Tabby (tb Gene)
    Differences Between Tabby and Self-Coloured
    Self or Solid Colours
    Dilution
    Black Signalment and History
    Clinical Presentation
    Miliary Dermatitis
    Diagnostic Algorithm
    References
    General References
    Plaques, Nodules and Eosinophilic Granuloma Complex Lesions
    Definitions
    Pathogenesis
    Diagnostic Approach
    Signalment and History
    Clinical Presentation
    Diagnostic Algorithm
    References
    Further Readings
    Excoriations, Erosions and Ulcers
    Definitions
    Pathogenesis
    Diagnostic Approach
    Signalment and History
    Clinical Presentation
    Head and Neck Pruritus
    Diagnostic Algorithm
    References
    General References
    Scaling The Consultation Process
    History Taking
    Physical Examination
    Diagnostic Investigations
    Trichogram
    Skin Scraping
    Tape Strip Test ("Scotch Tape" or "Acetate Tape" Test)
    Coat Brushings
    Wood's Lamp Illumination
    Cytology
    Skin Biopsy
    References
    Part II: Problem Oriented Approach to...:
    Alopecia
    Definitions
    Pathogenesis
    Diagnostic Approach
    Signalment and History
    Clinical Presentation
    Diagnostic Algorithm
    References
    General References
    Papules, Pustules, Furuncles and Crusts
    Definitions
    Pathogenesis
    Diagnostic Approach
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Lawrence R. Goodman.
    Contents:
    The radiographic examination : the basics
    Cross-sectional imaging techniques
    The normal chest x-ray : reading like the pros
    Chest CT : putting it all together
    Lobar anatomy
    The silhouette sign
    The air bronchogram sign
    Signs of lung and lobar collapse
    Patterns of lung disease
    Understanding the mediastinum
    The pleural and extrapleural spaces
    Cardiovascular disease.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Lawrence R. Goodman.
    Contents:
    Felson’s ten axioms for a lifetime of learning in medicine
    The radiographic examination: the basics
    Cross-sectional imaging techniques
    The normal chest x-ray: reading like the pros
    Chest CT: putting it all together
    Lobar anatomy
    The silhouette sign
    The air bronchogram sign
    Signs of lung and lobar collapse
    Patterns of lung disease
    Understanding the mediastinum
    The pleural and extrapleural spaces
    Cardiovascular disease
    Quiz: ten great cases.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Maria Cristina Meriggiola, Kristina Gemzell-Danielsson, editors.
    Summary: This book provides healthcare professionals, the medical community, residents and students with an up-to-date handbook on current female and male contraceptive options. It illustrates the process of contraceptive development, from ancient times to steroid discovery up to the most recent formulations that provide not only an optimal contraceptive efficacy but also complimentary health benefits for women. It offers a comprehensive overview of the current knowledge on this topic, ranging from biological contraceptive mechanisms to the challenges of contraceptive use in different clinical conditions. It also presents reviews of the current latest, including preclinical and clinical research, to provide detailed and up-to-date information on recently developed contraceptives. It also features a section on counseling, which is highly relevant to optimal contraceptive provision and compliance. Each chapter has been written by a leading expert in the field and provides a comprehensive reference on the topic as well as practical implications. As such, this book provides accessible and authoritative information for clinicians in their everyday practice and for students interested in expanding their knowledge on the topic.

    Contents:
    Part I Overview on contraception: Birth control methods: from ancient times to the future
    Best practices for contraceptive counseling
    Contraception and sexuality
    Contraception and mood
    Part II Female contraceptives: Non-hormonal contraceptives
    The SARCs: combined hormonal contraceptives and progestin-only pills
    The advantages of LARC methods
    Medical eligibility criteria for contraceptive use
    Venous and arteriosus risks associated with old and new oral contraceptive formulations
    Non-contraceptive benefits of hormonal methods
    Oncologic risks and prevention
    Emergency contraception
    Part III Management of female contraception throughout women's lifetime: Contraception and issues specific to adolescents
    Post-partum and peri-abortion contraception
    Contraception in the premenopausal women
    Contraceptive choice in women with PCOS
    Part IV Management of female contraception in women with medical conditions: Contraception in women with cardiovascular diseases
    Contraception in women with metabolic diseases
    Contraception in women with neurological diseases
    Contraception in women with oncological conditions
    Contraception in women with rheumatologic diseases and post transplantation
    Drug interactions with contraceptives
    Bone health and contraception
    Part V Male contraception: current options and ongoing research : The male role in family planning today
    Acceptability of male hormonal contraception
    Male contraception: non-hormonal methods
    Male contraception: hormonal methods.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Michael Grynberg, Pasquale Patrizio, editors.
    Summary: This book comprehensively addresses female and male fertility preservation. It discusses in detail all major aspects of fertility preservation in both sexes, explains the basis of fertility preservation, and highlights the currently available techniques; further chapters are dedicated to specific diseases. The book offers an essential reference guide for all physicians, specialists or not, seeking to improve their grasp of female and male fertility preservation.

    Contents:
    Part I FEMALE FERTILITY PRESERVATION Normal ovarian ageing
    The effect of chemotherapy and radiotherapy on female reproductive tract
    Pediatric cancer and fertility
    ART in cancer survivors: including egg donation
    Fertility sparing surgery in gynecologic cancers
    Ovarian transposition
    Hormonal suppression for ovarian protection
    Oocyte and embryo cryopreservation: methodology and clinical results
    Ovarian stimulation for fertility preservation (different protocols)
    In vitro maturation of oocytes
    Ovarian tissue cryopreservation
    Techniques of ovarian transplantation
    Assessing safety in ovarian transplantation
    Whole ovary cryopreservation and transplantation
    Fertility preservation in breast cancer patients
    Fertility preservation and endometriosis
    Fertility preservation in autoimmune diseases
    Fertility preservation in transgender males
    Fertility preservation in Turner syndrome and other gonadal dysgeneses
    Tissue preparation and follicle activation by physical methods
    Fertility preservation in children and adolescents
    Social egg freezing
    Ovarian tissue banking to postpone menopause
    Endometrial stem cells transplantation
    Uterine transplantation
    Surrogacy
    Medical treatments for ovarian protection
    Transplantation of isolated follicles
    In vitro folliculogenesis
    Artificial ovary
    Gamete production from stem cells
    Part II MALE FERTILITY PRESERVATION Impact of cancer treatments on sperm chromatin integrity
    ART in cancer patients including sperm donation
    Sperm cryopreservation
    Indications and methods of Epididymal or Testicular sperm retrieval for cryopreservation
    Testis sparing surgery
    Hormonal suppression for FP in male
    Fertility preservation in hypogonadal men
    Fertility preservation in prepubertal boys
    Fertility preservation in transgender females
    Testicular tissue transplantation
    Removal of malignant cells prior to autotransplantation of spermatogonial stem cells
    Transplantation of cryopreserved spermatogonia
    In vitro spermatogenesis
    Part III FEMALE AND MALE FERTILITY PRESERVATION Psychological aspects of fertility preservation
    Ethical considerations of fertility preservation
    Legal aspects.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Rachel M. Frank ; associate editors, Elizabeth G. Matzkin, Mary K. Mulcahey.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Catherine M. Gordon, Meryl S. LeBoff, editors.
    Summary: This is the first book of its kind to focus solely on the female athlete triad - its origins, its recognition, and most importantly, its management. Since the symptoms themselves cover a range of medical specialties, chapters are written by experts in a number of relevant fields - sports medicine, orthopedics, endocrinology, and pediatrics - with an eye toward overall care of the young female athlete. Additionally, each chapter includes suggestions on how to educate and communicate with young athletes and their parents, as well as trainers and coaches, on how to manage the illness outside of the direct clinical setting. The female athlete triad is often seen in sports where low body weight is emphasized, such as gymnastics, figure skating, and running, though it can appear in any sport or activity. The interrelated symptoms - eating disorders, amenorrhea, and low bone mass - exist on a spectrum of severity and are serious and potentially life-threatening if not properly treated. Psychological problems, in addition to medical ones, are not uncommon. The Female Athlete Triad: A Clinical Guide discusses all of these areas for a well-rounded and in-depth approach to the phenomenon and will be a useful reference for any clinician working with female athletes across the lifespan.

    Contents:
    Definition and Epidemiology of the Female Athlete Triad
    Sports Nutrition
    The Menstrual Cycle
    Exercise and the Female Skeleton
    Assessment of Bone Health in the Young Athlete
    Neuroendocrine Abnormalities in Female Athletes
    Eating Disorders
    Stress Fractures
    Female Athlete Triad: Rehabilitation and Psychological Implications
    Strategies to Promote Bone Health in Female Athletes
    Future Directions and Research Agenda.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Nikhil Khattar, Rishi Nayyar, Arabind Panda, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: Urinary symptoms in women have a very high prevalence rate. While the storage function of the bladder is similar in both genders, voiding function has marked differences with obvious anatomic and physiological genitourinary distinctions. Despite all advances in contemporary diagnostics and imaging, female bladder outlet obstruction and urethral stricture disease remain a conundrum to be deciphered in clinical practice. It is also seen that the female voiding symptoms and bladder outlet obstruction are poorly understood entities; which is also evident from the fact that Urethral dilatation in women is still a widely practiced procedure. This book provides a comprehensive understanding of female voiding disorders leading to bladder outlet obstruction and helps identify the women who will actually need reconstructive surgeries. The book begins with what is normal female voiding and then goes on to describe the various definitions of female bladder outlet obstruction along with controversies in Urodynamic diagnosis . As the functional causes are more common than actual strictures, this book elucidates on the knowledge of each of these differentials with their basic understanding and treatment outline, further throwing knowledge on the anatomical causes like pelvic organ prolapse and female urethral stricture. A separate section is dedicated to female urethral surgical anatomy and urethral reconstruction for urethral stricture as well as pelvic fracture urethral injury in females.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Pathophysiology and differential diagnoses of female bladder outlet obstruction
    Physiology of female Voiding: Are there many normals?
    Female bladder outlet obstruction: Whom to work up and what to look for?
    Controversies in Diagnosis of Bladder Outlet Obstruction in women: A urodynamic perspective
    Dysfunctional voiding in women
    Primary bladder neck obstruction as a cause for female bladder outlet obstruction
    Fowler's syndrome
    Pelvic organ descent as a cause of bladder outlet obstruction
    Female urethral stricture
    Bladder outlet obstruction after sling surgery for stress urinary incontinence
    Working algorithm for female voiding LUTS
    Part 2: Treatment modalities for female bladder outlet obstruction and urethral reconstruction
    Pharmacotherapy for female bladder outlet obstruction
    Urethral dilatation and minimally invasive surgical options for female bladder outlet obstruction
    Applied anatomy of urethra for female urethral reconstruction
    Dorsal (Anterior) Onlay Urethroplasty for female urethral stricture
    Ventral (Posterior) Onlay Augmentation Urethroplasty For Female Urethral Stricture
    Dorsal (Anterior) Inlay technique for buccal mucosal graft for female urethroplasty
    Ventral (Posterior) Inlay technique for female urethroplasty
    Labial and Vaginal Flaps in female urethroplasty
    Female Pelvic Fracture associated Urethral Injury and Stricture: Principles of Management
    Female Anastomotic Urethroplasty.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Christine A. Hamori, Paul E. Banwell, Red Alinsod.
    Contents:
    Anatomy and classification of the female genitalia : implications for surgical management / Paul E. Banwell
    Psychosocial issues and social mores in female genital aesthetic surgery : what is normal? / Kharen Ichino, Jennifer L. Walden
    Informed consent and liability in cosmetic genital surgery / Neal R. Reisman
    Labial reduction : surgical wedge technique / Christine Hamori
    Labia minora reduction surgery : curved linear resection / Red Alinsod
    Labia majora reduction surgery : majoraplasty / Red Alinsod
    Clitoral hood reduction techniques / Otto J. Placik
    Augmentation of the labia majora with fat grafting / Lina Triana, Mildred M. Martínez, Paul E. Banwell
    Augmentation of the labia majora with fillers / Nicolas Berreni
    Complications of female cosmetic genital surgery / Christine Hamori
    Perineoplasty and vaginoplasty / Marco Pelosi II, Marco Pelosi III
    Hymenoplasty / Otto J. Placik
    Auxiliary procedures / Clara Santos, Red Alinsod
    Future avenues and advances / Colin C.M. Moore
    O-shot / Charles Runels
    Transcutaneous temperature-controlled radiofrequency for vulvovaginal rejuvenation / Red Alinsod
    Fractional erbium laser for vaginal rejuvenation / Evgenii Leshunov.
  • Digital
    Pentti M. Rautaharju.
    Summary: This book reviews the promising new electrocardiographic (ECG) predictors of cardiac morbidity and mortality with the primary objective being to evaluate gender differences in special ECG features and in ECG predictors for the risk of adverse cardiac events and to explore mechanisms for gender differences in risk predictors. The Female Electrocardiogram elucidates the emergence of gender differences in ECG features and evaluates repolarization-related ECG predictors of various clinical disease categories with a special scope to interpret the mechanism and gender differences of the findings. The author examines how the predictors of adverse cardiac events are linked to basic electrophysiological finding whenever adequate information is available in this rapidly advances realm of research. The overall goal of the book is to facilitate understanding of the mechanisms and clinical relevance of repolarization abnormalities in both clinical and epidemiological applications, and as such will be of great interest to all who manage patients using ECG whether they be cardiac electrophysiologists, clinical cardiologists, critical care physicians or any medical professional in the disciplines covered.

    Contents:
    Special Features of the female electrocardiogram
    Gender Differences Emerging During Adolescence in Heart Rate, QRS Duration and ST Elevation
    The Repolarization Model
    Conceptual Considerations
    Electrocardiographic Predictors Coronary Heart Disease Death in Women
    ECG Predictors of Atrial Fibrillation and Heart Failure
    ECG Predictors of Sudden Cardiac Death
    The Utility of the Electrocardiogram in Left Ventricular Hypertrophy
    Ventricular Conduction Defects in Women
    ST-T waveform features, QT and mortality risk
    Statistical expressions for peaked vs. flat T wave and T wave asymmetry.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Sarah M. Creighton, Lih-Mei Liao.
    Summary: An analysis of the cultural and economic drivers of the growing phenomenon of FGCS, written by cross-disciplinary experts, this book challenges the concept of individual consumer choice in FGCS: a decision that is rarely exercised in a socio-cultural vacuum. Four distinct aspects of FGCS are covered: variations in female genital anatomy; surgical techniques and evidence; historical contexts and ethical dilemmas; norm-critical understandings to inform professional responses. Rendering philosophical critiques accessible, and exposing dubious social values that underpin the practice, this text is crucial in driving a broader understanding of FGCS as a cultural phenomenon of our times. Only with a fuller understanding of the multiple perspectives of FGCS, can there be sensible alternatives for women and girls psychologically troubled by their natural, healthy form. Offering explanations and interventions at individual, institutional and societal levels, this text will be valued by both professional and non-professional audiences.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Ngianga-Bakwin Kandala, Paul Nzinga Komba.
    Summary: This book uses global household data to examine the prevalence, trends and geographic variation of female genital mutilation (FGM) around the world. It also addresses the underlying legal and policy aspects as well as explores the medical consequences, both immediate and long term, for those undergoing the practice. The book analyses the position of victims of this gender-based violence both from the medical and legal perspective and adopts a largely practical approach to the study of the practices, offering a fresh thinking into one of the challenges in global health and the law. In addition, it offers some insights into how health professionals can approach this category of victims and how legal practitioners can obtain a good legal result for their clients before domestic and international forums. The book addresses fundamental issues such as state liability and defences in enforcement proceedings for actions or omission of state or non-state actors, and due diligence standard in international human rights law, the main gateways available for obtaining relief for the victims of FGM. This book goes beyond the traditional debate between zero tolerance and those who wish to see the practice medicalised and tolerated and favours an advocacy programme standing firmly in favour of the right of FGM victims. This book offers a unique perspective likely to assist victims and their representatives to secure a remedy against perpetrators and the state. As such this book will be of interest to medical professionals, national and international lawyers, academics and policymakers in the field of public health.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jasmine Abdulcadir, Noémie Sachs Guedj, Michal Yaron, editors.
    Summary: This open access illustrated guide focuses on Female Genital Mutilation/Cutting (FGM/C) in children and adolescents. FGM/C comprises all procedures that involve partial or total removal of the external female genitalia or injury to the female genital organs for nonmedical reasons. It is mainly carried out during childhood, before the age of 15. The signs of FGM/C can be subtle, and the examiner must be trained with a wide range of normal genitalia both before and after puberty, FGM/C types and subtypes, complications and differential diagnosis. This volume is a reference containing iconographic material of both pre and post pubertal genitals with and without genital cutting. This book will guide health care professionals in making the correct diagnosis, outline the clinical management, enhance patients provider communication, and will enable accurate recording and reporting to governments where required.

    Contents:
    1. Assessing the child/young person with suspected FGM/C
    2. How does the child first present?
    3. Clinical Setting
    4. Taking the history
    5. The examination
    6. Where FGM/C is confirmed
    7. When FGM/C is not identified
    8. Conclusion
    9. Appendix 1: Consent and photography
    10. Appendix 2: Informed Consent
    11. Appendix 3: Trauma-informed care
    12. Appendix 4 : Photography : Technical Tips.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    edited by Michael P. Goodman.
    Contents:
    Genital plastics : the history of development / Michael P. Goodman, with contributions from David Matlock
    Anatomic considerations / Orawee Chinthakanan, Robert D. Moore, John R. Miklos
    Definitions / Michael P. Goodman
    Philosophy, rationale, and patient selection / Michael P. Goodman
    Ethical considerations of female genital plastic/cosmetic surgery / Andrew T. Goldstein, Sarah L. Jutrzonka
    Patient protection and pre-operative assessment / Michael P. Goodman
    Surgical procedures I : vulva and mons pubis / Michael P. Goodman, with contributions from David Matlock, Alex Simopoulos, Bernard W. Stern, Otto J. Placik
    Surgical procedures II : perineoplasty, vaginoplasty, colpoperineoplasty ("vaginal rejuvenation") / Robert D. Moore, John R. Miklos, Orawee Chinthakanan
    The biomechanics and physiology of clitoral and vaginally activated orgasm : impact of vaginal tightening operations / Michael P. Goodman
    The G-spot / Dudley Robinson, Linda Cardozo
    Post-operative care / Michael P. Goodman
    Aesthetic male-to-female transsexual surgery / Marci Bowers
    Anesthetic choices and office based surgery / Michael P. Goodman
    Non-surgical cosmetic vulvo-vaginal procedures / Gustavo Leibaschoff, Pablo Gonzalez Isaza
    Surgical risks and untoward outcomes / Otto J. Placik
    Revisions and re-operations / Michael P. Goodman
    Psychosexual issues / Michael P. Goodman
    Outcomes / Michael P. Goodman
    Pearls for practice / Michael P. Goodman
    Standards of care / Michael P. Goodman.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Grigoris F. Grimbizis [and more], editors.
    Contents:
    Part 1: basics
    1. Normal embryological development of the female genital tract
    2. Pathogenesis and aetiology of female genital malformations
    3. Implantation in women with uterine congenital malformations
    4. Classification of female genital malformations.-Part 2: Screening and diagnosis of female genital malformations
    5. Hysterosalpingography
    6. 2D Ultrasound and sonohysterography for the diagnosis of Female Genital Anomalies
    7. 3D Ultrasound
    8. Magnetic resonance imaging for the Diagnosis of Female Genital Anomalies
    9. Diagnosis of Uterine Congenital Anomalies: Endoscopy
    10. Current Work-Up for Screening And Diagnosing Female Genital Malformations
    Part 3: Clinical implications of the female genital malformations
    11. Prevalence in the general and selected populations
    12. Health problems related to female genital malformations: obstructive and complex anomalies
    13. Fertility in women with uterine anomalies
    14. Pregnancy outcome in women with uterine anomalies
    15. Cervical Weakness in women who have uterine anomalies: Impact on pregnancy outcomes.- Part 4: Treatment of vaginal aplasia / techniques and results
    16. Frank dilators
    17. Vulvo-Perineoplasty Creatsas Vaginoplasty
    18. Neovagina formation with expansion of vaginal vault
    19. Neovagina formation with the use of peritoneum
    20. Neovagina formation with the use of bowel
    21. Vaginal Aplasia: Critical Overview of Available Treatment Options
    Part 5: Treatment of obstructive anomalies
    22. Vaginal septae and imperforate hymen
    23. Treatment of Obstructing Anomalies: Cervical aplasia
    24. Treatment of Patients with Non-communicating Horns with Cavity
    Part 6: Treatment of uterine malformations
    25. T-shaped uterus
    26. Septum resection: Techniques and Post-Treatment Reproductive Performance
    27. Bicorporeal uterus: treatment options
    28. Bicorporeal Uterus: Laparoscopic Metroplasty
    Part 7: Disorders of sex development
    29. Disorders of Sex Development: Classification and Treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    International Agency for Research on Cancer ; [edited by the] WHO Classification of Tumours Editorial Board.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    RC280.G5 W675 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Kathleen Kobashi, Steven Wexner, editors.
    Summary: This book is designed as a guide for management of advanced clinical scenarios encountered by the contemporary pelvic floor surgeon. It is organized by pelvic floor disorder (PFD) and covers the evaluation and treatment of urinary incontinence, fecal incontinence, and pelvic organ prolapse. Opening chapters in each section cover the fundamentals of proper and comprehensive assessment of patient PFDs, as well as the treatment options that are available for each disorder. The book then focuses on more complex and challenging situations that are becoming more frequently encountered as the number of patients being treated for PFD increases and the length of patient follow-up grows. Each chapter finally includes an expert commentary to address these new scenarios and offers a shifted approach from that required for treatment-naive patients. Female Pelvic Medicine: Challenging Cases with Expert Commentary teaches the reader how to approach the most difficult of clinical situations in a multidisciplinary fashion. .

    Contents:
    Basic Evaluation of the Patient with Pelvic Floor Dysfunction (General Review)
    The Role of Urodynamics
    Anorectal Physiology Testing
    Quantitative and Qualitative Analysis of Fecal Incontinence
    Imaging in Pelvic Floor Medicine: Roles of Fluoroscopy, Ultrasound, CT, MRI
    The Importance of a Multidisciplinary Approach to Pelvic Floor Disorders
    Overview of treatment of urinary incontinence
    Mixed Urinary Incontinence: Strategic Approach
    Complex Cases of SUI
    Refractory Overactive Bladder
    Treatment for Fecal Incontinence: Non-Surgical Approaches
    Treatment for Fecal Incontinence: Sphincteroplasty and Postanal Repair
    Treatment for Fecal Incontinence: Muscle Transposition
    Treatment for Fecal Incontinence: Stimulation
    Approach to Pelvic Organ Prolapse
    Addressing Recurrent Pelvic Organ Prolapse: Unique Challenges of Recurrent Prolapse
    High Grade Prolapse
    Voiding Dysfunction or Urinary Retention Following Pelvic Floor Reconstruction
    Addressing Pelvic Floor Disorders in Patients with Neurogenic Bladder
    Mesh Complications in the Female Lower Urinary Tract
    Severe Urethral Stenosis/Complete Urethral Obliteration.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Farzeen Firoozi, editor.
    Summary: Female Pelvic Surgery provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art surgical review of this field and will serve as a valuable resource for clinicians and surgeons. The text reviews the basic indications for treatment and details the many surgical approaches to the management of all pelvic floor disorders. In addition to step-by-step description in text, the volume provides illustrations/photographs of surgical techniques. Integration of surgical methods demonstrating the major repairs described in each section augment the textbook and serve as the tool for the education of clinicians and surgeons. Female Pelvic Surgery provides a concise and comprehensive review of all the surgical approaches to female pelvic surgery and thus it will serve as an extremely useful resource for physicians dealing with and interested in the treatment of pelvic floor disorders.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the Female Genitourinary Tract
    Instrumentation for Female Pelvic Surgery
    Surgical Management of Stress Urinary Incontinence
    Sacral Neuromodulation
    Transvaginal Prolapse Repair
    Obliterative Vaginal Procedures
    Open Transabdominal Sacrocolpopexy
    Laparoscopic and Robotic Assisted Laparoscopic Sacrocolpopexy
    Transvaginal Urethrolysis for Urethral Obstruction
    Vaginal Fistula Repairs
    Repair of Urethral Diverticula
    Augmentation Cystoplasty
    Urethroplasty for Female Urethral Stricture
    Excision of Vaginal Cysts
    Transvaginal Closure of Bladder Neck
    Surgical Therapy for Fecal Incontinence
    Botulinum Toxin Therapy for Voiding Dysfunction and the Female Pelvic Floor
    Construction of the Neovagina.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Farzeen Firoozi, editor.
    Summary: The fully updated edition of this text provides a state-of-the-art surgical review of female pelvic surgery, and will serve as a valuable resource for clinicians and surgeons dealing with, and interested in the treatment of pelvic floor disorders. The book reviews the basic indications for treatment and details the many surgical approaches to the management of all pelvic floor disorders, including stress urinary incontinence, transvaginal prolapse, transabdominal sacrocolpopexy, robotic/laparoscopic sacrocolpopexy, vaginal and vulvar cysts, and interstitial cystitis/bladder pain syndrome. In addition to step-by-step descriptions, the text is augmented with illustrations and photographs of surgical techniques demonstrating the major repairs described in each section. Written by experts in their fields, the second edition of Female Pelvic Surgery provides a concise and comprehensive review of all surgical approaches to female pelvic surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jennifer E. Dietrich, editor.
    Summary: Female Puberty: A Comprehensive Guide for Clinicians is a practical reference, covering the full range of issues related to pubertal development. Developed to answer pointed clinical questions and to provide a thorough review of the literature, the book covers both the basics and the complexities of puberty, encompassing psychosocial development to pubertal nuances in highly specialized populations. Comprehensive in scope, this title offers concepts that are concisely conveyed and chapters that complement each other well. Complex subjects such as details of the hypothalamic-pituitary-ovarian axis are covered in a readily understandable manner, and bullet points throughout the text serve as helpful reminders to the reader. An invaluable contribution to the literature, Female Puberty: A Comprehensive Guide for Clinicians will be of great interest to all health providers concerned with female reproductive health - including obstetrician gynecologists, reproductive endocrine specialists, pediatricians, pediatric specialists, family practitioners, and allied health professionals.

    Contents:
    History and Trends of Pubertal Development in Females
    Normal Pubertal Physiology in Females
    Genetics of Puberty
    Psychology and Neurobiology of Puberty
    Fetal and Neonatal Puberty
    Central Precocious Puberty
    Peripheral Precocious Puberty
    Isolated Precocious Puberty
    Constitutional Delay of Puberty
    Hormonal Causes of Delayed Puberty
    Anatomic Causes for Delayed Puberty
    Genetic Causes of Delayed Puberty
    Consideration of Pubertal Events Among Patients with Disorders of Sexual Differentiation
    Puberty in Developmentally Delayed or Physically Challenged Patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Felice Petraglia, Bart C. Fauser, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I Hypothalamic-Pituitary-ovary axis disorders: The hypothalamus-pituitary-ovary axis
    The menstrual cycle and related disorders
    The Polycystic ovary syndrome
    Menstrual disorders related to endocrine diseases
    The menstrual disorders related to systemic diseases
    Hormones and sex behaviour
    Hormonal contraception
    Part II Uterine disorders: Endometriosis
    Uterine fibroids and adenomyosis
    Abnormal uterine bleeding
    Part III Infertility: Infertility
    Diagnostic protocols
    Hormonal treatments
    Assisted reproductive technologies
    Part IV Menopause: Premature ovarian insufficiency
    Climacteric syndrome
    Long-term consequences of menopause
    Hormone replacement therapy (HRT)
    Menopause and bone metabolism
    Part V Pregnancy: Endocrinology of maternal-placental axis
    The "great obstetrical syndromes"
    Part VI Breast: Hormones, breast disorders and lactation.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer Live
    2019- Continuously updated edition
  • Digital
    Summary: Create random quizzes of review questions
    Digital Access AccessObGyn 2014
  • Digital
    Elisabetta Costantini, Donata Villari, Maria Teresa Filocamo, editors.
    Contents:
    Sociocultural considerations / Donata Villari
    Anatomical and physiological description of women's sexuality / Serena Maruccia and Angela Maurizi
    Female sexuality: a state of mind / Linda Vignozzi
    Evaluation systems of female sexual function / Maria Teresa Filocamo and Nadine Di Donato
    Becoming a woman: when and why gender dysphoria may challenge the basic steps of women's sexual identity / Alessandra Graziottin
    Endometriosis and sexuality / Nadine Di Donato and Renato Serachhioli
    POP and impact of surgery on female sexual life / Montserrat Espuña Pons, Franca Natale, and Elisabetta Costantini
    Urinary incontinence and mid-urethral slings: which is the impact on female sexual life? / Elisabetta Costantini
    Female sexual life during malignancies / Donata Villari
    Sexuality in couples with reproductive difficulties / Lucia Alves Silva Lara
    Sexuality after abuse / Valeria Dubini
    Female sexual dysfunction in alcohol and drug abuse / Marina Ziche
    Female sexual function during male sexual dysfunction and vice versa / Maria Antonella Bertozzi and Valeria Ales
    Female sexuality in chronic pelvic pain / Antonella Giannantoni
    Female sexual function and neurological disease / Elena Andretta
    Female genital cosmetic surgery / Sushma Srikrishna and Linda Cardozo
    Role of physical therapy in the treatment of female dysfunction / Merete Kolber Tennfjord, Marie Ellström Engh, and Kari Bø.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Anne P. Cameron, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive review of the etiology, anatomy, diagnosis, treatments, and future directions of care for female incontinence. It includes a historical review of past treatments many women have undergone and resultant altered anatomy. This book discusses conservative treatments such as patient and provider handouts on behavioral modification and how to perform pelvic floor exercises. It also covers medical therapy from minimally invasive treatments to radical surgical approaches and management of treatment failures. Addressing the treatment of stress incontinence with chapters progressing from least invasive to most invasive therapies, it also describes mesh complications and treatment failures. The book illuminates the intersection of prolapse with female incontinence, incontinence diagnosis and management after major reconstructions such as neobladder or penile inversion, vaginoplasty, and incontinence due to rarer conditions such as fistulas. Further chapters explore female urinary incontinence in special populations including pediatric patients, the elderly, and women with neurogenic lower urinary tract dysfunction, as well as poorly understood populations such as older children, women post-reconstruction, and trans-women. It also addresses research needs and the ever-expanding horizon of new developments in the field of incontinence in women. Female Urinary Incontinence provides a comprehensive text directed towards urologists, gynecologists, and those trained in female pelvic medicine and reconstructive surgery (FPMRS). Given the topic of incontinence specifically in women and the burgeoning rise of women in the field of FPMRS, the book features an all-female author list comprised of an international group of female urologists and urogynecologists selected to author chapters on their particular expertise.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology, definitions and cost of incontinence in women
    Anatomy and pathophysiology of female incontinence
    Diagnosis of Urinary Incontinence in Women
    Historical treatment of SUI and UUI in women
    Behavioral therapy and lifestyle modifications for the management of urinary incontinence in women
    Physical Therapy and Continence Inserts
    Medical Therapy with Antimuscarinics and Ç3-agonists
    Posterior Tibial Nerve Stimulation for Female Urge Urinary Incontinence
    Sacral and Pudendal neuromodulation (SNM)
    Botulinum toxin (BTXA) (in the non NGB patient)
    Augmentation Cystoplasty in the Non-neurogenic Bladder Patient
    Advanced Options for Treatment of Refractory Urgency Urinary Incontinence
    Urethral Bulking Agents
    BURCH COLPOSUSPENSION
    Mesh slings (TOT, TVT, mini)
    Autologous Fascial Sling
    Managing complications after surgical treatment of stress urinary incontinence
    FAILURE OF TREATMENT OF Stress Urinary Incontinence
    Prolapse as a Contributing Factor to Stress and Urgency Urinary Incontinence
    Incontinence following major reconstruction
    Rare conditions causing incontinence and their treatment
    Incontinence in Older Girls and Adolescents
    Incontinence in Older Girls and Adolescents
    Urinary Incontinence in the Elderly
    Maximizing Intraoperative Performance and Safety during Incontinence Surgery
    Maximizing Intraoperative Performance and Safety during Incontinence Surgery
    Experimental therapies and research needs for urinary incontinence in women.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Bob Yang, Steve Foley, editors.
    Summary: This book comprehensively covers the latest consensus in the diagnosis and management of patients with recurrent Urinary Tract Infections (UTIs). It features a broad overview of the basic science and the spread of antibiotic resistance in UTIs. Guidelines are provided on the recommended approaches for using antibiotics including dosage, duration, resistance rates for a range of antibiotics, and available methods for combating antibiotic resistance. Further topics covered include prophylaxis, including conservative lifestyle modifications as well as preventative therapies. Female Urinary Tract Infections in Clinical Practice summarises the basic science, use of antibiotics, and preventative strategies for UTIs and represents a timely and valuable resource for all practising and trainee medical professionals who encounter these patients in their practice. .

    Contents:
    Intro; Introduction; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Pathophysiology of UTIs; 1.1 Six Categories of UTIs; 1.2 How Do UTIs Occur?; 1.3 Natural Defences; 1.4 What Are the Risk Factors and Why?; 1.5 Gender-Related; 1.6 Functional; 1.7 Disease-Related/Iatrogenic; 1.8 Genetic; 1.9 Asymptomatic Bacteriuria; References;
    Chapter 2: Presentation and Diagnosis; 2.1 Clinical Symptoms; 2.2 History; 2.3 Examination; 2.4 Urine Analysis; 2.5 Further Investigations; References;
    Chapter 3: Role of Imaging in UTIs; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Diagnostic Indications; 3.3 Imaging Modalities; 3.4 Uncomplicated UTI 3.5 Complicated UTI3.6 Imaging Findings in Acute UTI; 3.6.1 Cystitis; 3.6.2 Pyelonephritis; 3.6.3 Hydronephrosis and Pyonephrosis; 3.6.4 Pyonephrosis; 3.6.5 Renal Abscess; 3.7 Imaging in Recurrent UTIs; 3.7.1 Chronic Pyelonephritis; 3.7.2 Urinary Tract Tuberculosis; References;
    Chapter 4: Antibiotics; 4.1 Trimethoprim; 4.2 Nitrofurantoin; 4.3 Penicillin; 4.4 Fluoroquinolones; 4.5 Aminoglycosides; 4.6 Fosfomycin; 4.7 Cephalosporin; 4.8 Carbapenems; 4.9 Multidrug-Resistance Bacteria; 4.10 Antibiotics Prophylaxis; References;
    Chapter 5: Lifestyle Modifications; 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Oral Hydration5.3 Sexual Hygiene; 5.4 Personal Hygiene; 5.5 Voiding; 5.6 Weight Loss; References;
    Chapter 6: Cranberry; 6.1 Introduction and Mechanism of Action; 6.2 Clinical Evidence; References;
    Chapter 7: d-Mannose; 7.1 Introduction and Mechanism of Action; 7.2 Clinical Evidence; References;
    Chapter 8: Methenamine Hippurate (Hiprex); 8.1 Introduction and Mechanism of Action; 8.2 Clinical Evidence; References;
    Chapter 9: Oestrogen Replacement Therapy; 9.1 Introduction and Mechanism of Action; 9.2 Clinical Evidence; 9.3 Oral Oestrogen; References;
    Chapter 10: Traditional Chinese Medicine 10.1 Introduction and Mechanism of Action10.2 Formulations; 10.3 Clinical Evidence; 10.4 Acupuncture; References;
    Chapter 11: Intravesical Therapies; 11.1 Introduction; 11.2 The Procedure Itself; 11.3 Intravesical Antibiotics (IVA); 11.4 Clinical Evidence; 11.5 Non-antibiotic Instillations (GAG Layer Replacement); 11.6 Clinical Evidence; 11.7 Limitation of Intravesical Therapies; References;
    Chapter 12: Fractional CO2 Thermo-Ablative Vaginal Laser Therapy; 12.1 Introduction and Mechanism of Action; 12.2 Clinical Evidence; References;
    Chapter 13: Immunomodulation Vaccines 13.1 Introduction and Mechanism of Action13.2 Clinical Evidence; 13.2.1 UroVaxom®; 13.2.2 Urovac®; 13.2.3 ExPEC4V; 13.2.4 Uromune®; References;
    Chapter 14: Urinary Tract Infections of the Neurogenic Bladder; 14.1 Pathophysiology; 14.1.1 Precipitating Factors; 14.1.1.1 Voiding; 14.1.1.2 Catheters; 14.1.1.3 Stones; 14.1.1.4 Obstruction; 14.1.1.5 Bowel Dysfunction; 14.2 Definition of UTI in NLUT; 14.2.1 Urine Analysis; 14.2.2 Positive Urine Culture; 14.3 Clinical Evaluation of Neurogenic Bladder; 14.3.1 Clinical Examination and Investigations
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    bell hooks.
    Summary: "What is feminism? In this short, accessible primer, bell hooks explores the nature of feminism and its positive promise to eliminate sexism, sexist exploitation, and oppression. With her characteristic clarity and directness, hooks encourages readers to see how feminism can touch and change their lives--to see that feminism is for everybody"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Feminist politics : where we stand
    2. Consciousness-raising : a constant change of heart
    3. Sisterhood is still powerful
    4. Feminist education for critical consciousness
    5. Our bodies, ourselves : reproductive rights
    6. Beauty within and without
    7. Feminist class struggle
    8. Global feminism
    9. Women at work
    10. Race and gender
    11. Ending violence
    12. Feminist masculinity
    13. Feminist parenting
    14. Liberating marriage and partnership
    15. A feminist sexual politic : an ethics of mutual freedom
    16. Total bliss : lesbianism and feminism
    17. To love again : the heart of feminism
    18. Feminist spirituality
    19. Visionary feminism.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    HQ1190 .H67 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Bell Hooks.
    Summary: When Feminist Theory: From Margin to Center was first published in 1984, it was welcomed and praised by feminist thinkers who wanted a new vision. Even so, individual readers frequently found the theory "unsettling" or "provocative". Today, the blueprint for feminist movement presented in the book remains as provocative and relevant as ever. Written in hook's characteristic direct style, Feminist Theory embodies the hope that feminists can find a common language to spread the word and create a mass, global feminist movement. hooks is Distinguished Professor in Residence in Appalachian Studies at Berea College, and resides in her home state of Kentucky. (Back cover).

    Contents:
    Preface to the new edition: seeing the light: visionary feminism
    Preface to the first edition
    Black women: Shaping feminist theory
    Feminism: A movement to end sexist oppression
    The significance of feminist movement
    Sisterhood: Political solidarity among women
    Men: Comrades in struggle
    Changing perspectives on power
    Rethinking the nature of work
    Educating women: A feminist agenda
    Feminist movement to end violence
    Revolutionary parenting
    Ending female sexual oppression
    Feminist revolution: Development through struggle.
  • Digital
    Bernd Fink.
    Summary: This practical book combines thorough literature review with extensive clinical experience to provide a clear overview of femoral revision arthroplasty, with the aim to present all available surgical techniques and critically discuss pros and cons and evidence-based recommendation for each of them. A wealth of figures and several videos complement the book and guide the reader through the management of potential pitfalls and complications during and after surgery. Particular emphasis is further put on the comparison of different approaches, stem types, and fixation techniques, assisting readers in identifying the best indication. Designed as a practically-oriented tool this book offers an excellent resource for all specialist hip surgeons and fellows wishing to gain insights into this complex and challenging surgical procedure.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    List of Videos
    1: Introduction
    References
    2: Reasons for Femoral Revision
    2.1 Aseptic Loosening
    2.2 Instability
    2.3 Periprosthetic Infection
    2.4 Periprosthetic Fractures
    References
    3: Classification of Femoral Bone Defects
    3.1 Paprosky Classification
    3.1.1 Paprosky Type I Defect
    3.1.2 Paprosky Type II Defect
    3.1.3 Paprosky Type IIA Defect
    3.1.4 Paprosky Type IIB Defect
    3.1.5 Paprosky Type IIC Defect
    3.1.6 Paprosky Type III Defect
    3.1.7 Paprosky Type IV Defect
    3.2 AAOS Classification by D'Antonio 3.3 Endo-Clinic Classification
    References
    4: Principles of Femoral Revision
    5: Cemented Revision Stems
    5.1 Cemented Fixation of Stems Analogous to Primary Implantation
    5.1.1 Surgical Technique
    5.1.2 Outcomes
    5.2 Cement-in-Cement Revision
    5.2.1 Surgical Technique
    5.2.2 Outcomes
    5.3 Impaction Bone Grafting
    5.3.1 Surgical Technique
    5.3.2 Outcomes
    References
    6: Cementless Revision Stems
    6.1 Nonmodular Cementless Revision Stems for Proximal Fixation
    6.1.1 Surgical Technique
    6.1.2 Outcomes 6.2 Cementless Proximal-Fixing Modular Revision Stems
    6.2.1 Surgical Technique
    6.2.2 Outcomes
    6.3 Cementless Nonmodular Revision Stems for Distal Fixation
    6.3.1 Extensively Porous-Coated Stems
    6.3.1.1 Surgical Technique
    6.3.1.2 Outcomes
    6.3.2 Corundum-Blasted, Tapered Titanium Stems
    6.3.2.1 Surgical Technique
    6.3.2.2 Outcomes
    6.3.3 Cementless Distal Fixation Modular Revision Stems
    6.3.3.1 Surgical Technique
    6.3.3.2 Outcomes
    References
    7: Principles of Cementless Distal Fixation
    7.1 Scratch Fit (Cylinder-in-Cylinder Fixation) 7.2 Cone-in-Cylinder Fixation
    7.3 Cone-in-Cone Fixation
    7.3.1 Length of Fixation Zone
    7.3.2 Distal Interlocking
    References
    8: Differences in Distal Fixated Revision Stems
    References
    9: Allograft Prosthesis Composite (APC) and Megaprostheses
    9.1 Allograft Prosthesis Composite (APC)
    9.1.1 Surgical Technique
    9.1.2 Outcomes
    9.2 Proximal Femoral Replacement (Megaprostheses)
    9.2.1 Surgical Technique
    9.2.2 Outcomes
    9.3 Total Femoral Replacement
    9.3.1 Surgical Technique
    9.3.2 Outcomes
    References 10: Choice of the Implant Depending on the Type of Defect
    10.1 Paprosky Type I Defects
    10.2 Paprosky Type IIA Defects
    10.3 Paprosky Type IIB Defects
    10.4 Paprosky Type IIC Defects
    10.5 Paprosky Type IIIA Defects
    10.6 Paprosky Type IIIB Defects
    10.7 Paprosky Type IV Defects
    References
    11: Preoperative Planning
    11.1 Exclusion of a Periprosthetic Infection
    11.2 Prosthesis Planning
    11.3 Re 1: Analysis of the Shape of the Femur
    11.4 Re 2: Analysis of the Mechanical Stability of the Femur
    11.5 Re 3: Necessity for Osteotomies
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] H. Burkhard Dick, Ronald D. Gerste, Tim Schulz
    Summary: The femtosecond laser has emerged as a groundbreaking game-changer in ophthalmic surgery. It was first introduced for corneal refractive surgery in flap creation during LASIK, and subsequently for cataract surgery in 2008. The femtosecond laser cuts deeply on a single plane without collateral damage. Its high precision and safety result in excellent outcomes in the hands of experienced eye surgeons, benefiting virtually everyone. Femtosecond Laser Surgery in Ophthalmology fills an unmet need for a comprehensive, up-to-date resource on growing applications of this state-of-the-art technology.

    Contents:
    1 Basics of Femtosecond Technology; 2 The Advent of the Femtosecond Laser in Medicine and Ophthalmology; 3 Femtosecond Laser-Assisted In Situ Keratomileusis (LASIK); 4 All-in-One Femtosecond Refractive Laser Surgery; 5 Pearls in Femtosecond Laser-Assisted In Situ Keratomileusis LASIK Surgery; 6 Femtosecond Laser-Assisted In Situ Keratomileusis: Clinical Outcomes 7 Femtosecond Laser-Assisted In Situ Keratomileusis: Complications and Management; 8 The Future of Laser-Assisted In Situ Keratomileusis: Femtosecond Laser versus Other Technologies; 9 Femtosecond Laserâ#x80;#x93;Assisted Keratoplasty: Lamellar Anterior and Posterior; 10 Femtosecond Laser-Assisted Keratoplasty: Penetrating with Different Cut Profiles; 11 Correction of Astigmatism with a Femtosecond Laser; 12 Why Femtosecond Laser for Intracorneal Rings?; 13 New Innovative Applications of Femtosecond Laser Technology 14 Laser's Place in CXL: Excimer Laser and Refractive Surgery Combined with Corneal Cross-Linking, Femto-LASIK Combined with CXL; 15 The Femtosecond Laser in the Surgical Treatment of Presbyopia in the Cornea: Options and Limitations; 16 The Femtosecond Laser in the Surgical Treatment of Presbyopia in the Lens: Options and Limitations; 17 The Basics of Femtosecond Laser Cataract Surgery; 18 Femtosecond Laser Cataract Surgery: Setting and Infrastructure; 19 Crucial Steps I: Capsulotomy; 20 Crucial Steps II: Lens Fragmentation; 21 Crucial Steps III: Corneal Incision, Main and Side 22 Posterior Capsulotomy, Bag-in-the-Lens and Evolving Techniques; 23 Pediatric Cataract Surgery with the Femtosecond Laser; 24 Femtosecond Laser-Assisted Cataract Surgery in Ocular Comorbidities; 25 The Rise of the Femto-Intraocular Lens; 26 Incorporating the Femtosecond Laser in Daily Practice; 27 The Femtosecond Laser and the Posterior Segment; 28 Pitfalls: Femtosecond Laser-Induced Complications; 29 The Femtosecond Laser: Future Directions; Index
  • Digital
    authors: J. Eric Piña-Garza, Kaitlin C. James.
    Contents:
    Paroxysmal disorders
    Altered states of consciousness
    Headache
    Increased intracranial pressure
    Psychomotor retardation and regression
    The hypotonic infant
    Flaccid limb weakness in childhood
    Cramps, muscle stiffness, and exercise intolerance
    Sensory and autonomic disturbances
    Ataxia
    Hemiplegia
    Paraplegia and quadriplegia
    Monoplegia
    Movement disorders
    Disorders of ocular motility
    Disorders of the visual system
    Lower brainstem and cranial nerve dysfunction
    Disorders of cranial volume and shape.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Print
    Harvey J. Makadon, MD, Kenneth H. Mayer, MD, Jennifer Potter, MD, Hilary Goldhammer, MS.
    Contents:
    Providing optimal health care for LGBT people: changing the clinical enviroment and education professionals
    What we know and don't know about LGBT demographics: informing clinical practice
    Intersectionality: implications for clinical care of LGBTQ people
    Coming out: the process of forming a positive identity
    Caring for LGBTQ youth
    LGBT relationships and family lives
    Caring for LGBT older adults
    Principles for taking an LGBTQ-inclusive health history and conducting a culturally competent physical exam
    Mental health care for LGBT people
    Clinical management of substance use and substance use disorders among LGBT individuals
    Intimate partner violence and hate crimes: recognition, care, and prevention for LGBT people
    Sexual health of LGBTQ people
    HIV/AIDS prevention for sexual and gender minority people
    Community, structural, and policy approaches to improve HIV prevention and related health concerns among racial/ethnic minority gay, bisexual, and other men who have sex with men
    Self-discovery: a toolbox to help clinicians communicate with clarity, curiosity, creativity, and compassion
    Gender nonconformity and gender discordance in childhood and adolescence: development considerations and the clinical approach
    Creating a foundation for improving trans health: understanding trans identities and health care needs
    Medical and surgical management of the transgender patient: what the primary care clinician needs to know
    Policy and legal issues affecting LGBT health
    LGBT health: global perspectives and experiences
    Appendix A: Suggestions for creating an inclusive and welcoming environment for LGBT patients and staff
    Appendix B: Sample sexual orientation and gender identity questions for patient registration and intake forms
    Appendix C: Selected resources on LGBT health
    Appendix D: Patient registration and medical history forms.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA564.9.H65 F46 2015
    1
  • Print
    von Carl Oppenheimer.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    F601 .O62
    7
  • Digital
    Peter J. Taub, Pravin K. Patel, Steven R. Buchman, Mimis N. Cohen, editors
    Summary: Ferraro's Fundamentals of Maxillofacial Surgery, 2e is the newly revised and updated second edition of the text originally edited by James W. Ferraro. Written for trainees and students, as well as experts in oral and maxillofacial surgery, and experts in related subspecialties such as otolaryngology and plastic surgery, this highly illustrated text is an invaluable source of hands-on, practical knowledge for those taking the ASMS Basic Course, or for any specialist seeking a comprehensive review of maxillofacial surgery.

    Contents:
    Part I. The Basics
    1. Embryology and Craniofacial Growth
    2. Surgical Anatomy of the Head and Neck
    3. Dental Anatomy
    4. Facial Aesthetics
    5. Regional Anesthesia
    6. Imaging Techniques
    7. Fixation Techniques
    8. Bone Grafting
    9. Biomaterials
    Part II. Maxillofacial Fractures
    10. Clinical Assessment of the Trauma Patient
    11. Management of Soft Tissue Injuries
    12. Dento-Alveolar Fractures
    13. Mandible Fractures
    14. Mid-Facial Fractures
    15. Nasal Fractures
    16. Zygoma Fractures
    17. Orbital Fractures
    18. Nasoorbitoethmoid (NOE) Fractures
    19. Frontal Sinus Fractures
    20. Panfacial Fracture Management
    21. Gunshot Wounds
    22. Microvascular Reconstruction
    23. Pediatric Fractures
    24. Secondary Skeletal Reconstruction
    25. Secondary Soft Tissue Reconstruction
    Part III. Orthognathic Surgery
    26. Facial Evaluation in Orthognathic Surgery
    27. Surgical Planning: 2D to 3D
    28. Orthodontics
    29. Genioplasty
    30. Maxillary Osteotomies
    31. Mandibular Osteotomies
    32. Dental Extractions
    33. Maxillofacial Augmentation and Reduction
    34. Distraction Osteogenesis
    Part IV. Laboratory
    35. Impressions, Models, and Splints.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Ferri, Fred F.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey
    ClinicalKey Nursing
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC55 .M67
    6
  • Digital
    editor, Fred F. Ferri ; associate editors, James E. Fitzpatrick, Lori Prok.
    Contents:
    Evaluation of skin disorders
    Differential diagnosis
    Diseases and disorders
    Appendices. Topical steroids
    Cutaneous manifestations of internal disease
    Nail diseases
    Stings and bites.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Fred F. Ferri.
    Summary: For nearly 25 years, Ferri's concise, pocket-sized resource has served as the go-to reference for practical, clinical information among students, residents, and other medical professionals. Formerly known as Practical Guide to the Care of the Medical Patient, this volume continues to provide a fast, effective, and efficient way to identify the important clinical, laboratory, and diagnostic imaging information you need to get through your internal medicine clerkship or residency. Benefit from the expert guidance of Dr. Fred Ferri, a leading teacher, clinician, and author.Confidently manage patients with the latest clinical information, drug therapies, and lab tests.

    Contents:
    Surviving the wards
    The differential diagnosis : zebras or horses?
    Cardiovascular disease
    Dermatology
    Endocrinology
    Gastroenterology
    Hematology/oncology
    Infectious diseases
    Nephrology
    Neurology
    Pulmonary and critical care
    Rheumatology
    Interdisciplinary medicine.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2014
  • Digital
    Andrés F. Florez, Hamed Alborzinia, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the emerging role of ferroptosis in human diseases. It gives a detailed perspective on how to induce or suppress ferroptosis to treat challenging conditions such as infectious diseases, including COVID-19, tuberculosis, parasitic diseases and cancer. The book serves as a practical guide by providing a valuable collection of all currently known activators or inhibitors of ferroptosis. It will enable readers to choose molecules for experimental design for in vitro and in vivo studies of ferroptosis. Furthermore, this volume highlights the aspects of iron metabolism and its connection to ferritinophagy, a ferritin selective autophagy, with profound implications in neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer, Parkinson, Huntington and ALS. Lastly, it describes necroptosis, another important form of cell death, along with its connections to human disorders and potential crosstalk with ferroptosis. While covering basic concepts, the book delves into mechanisms and modulation of ferroptosis for treating a wide variety of human diseases thus offering a valuable and informative resource for both, scientists and clinical researchers.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Contents
    About the Editors
    1: Ferroptosis: Concepts and Definitions
    References
    2: Overcoming Therapeutic Challenges for Pancreatic Ductal Adenocarcinoma with xCT Inhibitors
    2.1 Pancreatic Cancer Therapeutic Challenges
    2.2 Ferroptosis and PDAC
    2.2.1 xCT-Based Ferroptosis Inducers as Systemic Therapeutics for PDAC
    2.2.2 xCT-Based Early Detection of Metastasized PDAC
    2.3 Metabolic Status Dictates Sensitivity Toward Ferroptosis
    2.4 Promoting Ferroptosis and Antigenicity in PDAC 2.5 How Stromal Compartment Influences Sensitivity to Ferroptosis
    2.6 Concluding Remarks
    References
    3: Iron Homeostasis and Metabolism: Two Sides of a Coin
    3.1 Iron in Physiology and Disease
    3.1.1 Iron: Origin, Chemical Properties and Evolution
    3.1.2 Insights into the Redox Chemistry of Iron
    3.1.3 Strategies for Iron Assimilation and Transport
    3.2 Concluding Remarks
    References
    4: The Role of NCOA4-Mediated Ferritinophagy in Ferroptosis
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 NCOA4-Mediated Ferritinophagy
    4.3 NCOA4-Mediated Ferritinophagy and Ferroptosis 4.4 Ferritinophagy and Ferroptosis in Cancer
    4.5 Ferritinophagy and Ferroptosis in Neurodegeneration
    4.5.1 Neuroferritinopathy
    4.5.2 Alzheimer's Disease
    4.5.3 Parkinson's Disease
    4.5.4 Huntington's Disease
    4.5.5 Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis
    4.5.6 Brain Injury
    4.6 Conclusions and Future Directions
    References
    5: Emerging Role for Ferroptosis in Infectious Diseases
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Necrosis in Infectious Diseases
    5.2.1 Pyroptosis and Necroptosis in Infectious Diseases
    5.3 Ferroptosis in Infectious Diseases 5.3.1 Pathogen-Induced Ferroptotic Cell Death
    5.3.1.1 Bacterial Infections
    Salmonella Typhimurium Infection
    Mycobacterium tuberculosis Infection
    Pseudomonas aeruginosa Infection
    Polymicrobial Sepsis
    5.3.1.2 Viral Infection
    5.3.1.3 Parasitic Infection
    5.4 Concluding Remarks
    References
    6: Small Molecule Regulators of Ferroptosis
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Activators of Ferroptosis
    6.2.1 Targeting GPX4 Activity and Lipid Production
    6.2.1.1 Deficiency of GPX4 Production (Scheme 6.1
    Fig. 6.2)
    6.2.1.2 Boost of Lipid Production (Scheme 6.1 Fig. 6.3)
    6.2.2 GSH Depletion and Nuclear Factor (Erythroid-Derived 2)-like 2 (NrF2) Inhibition
    6.2.2.1 System Xc- Inhibition (Scheme 6.1
    Fig. 6.4)
    6.2.2.2 Alteration of GSH Metabolism (Scheme 6.1
    Fig. 6.5)
    6.2.2.3 NrF2 Inhibition (Scheme 6.1
    Fig. 6.6)
    6.2.3 Iron and ROS Production
    6.2.3.1 Labile iron Pool Enrichment (Scheme 6.2
    Fig. 6.7)
    6.2.3.2 Inducing ROS (Scheme 6.2
    Fig. 6.9)
    6.2.3.3 A Small molecule Inducer of Membrane Leakage (Scheme 6.2
    Fig. 6.10)
    6.3 Inhibitors of Ferroptosis
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Daolin Tang, editor.
    Summary: This book sheds new light on ferroptosis, as an only recently recognised form of regulated cell death. Its respective chapters address the numerous implications that ferroptosis can have for virtually all aspects of metabolism. They also share insights on the morphological characterisation of ferroptosis and highlight the different pathways of induction. Accordingly, the book offers a unique perspective on a mechanism that is involved in a multitude of pathologies, including cancer cell death, neurotoxicity, neurodegenerative diseases, acute renal failure, drug-induced hepatotoxicity, tissue ischemia/reperfusion injury, and T cell immunity. Readers will learn in which cell types this form of regulated cell death is likely to occur, and how it can be pharmacologically influenced, making the book a fascinating and informative read not only for scientists working in cell biology, but also for clinicians in the field of cancer research.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Lipid Metabolism and Ferroptosis; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Lipids Are a Diverse Class of Molecules that Mediate Cellular Life and Death; 1.2.1 The Composition and Function of Lipids in Cell Membranes; 1.2.2 Lipid Peroxidation: A Balance Between Signaling and Survival; 1.3 Ferroptosis Is a Lipid-Dependent Form of Cell Death; 1.4 The Role of Lipids and Lipid Metabolism in Ferroptosis; 1.4.1 Lipid Signatures of Cells Undergoing Ferroptosis; 1.4.2 Specific PUFA-Modifying Enzymes Are Required for Ferroptosis 1.4.3 The Role of Other Lipids and Lipid Metabolic Enzymes in Ferroptosis1.5 Lipid Peroxidation: Mechanism, Location, and Consequences; 1.5.1 How Do LOOHs Form in Ferroptosis?; 1.5.1.1 The Role of Lipoxygenase Enzymes; 1.5.1.2 Evidence for Non-enzymatic Lipid Autoxidation; 1.5.2 Where Are LOOHs Localized in Ferroptosis?; 1.5.2.1 The Role of the Plasma Membrane; 1.5.2.2 The Role of Mitochondria; 1.5.2.3 The Role of the Lysosome; 1.5.2.4 The Role of the ER; 1.5.2.5 The Role of Lipid Droplets; 1.5.3 How Does Lipid Peroxidation Kill Cells? 1.5.3.1 The Effect of Lipid Peroxidation on Membrane Dynamics1.5.3.2 The Effect of Lipid Peroxidation on Membrane-Embedded Protein Function; 1.5.3.3 The Effect of LOOH Breakdown Products on Essential Cellular Processes; 1.6 Conclusions and Future Perspectives; References;
    Chapter 2: Iron Metabolism and Ferroptosis; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Iron Metabolism in Circulation; 2.3 Iron Metabolism in Cells; 2.4 Excess Iron and Cancer; 2.5 Ferroptosis in Iron Excess; 2.6 Ferroptosis and Ferritinophagy; 2.7 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 3: Regulation and Function of Autophagy During Ferroptosis 3.1 Introduction3.2 The Core Autophagy Machinery; 3.2.1 The ULK1/2 Complex; 3.2.2 The PIK3C3 Complex; 3.2.3 The Ubiquitin-Like Conjugation Systems; 3.3 Role of Autophagy in Ferroptosis; 3.3.1 Ferritinophagy Promotes Iron Accumulation in Ferroptosis; 3.3.2 Lipophagy Promotes Lipid Peroxidation in Ferroptosis; 3.3.3 BECN1-Mediated Lipid Peroxidation and Iron Accumulation in Ferroptosis; 3.3.4 STAT3-Mediated Lysosomal Cell Death in Ferroptosis; 3.3.5 CMA-Mediated GPX4 Degradation in Ferroptosis; 3.3.6 Clockophagy-Mediated ARNTL Degradation in Ferroptosis 3.3.7 Autophagy Promotes DAMP Release in Ferroptosis3.4 Conclusions and Perspectives; References;
    Chapter 4: Heat Shock Proteins: Endogenous Modulators of Ferroptosis; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Classification and Function of HSPs; 4.2.1 sHSPs; 4.2.2 HSP40; 4.2.3 HSP60; 4.2.4 HSP70; 4.2.5 HSP90; 4.2.6 HSP100; 4.3 The Core Mechanisms of Ferroptosis; 4.3.1 Iron Accumulation; 4.3.2 Lipid Peroxidation; 4.3.3 HSPs in Ferroptosis; 4.3.3.1 HSPB1; 4.3.3.2 HSPA5; 4.3.3.3 HSP90 and HSPA8; 4.4 Conclusions and Perspectives; References
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    M. Eda Ertorer, editor.
    Summary: This book covers all forms of Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia (CAH) and provides a comprehensive overview of accompanying reproductive problems. Affected individuals may exhibit low fecundability, infertility, recurrent miscarriages, painful sexual intercourse, sexual orientation changes, etc. If not diagnosed and treated properly, their children may also experience developmental disorders of the external genitalia. Depending on the defects in enzymes, severity of the mutations and residual enzymatic activities, the clinical presentation may differ from patient to patient. As these disorders are encountered relatively rarely, many cases are either undiagnosed or inappropriately treated. Given its scope, this book offers a valuable guide for gynecologists, endocrinologists, pediatricians, and professionals in reproductive medicine, as well as GPs, practicing physicians, medical students and residents.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia (CAH): Definition and Enzymatic Defects in Various Forms
    Introduction
    Enzymatic Defects in Various Forms
    21-Hydroxylase Deficiency
    11-Beta Hydroxylase Deficiency
    17-Alpha Hydroxylase Deficiency
    3-Beta Hydroxysteroid Dehydrogenase Deficiency
    P450 Oxidoreductase (POR) Deficiency
    Lipoid Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia (StAR Deficiency)
    Side Chain Cleavage Enzyme Deficiency (P450scc)
    References Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia Due to 21-Hydroxylase Deficiency: Genetic Characterization and the Genotype-Phenotype Correlation
    Introduction
    The Structure of the CYP21A2 Gene
    The Origin of CYP21A2 Alterations
    CYP21A2 Genetic Modifications
    Large Deletions and Conversions
    Point Mutations and Small Deletions/Insertions
    Other Pathogenic Variants
    Polymorphisms
    Genotyping and Pregnancy
    Genotype-Phenotype Correlations
    Genetic Sequencing
    General Considerations
    DNA Sanger Sequencing
    MLPA
    Final Considerations
    References Classical Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia (CAH) in Childhood and Adolescence: Diagnosis and Management for Future Reproductive Life
    Introduction
    21-Hydroxylase Deficiency
    General Features of Classical Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia due to 21-OHd
    Diagnosis
    Genetic
    Treatment
    Steroid Treatment
    Additional Treatment Regimen to Glucocorticoids
    11-Beta Hydroxylase (CYP11B1) Deficiency
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Gender Determination and Surgical Treatment
    The Aims of Surgical Intervention in Virilized Females The Effects of Contemporary CAH Treatment in Childhood on Future Reproductive Life
    References
    Diagnostic Challenges in Nonclassical Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia
    Introduction
    Reasons to Diagnose NCAH
    Indications for the Screening of NCAH
    Current Challenges with Diagnostic Methods and Assays
    Serum 17-OHP Concentrations
    Molecular Genetic Analysis of CYP21A2
    Adrenal Steroid Profiles
    Conclusions
    References
    Mechanisms of Reproductive Dysfunction in Classical and Nonclassical Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia: From an Endocrinologist's Perspective
    Introduction 21-Hydroxylase Deficiency
    Female Patients with 21-Hydroxylase Deficiency: Fertility and Pregnancy
    Male Patients with 21-Hydroxylase Deficiency
    11-Beta-Hydroxylase Deficiency
    17-Alpha-Hydroxylase and 17,20-Lyase Deficiency
    Male Patients with 17-Alpha-Hydroxylase and 17,20-Lyase Deficiency
    3-Beta-Hydroxysteroid Dehydrogenase Type 2 Deficiency
    P450 Oxidoreductase Deficiency
    Lipoid Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia
    Conclusion
    References
    Reproductive Dysfunction in Classical and Nonclassical Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia Due to 21-Hydroxylase Deficiency
    Introduction
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Hatem A. Azim Jr, Isabelle Demeestere, Fedro A. Peccatori, editors.
    Summary: This book, written by global experts in the field, provides a thorough overview on fertility and pregnancy challenges and solutions in women who are being or have been treated for cancer. The book addresses several topics, including pregnancy outcomes after a cancer diagnosis, the impacts of systemic anticancer therapy on fertility, the essentials of fertility preservation approaches in cancer patients, and fertility counseling. This is in addition to controversial topics like the role of ovarian stimulation in breast cancer patients, fertility preservation in cancer patients with BRCA mutation and the evolving role of GnRH analogues. Within this context, key open questions are discussed with reference to the latest evidence. The aim is to provide clinicians with a reliable resource that documents the most up-to-date knowledge on the feasibility and safety of the different approaches to fertility preservation and on the management of female cancer patients who would like to preserve fertility and achieve a pregnancy following their treatment.

    Contents:
    PART I OVERVIEW ON PREGNANCY IN CANCER SURVIVORS AND FERTILITY PRESERVATION OPTIONS Chapter 1 Epidemiology and General Considerations of Pregnancy Following Cancer Diagnosis
    Chapter 2 Safety and Challenges of Pregnancy in Women with History of Endocrine-sensitive Breast Cancer
    Chapter 3 Pregnancy After Gynecological Cancer
    Chapter 4 Overview of Fertility Preservation Approaches in Cancer Patients
    Chapter 5 Fertility Preservation in Women with Hematological Cancers
    PART II CHALLENGES AND SOLUTION TO FERTILITY PRESERVATION IN WOMEN WITH CANCER Chapter 6 Organizational Strategies to Overcome Barriers to Addressing Fertility Preservation in the Oncology Setting
    Chapter 7 Impact of Systemic Anticancer Therapy on Fertility
    Chapter 8 Fertility Counselling in Routine Practice: Why, When and How?
    Chapter 9 Challenges in Fertility Counselling of Cancer Patients: A Developing Nation Perspective
    PART III CONTROVERSIAL TOPICS IN FERTILITY COUNSELING OF BREAST CANCER PATIENTS Chapter 10 Ovarian Stimulation in Women with Breast Cancer
    Chapter 11 Role of GnRH Agonists for Fertility Preservation in Breast Cancer
    Chapter 12 Fertility and Pregnancy Counselling of Breast Cancer Patients with BRCA Mutation.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Michael von Wolff, Frank Nawroth, editors.
    Summary: This practical book focuses on the most recent advances in fertility preservation in oncological and non-oncological patients. It presents the steps that need to be followed prior to treatment for successful fertility preservation, and describes in detail the medical conditions requiring fertility preservation, including precise information on the risk of fertility loss, prognosis, risk of ovarian metastasis and other possible risks. The book also provides information on how to perform the preservation techniques (success rates, risks, etc.) and on what to do after the treatment (in cases of bleeding during chemotherapy, menopause, wish to conceive, etc.). Written by experts in the field, including members of the globally known network FertiPROTEKT and leading oncologists and specialists, this practical and easy-to-use book is a valuable resource for all clinicians involved in fertility preservation for patients with specific diseases.

    Contents:
    Before fertility preservation: Networks for fertility preservation
    Logistics for fertility preservation counselling in adults and children
    Indication for and against fertility preservation
    How to use the book
    Fertility preservation
    diseases: Breast cancer
    Hodgkins lymphoma
    Ovarian tumors
    Cervical cancer
    Endometrial hyperplasia and endometrial carcinoma
    Pediatric oncological cancer
    Other malignancies
    Stem cell transplantation in non-malignant diseases
    Rheumatism
    severe autoimmune diseases
    Endometriosis
    Turner syndrome
    Transgender
    Fertility preservation
    techniques: Ovarian stimulation to collect oocytes
    Cryopreservation of unfertilized and fertilized oocytes
    Removal of ovarian tissue
    Transportation
    cryopreservation and storage of ovarian tissue
    Transplantation of ovarian tissue
    GnRH agonists
    Transposition of ovaries
    Cryopreservation of sperm and testicular tissue
    Further techniques
    After fertility preservation: Therapy of uterine bleeding during chemotherapy
    Infertility treatment after transplantation of ovarian tissue
    Pregnancy after chemotherapy and radiation of the pelvis
    Premature ovarian insufficiency
    Hormone replacement therapy and follow up.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Brian Dale.
    Summary: "This book introduces readers to the fascinating interaction of specialized gamete cells, forming the early embryo and a blueprint of new life. Gain a thorough understanding of the complex physiological events and biochemical processes--such as ionic regulation, metabolism and intracellular signalling--to decipher cause and effect in fertilization. Wide-ranging in its approach, this book describes fertilization as a highly conserved mechanism throughout the animal kingdom, taking case studies from echinoderms, ascidians, amphibians, mammals through to other phyla. An excellent companion to undergraduate and postgraduate students of medicine, veterinary and biological sciences; this text provides an underpinning of the mechanisms of fertilization that will inform assisted reproduction practice and research in medicine and agriculture. Explore the detailed phases before fertilization: the oocyte as a quiescent cell, attracting its partner gamete, followed by a cascade of pre-determined physiological events, to form the dynamic zygote cell; setting the scene for the early embryo, and beyond."--Page 4 of cover.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Producing gametes
    The players
    Sperm-oocyte interaction
    Oocyte activation
    The dynamics of fertilization
    The zygote and early embryo
    Basic cell biology.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Stephen Kralik, Nilesh Desai, Avner Meoded, Thierry A. G. M. Huisman.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Gianfranco Butera, John Cheatham, Carlos A.C. Pedra, Dietmar Schranz, Gerald Tulzer, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I-Introductory aspects in fetal procedures/Ethical aspects of fetal heart interventions
    Tools in fetal heart procedures
    Role of Multicenter Registries to Assess Outcomes of Fetal Interventions
    Role of Counseling in Fetal Congenital Heart Diseases
    Part II
    Aortic valve disease/Fetal Anatomy: the aortic valve in the fetal aortic valve diseases
    Fetal aortic stenosis
    natural history and echocardiographic evaluation
    Fetal Aortic Valvuloplasty (FAV)
    Fetal aortic valvuloplasty: state of art
    Part III
    Pulmonary valve disease/Fetal anatomy: the pulmonary valve in the fetal pulmonary valve disease
    Fetal pulmonary valvuloplasty: Natural history and echocardiographic evaluation of Critical Pulmonary stenosis/ Pulmonary atresia with intact ventricular septum
    Indications for fetal pulmonary valvuloplasty
    Center experience and step-by-step approach for fetal pulmonary valvuloplasty
    Pulmonary valvuloplasty: Fetal, neonatal and follow up outcomes
    Literature on fetal therapy after pulmonary valvuloplasty
    Future perspectives on fetal pulmonary valvuloplasty
    Part IV
    Procedures on the interatrial septum/The embryology of the interatrial septum
    Fetal anatomy: the inter atrial septum in the fetus with congenital heart disease
    Literature on fetal therapy on interatrial septum
    Procedures on the Atrial Septum
    Part V
    Fetal procedures: Other treatments and approaches/Perspectives On Fetal Pacing
    Alternative vascular access in fetus
    Part VII
    Introductory aspects in hybrid procedures/Physician's Perspective
    Parents' Perspective on the Hybrid Approach
    The Hybrid Catheterization Laboratory
    Part VIII
    Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome (HLHS)/Hypoplastic left heart syndrome natural and surgical history
    The engineering perspective
    General principles of the hybrid approach in Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome
    Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome: The Giessen approach
    history, technique and results
    Hybrid Approach: The Columbus way
    The Brazilian Hybrid Approach for Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome
    Canadian approach to hybrid HLHS.-Prolonged Right Ventricle To Left Ventricle Support (Hybrid Or Surgical) To Delay Decision Making In Borderline Left Ventricles
    The Anatomical or Functional Borderline Left Ventricle and Strategies for Staged Rehabilitation
    Part IX
    Pulmonary Arteries/Pulmonary arteries: surgical point of view
    Exit Angiography
    Role of 3-Dimensional Rotational Angiography in Imaging the Pulmonary Arteries
    Hybrid Approach to Pulmonary Artery Stenosis
    Literature and Results
    Part X
    Ventricular Septal Defect/Hybrid Closure of Muscular Ventricular Septal Defects: anatomy, clinical scenarios and techniques
    Hybrid Muscular Ventricular Septal Defect Closure: Literature And Results
    Perimembranous VSD
    Part XI
    Other Hybrid Procedures/Hybrid Atrial Septal Defect Closure
    Treatment of RV Outflow Tract Dysfunction: New Valve Technologies
    Mitral Valve Replacement with Melody Valve Prosthesis
    A Hybrid Approach to Aortic Stent Implantation
    Other hybrid treatments: tetralogy of Fallot
    Other hybrid treatments: RV-to-PA hybrid conduit
    Hybrid VSD creation or enlargement.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Robert M. Verdijk; Martina C. Herwig-Carl
    Summary: This richly illustrated book discusses the fetal eye, offering a brief introduction to the topic and discussing its development and treatment. The high-quality reference images allow the morphological fetal age to be determined, and the authors provide examples of artifacts and real-world findings to simplify histopathological diagnosis. The book also discusses findings in fetal eyes, presenting typical examples of common malformations, including clinical and histological pictures as well as additional findings from other specialties (such as neuropathology, genetics). In addition, it covers non-specific ocular malformations. It particularly addresses documentation and interpretation of cases of suspected Shaken-Baby Syndrome, which is of forensic importance. In the context of retinopathy of prematurity, histopathological and clinical findings are correlated.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Polin, Richard A.; Abman, Steven H.; Benitz, William E.; Rowitch, David H.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Richard A. Polin, Alan R. Spitzer.
    Summary: Drs. Richard Polin and Alan Spitzer, uses the success formula of the Secrets Series to offer fast answers to the most essential clinical questions in fetal and neonatal medicine. With its user-friendly Q & A format, practical tips from neonatologists and fetal medicine experts, and "Key Points" boxes, this portable and easy-to-read medical reference book provides rapid access to the practical knowledge you need to succeed both in practice and on board and recertification exams. New to this edition: Apply all the latest pediatric advances in clinical fetal neonatology techniques, technology, and pharmacology.

    Contents:
    Care of the term infant / Alan R. Spitzer
    Fetal growth and development / Karin M. Fuchs
    Obstetric issues, labor, and delivery / Thomas J. Garite and C. Andrew Combs
    Family-centered and developmental care in the neonatal intensive care unit / Karen D. Hendricks-Munoz and Carol C. Prendergast
    NICU environment and principles of infection control / Saima Aftab and Jacquelyn R. Evans
    Cardiology secrets / Mitchell I. Cohen and Christopher L. Lindblade
    Dermatology / Victoria R. Barrio, Kimberly D. Morel, and Lawrence F. Eichenfield
    Endocrinology and metabolism / Marisa Censani ... [et al.]
    Fluid, electrolyte, acid-base, and renal-developmental phisiology and disorders / John M. Lorenz and Patricia L. Weng
    Gastroenterology and nutrition / Sarah A.Taylor and Joel E. Lavine
    Genetics / Wendy K. Chung
    Hematology and transfusion medicine / Robert D. Christensen
    Infection and immunity / Beatriz Larru and Theoklis Zaoutis
    Neurology / Courtney J. Wusthoff and Robert Ryan Clancy
    Neonatal ophthalmology / Daniel A. Greninger and Michael F. Chiang
    Orthopedics / Qusai Hammouri and Joshua E. Hyman
    Pain management in the neonate / K.J.S. Anand, Fabio Savorgnan, and R. Whit Hall
    Pulmonology / Reese H. Clark
    Surgery / Alejandro Garcia and William Middlesworth.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2014
  • Print
    John Simpson, Vita Zidere, Owen I. Miller, editors.
    Summary: This practical book describes a systematic approach to the ultrasound examination of the fetal heart based on accepted screening recommendations. The written content is enhanced by images and videos of both normal and abnormal sonographic findings. Fetal Cardiology: A Practical Approach to Diagnosis and Management goes further than simply describing core screening views. It includes extended views of the fetal heart, the use of Doppler techniques and assessment of fetal cardiac function. “Variants” which can be encountered in practice are described as well as the features of the major groups of cardiac abnormalities and fetal arrhythmias. Because the authors include experienced fetal and paediatric cardiologists, the focus is not only on diagnostic features but also the approach to postnatal care and prognosis. This content is enhanced by inclusion of chapters relating to associated fetal abnormalities, the genetics of congenital heart disease and new imaging modalities such as MRI of the fetal heart. The book equips all those using ultrasound to image the fetus with a clear concise reference to meet the challenge of new guidelines and to expand their knowledge of complementary echocardiographic techniques and management. It details why prenatal recognition of congenital heart disease is being prioritised to allow for parental choice, recognition of associated abnormalities and improvement of postnatal outcome. As such, this book will be important for all professionals, whether they be a cardiologist, fetal medicine specialist, sonographer or midwife.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors Luciano Marcondes Machado Nardozza, Edward Araujo Júnior, Giuseppe Rizzo and Russell Lee Deter.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Pranav P. Pandya, Dick Oepkes, Neil J. Sebire, Ronald J. Wapner.
    Contents:
    Early concepts and terminology
    Cellular mechanisms and embryonic tissues
    Staging embryos in development and the embryonic body plan
    Teratology
    Early pregnancy failure
    The immunology of implantation
    Development of the placenta and its circulation
    Placental function in maternofetal exchange
    Placental pathology and implications for fetal medicine
    Development of the heart and cardiovascular system in relation to cardiac abnormalities
    Lung growth and maturation
    Development of the kidneys and urinary tract in relation to renal anomalies
    The perinatal postmortem examination
    Epidemiologic and research methods in fetal medicine
    Ethical issues in maternal-fetal medicine
    Principles of screening
    Conveying information about screening and diagnosis
    Ultrasound and biochemical screening for fetal aneuploidy
    Ultrasound screening for fetal abnormalities in the first trimester
    Evidence for routine ultrasound screening for fetal abnormalities in the second and third trimesters
    Noninvasive screening for cytogenetic disorders (fetal aneuploidy including microdeletions)
    Noninvasive prenatal diagnosis for single-gene disorders
    Invasive diagnostic procedures
    Prenatal diagnosis of chromosome abnormalities
    Advances in molecular genetics including fetal sequencing
    Expanded carrier screening
    Prenatal screening for thalassemias
    Sonography of the fetal central nervous system
    The heart
    Fetal lung lesions
    Congenital diaphragmatic hernia
    Abdomen
    Kidney and urinary tract disorders
    Diagnosis and management of fetal skeletal abnormalities
    Diagnosis and management of abnormalities of the face
    Fetal hydrops
    Fetal tumours
    Open fetal surgery
    Fetal growth and growth restriction
    Haemolytic disease of the fetus and newborn
    Fetal platelet disorders
    Fetal infections
    Disorders of amniotic fluid
    Multiple pregnancy
    In utero stem cell transplantation
    Fetal gene therapy
    The developmental origins of health and disease
    Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics
    Neonatal management and outcome in extreme prematurity
    Self-assessment.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Chinmayee Ratha, Ashok Khurana.
    Summary: This book provides an overview of Fetal Medicine practice focusing on various aspects of fetal health such as screening for fetal aneuploidies and imaging for fetal anomalies, their basic management and technological breakthroughs.Although the field of Fetal Medicine is very wide, this book has condensed the important issues and is written in an " easy to read" format to simplify concepts for the readers. Fetal Medicine has emerged as a separate specialization and has an interdisciplinary appeal for clinicians. With the advent of knowledge and awareness in this field there are emerging challenges in counseling patients regarding available options. This book aims to be a ready reference for clinicians in Obstetrics and Radiology who encounter patients with fetal anomalies, growth disorders, multiple pregnancies and genetic /chromosomal problems. This is a highly informative and carefully presented book providing insights for clinicians with an interest in Fetal Medicine.

    Contents:
    Introduction to fetal medicine
    Time line of fetal evaluation in normal pregnancy
    Basics of screening for fetal aneuploidies
    Basics of imaging for fetal anomalies
    Evaluation of fetal biometry
    System wise evaluation of fetus common problems and solutions
    CVS
    Musculoskeletal
    Renal
    Gastro intestinal
    Facial
    Thoracic
    Fetal growth disorders
    Basics of doppler imaging
    Application of doppler - Fetal doppler in growth restriction Maternal doppler in PE
    Lacental and cord related issues
    Basics of genetics
    Role of perinatal pathology
    Recurrent fetal problems
    Essentials of counseling.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Donald Gibb, Sabaratnam Arulkumaran.
    Contents:
    <P>1 Introduction </p> <p>2 Clinical assessment and recording </p> <p>3 Auscultation of the fetal heart rate </p> <p>4 Electronic fetal monitoring
    terminology and interpretation </p> <p>5 Pathophysiology of fetal heart rate (FHR) </p> <p>6 NICE and FIGO guidelines for interpretation of FHR patterns </p> <p>7 Antepartum fetal surveillance </p> <p>8 The admission test by cardiotocography or by auscultation </p> <p>9 Assessment of uterine contractions </p> <p>10 Oxytocin and fetal heart rate changes </p> <p>11 Meconium, infection, anaemia, bleeding </p> <p>12 Cardiotocographic interpretation: additional clinical scenarios </p> <p>13 Cardiotocographic interpretation: more difficult problems </p> <p>14 Fetal scalp blood sampling pH and lactate </p> <p>15 Fetal ECG waveform analysis </p> <p>16 Medico legal issues with CTG and current strategies to reduce litigation </p> <p>17 Competency testing in CTG interpretation prior to practice </p> <p>New Chapter: Machine Learning </p> <p>New Chapter: Fetal Monitoring in the Future </p>
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2024
  • Digital
    Hideaki Masuzaki, editor.
    Summary: This book explores the recent clinical and research findings in the field of prenatal screening and diagnosis. It presents new devices and tests such as real-time 3D ultrasound, ultrafast fetal MRI, and next-generation sequencing and discusses genetic counseling and fetal therapy. Written by pioneering scientists, the book is divided into six themed parts: ultrasound examination, genetic tests, genetic disorders, chromosomal diseases, genetic counseling, and techniques, presenting carefully prepared original data.This thought-provoking, instructive and informative book is intended for geneticists, obstetricians, pediatricians, genetic counselors and nurses. Although the incidence of congenital abnormalities such as structural, chromosomal and genetic disorders is very low, it is important to have accurate information on their incidence and likely outcome, and on the screening and diagnosis of congenital abnormalities during pregnancy care. This book provides valuable insights into prenatal screening, genetic counseling and fetal diagnosis.

    Contents:
    Part I Ultrasound examination
    1.Ultrasonic Screening
    2.Abnormal findings in Ultrasound examination
    Part II_ Genetic tests
    3.Screening tests
    4.Diagnostic test
    Part III_Genetic Disorders
    5.Mendelian Diseases
    6.Abnormalities in fetal brain(congenital hydrocephalus etc)
    7.Muscular Dystrophy
    8.Skeletal dysplasia
    9.Genito-urinary tract abnormality
    10.Genomic imprinting disorders ( including mesenchymal placental dysplasia)
    11.Genetics in Multiple gestation
    12.Fetal Therapy
    Part IV_Chromosoma disease
    13.Autosomal disease
    14.Sex chromosome-linked diseases
    Part V_Genetic counseling
    15.fetal anomaly and genetic counseling
    16.Soft marker test (NT, Nasal bone etc) and genetic counseling
    17.NIPT and genetic counseling
    18.Trisomy and genetic counseling
    19.Sex chromosomel abnormality and genetic counseling
    20.Chromosome structural abnormalities and genetic counseling
    21.Chromosome Mosaic and Genetic Counseling
    22.Gene disorders and genetic counseling
    Part VI_Technical
    23. G-banding
    24. FISH
    25. PCR
    26. Microarray and Next generation sequencing
    27. How to get the licenses for prenatal diagnosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Mark D. Kilby, Anthony Johnson, Dick Oepkes.
    Summary: Updated by a team of internationally renowned experts, this book gives a thorough overview of fetal pathophysiology and an evidence base for in utero: both medical (non-invasive) and surgical treatments. Many topics are expanded to cover recent advances, including: stem cell transplantation; tissue scaffolding; minimally invasive approaches to 'open fetal surgery'; the etiology, prevention and treatment of preterm birth and PROM; the genetic etiologies of fetal disease; and gene therapy. In addition, there are in-depth discussions as to the role of open fetal myelomeningocele repair and several fetoscopic approaches to therapy. The international editors have added important new chapters on reducing stillbirth and prenatal counselling. This book is an invaluable reference guide to the latest fetal therapy options, and an essential, in-depth study book for maternal-fetal and neonatology specialists.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Xiaokun Li.
    Summary: "Fibroblast Growth Factors presents research and results from the leading global research group on FGF, providing up-to-date and comprehensive coverage of the field. The book describes the history, basic research and growth engineering technology involved with FGFs, while also introducing detailed research methods. It comprises eight chapters that detail successes and problems in relation to wound healing of engineered growth factors and considers injury repair and regeneration, non-mitogenic mutants, structure modification, pathology, physiology, pharmacology, development, FGF/FGFR inhibitors, bioengineering, and new drug development. It will serve as a key reference book for researchers working on FGFs."Publisher's description
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Erin Lawson, Mark S. Wallace, editors.
    Contents:
    Preface
    The Epidemiology and Prevalence of Fibromyalgia
    Fibromyalgia Diagnosis
    Etiology
    Prognosis
    Lifestyle Modification and Fibromyalgia
    Psychological Treatment for Fibromyalgia
    Medications
    Adjuvant Treatments for Fibromyalgia
    Utilizing Clinical Treatments with a Limited Evidence Base
    Treatment of Special Groups: Children, Pregnant, Elderly and Mentally-disabled
    Emerging Developments
    Nutrition.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jacob N. Ablin, Yehuda Shoenfeld, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of fibromyalgia syndrome that focuses on integrating concepts relevant to the pathogenesis, epidemiology and treatment of the condition. Details of how to manage sleep disorders, assess related disabilities, use pharmacological and complementary treatments are provided. Relevant aspects of neuromodulation, genetics, and neuromodulation are also covered. Therefore, enabling the reader to develop a deep understanding of the underlying triggers of and tools for assessing and treating fibromyalgia. Fibromyalgia Syndrome features a wealth of information on the basic science and contains guidance on how to make clinical decisions when treating patients with this condition, and is a valuable resource for any medical professional or trainee seeking a dedicated up-to-date resource on the topic.

    Contents:
    Overview and definition of the fibromyalgia syndrome
    History of fibromyalgia and evolution of nomenclature
    Chronic fatigue-definition and overlap with fibromyalgia
    Chronic pain as a pathogenetic and clinical entity
    Etiology and triggers in the development of fibromyalgia
    Epidemiology of fibromyalgia and chronic pain
    Pharmacological treatment of fibromyalgia
    Complementary and alternative treatments
    Neuromodulation for the treatment of fibromyalgia, including neurofeedback
    Classification, criteria diagnosis
    Psychiatric comorbidity
    Fibromyalgia genetics
    The clinical spectrum of fibromyalgia and overview of approach to treatment
    Functional syndromes as fibromyalgia comorbidities
    Cognitive behavioral treatment and other types of psychotherapy
    Pediatric fibromyalgia
    The neuroscience of fibromyalgia and central sensitization
    Role of the immune system in fibromyalgia
    The autonomic nervous system inn fibromyalgia
    Sleep disorders and management in fibromyalgia and chronic pain
    Assessing disability in fibromyalgia
    Comorbidity of fibromyalgia in non-functional disorders-clinical and research implications
    Cannabinoids in the fibromyalgia syndrome
    Infections and vaccinations
    Fibromyaliga and vaccinations
    Small fiber neuropathy
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Florian Rieder, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive account of the pathogenesis and treatment of intestinal fibrosis, covering both the clinical and molecular aspects of the disease. It begins by describing the epidemiology and genetics of fibrostenosing IBD in Crohn’s disease and Ulcerative colitis as well as the epigenetics and cellular and molecular mechanisms of the disease. Readers will obtain an in-depth overview of the disease from biomarkers and histology to surgical intervention, imaging and current and future drug therapies. Medical management of fibrosis, endoscopy and imaging as well as surgical approaches are all discussed. Through the links to videos contained in the book, the reader will become familiar with interventional procedures such as endoscopic balloon dilation and surgical techniques for stricturing IBD, such as resection and strictureplasties. This is an indispensable volume for anyone working on fibrostenotic IBD, such as gastroenterologists, internists, radiologists, colorectal surgeons, pathologists and researchers. It has been written by a team of top experts from North America, Asia and Europe.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP351 .F46
    8
  • Digital
    Dinesh Kumar Maheshwari, Shrivardhan Dheeman, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses the most challenging task ahead of researchers from India and around the globe: providing disease-free field crops for the ever-growing world population. In Asia, despite being cultivated in massive volumes, major crops, including cereals, oil seed, tuber and non-tuber vegetables, and fruit, are not meeting the demands of the increasing population. This book showcases naturally occurring beneficial microbes in the form of plant growth promoting rhizobacteria, or PGPR, which make it possible to grow field crops without applying synthetic chemicals. Our understanding of PGPR has increased exponentially in recent decades. They play a multifarious role in developing sustainable systems of crop production and protection. The book focuses on the mechanistic behaviors of PGPRs, their use to develop sustainable cultivation techniques, and their application to enhance crop growth and productivity at the cutting edge of tech-oriented agriculture and to replace hazardous chemicals with microbial inoculants. The book is useful to agronomists, microbiologists, ecologists, plant pathologists, molecular biologists, environmentalists, policy makers, conservationists, and NGOs working on organically grown field crops.

    Contents:
    Microbes in Agriculture : An Introduction
    Role of Chemotactic and root colonizing rhizobacteria in plant growth promotion and yield improvement of Sesamum indicum L
    Plant Growth Promotion and Suppression of Fungal Pathogens in Rice by Plant Growth-Promoting Bacteria
    Problem of mercury toxicity in crop plants: Can plant growth promoting rhizobacteria (PGPR) be an effective solution?
    Regulatory role of rhizobacteria to induce drought and salt stress tolerance in plants
    Bacterial mixture, the future generation of inoculants for sustainable crop production
    In Sustainable Agriculture: Assessment of Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria in Cucurbitaceous Vegetable Crops
    Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria Induced Defense against Insect Herbivores In Field Crops
    Azospirillum brasilense Az39 as a PGPR model: from the genomics to the field performance and soil traceability Fabricio Cassán, Argentina
    Plant growth-promoting rhizobacteria (PGPR): their potential effect on enhancing protection against viral disease
    Harnessing beneficial mechanisms of Aerobic Endospore forming Bacteria (AEFB) in productivity improvement of native crop of Himalayan biodiversity
    Utilization of endophytic bacteria isolated from legume root nodules for plant growth promotion
    Beneficial impact on crop productivity enhancement of leguminous crop using ACC-deaminase producing rhizobacteria
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Section on Transport Medicine, American Academy of Pediatrics, author ; Keith Meyer, Caraciolo J. Fernandes, editor, Hamilton P. Schwarz, editor, S. Niccole Alexander, AAP Staff.
    Summary: The Field Guide for Air and Ground Transport of Neonatal and Pediatric Patients is a brand-new clinical transport resource brought to you by the American Academy of Pediatrics Section on Transport Medicine. The guide is written by clinicians with extensive transport expertise and is a must for every clinician in the field of neonatal and pediatric transport. A concise, outline format makes this resource the convenient go-to reference for all your transport questions and needs. The pathophysiology of common illnesses and transport management pearls are at your fingertips.

    Contents:
    Before the transport
    Challenges of transport environment
    Special considerations
    Diagnostic tests
    Procedural skills
    Radiology pearls
    Neonatal content
    Pediatric content
    Approach to selected signs and symptoms.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2018
  • Digital
    James Alan Chambers.
    Summary: "While serving as a physician overseas in resource-poor countries, Dr. James Chambers recognized the need for a practical, portable reference for non-specialist healthcare providers to orient them to common issues when serving in new situations, whether due to geography, austere environments, or complex humanitarian disasters. Field Guide to Global Health and Disaster Medicine draws on the experience, training, and perspectives of committed healthcare providers from diverse nations and backgrounds to provide the most essential information for maximum utility in the field -- whether in a refugee camp, operating room, disaster response scene, or other demanding environment"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Before you leave home: immunizations and preventive measures for travel
    Global infectious diseases: four steps toward a differential diagnosis
    Specific infectious diseases
    Laboratory techniques and procedures
    Nutritional diseases of low- and middle-income countries
    Sexually transmitted diseases
    Bites and stings
    Global toxicology
    Environmental diseases and injuries
    Public health and field epidemiology
    Refugees and internally-displaced persons
    Austere surgery and anesthesia
    Mental health in crisis regions
    Radiological, biological, and chemical agents
    Medical response to disasters
    Considerations for pandemic preparedness and response
    Strengthening and supporting health systems.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    edited by Christopher A. Clyne, Britton Jewell
    Summary: "Today's health care is much more than medicine. Health care professionals and administrators must be familiar with the non-medical aspects of health care if they are to be successful. From the basics of government and private insurance, to reimbursement methods, payment models, practice paradigms and new industry trends this indispensable guide provides much-needed information for medical students and residents, emerging health care professionals, and anyone who wants a clear perspective on the requisites, protocols, and regulations of today's health care system. Delivers up-to-date, must-know information on today's changing health care system, recent reforms, and the economics of practicing medicine - areas that are critical to career decision making and professional success. Uses an easy-to-read, quick-reference format that features numerous tables, diagrams, and links for efficient learning. Covers practical business and administrative challenges not often addressed in medical school and other formal health care training: credentialing, schedule planning, budgeting, benefits coverage, and much more. Includes practical coverage of insurance plans, physician reimbursement, documentation, billing and coding, medical malpractice and health law, social media, and more...."--Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Fundamentals of health insurance : Medicare and Medicaid
    Primer on health plans : private insurance
    Physician reimbursement : how doctors are paid
    Non-profit or not : how hospitals are paid
    The mighty midlevel : how other providers are paid
    If it ain't written it ain't done : documentation integrity and electronic medical records
    Charging responsibly : billing and coding
    Big brother is watching : quality and compliance
    Your virtual presence : navigating social media
    Protect yourself : medical malpractice and health law
    Piles of paperwork : licensing, certification, and credentialing
    It takes a village : social work and the community
    Carving your niche : practice paradigms
    From bedside to board room : the C-suite
    The healthcare executive : industry as a career
    The game changer : the Affordable Care Act and its future?
    Spotting the horizon : future directions in healthcare
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2019
  • Digital
    Paul S. Auerbach MD, MS, FACEP, MFAWM, FAAEM, Benjamin B. Constance MD, MBA, FACEP, FAWM, DiMM and Luanne Freer MD, FACEP, FAWM.
    Summary: "Based on Dr. Auerbach's renowned Wilderness Medicine text, Field Guide to Wilderness Medicine, 5th Edition, is your portable, authoritative guide to the full range of medical and emergency situations that occur in non-traditional settings. Useful for experienced physicians as well as advanced practice providers, this unique medical guide covers an indispensable range of topics in a well-illustrated, highly condensed format - in print or on any mobile device - for quick access anytime, anywhere"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    High-altitude medicine
    Avalanche safety and rescue
    Hypothermia
    Frostbite and other cold-induced tissue injuries
    Heat illness
    Wildland fires
    Burns and smoke inhalation
    Solar radiation and photoprotection
    Lightning injuries
    Emergency airway management
    Emergency oxygen administration
    Trauma emergencies : assessment and stabilization
    Shock
    Head injury
    Chest trauma
    Intraabdominal injuries
    Maxillofacial trauma
    Orthopedic injuries, splints, and slings
    Firearm and arrow injuries/fishhook injury
    Lacerations, abrasions, and dressings
    Sprains and strains
    Foot problems and care
    Bandaging and taping techniques
    Pain management
    Life-threatening emergencies (rescue breathing/CPR/choking)
    Allergic reactions
    Cardiopulmonary emergencies
    Neurologic emergencies
    Diabetes emergencies
    Genitourinary tract disorders
    Gynecologic and obstetric emergencies
    Wilderness eye emergencies
    Ear, nose, and throat emergencies
    Dental emergencies
    Mental health
    Global humanitarian relief and disaster medicine
    Snake and other reptile bites
    Arthropod and mosquito bites and stings
    Protection from blood-feeding arthropods
    Toxic plants
    Mushroom toxicity
    Animal attacks
    Zoonoses
    Diarrhea and constipation
    Field water disinfection
    Hydration and dehydration
    Malaria
    Travel-acquired illnesses
    Immunizations for travel
    Drowning and cold-water immersion
    Scuba diving-related disorders
    Injuries from nonvenomous aquatic animals envenomation by marine life
    Seafood toxidromes
    Aquatic skin disorders
    Search and rescue
    Improvised litters and carries
    Aeromedical transport
    Survival
    Knots
    Wilderness medical kits
    Children in the wilderness
    Emergency veterinary medicine
    Leave no trace
    Appendices. Avalanche resources
    Glasgow coma scale, simplified motor score, and other measures of responsiveness
    SCAT5 sport concussion assessment tool
    Lake Louise score for the diagnosis of acute mountain sickness
    Contingency supplies for wilderness travel
    Repair supplies for wilderness travel
    Priority medical equipment
    Antimicrobials
    Wilderness eye kit
    Recommended oral antibiotics for prophylaxis of domestic animal and human bite wounds
    Therapy for parasitic infections
    Suggested basic contents of a survival kit for temperate to cold weather sample winter survival kit
    Sample desert survival kit
    Sample camp and survival gear for jungle travel
    Vehicle cold weather survival kit
    Pediatric wilderness medical kit: basic supplies
    Drug stability in the wilderness
    Guide to initial dosage of certain antivenoms for treating bites by medically important snakes outside the Americas.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    editors-in-chief, Peter M. Howley, David M. Knipe
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    editors, Peter M. Howley, David M. Knipe ; associate volume editors, Blossom Damania, Jeffrey I. Cohen ; associate editors, Sean P.J. Whelan, Eric O. Freed, Lynn Enquist.
    Summary: "Now in four convenient volumes, Fields Virology remains the most authoritative reference in this fast-changing field, providing definitive coverage of virology, including virus biology as well as replication and medical aspects of specific virus families. This volume of Fields Virology: Emerging Viruses, Seventh Edition covers recent changes in emerging viruses, providing new or extensively revised chapters that reflect these advances in this dynamic field."-- Amazon

    Contents:
    Polyomaviridae
    Papillomaviriae : the viruses and their replication
    Papillomaviruses
    Adenoviridae: the viruses and their replication
    Adenoviruses
    Parvoviridae
    Circoviridae and anelloviridae
    The family herpesviridae: a brief introduction
    Herpes simplex viruses: mechanisms of lytic and latent infection
    Herpes simplex viruses: pathogenesis and clinical insights
    Epstein-barr virus
    Cytomegalovirus
    Varicella-zoster virus
    Human herpesviruses 6A, 6B, and 7
    Kaposi's sarcoma herpesvirus
    Poxviridae: the viruses and their replication
    Poxviruses
    Hepadnaviridae
    Hepatitis D (Delta) virus
    Mimiviridae.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2022
  • Print
    editors-in-chief, Peter M. Howley, David M. Knipe ; associate volume editors, L.W. Enquist, Jeffrey I. Cohen, Eric O. Freed, Blossom Damania, Sean P.J. Whelan.
    Summary: "Now in four convenient volumes, Field's Virology remains the most authoritative reference in this fast-changing field, providing definitive coverage of virology, including virus biology as well as replication and medical aspects of specific virus families. This volume of Field's Virology: Fundamentals, Seventh Edition, edited by Drs. Peter Howley and David M. Knipe, along with volume associate editors Drs. Lynn Enquist, Jeffrey I. Cohen, Eric O. Freed, Blossom A. Damania, and Sean P. J. Whelan, focuses on the basic principles of virology and reflects recent advances in this dynamic field. Bundled with the eBook, which will be updated regularly as new information about each virus is available, this text serves as the authoritative, up-to-date reference book for virologists, infectious disease specialists, microbiologists, and physicians, as well as undergraduate and graduate students interested in virology." -- Provided by publisher.
  • Print
    Fobes, Joseph Henry.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L31.N5 F4
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Steffen Backert, editor.
    Summary: This edited volume explores Campylobacter species, which are some of the most important foodborne pathogens. Above all, contaminated poultry meat can cause human gastroenteritis in both developed and developing countries. The respective contributions reveal how these infections can also increase the risk of generalized paralytic diseases such as Guillain-Barre syndrome, Miller-Fisher syndrome, and Chinese paralytic syndrome. Due to their influence on the nervous system, circulatory system, and various organs, Campylobacter infections represent a serious public health concern. Campylobacter can be effectively combated by addressing the hygienic conditions in both food production and human lifestyles. Accordingly, the authors put forward a One Health perspective, which provides readers with essential insights into the basic biology of Campylobacter, as well as practical guidance on aspects ranging from food production to the clinical treatment of infections. Chapter 'Natural Competence and Horizontal Gene Transfer in Campylobacter is available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.

    Contents:
    Human campylobacteriosis - a serious infectious threat in a One Health perspective
    The data behind risk analysis of Campylobacter jejuni and Campylobacter coli infections
    Population biology and comparative genomics of Campylobacter species
    Management strategies for prevention of Campylobacter infections through the poultry food chain: a European perspective
    Emission sources of Campylobacter from agricultural farms, impact on environmental contamination and intervention strategies
    Phage biocontrol of Campylobacter: a One Health approach
    Campylobacter virulence factors and molecular host-pathogen interactions
    Diarrheal mechanisms and the role of intestinal barrier dysfunction in Campylobacter infections
    Murine models for the investigation of colonization resistance and innate immune responses in Campylobacter jejuni infections
    Natural competence and horizontal gene transfer in Campylobacter
    Molecular mechanisms of Campylobacter biofilm formation and quorum sensing.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Click on Series link(s) for access options
  • Digital
    edited by Jacob P. Thyssen, Howard Maibach.
    Summary: Filaggrin proteins are expressed in several human tissues, including the skin, oral mucosa, conjunctivae, esophagus, cervix, and testes. While filaggrin guarantees both structural and functional normality of the human epidermis, its role in other tissues is largely unknown. Epidermal deficiency of filaggrin causes dry and scaly skin, but also strongly increases the risk of skin diseases, in particular ichthyosis vulgaris and atopic dermatitis. Importantly, the risk of related asthma, hay fever, and food allergy is also increased although filaggrin is not expressed in the airways and gastrointestinal tract. Common FLG mutations, leading to reduced filaggrin expression, have mainly been identified in Europeans and Asians, reaching a prevalence of 5-10%. Even in the absence of atopic dermatitis, the skin of individuals with FLG mutations differs fundamentally from normal skin, for example by generating more vitamin D and allowing chemicals and allergens to more widely penetrate across the stratum corneum. This textbook provides comprehensive and detailed coverage of the effects of filaggrin and filaggrin gene (FLG) mutations in health and disease (cutaneous and non-cutaneous) and also discusses the basic science, epidemiology, management, and future research areas. It will be of value to scientists and clinicians from different specialties.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ik Soo Koh, Won Lee.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive, up-to-date, and clearly organized guide to the avoidance, identification, and treatment of complications associated with filler injections. With the aid of a wealth of high-quality illustrations, the various complications that may be encountered when performing filler injections are described and documented. There is a particular focus on granulomas, skin necrosis, and blindness and vision loss, but the full range of less serious complications is also covered, with complete description of the current treatment guidelines for each complication. In addition, the classification of filler complications is clearly explained and regions especially susceptible to adverse events are identified. The book, written by plastic surgeons with vast experience in the field, is exceptional in the breadth and depth of its coverage of filler complications. It will be invaluable for aesthetic and plastic surgeons, dermatologists, and all other providers of filler injections.

    Contents:
    1. Classification of filler complications
    2. Hyaluronic acid filler and hyaluronidase
    3. Granulomas and chronic inflammation
    4. Danger zones
    5. Skin necrosis- 6. Visual complications of filler injections.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Palva, Antti.
    Contents: <br/
    >1. Basic studies with Finnish speech towards the creation of a method for the diagnosis of central hearing disorders.
  • Digital
    Maria Letizia Focarete, Chiara Gualandi, Seeram Ramakrishna, editors.
    Summary: This book covers the state-of-the-art on electrospun materials for the use of filters for water remediation, ion-exchange membranes and affinity membranes for the capture of selected chemical and biochemical species, as well as filtering applications covering air treatment, defense and protective applications, and oil-water separation. The book also provides an overview of the landscape of marketed electrospun filters and of technical approaches for the large scale production of nanofibrous non-woven filter media. This is an ideal book for biomaterials and polymer researchers interested in the applications of filtering media by electrospinning. Covers the latest research on ion-exchange membranes and affinity membranes for capture of cells and biological substances Broadens reader understanding of antimicrobial electrospun filters and sieving filters for liquid microfiltration Reviews exhaustively the key recent research into electrospun filters for oil-water separation, heavy metals removal, and defense and protective applications.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Electrospinning Technology for Filtering Membranes Fabrication; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Electrospun Fibers for Filter Fabrication; 1.2.1 Electrospinning by Polymer Solution; 1.2.2 Other Processing Routes; 1.2.3 Optimization of Spinnerets and Collectors for Large-ƯScale Production; 1.3 Strategies to Design Complex Micro- and Nano-porous Membranes; 1.4 Fiber Membrane Post-treatments; 1.4.1 Physical Modifications; 1.4.2 Chemical Modifications; 1.5 Conclusions and Future Outlooks in Filtering Applications; References.
    Chapter 2: Current Advances on Nanofiber Membranes for Water Purification Applications2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Electrospinning Technology; 2.2.1 Brief History; 2.2.2 Single-Jet Electrospinning; 2.2.3 Electroblowing Technology; 2.2.4 Double-Jet Electrospinning; 2.2.5 Multiple-Jet Electrospinning; 2.2.6 Electrospinning Technology: Current Commercial Status; 2.3 Unique Properties of Electrospun Nanofibrous Membranes; 2.3.1 Tunable Structural Characters; 2.3.2 Materials Selection for Nanofibrous Membranes in Water Purification; 2.4 Summary and Outlook; References.
    Chapter 3: Electrospun Filters for Air Filtration: Comparison with Existing Air Filtration Technologies3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The History and Filtration Mechanism of Electrospun Filters; 3.2.1 The History of Electrospun Filters; 3.2.2 Filtration Mechanism of Electrospun Filters; 3.3 Materials for Electrospun Filters; 3.3.1 Polymers; 3.3.2 Ceramics; 3.4 Applications of the Electrospun Filters; 3.4.1 Industrial Dust Filtration; 3.4.2 Locomotive Air Filtration; 3.4.3 Indoor Air Filtration; 3.5 Conclusions and Prospects; References.
    Chapter 4: Electrospun Filters for Defense and Protective Applications4.1 Introduction; 4.1.1 Motivation; 4.1.2 Chemical and Biological Warfare Agents (CBWAs); 4.2 Chemical and Biological Warfare Agents (CBWAs) Degradation; 4.2.1 Electrospun Fibrous Membrane for CBWAs Degradation; 4.2.1.1 Chemical Degradation; 4.2.1.2 Enzymatic Degradation; 4.2.1.3 Photocatalytic Degradation; 4.2.1.4 Biological Warfare Agent Degradation; 4.3 Smart Protective Textiles; 4.3.1 Sensing and Control; 4.3.2 Energy Harvesting/Storage and Communication; 4.3.3 Self-Cleaning; 4.3.4 Mechanical Strength; 4.4 Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    The Work Group for Studying the Effects of the Specific Health Checkups and Specific Health Guidance on Health Care Expenditures ; translation by Akiko S. Hosler.
    Digital Access 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA531 .J37 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Philip C. Cory.
    Summary: Finding the Nerve: The Story of Impedance Neurography discusses research that elucidates the nature of nerve simulation via externally applied electrical fields, and how it has led to an entirely new understanding of neuronal cell membrane biophysics and defined a novel nerve imaging technology. It details how these discoveries came about and the nature of research that derives from unexplained clinical observations. The primary technology, impedance neurography, is a wholly new way of nerve-specific visualization in 2-D or 3-D, with the ability to define both normal and abnormal functioning of nerves, heretofore unavailable from techniques such as MRI neurography. This is of particular importance with respect to the obesity epidemic where physicians performing nerve-related procedures cannot use ultrasound visualization due to the depth limitations of that technology.

    Contents:
    Initial impedance neurography findings
    Skin surface impedance
    The varieties of neuronal cell membrane reactance
    Anisotropicity
    Depth determination of peripheral nerves using impedance neurography.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Pranab Dey.
    Summary: This book discusses a broad selection of interesting cases of fine needle aspiration cytology (FNAC), which offer valuable insights into the diagnosis of cytology cases in routine practice. It provides the salient clinical history along with representative microphotographs of the routine smears. The content is divided into 100 chapters, with each chapter covering an individual case in detail. The book also addresses immunocytochemistry and other ancillary techniques that can help to diagnose lesions. Richly illustrated with more than 900 images, the book offers a valuable guide to diagnosis and self-evaluation for students/trainees/examinees of pathology and cytology practitioners alike.

    Contents:
    Fine needle aspiration cytology of head and neck region lesions
    Fine needle aspiration cytology of salivary gland
    Fine needle aspiration cytology of thyroid
    Fine needle aspiration cytology of breast.-Fine needle aspiration cytology of lymph node
    Fine needle aspiration cytology of lung and mediastinum
    Fine needle aspiration cytology of intra-abdominal lesions
    Fine needle aspiration cytology of ovary and testis
    Fine needle aspiration cytology of soft tissue, skin and bone.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Leo M. Rozmaryn, editor.
    Contents:
    Anatomy and Physiology of the Fingertip
    Closed Injuries: Bone, Ligament and Tendon
    Injuries to the Nail Apparatus
    High Pressure Injection Injuries
    Fingertip Amputations: Supermicrosurgery and Replantation
    Fingertip Amputations: Coverage ? Local and Regional Flaps
    Reconstruction of the Thumb Tip
    Free Tissue Transfer for Fingertip Coverage
    Fingertip Burns
    Pediatric Fingertip Injuries
    Rehabilitation of the Fingertip.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    United States Office of Civilian Defense.
    Contents:
    No.
    1. Fire defense organization.
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Jesmyn Ward.
    Summary: "National Book Award-winner Jesmyn Ward takes James Baldwin's 1963 examination of race in America, The Fire Next Time, as a jumping off point for this groundbreaking collection of essays and poems about race from the most important voices of her generation and our time. In light of recent tragedies and widespread protests across the nation, The Progressive magazine republished one of its most famous pieces: James Baldwin's 1962 "Letter to My Nephew," which was later published in his landmark book, The Fire Next Time. Addressing his fifteen-year-old namesake on the one hundredth anniversary of the Emancipation Proclamation, Baldwin wrote: "You know and I know, that the country is celebrating one hundred years of freedom one hundred years too soon." Award-winning author Jesmyn Ward knows that Baldwin's words ring as true as ever today. In response, she has gathered short essays, memoir, and a few essential poems to engage the question of race in the United States. And she has turned to some of her generation's most original thinkers and writers to give voice to their concerns. The Fire This Time is divided into three parts that shine a light on the darkest corners of our history, wrestle with our current predicament, and envision a better future. Of the eighteen pieces, ten were written specifically for this volume. In the fifty-odd years since Baldwin's essay was published, entire generations have dared everything and made significant progress. But the idea that we are living in the post-Civil Rights era, that we are a "post-racial" society is an inaccurate and harmful reflection of a truth the country must confront. Baldwin's "fire next time" is now upon us, and it needs to be talked about. Contributors include Carol Anderson, Jericho Brown, Garnette Cadogan, Edwidge Danticat, Rachel Kaadzi Ghansah, Mitchell S. Jackson, Honoree Jeffers, Kima Jones, Kiese Laymon, Daniel Jose Older, Emily Raboteau, Claudia Rankine, Clint Smith, Natasha Trethewey, Wendy S. Walters, Isabel Wilkerson, and Kevin Young"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The Tradition / by Jericho Brown
    Introduction / by Jesmyn Ward
    Part I: Legacy
    Homegoing, AD / by Kima Jones
    The Weight / by Rachel Ghansah / Lonely in America / by Wendy S. Walters
    Where Do We Go from Here? / by Isabel Wilkerson
    "The Dear Pledges of Our Love": A Defense of Phillis Wheatley's Husband / Honoree Jeffers
    White Rage / by Carol Anderson
    Cracking the Code / by Jesmyn Ward
    Part II: Reckoning
    Queries of Unrest / by Clint Smith
    Blacker Than Thou / by Kevin Young
    Da Art of Storytellin' (a prequel) / by Kiese Laymon
    Black and Blue / by Garnette Cadogan
    The Condition of Black Life is One of Mourning / by Claudia Rankine
    Know Your Rights! / by Emily Raboteau
    Composite Pops / by Mitchell Jackson
    Part III: Jubilee
    Theories of Time and Space / by Natasha Trethewey
    Love in the Time of Contradiction / by Daniel Jose Older
    Message to My Daughters / by Edwidge Danticat.
    Digital Access EBSCO 2016
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E185.615 .F526 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Gary S. Firestein, Ralph C. Budd, Sherine E. Gabriel, Gary A. Koretzky, Iain B. McInnes, and James R. O'Dell.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Tao Le , Richard A. Giovane.
    Contents:
    Biochemistry
    Immunology
    Microbiology
    Pharmacology
    Public health sciences
    Cardiovascular
    Endocrine
    Gastrointestinal
    Hematology and oncology
    Musculoskeletal, skin, and connective tissue
    Neurology and special senses
    Psychiatry
    Renal
    Reproductive
    Respiratory.
  • Digital
    [editors] Tao Le, Vikas Bhushan, Connie Qiu, Anup Chalise, Panagiotis Kaparaliotis, Caroline Coleman, Kimberly Kallianos.
  • Digital
    senior editors, Tao Le, William L. Hwang ; editors, Luke R.G. Pike, M. Scott Moore.
    Contents:
    Anatomy and histology
    Behavioral science
    Biochemistry
    Embryology
    Microbiology
    Immunology
    Pathology
    General pharmacology.
  • Digital
    senior editors Tao Le, MD, MHS (Associate Clinical Professor, Chief, Section of Allergy and Immunology, Department of Medicine, University of Louisville School of Medicine), William L. Hwang, MD, PhD (Resident, Harvard Radiation Oncology Program, Massachusetts General Hospital, Brigham & Women's Hospital) ; editors Vinayak Muralidhar, MD, MSc (Resident, Harvard Radiation Oncology Program, Massachusetts General Hospital, Brigham & Women's Hospital), Jared A. White, MD (Resident, Department of Surgery, Division of Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, University of Florida College of Medicine), M. Scott Moore, DO (Clinical Research Fellow, Affiliated Laboratories).
    Contents:
    Cardiovascular
    Endocrine
    Gastrointestinal
    Hematology and oncology
    Musculoskeletal, skin, and connective tissue
    Neurology and special senses
    Psychiatry
    Renal
    Reproductive
    Respiratory.
  • Digital
    Barbara K. Blok, Dickson S. Cheung, Timothy Fortescue Platts-Mills.
    Contents:
    Resuscitation
    Cardiovascular emergencies
    Trauma
    Orthopedics
    Pediatrics
    Toxicology
    Endocrine, metabolic, fluid, and electrolyte disorders
    Infectious disease
    Hematology, oncology, allergy, and immunology
    Thoracic and respiratory disorders
    Abdominal and gastrointestinal emergencies
    Obstetrics and gynecology
    Environmental emergencies
    Head, eyes, ear, nose, and throat (HEENT) and dental emergencies
    Neurology
    Psychobehavioral disorders
    Dermatology
    Renal and genitourinary emergencies
    Procedures and skills
    EMS and disaster medicine
    Ethical/legal issues.
  • Digital
    editors, David S. Howes, John R. Dayton, James Ahn, Navneet Cheema, Janis Tupesis.
    Summary: "Real exam strategies to help avoid pitfalls and errors on the Emergency Medicine Oral Boards"-- Provided by publisher
  • Digital
    [edited by] Tao Le, Michael D. Mendoza, Diana Coffa, Lamercie Saint-Hilaire.
    Summary: The insider's guide to excelling on the Family Medicine Boards. Includes: Essential information for certification or recertification preparation; Concise summaries of thousands of board-tested topics; Hundreds of high-yield tables, diagrams, and color illustrations; Resident-tested study strategies and test-taking tips; Mnemonics make learning and memorization fast, fun, and easy; Key facts in the margins reference must-know information; Integrated vignette Q&As prepare you for what you will see on exam day. -- Publisher description

    Contents:
    Guide to the ABFM examination
    Community and preventive medicine
    Cardiology
    Endocrinology
    Gastroenterology
    Infectious diseases
    Hematology/oncology
    Pulmonary
    Nephrology
    Dermatology
    Neurology
    Surgery
    Child and adolescent medicine
    Psychiatry and behavioral science
    Geriatric medicine
    Reproductive health
    Sports medicine and musculoskeletal disorders
    Emergency/urgent care.
  • Digital
    Tao Le, Peter V. Chin-Hong, Thomas E. Baudendistel, Cindy J. Lai.
    Summary: The insider's guide to acing the internal medicine boards written by physicians who passed Apply the proven First Aid formula for exam success! Following the traditional First Aid format, this review provides high-yield information residents & physicians need to know to pass the American Board of Internal Medicine (ABIM) licensure examination for certification and/or re-certification. Includes background information (what to expect, how to apply, how to succeed), high-yield facts organized by subject, and a review section of relevant exam review resources.

    Contents:
    Allergy and immunology
    Ambulatory medicine
    Cardiovascular disease
    Pulmonary and Critical care
    Dermatology
    Endocrinology
    Gastroenterology and hepatology
    Geriatric Medicine
    Hematology
    Hospital medicine
    Infectious diseases
    Nephrology
    Neurology
    Oncology
    Psychiatry
    Rheumatology
    Women's health.
  • Print
    Amin, Chirag; Berk, S. L.; Bhushan, Vikas; Collisson, Eric; Le, Tao.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R840 .F527
    3
  • Digital/Print
    editors, Matthew S. Kaufman, Latha Ganti, , Dennis Chang, Alfredo J. Mena Lora.
    Summary: "First Aid for the Medicine Clerkship is a high-yield review of the clerkship's core competencies presented in the trusted First Aid format"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Basics
    Physical Examination Pearls
    Chest Radiograph
    Electrocardiogram
    Evidence-Based Medicine
    Cardiology
    Endocrinology
    Hematology/Oncology
    Infectious Diseases
    Pulmonology
    Dermatology
    Psychiatry
    Gastroenterology and Hepatology
    Nephrology/Acid Base Disorders
    Rheumatology
    Neurology
    Ambulatory Medicine
    Inpatient Emergencies
    Palliative Care.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R839 .S665 2021
    2
  • Digital
    Michael S. Rafii, MD, PhD, Director, memory Disorders Clinic, Medical Director, Alzheimer's Disease Cooperative Study, Director, Neurology Residency Training Program, Assistant Professor of Neurosciences, University of California San Diego Health System, La Jolla, California, Thomas I. Cochrane, MD, PhD, Assistant Professor of Neurology, Division of Neuromuscular Disease, Department of Neurology, harvard Medical School, Brigham and Women's Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts.
    Contents:
    Guide to the ABPN examination
    Neuroanatomy
    Neuropharmacology
    Neuroimmunology
    Neurodegenerative disorders
    Headache and pain
    Neuro-oncology
    Neuro-ophthalmology and neuro-otology
    Stroke and neurocritical care
    Neurological infections
    Neuromuscular disease
    Pediatric neurology and neurogenetics
    Seizures, epilepsy, and sleep disorders
    Substance abuse and dependence
    Delirium
    Anxiety disorders
    Somatoform disorders
    Bipolar disorder
    Major depressive disorder
    Primary psychotic disorders.
  • Digital/Print
    Latha Ganti, Matthew Kaufman, Shireen Madani Sims.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RG141 .F45 2018
    2
  • Print
    Shireen Madani Sims, Sarah Dotters-Katz, Latha Ganti, Matthew Kaufman.
    Summary: "Each of the chapters in this book contain the major topics central to the practice of obstetrics and gynecology and closely parallel the medical student learning objectives of the American Professors of Gynecology and Obstetrics and this book also targets the obstetrics and gynecology content on the USMLE Step 2 examination"-- Provided by publisher.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RG141 .S557 2022
    2
  • Digital/Print
    Latha Ganti ; Matthew S. Kaufman.
    Contents:
    1. How to succeed in the pediatrics clerkship
    2. Gestation and birth
    3. Prematurity
    4. Growth and development
    5. Nutrition
    6. Health supervision and prevention of illness and injury in children and adolescents
    7. Congenital malformations and chromosomal anomalies
    8. Metabolic disease
    9. Immunologic disease
    10. Infectious disease
    11. Gastrointestinal disease
    12. Respiratory disease
    13. Cardiovascular disease
    14. Renal , gynecologic, and urinary disease
    15. Hematologic disease
    16. Endocrine disease
    17. Neurologic disease
    18. Special organs: eye, ear, nose
    19. Musculoskeletal disease
    20. Dermatologic disease
    21. Psychiatric disease
    22. Pediatric life support
    Index.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RJ48.3 .S73 2018
    2
  • Digital
    Robert J. Yetman, Mark D. Hormann, Latha Ganti, Matthew Kaufman.
    Summary: "The goals of this book are to assist students in success on the clerkship exam and also to help guide them in the clinical diagnosis and treatment of many of the problems seen by pediatricians"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Print
    Mark D. Hormann, Robert J. Yetman, Latha Ganti, Matthew S. Kaufman.
    Summary: The goals of this book are to assist students in success on the clerkship exam and also to help guide them in the clinical diagnosis and treatment of many of the problems seen by pediatricians.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RJ48.3 .H67 2023
    2
  • Digital/Print
    Latha Ganti, Matthew S. Kaufman, Sean M. Blitzstein.
    Contents:
    Examination and diagnosis
    Psychotic disorders
    Mood disorders
    Anxiety and adjustment disorders
    Personality disorders
    Substance-related disorders
    Cognitive disorders
    Geriatric psychiatry
    Psychiatric disorders in children
    Dissociative disorders
    Somatoform and factitious disorders
    Impulse control disorders
    Eating disorders
    Sleep disorders
    Sexual disorders
    Psychotherapies
    Psychopharmacology
    Forensic psychiatry.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC480.5 .S665 2016
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Latha Ganti, MD, MS, MBA, FACEP, Director, VACO Southeast Specialty Care, Center of Innovation, Orlando VA Medical Center, Professor of Emergency Medicine, University of Central Florida, Orlando, Florida, Matthew S. Kaufman, MD, Associate Director, Department of Emergency Medicine, Richmond University Medical Center, New York, New York, Sean M. Blitzstein, MD, Director, Psychiatry Clerkship, Clinical Associate Professor of Psychiatry, University of Illinois at Chicago, Chicago, Illinois.
    Summary: "Completely updated to reflect current psychiatry practice. Filled with mnemonics, ward tips, and exam tips, this best-selling guide to the psychiatry clerkship covers everything you need to know to excel"-- Provided by publisher.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RC480.5 .S665 2019
    2
  • Digital/Print
    Sean M. Blitzstein, Lantha Ganti, Matthew S. Kaufman.
    Summary: "Each of the chapters in this book contains the major topics central to the practice of psychiatry and has been specifically designed for the medical student learning level, to excel in the clerkship (shelf exams), as well as the USMLE Step 2 and 3 exams"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    How to succeed in the psychiatry clerkship
    Examination and diagnosis
    Psychotic disorders
    Mood disorders
    Anxiety, obsessive-compulsive, trauma, and stressor-related disorders
    Personality disorders
    Substance-related and addictive disorders
    Neurocognitive disorders
    Geriatric psychiatry
    Psychiatric disorders in children
    Dissociative disorders
    Somatic symptom and factitious disorders
    Impulse control disorders
    Eating disorders
    Sleep-wake disorders
    Sexual dysfunctions and paraphilic disorders
    Psychotherapies
    Psychopharmacology
    Forensic psychiatry.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RC480.5 .S665 2022
    2
  • Digital/Print
    Latha Ganti, Matthew S. Kaufman, Nitin Mishra.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RD37.2 .S665 2017
    2
  • Print
    Tao Le, Vikas Bhushan.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R834.5 .B48 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Tao Le, MD, MHS (Associate Clinical Professor, Chief, Section of Allergy and Immunology, Department of Medicine, University of Louisville School of Medicine), Vikas Bhushan, MD (Boracy), Matthew Sochat, MD (Fellow, Department of Hematology/Oncology, St. Louis University School of Medicine), Kimberly Kallianos, MD (Assistant Professor, Department of Radiology and Biomedical Imaging, University of California, San Francisco), Yash Chavda, DO (Resident, Department of Emergency Medicine, S. Barnabas Hospital, Bronx), Andrew Zureick (University of Michigan Medical School, Class of 2018), Mehboob Kalani, MD (Resident, Department of Internal Medicine, Allegheny Health Network Medical Education Consortium).
    Contents:
    Section 1: Guide to efficient exam preparation
    Introduction
    USMLE Step 1: the basics
    Defining your goal
    Learning strategies
    Timeline for study
    Study materials
    Test-taking strategies
    Clinical Vignette Strategies
    If you think you failed
    Testing agencies
    References
    Section I Supplement: Special situations
    Secion II: High-yield general principles
    How to use the database
    Biochemistry
    Immunology
    Pathology
    Pharmacology
    Public health sciences
    Section III: High-yield organ systems
    Approaching the organ systems
    Cardiovascular
    Endocrine
    Gastrointestinal
    Hematology and oncology
    Musculoskeletal, skin, and connective tissue
    Neurology and special senses
    Psychiatry
    Renal
    Reproductive
    Respiratory
    Rapid review
    Section IV: Top-rated review resources
    How to use the database
    Question banks
    Question books
    Web and mobile apps
    Comprehensive
    Anatomy, embryology, and neuroscience
    Behavioral science
    Biochemistry
    Cell biology and histology
    Microbiology and immunology
    Pathology
    Pharmacology
    Physiology
    Abbreviations and symbols
    Image Acknowledgments.
  • Digital/Print
    [editors] Tao Le, Vikas Bhushan, Matthew Sochat, Yash Chavda, Kimberly Kallianos, Jordan Abrams, Mehboob Kalani, Vaishnavi Vaidyanathan.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R834.5 .B48 2019
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Tao Le, Matthew Sochat, Sarah Schimansky, Kimberly Kallianos, Vikas Bhushan, Vaishnavi Vaidyanathan, Jordan Abrams.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R834.5 .B48 2020
    1
  • Digital/Print
    [editors], Tao Le, Vikas Bhushan, Matthew Sochat, Humood Boqambar, Kristina Damisch, Connie Qiu, Jordan Abrams, Caroline Coleman, Kimberly Kallianos.
    Summary: "First Aid for the USMLE Step 1 began over 30 years ago as a resource to prepare aspiring physicians for their first medical board exam. Since then, it has become one of the most well-known textbooks used by medical students worldwide. Features include : a complete framework for USMLE Step 1 preparation, annually updated with crowdsourced contributions from thousands of students ; updated exam preparation advice for USMLE Step 1 pass / fail and Step 1 blueprint changes ; new section on communication skills reflects the latest Step 1 content ; new focus on diversity, equity and inclusion incorporates race and ethnic considerations, as well as gender neutral terminology ; nearly 1,400 must-know topics to focus your study ; 1,200+ color photos and illustrations help you visualize processes, disorders, and clinical findings ; and a Rapid Review section for efficient last-minute preparation."--adapted from Foreword, page xi and back cover.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R834.5 .B48 2021
    1
  • Digital/Print
    [editors], Tao Le, Vikas Bhushan, Matthew Sochat, Connie Qui, Panagiotis Kaparaliotis, Kimberly Kallianos, Caroline Coleman, Anup Chalise,, Stephanie Jones.
    Summary: "First Aid for the USMLE Step 1 began over 30 years ago as a resource to prepare aspiring physicians for their first medical board exam. Since then, it has become one of the most well-known textbooks used by medical students worldwide. Features include : a complete framework for USMLE Step 1 preparation, annually updated with crowdsourced contributions from thousands of students ; updated exam preparation advice for USMLE Step 1 pass / fail and Step 1 blueprint changes ; new section on communication skills reflects the latest Step 1 content ; new focus on diversity, equity and inclusion incorporates race and ethnic considerations, as well as gender neutral terminology ; nearly 1,400 must-know topics to focus your study ; 1,200+ color photos and illustrations help you visualize processes, disorders, and clinical findings ; and a Rapid Review section for efficient last-minute preparation."
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R834.5 .B48 2022
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Tao Le, Vikas Bhushan, Vincent L. Chen, Michael R. King.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R834.5 .G573 2015
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Tao Le, Vikas Bhushan, Maniver Deol, Gabriel Reyes.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R834.5 .G573 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Tao Le, Vikas Bhushan, Daniel Griffin, Marina Boushra, Mona Ascha, Abhishek Bhardwaj.
  • Digital/Print
    Tao Le, Vikas Bhushan, Mae Sheikh-Ali, Kachiu Cecilia Lee.
    Contents:
    Part one : Guide to the USMLE Step 2 CS. Introduction
    USMLE Step 2 CS : the basics
    Preparing for the Step 2 CS
    Test-day tips
    First Aid for the IMG
    Supplement : The USMLE Step 2 CS travel guide
    Part two : The patient encounter. Introduction
    Doorway information
    Taking the history
    The physical exam
    Closure
    How to interact with special patients
    Challenging questions and situations
    Counseling
    The patient note
    Part three : Minicases
    Part four : Practice cases
    Part five : Top-rated review resources
    Appendix
    About the authors.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R834.5 .B487 2014
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Tao Le, Vikas Bhushan, Kachiu Lee, Maniver Deol.
    Summary: The USMLE Step 2 CS review got just got even better! The sixth edition of First Aid for the USMLE Step 2 CS has been completely updated to reflect the latest exam format, including proven study and exam strategies for clinical encounters based on the patient-centered interview. This book has 44 full-length practice cases that simulate the real exam and test your ability to document the patient's most likely diagnosis and how it is supported by the history and physical findings. It also presents hundreds of minicases representing 39 common presentations to help you rapidly develop a working set of differential diagnoses. In addition, there are expanded guidelines on how to deal with challenging situations, including those that pose ethical and confidentiality issues. -- Publisher description

    Contents:
    1. Guide to the USMLE Step 2 CS :
    Introduction ; USMLE Step 2 CS, the Basics ; Preparing for the Step 2 CS ; Test-Day Tips ; First Aid for the IMG ; USMLE Step 2 CS Test Center information
    2. The Patient Encounter :
    Introduction ; Doorway Information ; Taking the History ; The Physical Exam ; Closure ; How to Interact with Special Patients ; Challenging Questions and Situations ; Counseling ; The Patient Note.
    3. Minicases :
    Headache ; Confusion/Memory loss; Loss of vision; Depressed mood; Psychosis; Dizziness; Loss of Consciousness; Numbness/weakness; Fatigue and sleepiness; Night sweats; Insomnia; Sore throat; Cough/shortness of breath; Chest pain; Palpitations; Weight loss; Weight gain; Dysphagia; Neck mass; Nausea/Vomiting; Abdominal pain; Constipation/diarrhea; Upper GI bleeding; Blood in stool; Hematuria; Other urinary symptoms; Erectile dysfunction; Amenorrhea; Vaginal bleeding; Vaginal discharge; Dyspareunia; Abuse; Joint/limb pain; Low back pain; Child with fever; Child with GI symptoms; Child with red eye; Child with short stature; Behavioral problems in childhood ;
    Practice Cases.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R834.5 .B487 2018
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Tao Le, Vikas Bhushan, James S. Yeh, Kachiu Cecelia Lee.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Guide to the USMLE Step 3 and Supplement: Guide to the CSS
    Chapter 2. Ambulatory Medicine
    Chapter 3. Cardiovascular
    Chapter 4. Emergency medicine
    Chapter 5. Endocrinology
    Chapter 6. Ethics and statistics
    Chapter 7. Gastroenterology
    Chapter 8. Hematology
    Chapter 9. Oncology
    Chapter 10. Infectious disease
    Chapter 11. Musculoskeletal
    Chapter 12. Nephrology
    Chapter 13. Neurology
    Chapter 14. Obstetrics
    Chapter 15. Gynecology
    Chapter 16. Pediatrics
    Chapter 17. Psychiatry
    Chapter 18. Pulmonary
    Chapter 19. High-yield CCS cases.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R834.5 .L48 2016
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Tao Le, MD, MHS (Associate Clinical Professor of Medicine and Pediatrics, Chief, Section of Allergy and Immunology, Department of Medicine, University of Louisville School of Medicine), Kachiu Cecilia Lee, MD, MPH (Assistant Professor of Dermatology, Department of Dermatology, Brown University), Marina Boushra, MD (Chief Resident, Department of Emergency Medicine, Vidant Medical Center, East Carolina University, Brody School of Medicine).
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R834.5 .L48 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Lakshmy Ravi Selvaraj, Thasleem Ziyaullah.
    Summary: This book aims to highlight all the existing information available on first and mid-trimester imaging of palate in prenatal ultrasound and to develop a methodical approach in imaging the palate. As formation of the palate is completed by 11 weeks of gestation and as there are no evolving changes in palatine anatomy at the mid-trimester, diagnosis of palatine clefts can now completely be shifted to late first-trimester. First-trimester evaluation of palate is now gaining importance and a number of techniques have currently been proposed by different authors. This book covers the existing literature and recent 2D and 3D techniques in evaluating palate and helps in the early detection of palatine clefts in the first trimester. Orofacial clefting is one of the most common birth defects and the burden of it in developing countries is substantial. This book helps in improving the counseling options for the obstetrician and the couple early in gestation. It includes 2D and 3D images of various types of palatine clefts and the nuances in imaging the secondary palate extensively. 3D images of the palate also help the multi-disciplinary team especially the maxillofacial surgeons involved in managing orofacial clefts. It also includes videos for easy understanding. This book is a ready reckoner for the imaging specialists and students /trainees involved in prenatal diagnosis. It provides essential information in diagnosing orofacial cleft both to the novice and to the skilled professionals involved in the field of diagnostic fetal ultrasound.

    Contents:
    Orofacial clefting
    Embryology
    Classification of clefts / Nomenclature
    Sonoanatomy of palate at 11-14 weeks
    Described markers to detect first trimester palatine clefts
    Multiplanar imaging at 11-14 week
    Defining type and extent of cleft in first trimester
    Sonoanatomy of palate at 20 weeks
    3D techniques to evaluate palate in second trimester
    Evaluation of facial cleft in second trimester
    Isolated cleft of palate
    Syndromes and associations [micrognathia]
    MRI in orofacial cleft.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ulrich C. Schreiber, Christian Mayer.
    Summary: This book introduces a fresh perspective on the conditions for the genesis of the first cell. An important possible environment of the prehistoric Earth has long been overlooked as a host to the perfect biochemical conditions for this process. The first complexes of continental crust on the early Earth must have already contained systems of interconnected cracks and cavities, which were filled with volatiles like water, carbon dioxide and nitrogen. This book offers insights into how these conditions may have provided the ideal physical and chemical setting for the formation of protocells and early stages of life. The authors support their hypothesis with a number of astonishing findings from laboratory experiments focusing on a variety of organic compounds, and on the formation of key cellular ingredients and of primitive cell-like structures. Moreover, they discuss the principles of prebiotic evolution regarding the aspects of order and complexity. Guiding readers through various stages of hypotheses and re-created evolutionary processes, the book is enriched with personal remarks and experiences throughout, reflecting the authors' personal quest to solve the mystery surrounding the first cell.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Global Requirements
    The Narrower General Conditions: Chemistry, Physics and Physical Chemistry-We Can't Live Without Them
    Really Helpful: A Brief Outline of What Happens in Biological Cells Today
    The Previous Models: Sighting the Great Nebula
    The RNA world: A Beginning with a Very Special Molecule?
    The New Model: Hydrothermal Systems in the Early Continental Crust
    A Hypothetical Approach: Hydrothermal Systems in the Early Continental Crust
    Life = Order + Complexity
    After LUCA: What Happened Next?.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Katherine Twombley.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Half-Title
    Full-Title
    Contents
    Copyright
    Acknowledgements
    Part
    Introduction
    1
    Every Seasoned Physician Was Once A Child: Healing From Early Pain
    2
    Medical School And Residency: Surviving The Challenges
    3
    Receiving Your Medical License: Out Of The Frying Pan And Into The Fire
    4
    Who Am I? The Identity Crisis
    5
    Burnout And The Missing Off Switch
    6
    Early Career Through Retirement
    7
    Doctors Don'T Need To Succumb To The Perfect Storm
    Conclusion: A Call To Action
    Bibliography
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    R690 .T86 2024
    1
  • Digital
    Jacques S. Abramowicz, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Ultrasound in the first trimester and earlier: how to keep it safe
    2. Ultrasound and infertility
    3. Maternal comorbidities and first-trimester ultrasound examination
    4. First-trimester embryology: an overview
    5. Elements of teratology
    6. First-trimester ultrasound: guidelines
    7. Normal first treimester of pregnancy
    8. Aneuploidy screening: the ongoing role of first-trimster ultrasound
    9. Fetal biometry in early pregnancy
    10. Threshold, discriminatory zone, and "The New Rules"
    11. The fetal heart in early pregnancy
    12. Doppler sonography in early pregnancy
    13. Three-dimensional ultrasound: a role in early pregnancy
    14. Multiple gestations-- multiple headaches
    15. First-trimester ultrasound: early pregnancy failure
    16. Ectopic pregnancy: pregnancy of unknown location (PUL)
    17. A consequence of Cesarian delivery: first-trimester Cesarean scar pregnancy
    18. First-trimester ultrasound in gestational trophoblastic disease
    19. Fetal anomalies
    20. Invasive procedures in the first trimester
    21. Sonography of pelvic masses associated with early pregnancy
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Alfred Abuhamad, Rabih Chaoui.
    Contents:
    Guidelines to fetal imaging in the first trimester
    Physical principles and bioeffects of first trimester ultrasound
    Technical aspects of the first trimester ultrasound examination
    Fetal biometry and pregnancy dating in the first trimester
    The detailed first trimester ultrasound examination
    First trimester screening for chromosomal aneuploidies
    Multiple pregnancies in the first trimester
    The fetal central nervous system
    The fetal face and neck
    The fetal chest
    The fetal heart and great vessels
    The fetal gastrointestinal system
    The fetal urogenital system
    The fetal skeletal system
    The placenta and umbilical cord.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Frances Talaska Fischbach, Margaret A. Fischbach.
    Contents:
    Diagnostic testing
    Blood studies : hematology and coagulation
    Urine studies
    Stool studies
    Cerebrospinal fluid studies
    Chemistry studies
    Microbiologic studies
    Immunodiagnostic studies
    Nuclear medicine studies
    X-ray and computed tomography (CT) studies
    Cytologic, histologic, and genetic studies
    Endoscopic studies
    Ultrasound studies
    Pulmonary function, arterial blood gases (ABGs), and electrolyte studies
    Prenatal diagnosis and tests of fetal well-being
    Special diagnostic studies.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Print
    editors, E. Christopher Ellison, Gilbert R. Upchurch Jr. ; associate editors, Philip A. Efron [and 16 others].
    Summary: "Many of us who trained over the last 40 years have used Mastery of Surgery (MOS) as the primary textbook prior to entering the operating room (OR) in order to best prepare ourselves to perform a surgical procedure. First edited by Nyhus and Baker, and then masterfully continued by Dr. Fischer, we as editors of this new edition understood the significant role this textbook has played in helping to train generations of surgeons. We as an editorial board, along with a stated commitment from the editorial team at Wolters Kluwer, wanted to reimagine and improve MOS to ensure that it would remain the primary resource that many future generations of surgeons use prior to going to the operating room or in preparing for board examinations. We fully embraced this responsibility to not only carry on what previous editors had generated with its classic presentation and content, but we also committed our team to modernizing and improving this edition"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Fulltext
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    editor, Josef E. Fischer ; associate editors, E. Christopher Ellison [and 4 others] ; assistant editors, Peter K. Henke, Steven N. Hochwald, Greg Tiao.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital/Print
    Joseph A. Sisneros, editor.
    Summary: Fish Hearing and Bioacoustics is an anthology of review papers that were presented at a special symposium to honor Arthur Popper and Richard Fay on May 25th 2013 at the Mote Marine Laboratory in Sarasota, FL. The research presentations at this conference spanned the range of disciplines covered by Fay and Popper during their long and productive careers. The book includes the following thematic areas for the papers in this special volume: morphology and anatomy of the inner ear and lateral line systems; physiology of inner ear, lateral line, and central auditory systems; acoustically mediated behavior, including communication and sound localization; and environmental influences on fish hearing and bioacoustics, including anthropogenic effects of noise on fishes. Each chapter reviews and summarizes the past studies of particular area that will lead the reader up to the current work presented at the symposium. In addition, each chapters includes a perspective of how Arthur Popper and Richard Fay have influenced their particular area of fish bio acoustic research. Each manuscript also includes a hypotheses for future studies. These hypotheses will provide a springboard for future work in each field.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Fishy hearing: a short biography of Arthur N. Popper
    A most interesting man of science: the life and research of Richard Rozzell Fay
    It started in Hawai'I Kai: reminiscences of 43 years (and counting) of collaboration and friendship.- A soliloquy for Art and Dick by Robert J. Dooling
    Acoustic communication in butterfly fishes: Anatomical novelties, physiology, evolution and behavioral ecology
    Convergent aspects of acoustic communication in darters, scuplins and gobies
    Directional hearing and sound source localization in fishes
    Revisiting psychoacoustic methods for the assessment of fish hearing
    Hearing in cavefishes
    What the toadfish ear tells the toadfish brain about sound
    Comparison of electrophysiological auditory measures in fishes
    The potential overlapping roles of the ear and lateral line in driving 'acoustic' responses
    Multimodal sensory input in the utricle and lateral line of the toadfish, Opsanus tau
    The development of structure and sensitivity of the fish inner ear
    Peripheral hearing structures in fishes: diversity and sensitivity of catfishes and cichlids by Friedrich Ladich
    Diversity of inner ears in fishes: possible contribution towards hearing improvements and evolutionary considerations
    Causes and consequences of sensory hair cell damage and recovery in fishes
    Chemical ototoxicity of the fish inner ear and lateral line
    Neuroanatomical evidence for catecholamines as modulators of audition and acoustic behavior in a vocal teleost.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Alexandra Adams, editors.
    Contents:
    Fish disease causing economic impact in global aquaculture
    Overview of the fish adaptive immune system
    Development of fish vaccines
    focusing on methods
    Adjuvants and delivery methods -current and novel
    Fish vaccines
    the regulatory process and requirements from the laboratory bench to a final commercial product, including field trials
    Methods for measuring efficacy, safety and potency of fish vaccines
    Potential of DIVA Vaccines for Fish.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    prepared through the co-operation of the Commissioner of Fisheries and the Superintendent of the tenth Census by George Brown Goode ... and a staff of associates ...
    Contents:
    sec. I. Natural history of useful aquatic animals by G.B. Goode, J.A. Allen, H.W. Elliot, F.W. True, E. Ingersoll, J.A. Ryder, R. Rathbun. 2 v.
    sec. II. A geographical review of the fisheries industries and fishing communities for the year 1880 / R.E. Earll, W.A. Wilcox, A.H. Clark, F. Mather, J.W. Collins, M. McDonald, S. Stearns, D.S. Jordan, F.W. True
    sec. III. The fishing grounds of North America / R. Rathbun, J.W. Collins, D.S. Jordan, T.H. Bean, L. Kumlien, F.W. True
    sec. IV. The fishermen of the United States / G.B. Goode, J.W. Collins
    sec. V. History and methods of fisheries / G.B. Goode, J.W. Collins, N.P. Scudder, T.H. Bean, A.H. Clark, R.E. Earll, S. Stearns, F.W. True, M. McDonald, W.A. Wilcox, C.G. Atkins, D.S. Jordan, C.H. Gilbert, L. Kumlien, A.H. Clark, J.T. Brown, H.W. Elliot, J.H. Swan, E. Ingersoll, R. Rathbun. 3 v.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    D333 .G647
    2
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Michael A. Grippi ; co-editors, Jack A. Elias, Jay A. Fishman, Robert M. Kotloff, Allan I. Pack, Robert M. Senior ; video editor, Mark D. Siegel.
    Contents:
    Part 1: Perspectives. Milestones in the history of pulmonary medicine
    Part 2: Scientific basis of lung function in health and disease. Genetic, cellular, and structural basis of normal lung function
    Functional design of the human lung for gas exchange
    The respiratory muscles
    Molecular regulation of lung development
    Pulmonary surfactant and disorders of surfactant homeostasis
    The genetic basis of respiratory disorders
    Stem cells and respiratory disease: prospects for the future
    Personalized pulmonary medicine
    Physiological principles of normal lung function
    Pulmonary mechanics
    Control of ventilation
    Circadian rhythms and sleep biology
    Pulmonary circulation
    Ventilation, pulmonary blood flow, and ventilation-perfusion relationships
    Blood-gas transport
    Diffusion, chemical reactions, and diffusing capacity
    Acid-base balance
    The lungs in different physiological states
    Respiratory system response to exercise in health
    Aging of the respiratory system
    Lung immunology
    Innate and adaptive immunity in the lung
    Lymphocyte- and macrophage-mediated inflammation in the lung
    Mast cells and eosinophils
    Leukocyte accumulation in pulmonary disease
    Antibody-mediated lung defenses and humoral immunodeficiency
    Lung injury and repair
    T lymphocytes in the lung
    Chemokines, adipokines, and growth factors in the lung
    Redox signaling and oxidative stress in lung diseases
    Fibroblasts in lung homeostasis and disease.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2015
  • Digital
    Michael A. Grippi, Danielle E. Antin-Ozerkis, Charles S. Dela Cruz, Robert M. Kotloff, Camille N. Kotton, Allan I. Pack.
    Summary: "A presentation of pulmonary and critical care medicine with the underlying basic and applied science upon which the clinical material is based. The book includes relevant respiratory biology and underlying cellular and molecular mechanisms, and incorporates of a number of videos designed to complement and, at times, accentuate information contained within the text."-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Perspectives
    Scientific basis of lung function in health and disease
    Symptoms and signs of respiratory disease
    Obstructive lung diseases
    Interstitial and inflammatory lung diseases
    Drug-induced lung diseases
    Other infiltrative and airspace disorders
    Disorders of the pulmonary circulation
    Disorders of the pleural space
    Diseases of the mediastinum
    Disorders of the chest wall, diaphragm, and spine
    Occupational and environmental disorders
    Pulmonary complications of nonpulmonary disorders
    Sleep and sleep disorders
    Surgical aspects of pulmonary medicine
    Cancer and other malignancies of the lungs
    Infectious diseases of the lungs
    Respiratory failure – Appendices. Terms and symbols in respiratory physiology
    Normal values for a healthy 20-year old seated man.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2023
  • Digital
    Dietgar Mathias.
    Summary: Nutrition and exercise are the cornerstones of our health. But why actually? What exactly do weight training and endurance sports do? And how do certain foods influence our metabolism? How does sore muscles actually develop? The author, a chemist and doctor, explains in an understandable way how the body works and the influence of nutrition and exercise on our health. At the same time, he scientifically presents the correlations based on current studies, including intervention and long-term studies. He clearly describes the interactions of nutrition and exercise on body weight, metabolism, fatty tissue and hormones, the cardiovascular system, bone structure and the immune system. Each topic is clearly described on one page. A non-fiction book for all those who are interested in doing something for their health and want to know why. Plus: glossary to look up medical terms and extensive literature references around studies on nutrition, exercise and health. The author Dietger Mathias, studied chemistry and medicine in Berlin and Heidelberg, doctorate in both subjects, habilitation in medicine, one-year research stay at New York University with Severo Ochoa. Two years as a research assistant at the Hannover Medical School and 18 years at the University Hospital in Heidelberg. There also further training as a specialist in laboratory medicine/transfusion medicine. From 1992 to 2012, practising physician in Geesthacht and Berlin. Author of numerous non-fiction and specialist books on the subject of nutrition and exercise. .

    Contents:
    I Nutrition
    II Exercise
    III Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Estomih Mtui, Gregory Gruener, Peter Dockery.
    Summary: "itzgerald's Clinical Neuroanatomy and Neuroscience, 8th Edition, uses clear, understandable text and outstanding artwork to make a complex subject easily accessible. This award-winning title is known for superb illustrations and high readability, expertly integrating clinical neuroanatomy with the clinical application of neuroscience"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Embryology
    Cerebral topography
    Midbrain, hindbrain, spinal cord
    Blood supply of the brain
    Meninges
    Neurons and neuroglia
    Electrical events
    Transmitters and receptors
    Peripheral nerves
    Innervation of muscles and joints
    Innervation of skin
    Electrodiagnostic examination
    Autonomic nervous system
    Nerve roots
    Spinal cord: ascending pathways
    Spinal cord: descending pathways
    Brainstem
    The lowest four cranial nerves
    Vestibular nerve
    Cochlear nerve
    Trigeminal nerve
    Facial nerve
    Ocular motor nerves
    Reticular formation and the neuromodulatory system
    Thalamus, epithalamus
    Basal ganglia
    Cerebellum
    Cerebral cortex
    Electroencephalography
    Evoked potentials
    Visual pathways
    Hemispheric asymmetries
    Olfactory and limbic systems
    Pituitary and hypothalamus
    Cerebrovascular disease.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Klaus Wolff, Richard Allen Johnson, Arturo P. Saavedra, Ellen K. Roh.
    Contents:
    Part I: Disorders presenting in the skin and mucous membranes. Disorders of sebaceous, eccrine and apocrine glands
    Eczema/dermatitis
    Psoriasis, psoriasiform, and pityriasiform dermatoses
    Ichthyoses
    Miscellaneous epidermal disorders
    Genetic and acquired bullous diseases
    Neutrophil-mediated diseases
    The acutely ill and hospitalized patient
    Benign neoplasms and hyperplasias
    Photosensitivity, photo-induced disorders, and disorders by ionizing radiation
    Precancerous lesions and cutaneous carcinomas
    Melanoma precursors and primary cutaneous melanoma
    Pigmentary disorders
    Part II: Dermatology and internal medicine. The skin in immune, autoimmune, autoinflammatory, and rheumatic disorders
    Endocrine, metabolic, and nutritional diseases
    Genetic diseases
    Skin signs of vascular insufficiency
    Skin signs of renal insufficiency
    Skin signs of systemic cancers
    Skin signs of hematologic disease
    Cutaneous lymphomas and sarcoma
    Skin diseases in organ and bone marrow transplantation
    Adverse cutaneous drug reactions
    Disorders of psychiatric etiology
    Part III: Diseases caused by microbial agents. Bacterial colonizations and infections of skin and soft tissues
    Fungal infections of the skin, hair, and nails
    Viral diseases of skin and mucosa
    Arthropod bites, stings, and cutaneous infestations
    Systemic parasitic infections
    Sexually transmitted diseases
    Part IV: Skin signs of hair, nail, and mucosal disorders. Disorders of hair follicles and related disorders
    Disorders of the nail apparatus
    Disorders of the mouth
    Disorders of the genitalia, perineum, and anus
    Generalized pruritus without skin lesions (pruritus sine materia)
    Appendices. Differential diagnosis of pigmented lesions
    Drug use in pregnancy
    Dermatologic manifestations of diseases inflicted by biologic warfare/bioterrorism
    Chemical bioterrorism and industrial accidents.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessEmergency Medicine
    AccessDermatology
    AccessMedicine
  • Digital
    editors, Sewon Kang, Masayuki Amagai, Anna L. Bruckner, Alexander H. Enk, David J. Margolis, Amy J. McMichael, and Jeffrey S. Orringer.
    Summary: "The gold-standard text in dermatology, completely updated for today's practice by an all-new editorial board. Encyclopedic in scope, yet skillfully edited to make it easy to read and understand, this trusted classic delivers everything clinicians need to know about skin, skin symptoms, and skin diseases. Presented in full color, Fitzpatrick's covers all the essentials, from the basic science of skin to the day-to-day clinical issues of managing common skin disorders such as acne, skin cancer, and psoriasis. Backed by the expertise of more than 500 world-renowned contributors, and the reference of choice for clinicians, students, and educators, Fitzpatrick's is enhanced by thousands of full-color photographs and a wealth of newly enhanced tables and diagrams. The Ninth Edition is bolstered by a new global editorial team; a reorganized table of contents; a more simple, readable, and direct writing style, the incorporation of more genetic, syndromic, and treatment information into each chapter; the addition of first, second, and third line treatment options; and improved table presentation. The reorganized table of contents reflects how disease presents rather than its cause"-- Provided by publisher. "Important general basic science concepts are extensively covered in dedicated chapters appearing in an early section of the book, allowing subsequent clinical chapters to focus on relevant disease-specific pathophysiology in addition to clinical features, diagnosis, clinical course, and management"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessDermatology
    AccessMedicine
  • Print
    James McBride.
    Summary: "An antiques dealer discovers that a legendary toy commissioned by Civil War General Robert E. Lee now sits in the home of a black minister in Queens. Five strangers find themselves thrown together and face unexpected judgment. An American president draws inspiration from a conversation he overhears in a stable. And members of The Five-Carat Soul Bottom Bone Band recount stories from their own messy and hilarious lives."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The under Graham railroad box car set
    The five-carat Soul Bottom Bone Band. 1. Buck boy ; 2. Ray-Ray's picture box ; 3. Blub ; 4. Goat
    Father Abe
    The moaning bench
    The Christmas dance
    The fish man angel
    Mr. P & the wind.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    PS3613.C28 A6 2017
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Domino, Frank J.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC55 .A13
    7
  • Digital
    Michelle P. King, PhD.
    Summary: "In the vein of #Girlboss and Nice Girls Don't Get the Corner Office, discover how to thrive at work from the director of inclusion at Netflix with this "passionate, practical roadmap for addressing inequality and finally making our workplaces work for women" (Arianna Huffington)"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction: it's not a woman problem, it's a work problem
    Part I. Awareness
    Who broke the workplace? A brief history
    Gender denial
    Privilege at work: how denial feeds and breeds inequality
    It's a path, not a ladder: becoming aware of your workplace
    Part II. Understanding
    The achievement phase: six invisible barriers from graduate to manager
    The endurance phase: balancing management and motherhood
    The contribution phase: six barriers women leaders face
    Part III. Action
    Breaking up with Don: why men need gender equality just as much as women
    Equality a call to lead
    It's our workplace so, let's fix it like our futures depend on it.
  • Digital
    Padhraig Fleming, Jadbinder Seehra.
    Summary: This guide to fixed appliance-based orthodontics is designed to serve as a comprehensive 'how to' manual. With the aid of a wealth of superb illustrations, instruction is provided on all aspects of fixed appliance treatment, including bracket placement and positioning, archwire selection and engagement, use of auxiliaries, placement of fixed retainers, and wire bending. The supporting text presents important information underpinning the selection of attachments and mechanics, emphasising the relative merits and demerits of the various approaches with appropriate use of key referencing. It will offer detailed support on the use of fixed orthodontic appliances for undergraduates and postgraduates and those starting with practical orthodontic treatments, while providing a valuable refresher and reference for more experienced clinicians.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Mike Curato.
    Summary: In the summer between middle school and high school, Aiden Navarro is away at camp. While there, he navigates friendships, deals with bullies, and spends time with Elias (a boy he can not stop thinking about), and he finds himself on a path of self-discovery and acceptance. "It's the summer between middle school and high school, and Aiden Navarro is away at camp. Everyone's going through changes--but for Aiden, the stakes feel higher. As he navigates friendships, deals with bullies, and spends time with Elias (a boy he can't stop thinking about), he finds himself on a path of self-discovery and acceptance."--Page 4 of printed paper wrapper.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    PZ7.7.C876 Fl 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Olga Golubnitschaja, editor.
    Summary: Unmet healthcare needs of young populations and individuals in suboptimal health conditions are the key issue of currently observed epidemics of non-communicable disorders. Moreover, an unprecedented decrease in the average age of onset of these disorders is recorded. The majority of non-communicable disorders carry a chronic character by progressing over a couple of years from a reversible suboptimal health condition to irreversible pathology with collateral complications. The time-frame between both conditions is the operational area for predictive diagnosis and identification of persons at risk by innovative screening programmes followed by the most cost-effective personalised treatment possible, namely primary prevention tailored to the person. The book propagates the paradigm change from delayed, costly but frequently ineffective medical services to the holistic approach by predictive, preventive and personalised medicine clearly demonstrating multifaceted benefits to the individual, healthcare sector and society as a whole. The book is focused on the needs of young people: teenagers, adolescents and young adults; regardless of the age, individuals in suboptimal health conditions, who are interested in remaining healthy by optimising their modifiable risk factors - both endogenous and exogenous ones; several patient cohorts demonstrating similar phenotype of Flammer syndrome. The book is based on the multi-professional expertise, scientific excellence and practical experiences of the world-acknowledged experts in Flammer syndrome, predictive diagnostics, targeted prevention and personalised medicine, amongst others. The topic of this book is particularly relevant to general practitioners, experts in non-communicable diseases, phenotyping, genotyping, multilevel diagnostics, targeted prevention, personalised medicine, as well as the readers interested in advancing their health literacy.

    Contents:
    Intro; What This Book Series Is About ... ; Current Healthcare: What Is Behind the Issue?; Advanced Healthcare Tailored to the Person: What Is Beyond the Issue?; Why Integrative Medical Approach by PPPM as the Medicine of the Future?; Contents; About the Book Series Editor; Flammer Syndrome in the Global Context
    The "U-Shape" of Health Risks; 1 Unmet Healthcare Needs of Young Populations Is the Key Issue of the "Reactive" Medicine: The Paradigm Shift to PPPM Is Crucial; 2 Opposed Trends in Adolescents; 3 Association Between Abnormal Weight and Increased Mortality: The "U-Shape" of Risks 4 Innovative Screening Programmes Focused on Phenotype Are DueReferences; General Lessons Learned from Flammer Syndrome; 1 Flammer Syndrome; 2 The Downsides of Medical Specialization; 3 The Intellectual Processing of Results; 4 The Need for Interdisciplinary Cooperation; 5 Education Requirements; 6 The Role of the General Practitioner (GP); 7 The Power of Habit; 8 The Role of Opinion Leaders; 9 The Power of the Textbook, A Double-Edged Sword; 10 Leadership; 11 The Link Between Basic Science and Clinical Science; 12 Animal Studies; 13 The Pressure of Academic Selection; 14 Conclusion "Conflict-Mitigating" Behavioural Pattern in the Family3 Mood Disorders: Paradigm Change in Diagnostics and Treatment Approaches; 3.1 Diagnosis; 3.2 Treatment; 3.3 Prevention; 4 Outlook and Expert Recommendations; References; Flammer Syndrome: Psychological Causes and Consequences of Visual Impairment; 1 Stress and Vision Loss: What Is First
    "The Hen or The Egg"?; 2 Flammer Syndrome and Stress; 3 Mental Stress and Personality: Psychological Aspects of Coping with Impaired Vision and Blindness; 4 The Stress Response; 4.1 Stress Response Systems; The Sympathetic Adreno-Medullary System Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Adrenal Axis4.2 Brain Circuits Implicated in the Stress Response; 4.3 Stress and Inflammation; 5 Stress and Vision Loss in Glaucoma; 5.1 Stress and Intraocular Pressure; 5.2 Blood Flow, Vascular Dysregulation and Stress Hormones; 5.3 Autonomic Nervous System Imbalance; 5.4 Inflammation; 6 Psychosomatic Aspects in Other Pathologies Related to Vision Loss; 6.1 Non-organic Vision Loss; 6.2 Glaucoma; 6.3 AMD; 6.4 Retinitis Pigmentosa (RP); 6.5 Myopia; 6.6 Other Ocular Diseases; 7 Psychological Treatments to Reduce Stress in Vision Loss; 7.1 Meditation; 7.2 Music Therapy 7.3 Biofeedback
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Kayvan Shokrollahi, Iain S. Whitaker, Foad Nahai.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    [edited by] Thomas E. Rohrer, Jonathan L. Cook, Andrew J. Kaufman.
    Contents:
    Anatomy / Stuart J. Salasche and Stephen H. Mandy
    Basic principles in flap reconstruction / Ashley Wysong and Shauna Higgins
    Second intention healing and primary closure / MIchael Cosulich, Jeremy Etzkorn, Thuzar Myo Shin, and Christopher J. Miller
    Advancement flaps / Christie R. Travelute and Roberta Sengelmann
    Rotation flaps / Glenn Goldman
    V-Y flaps and island flaps / Joel Cook
    Transposition flaps / Ashish C. Bhatia, Joe Overman, and Thomas E. Rohrer
    Staged interpolation flaps / Tri H. Nguyen and Janet Li
    Skin grafts / Gerardo Marrazzo and John Albertini
    Scalp reconstruction / Justin J. Leitenberger and Ken K. Lee
    Forehead and temple repair / Mary L. Stevenson and John A. Carucci
    Periocular reconstruction / Andrea Willey
    Cheek reconstruction / Richard G. Bennett
    Ear reconstruction / Hayes B. Gladstone and Greg S. Morganroth
    Reconstruction of the nose / Jonathan L. Cook
    Perioral reconstruction / Joseph F. Sobanko
    Neck reconstruction / Anna Bar and Spring Golder
    Surgical complications and revision of scars / Cheryl Janene Gustafson and C. William Hanke.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Fu-Chan Wei, Samir Mardini.
    Contents:
    Problem analysis in reconstructive surgery : reconstructive ladders, elevators, and surgical judgment
    Classification of flaps
    Considerations in flap selection
    Emerging technology in reconstructive surgery
    Prefabrication and prelamination
    Tissue engineering
    Percutaneous aponeurotomy and lipofilling (palf) : a regenerative alternative to the flap
    Lymphedema : microsurgical reconstruction
    Robotic applications in plastic and reconstructive surgery
    Clinical anatomy of the head and neck, and recipient vessel selection
    Clinical anatomy and recipient vessel selection in the chest, abdomen, groin, and back
    Clinical anatomy and recipient vessel selection in the upper extremity
    Clinical anatomy and recipient vessel selection and exposure in the lower extremity
    Head and neck reconstruction
    Facial reanimation : evolution and refinements
    Breast reconstruction
    Chest and back reconstruction
    Abdominal wall reconstruction
    Pelvic and urogenital reconstruction
    Upper extremity reconstruction
    Adult brachial plexus injury (a-bpi) reconstruction
    Lower extremity reconstruction
    Functional muscle transfers for various purposes
    Nerves
    Vessels
    Thinning and tailoring
    Avoiding complications
    Flap re-exploration and salvage
    Postoperative care
    Reconstructive options following flap failure
    Local flaps in the head and neck : forehead, famm, submental, nasolabial and cervicofacial flaps
    Temporoparietal fascia flap
    Supraclavicular artery flap
    Pectoralis major flap
    Deltopectoral flap and internal mammary artery perforator flap
    Omentum, superior epigastric, and external/internal oblique flaps
    Rectus abdominis flap
    Jejunum flap
    Trapezius flap
    Scapular and parascapular flaps
    Latissimus dorsi flap
    Iliac flap
    Groin flap and superficial circumflex iliac artery perforator flap
    Gluteus flap
    Pedicled flaps of the hand
    Lateral arm flap
    Radial forearm flap
    Local flaps in the foot
    Gracilis flap
    Gastrocnemius flap
    Soleus flap
    Fibula flap
    Glabrous skin flaps
    Toe flaps and toe transplantation
    Medial femoral condyle and descending genicular artery perforator flaps
    Perforator flaps in the lateral thoracic region
    Deep and superficial inferior epigastric artery perforator flaps
    Superior and inferior gluteal artery perforator flaps
    Anterolateral and anteromedial thigh flaps
    Tensor fascia lata flap
    Posterior tibial artery perforator flap
    Free-style flaps
    Starting a reconstructive transplantation program
    Face transplantation
    Hand and upper extremity transplantation
    Laryngeal, abdominal wall, and uterus transplantation
    Immunology and research in reconstructive transplantation
    Peripheral nerve allotransplantation.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Stefan Weber, Erik Schleicher.
    Contents:
    Structure and General Properties of Flavins
    Recent advances in Riboflavin Biosynthesis
    Natural Riboflavin Analogs
    A Roadmap to the Isotopolog Space of Flavocoenzymes
    Electron Transferases
    Aldonolactone Oxidoreductases
    Flavins and Flavoproteins: Applications in Medicine
    Practical Aspects on the Use of Kinetic Isotope Effects as Probes of Flavoprotein Enzyme Mechanisms
    On the in vivo Redox State of Flavin-Containing Photosensory Receptor Proteins
    Computational Spectroscopy, Dynamics and Photochemistry of Photosensory Flavoproteins
    NMR Spectroscopy on Flavins and Flavoproteins
    Solid-State NMR of Flavins and Flavoproteins.-EPR on Flavoproteins
    FTIR Spectroscopy of Flavin-Binding Photoreceptors
    Resonance Raman Spectroscopy
    Photoactivation Mechanisms of Flavin-binding Photoreceptors Revealed through Ultrafast Spectroscopy and Global Analysis Methods
    Excited State Chemistry of Flavoproteins. .
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Arthur C. Fleischer, Jacques S. Abramowicz, Luis F. Gonçalves, Frank A. Manning, Ana Monteagudo, Ilan E. Timor-Tritsch, Eugene C. Toy.
    Summary: This acclaimed guide is a clinically relevant reference text, atlas, and teaching/learning resource. Presented in full color and enriched by more than 2,000 illustrations, it expertly examines the full spectrum of disorders and conditions likely to be encountered in gynecologic and maternal-fetal care. You will find up-to-date, all-inclusive coverage of everything from sonographic operating instruments, screening the fetal patient for syndromes and anomalies, to diagnosing the female patient for cysts, infertility, and incontinence. -- From publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Ultrasound bioeffects and safety : what the practitioner should know / Abramowicz, Sheiner
    Normal pelvic anatomy as depicted with transvaginal sonography / Fleischer, Diette, Trotter
    Transvaginal sonography of early intrauterine pregnancy / Fleischer, Rebele
    Transvaginal sonography of ectopic pregnancy / Fleischer, Desai, New, Kanter, Diamond
    US of the 11-18 wk fetus / New, Monteagudo, Timor
    Fetal biometry / Toy
    Placenta, cord, and membranes / Toy, Mastrobattista
    Prenatal sonographic diagnosis of abnormally adherent placenta / New, Agteli, Timor
    Enhanced myometrial vascularity / Timor
    Fetal growth restriction / Harman
    Doppler US of the uteroplacental circulation / Bujold, Gonçalves
    Doppler US of fetal circulation / Toy
    Doppler US in fetal anemia, hydrops assessment of lung maturity / New, Mari
    Color doppler sonography in obstetrics / Paladini, Sglavo, Volpe
    Sonography in multiple gestation / Toy
    US in the labor and delivery suite / New, Abramowicz
    Fetal anomalies : overview / Gonçalves
    Prenatal diagnosis of cerebrospinal anomalies / Pilu
    Fetal neck and chest anomalies / Cannie, Jani
    Prenatal diagnosis of congenital heart disease / Huhta, Neves
    Fetal gastrointestinal anomalies / Volpe, Paladini, Robertis, Rossi, Rembouskos
    Fetal genitourinary system / Benson, Doubilet
    LG fetal skeletal anomalies
    LG ultrasound detection of chromosomal anomalies and syndromes
    First trimester screening / Abramowicz.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessObGyn
    AccessObGyn
  • Digital
    editors in chief, Robert J. Hoffman, Vincent J. Wang.
    Summary: "The second edition of Fleisher & Ludwig's 5-Minute Pediatric Emergency Medicine Consult helps anyone working in a busy emergency or urgent care setting diagnose, treat and manage over 500 diseases and common pediatric conditions. You'll instantly find clear answers--summarized succinctly--on clinical orientation, differential diagnosis, medications, management, discharge criteria and more. Practice guidelines are evidence-based, and the book is formatted for quick reference, double-checking or a 5-minute refresher."--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    LWW Health Library (Pediatrics)
    LWW Health Library (Emergency)
  • Digital
    senior editors, Kathy N. Shaw, Richard G. Bachur ; associate editors, James Chamberlain, Jane Lavelle, Joshua Nagler, Joan E. Shook.
    Contents:
    Sect. I: Resuscitation and stabilization
    Sect. II: Signs and symptoms
    Sect. III: Clinical pathways
    Sect. IV: Medical emergencies
    Sect. V: Trauma
    Sect. VI: Surgical emergencies
    Sect. VII: Behavioral health emergencies
    Sect. VIII: Procedures and appendices.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    senior editors, Kathy N. Shaw, Richard G. Bachur ; associate editors, James M. Chamberlain, Jane Lavelle, Joshua Nagler, Joan E. Shook.
    Summary: "Our primary goal as practitioners is to provide high-quality, safe care for each child who arrives in our emergency department. The ability to stay current with knowledge and clinical skills across all possible conditions is impossible for any clinician. Furthermore, the evidence may be poor, inconsistent, or changing for the management of many diseases or injuries. This leads to a wide variation in practice, high rates of inappropriate care, patient harm, and wasted resources. Additionally, the model of optimal care in emergency departments is challenged by high acuity and crowding that demands teamwork, resources, a well-structured quality program, and a culture of high reliability. With this new edition of the Textbook of Pediatric Emergency Medicine, we provide easy web-based access for use in practice, links to clinical pathways based on the latest evidence and expert consensus, and a new, streamlined format that emphasizes the goals of quality care"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library (Pediatrics)
    LWW Health Library (Emergency)
  • Print
    Monique Kornell ; with contributions by Thisbe Gensler, Naoko Takahatake, Erin Travers.
    Summary: "Focused on the intersection of science and art, this book explores themes of anatomy from the Renaissance to modern times"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The Illustration of Anatomy / Monique Kornell
    The Living Dead: Animated Anatomy / Monique Kornell
    Artists and Anatomy Books / Monique Kornell
    Anatomy and the Antique / Monique Kornell
    "As Large as Nature": Life-Size Anatomical Illustration / Monique Kornell
    Surface Anatomy: From the Inside Out / Monique Kornell
    Restricted Access: The Body, Sex, and Reproduction in Frederik Ruysch's Anatomical Collection and Catalogs / Erin Travers
    Interior Visions: Representing the Body in Three Dimensions / Thisbe Gensler
    Catalog / Thisbe Gensler, Monique Kornell, Naoko Takahatake, and Erin Travers.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    NC760 .F59 2022
    1
  • Digital
    Guohua Zeng, Kandarp Parikh, Kemal Sarica, editors.
    Summary: This book describes basic information and current applications of flexible ureteroscopy in diagnosis and treatment of renal stones, covering topics on history, anatomy, preoperative preparation, clinical operation, and training for beginners. Basic as well as advanced techniques of flexible ureteroscopy for large renal stones, pediatric patients, and in special situations are presented in details with representative cases and high-resolution illustrations. In addition, disposable, wireless, and robotic flexible ureteroscopy are introduced in details to help readers to learn advanced techniques. It will be a useful reference for urologists, especially for those who are interested in improving their flexible ureteroscopy skills in clinical practice.

    Contents:
    1 History of Ureteroscopy
    2 Anatomical Considerations during Flexible Ureteroscopy
    3 Armamentarium and Endoscopes
    4 Accessories, Sterilization, and Instrument Care in Flexible Ureteroscopy
    5 Lasers in Flexible Ureteroscopy
    6 Preoperative Assessment, Patient Preparation, and Anesthesia for Flexible Ureteroscopy
    7 Indications and Contraindications for Flexible Ureteroscopy
    8 Clinical and Operating Room Set Up for Flexible Ureteroscopy
    9 How to Perform Flexible Ureteroscopy for Renal Stones
    10 Irrigation Mechanisms and Intra Pelvic Pressure in Flexible Ureteroscopy
    11 Double J Stents in Flexible Ureteroscopy
    12 Flexible Ureteroscopy for Large Renal Stones
    13 ECIRS
    14 Flexible Ureteroscopy in Pediatric Patients
    15 Flexible Ureteroscopy in Special Situation
    16 Complications of Flexible Ureteroscopy
    17 Postoperative Care and Quality of Life After Flexible Ureteroscopy
    18 Disposable Flexible Ureteroscopy
    19 Robotic Flexible Ureteroscopy
    20 Diagnostic Flexible Ureteroscopy
    21 Flexible Ureteroscopy in UPJ and Ureteral Stenosis
    22 Flexible Ureteroscopy for Upper Tract Transitional Cell Carcinoma
    23 Training.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Arthur O. Tucker, Jules Janick.
    Summary: The Voynich Codex is one the most fascinating and bizarre manuscripts in the world. The manuscript (potentially equivalent to 232 pages), or more properly a codex, consists of many foldout pages. It has been divided by previous researchers into sections known as Herbal/Botanical/Pharmacology; Balenological/Biological; Cosmology; one page known as The Rosette; and a final Recipe section. All the sections contain text in an unknown writing system, yet to be deciphered. Cryptological analyses by modern computer programs nevertheless have determined that the language is real and not a hoax, as has been suggested by some. Despite the fact that this codex is largely an herbal, the interpreters of this manuscript with two exceptions, have not been botanists. To this end, our recent research suggests that the Voynich is a 16th century codex associated with indigenous Indians of Nueva España educated in schools established by the Spanish. This is a breakthrough in Voynich studies. We are convinced that the Voynich codex is a document produced by Aztec descendants that has been unfiltered through Spanish editors. The flora of New Spain is vast, and the medicinal and culinary herbs used by the Aztecs were equally as copious. Even though it is our hypothesis that the Voynch Codex was written as a private herbal in 16th century New Spain, many of these herbs have relevance today because they or closely related species have been noted to be medicinal or have culinary value. The Voynich Codex has an estimated 359 illustration of plants (phytomorphs), 131 in the Herbal Section (large images) and 228 in the Pharmaceutical Section (small images of plant parts). In our book "Unraveling of the Voynich Codex", to be published by Springer this summer, Tucker and Janick have partially identified species in the Herbal Section. In this proposed work, all of the plants of the Herbal Section will be identified along with those plants of the Pharmacology Section where identification is fe asible. Each plant identification will include subdivisions to include descriptors (formal botanical identification), names in English, Spanish, and Mesoamerican names where known, ecology and range, and properties (medicinal and culinary) of these and related species. Photographs of the phytomorphs and contemporary plants will be included. These identifications represent hard evidence that the Voynich Codex is a 16th Century Mexican manuscript. Exploring the herbs of the Aztecs through the Voynich Codex will be a seminal work for all Voynich researchers and also of interest to a wider audience in medicinal and culinary herbs, artists, and historians. In summary, our new book project Flora of the Voynich Codex will provide a photo-illustrated guide to complete the botanical evidence related to the Voynich Codex, one of the most valuable historic texts of the 16th century.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Literature Cited; Contents;
    Chapter 1: An Introduction to the Voynich Codex; The Mysterious Codex; Provenance; Dating and Origin of the Codex; Description of the Work; Illustrations; Decipherment; Objectives; Literature Cited;
    Chapter 2: Aztec Botany, Agriculture, Trade, and Medicine; Mexico and the Aztec Empire; Trade; Agriculture; Medical Knowledge; Botanical Gardens; Conclusions; Literature Cited;
    Chapter 3: Iconography and Phytomorphic Identification; Introduction and Historical Context; Guidelines for Plant Identification; Iconographic Techniques; Geographic Range Fol. 100v(1)#10. Ceratopteris pteridoides? (Fig. 4.7)Schizaeaceae; Fol. 101v(1)#12. (Fig. 4.8). Schizaea elegans (Fig. 4.8); Gymnosperms; Pinaceae; Fol. 100r#9. Picea sp.? (Fig. 4.9); Taxodiaceae; Fol. 100r#15. Taxodium sp., cf. Taxodium mucronatum (T. huegelii, T. mexicanum)? (Fig. 4.10); Angiosperms; Acanthaceae; Fol. 11v. Ruellia tuberosa (Fig. 4.11); Amaranthaceae; Fol. 3r. Amaranthus sp., cf. A. cruentus (Fig. 4.12); Apiaceae; Fol. 87v, Right Side. Cymopterus sp.? cf. C. multinervatus (Fig. 4.13); Fol. 16v. Eryngium sp., cf. E. heterophyllum (Fig. 4.14) Fol. 48v. Acourtia runcinata? (Fig. 4.24)Fol 8v. Acourtia thurberi (Fig. 4.25); Fol. 41r. Ageratina adenophora? (Fig. 4.26); Fol. 37r. Ageratina ligustrina (Fig. 4.27); Fol. 53r. Ambrosia sp., cf. A. ambrosioides (Fig. 4.28); Fol. 46v. Bartlettina sp. cf. B. sordida (Fig. 4.29); Fol. 46r. Blumea viscosa? (Fig. 4.30); Fol. 48r. Chaenactis sp.? (Fig. 4.31); Fol. 87v (Left Side). Chaptalia sp.? cf. Chaptalia tomentosa (Fig. 4.32); Fol. 50r. Cirsium sp.? (Fig. 4.33); Fol. 34v. Corethrogyne filaginifolia? (Fig. 4.34); Fol. 35r. Cosmos sp. cf. C. bipinnatus (Fig. 4.35) Folio 41v. Lomatium sp., cf. L. dissectum (Fig. 4.15)Apocynaceae; Fol. 100r#14. Gonolobus chloranthus (Fig. 4.16); Araceae; Fol. 100r#7. Philodendron sp. cf. P. goeldii (Fig. 4.17); Fol. 100r#2. Philodendron mexicanum (Fig. 4.18); Fol. 100v(2)#3. Philodendron sp.? cf. P. subincisum (Fig. 4.19); Fol. 89v(1)#5. Spathiphyllum cannifolium? (Fig. 4.20); Fol. 42r (Left Side). Syngonium podophyllum (Fig. 4.21); Araliaceae; Fol. 35v. Polyscias guilfoylei (Fig. 4.22); Asparagaceae/Agavaceae; Fol. 100r#1. Agave sp. cf. A. ellemeetiana; Fol. 100r#4. Agave sp. cf. A. atrovirens (Fig. 4.23); Asteraceae Plant UsesSources and Techniques; Nahuatl Plant Names; Conclusions; Literature Cited;
    Chapter 4: Phytomorph Identification in the Voynich Codex; Lycophytes and Ferns; Huperziaceae/Lycopodiaceae; Fol. 100v(2)#6, Fol. 102r#11. Huperzia beiteliana (Fig. 4.1); Fol. 100v(1)#13. Huperzia dichotoma (Fig. 4.2); Fol. 100v(1)#12, 101r#9. Huperzia reflexa (Fig. 4.3); Hymenophyllaceae; Fol. 101v(1)#8. Trichomanes ekmanii (Fig. 4.4); Ophioglossaceae; Fol. 100v#5. Ophioglossum palmatum (Fig. 4.5); Osmundaceae; Fol. 100v(1)#6. Osmunda regalis var. spectabilis (Fig. 4.6); Pteridaceae
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Claudio Ortolani.
    Summary: "Flow Cytometry of Hematological Malignancies contains an array of graphical outputs produced by the technique in the study of the most (and the least) common diseases. The images included allow you to compare your own results with a third party reference pattern. There is a detailed description of the main leukocyte antigens, together with a description of their distribution amongst normal and abnormal blood cells. The book also provides a comprehensive description of the phenotype of every neoplastic blood disease recorded in the WHO classification system, including all the instructions needed to recognise and classify even the least common entity. Designed to be practical, the book is perfect for quick consultation and is divided into two main sections. Section I deals with the direct object of immunophenotyping, and Section II deals with the ultimate target of the analysis. More than 50 antigens are covered and every antigen is dealt with in three main parts: general features, cytometric features and practical hints. This authoritative and state-of-the-art reference will be invaluable for clinicians directly involved in the diagnosis and analysis of hematological diseases, including hematologists, hematopathologists, oncologists, pathologists and technicians working in diagnostic laboratories"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Min S. Park, Philipp Taussky, Felipe C. Albuquerque, Cameron G. McDougall.
    Summary: From detachable balloons and GDC coils to the recent advent of flow diversion, practitioners of have endovascular neurosurgery been fortunate to work in an era of rapid and exciting advances. The first commercially available flow diverter in the U.S. was approved specifically for a small subset of cerebral aneurysms. Recent experience has demonstrated its utility in treating challenging or otherwise untreatable aneurysms, safely and efficaciously. The design of these devices requires learning radically different methods than those used in the deployment of other, non-braided stents. Flow Diver.

    Contents:
    The beginnings of flow diversion : a historical review / Ajay K. Wakhloo, Baruch B. Lieber
    Theoretical basis of flow diversion / Anthony Fiorella
    Review of current literature and occlusion results / Philip G.R. Schmalz, Paul M. Foreman, Avra Laarakker, Mark R. Harrigan
    Coil embolization versus flow diversion / Jeffrey Steinberg, Peter Abraham, Jeffrey Pannell, Alexander Khalessi
    On-label use (illustrative cases) / Lynn B. McGrath Jr., John D. Nerva, Louis J. Kim
    Off-label use / Dennis J. Rivet II, John Reavey-Cantwell, Christopher J. Moran
    Flow diversion in ruptured aneurysms / Arthur Wang, Michael F. Stiefel
    Pharmacology for flow diversion / Amin Nima Aghaebrahim, Andrew F. Ducruet
    Overview of current flow-diverting devices / Pedro Aguilar-Salinas, Bartley Mitchell, Douglas Gonsales, Ricardo A. Hanel, Eric Sauvageau
    Techniques and nuances of pipeline deployment / Edison P. Valle-Giler, Ryan Hebert, Stavrapola Tjoumakaris, Pascal Jabbour, Robert Rosenwasser
    Technique and nuances of silk deployment (Balt Extrusion) / Or Cohen-Inbar, Jason M. Davies, Yaaqov Amsalem, Elad I. Levy
    Technique and nuances of surpass streamline flow diverter / Ajay K. Wakhloo, Baruch B. Lieber
    Technique and nuances of deployment of the flow-redirection endoluminal device / Bradley A. Gross, Felipe C. Albuquerque, Karam Moon, Cameron G. McDougall
    Adjuvant techniques to improve flow diversion / William R. Stetler Jr., W. Christopher Fox
    Flow diverters for brain aneurysm treatment : intraprocedural complications and management / Bartley Mitchell, Pedro Aguilar-Salinas, Amin Aghaebrahim, Eric Sauvageau, Ricardo A. Hanel
    Postprocedural complications / M. Yashar S. Kalani, Min S. Park, Philip Taussky, Cameron McDougall
    Flow diversion grading scales / Min S. Park, Marcus Mazur, Phillip Taussky
    Radiographic imaging after flow diversion / Scott Mcnally
    Management of aneurysm residuals following treatment with flow diverters / R. Webster Crowley, Robert M. Starke
    Hemodynamic modifications of flow-diverting stents / Shervin Rahimpour, Priya Nair, David Frakes, L. Fernando Gonzalez
    Future developments/research / Adam S. Arthur, Christopher Nickele, Brandon Burnsed.
  • Digital
    edited by José Luis Riechmann, Frank Wellmer.
    Summary: In Flower Development: Methods and Protocols, researchers in the field detail protocols for experimental approaches that are currently used to study the formation of flowers, from genetic methods and phenotypic analyses, to genome-wide experiments, modeling, and system-wide approaches. Written in the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology series format, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and key tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls. Authoritative and practical, Flower Development: Methods and Protocols ?is an essential guide for plant developmental biologists, from the novice to the experienced researcher, and for those considering venturing into the field.

    Contents:
    Flower Development in Arabidopsis - There is More to it than Learning your ABCs
    Flower Development in the Asterid Lineage
    Grass Flower Development
    Flower Diversity and Angiosperm Diversification
    Flower Development - Open Questions and Future Directions
    Genetic Screens for Floral Mutants in Arabidopsis thaliana: Enhancers and Suppressors
    Genetic and Phenotypic Analysis of Shoot Apical and Floral Meristem Development
    Genetic and Phenotypic Analyses of Petal Development in Arabidopsis
    Cell Biological Analyses of Anther Morphogenesis and Pollen Viability in Arabidopsis and Rice
    Molecular Cell Biology of Male Meiotic Chromosomes and Isolation of Male Meiocytes in Arabidopsis thaliana
    Genetic and Phenotypic Analyses of Carpel Development in Arabidopsis
    Microscopic Analysis of Arabidopsis Ovules
    Scanning Electron Microscopy Analysis of Floral Development
    Detection of mRNA Expression Patterns by Non-radioactive in situ Hybridization on Histological Sections of Floral Tissue
    The GUS Reporter System in Flower Development Studies
    A Floral Induction System for the Study of Early Arabidopsis Flower Development
    Fluorescence Activated Cell Sorting of Shoot Apical Meristem Cell Types
    Translating Ribosome Affinity Purification (TRAP) for Cell-specific Translation Profiling in Developing Flowers
    Laser-assisted Microdissection Applied to Floral Tissues
    Identification of Arabidopsis Knock-out Lines for Genes of Interest
    Gene Expression Analysis by Quantitative Real-time PCR for Floral Tissues
    Misexpression Approaches for the Manipulation of Flower Development
    Next Generation Sequencing Applied to Flower Development: RNA-Seq
    Next-Generation Sequencing Applied to Flower Development: ChIP-Seq
    Live-Imaging of the Arabidopsis Inflorescence Meristem
    Gene Regulatory Network Models for Floral Organ Determination.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Kamel S. Kamel, Mitchell L. Halperin.
    Contents:
    Principles of acid-base physiology
    Tools to use to diagnose acid-base disorders
    Metabolic acidosis : clinical approach
    Metabolic acidosis caused by a deficit of NaHCO3
    Ketoacidosis
    Metabolic acidosis : acid gain types
    Metabolic alkalosis
    Respiratory acid-base disturbances
    Sodium and water physiology
    Hyponatremia
    Hypernatremia
    Polyuria
    Potassium physiology
    Hypokalemia
    Hyperkalemia
    Hyperglycemia.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Alluru S. Reddi.
    Summary: Fluid, Electrolyte and Acid-Base Disorders: Clinical Evaluation & Management is a clear and concise presentation of the fundamentals of fluid, electrolyte and acid-base disorders frequently encountered in clinical practice. Each chapter begins with pertinent basic physiology followed by its clinical disorder. Cases for each fluid, electrolyte and acid-base disorder are discussed with answers. In addition, board-type questions with explanations are provided for each clinical disorder to increase the knowledge for the clinician. Practical and clinically oriented, this book is a handy reference for practicing physicians, students, residents and fellows.

    Contents:
    Body Fluid Compartments
    Interpretation of Urine Electrolytes and Osmolality
    Renal Handling of NaCl and Water
    Intravenous Fluids: Composition and Indications
    Diuretics
    Disorders of Extracellular Fluid Volume: Basic Concepts
    Disorders of ECF Volume: Congestive Heart Failure
    Disorders of ECF Volume: Cirrhosis of the Liver
    Disorders of ECF Volume: Nephrotic Syndrome
    Disorders of ECF Volume: Volume Contraction
    Disorders of Water Balance: Physiology
    Disorders of Water Balance: Hyponatremia
    Disorders of Water Balance: Hypernatremia
    Disorders of Potassium: Physiology
    Disorders of Potassium: Hypokalemia
    Disorders of Potassium: Hyperkalemia
    Disorders of Calcium: Physiology
    Disorders of Calcium: Hypocalcemia
    Disorders of Calcium: Hypercalcemia
    Disorders of Phosphate: Physiology
    Disorders of Phosphate: Hypophosphatemia
    Disorders of Phosphate: Hyperphosphatemia
    Disorders of Magnesium: Physiology
    Disorders of Magnesium: Hypomagnesemia
    Disorders of Magnesium: Hypermagnesemia
    Acid-Base Physiology
    Evaluation of an Acid-Base Disorder
    High Anion Gap Metabolic Acidosis
    Hyperchloremic Metabolic Acidosis: Renal Tubular Acidosis
    Hyperchloremic Metabolic Acidosis: Nonrenal Causes
    Metabolic Alkalosis
    Respiratory Acidosis
    Respiratory Alkalosis
    Mixed Acid-Base Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Constantinos G. Hadjipanayis, Walter Stummer.
    Contents:
    Current fluorescence-guided neurosurgery and moving forward / Remi A. Kessler, Frank Yuk, and Constantinos G. Hadjipanayis
    Designing and reporting studies on intra-operative tissue imaging in the brain / Walter Stummer
    5-ALA and high-grade gliomas / Ricardo Díez Valle and Walter Stummer
    5-ALA and recurrent high-grade gliomas / Ramin A. Morshed, Darryl Lau, Seunggu J. Han, Barbara Kiesel, and Mitchel S. Berger
    5-ALA in low-grade gliomas / Georg Widhalm, Mitchel S. Berger, and Johannes Wölfer
    Intraoperative fluorescence guidance in meningiomas / Pablo A. Valdes, Alexandra Golby, and David W. Roberts
    5-ALA and brain metastases / Marcel A. Kamp, Marion Rapp, Jan Frederick Cornelius, Hans-Jakob Steiger, and Michael Sabel
    5-ALA and ICG : fluorescence-guided resection of spinal cord intramedullary tumors / Toshiki Endo, Tomoo Inoue, and Teiji Tominaga
    5-ALA utility in pediatric brain tumors, other adult brain tumors, and photodynamic therapy (PDT) / Nikita Lakomkin, Isabelle Germano, and Constantinos G. Hadjipanayis
    Fluorescein-guided tumor resection in neurosurgical oncology / Joseph F. Georges and Peter Nakaji
    Fluorescein and high-grade gliomas / Justin A. Neira, Randy S. D'Amico, and Jeffrey N. Bruce
    Second window ICG
    near infrared optical contrast for intraoperative identification of brain tumors / Ryan Zeh, Ryan Salinas, Sunil Singhal, and John Y.K. Lee
    Cancer-targeted alkylphosphocholine analogs for intraoperative visualization / Ray R. Zhang, Paul A. Clark, Jamey P. Weichert, and John S. Kuo
    BLZ-100 (tozuleristide) fluorescence guided surgery of brain tumors / Harish Babu, Dennis M. Miller, Julia Parrish-Novak, David L. Kittle, Pramod V. Butte, and Adam N. Mamelak
    Confocal endomicroscopy / Christina Sarris and Nader Sanai
    FGS, intraoperative imaging, and brain mapping (iMRI, DTI, and cortical mapping) / Jan Coburger and Philippe Schucht
    Raman spectroscopy and brain tumors / Todd Hollon, Steve Kalkanis, and Daniel Orringer
    ICG and cerebral aneurysms / David Bervini and Andreas Raabe
    Indocyanine green videoangiography and arteriovenous malformations / Justin Mascitelli, Jan-Karl Burkhardt and Michael Lawton
    ICG and cerebral revascularization / Lars Wessels, Nils Hecht, and Peter Vajkoczy.
  • Digital
    Fernando D. Dip, Takeaki Ishizawa, Norihiro Kokudo, Raul J. Rosenthal, editors.
    Summary: This volume presents the experiences of leading researchers and surgeons with different fluorescence methods. Chapters range from basic science of fluorescence to current clinical applications and new horizons. The first few chapters cover the historical evolution and physical principles of fluorescence and provide the foundation for the reader to understand the current scope and limits of its use in surgery. The second section focuses on the clinical applications of intraoperative fluorescence imaging, including subsections on fluorescence cholangiography, applications to hepatectomy, lymph node navigation, applications to GI tract and pelvic surgery and identification of cancer tissues. The third section focuses on new frontiers including fluorescence probes, imaging systems and applications to photodynamic therapy. Authored by leaders in the development of fluorescent methods worldwide, Fluorescence Imaging for Surgeons: Concepts and Applications will have an impact on numerous medical specialists including general surgeons, colorectal and minimally-invasive surgeons and surgical oncologists. Researchers will find the book to be an invaluable resource on the latest advances in the utilization of nanoparticles and fluorescent probes.

    Contents:
    Section I: Background
    Basic Concepts of Fluorescence and Fluorescent Probes
    Past, Present, and Future of Fluorescence
    Translation of Therapeutic Antibodies for Intraoperative Fluorescence Imaging
    Review of Indocyanine Green Imaging in Surgery
    Section II: Imaging Systems
    D-Light P System (Karl Storz) (with video)
    Robotic Surgery Using Firefly System
    Fluorescence Imaging Systems (PDE, HyperEye Medical System, and Prototypes in Japan)
    The Pinpoint System
    Economic Impact of Fluorescent Cholangiography
    Real-time Near-Infrared Fluorescent Cholangiography During Robotic Single-Site Cholecystectomy
    Fluorescent Guided Liver Surgery: Paul Brousse Experiences and Perspective
    Fluorescence Imaging in Laparoscopic Hepatectomy (with video)
    Section III: Clinical Applications of Intraoperative Fluorescence Imaging
    Identification of Hepatic Segment (with video)
    Intraoperative Evaluation of Regional Portal Uptake Function (with video)
    Identification of Hepatocellular Carcinoma (with video)
    Identification of Metastatic Liver Cancer (with video)
    Prediction for Postoperative Intrahepatic Recurrence of Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    Detection of Bile Leakage after Hepatic Resection by Intraoperative Indocyanine Gren Flourescent Imaging
    Near-Infrared Laser Photodynamic Therapy for Human Hepatocellular Carcinoma Cell Line Tumor with Indocyanine Green Fluorescene
    Photodynamic Diagnosis of Gastric Cancer Using 5-Aminolevulinic Acid (with video)
    Applications of ICG Fluorescence Imaging for Surgery in Colorectal Cancer
    Fluorophore-Conjugated Chimeric Anti-CEA Antibodies for Fluorescence-Guided Surgery of Gastrointestinal (GI) Tumors
    Development of a Non-Blurring, Dual-Imaging (X-ray/Fluorescence) Tissue Marker for Localization of Gastrointestinal Tumors
    Sentinel Node Navigation Surgery by Infrared Imaging in Gastric Cancer
    A Dual Infrared Ray Imaging System for Sentinel Node Mapping Against Early Gastric Cancer: Absorption and Florescence Methods by Infrared Ray Electronic Endoscopy Combined with Indocyanine Green
    Indocyanine Green Fluorescence-Navigated Sentital Node Biopsy Showed Higher Sensitivity than the Conventional Radioisotope or Blue Dye Methods: It May Help to Reduce False-Negative Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsies in Skin Cancer
    The Indocyanine Green Method is Equivalent to ther (99m) Tc-Labeled Radiotracer Method for Identifying the Sentinel Node in Breast Cancer: A Concordance and Validation Study
    Photodynamic Detection of Lymph Node Metastases in Gastronintestinal Cancer by Using 5-Aminolevulinic Acid
    Application of Photodynamic Treatment (with video)
    Photodynamic Diagnosis Mediated by 5-Aminolevulinic Acid for Urinary Bladder Cancer (with video)
    Real-time Assessment of Intestinal Perfusion by Fluorescence-Based Enhanced Reality
    Fluorescent Angiography for Flap Planning and Monitoring in Reconstructive Surgery
    Fluorescein-Detection of Myocardial Ischemia in an Experimental Model of Acute Coronary Occlusion
    Spatial and Temporal Monitoring of Perfusing with Indocyanine Green Videoangiography in Rat Heart
    Ureter Identification Using Methylene Blue and Fluorescein
    Chymotrypsin Probe for Real-Time Visualization of Pancreatic Leak.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Martin Zinkernagel, Chantal Dysli.
    Summary: This book focuses on the emerging non-invasive imaging technique of Fluorescence Lifetime Imaging Ophthalmoscopy (FLIO). FLIO reveals unique information on retinal diseases, ranging from age-related macular degeneration and vascular diseases to hereditary retinal dystrophies. Fluorescence lifetimes enable the evaluation of disease progression before irreversible structural changes occur. The image acquisition is suitable for diagnostic purposes and follow-up examinations to investigate the natural course of disease, and to monitor the effects of possible therapies. This book fills the gap between available literature and gives state-of-the-art guidance on the principles of the FLIO technique, image acquisition, and data analysis. Written by a team of expert leaders within this field, this book will be relevant for scientists and clinicians with an interest in ophthalmoscopy.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Contents; Abstract; Introduction; Methods; Results and Discussion; Conclusion; Abbreviations;
    Chapter 1: Introduction; References;
    Chapter 2: FLIO Technique and Principles; References;
    Chapter 3: FLIO Historical Background; References;
    Chapter 4: Fluorescence Lifetime Imaging Microscopy; References;
    Chapter 5: The Fluorescence Lifetime Imaging Ophthalmoscope; References;
    Chapter 6: Image Acquisition and Analysis; FLIO Reader; FLIMX; Supplementary Material; FLIO Image Acquisition Protocol; Subjects; Measurement; Preparation; Before Image Acquisition; During Measurement End of AcquisitionReferences;
    Chapter 7: Fluorophores in the Eye; Introduction; Lipofuscin (Bisretinoids); Xantophyll (Yellow Carotinoids): Macular Pigment; Collagen/Elastin; Redox Coenzyme; Melanin/Oxidized Melanin; Lipid Peroxidation Endproducts; Advanced Glycation Endproducts (AGE); Other Fluorophores; References;
    Chapter 8: FLIO in the Healthy Eye; References;
    Chapter 9: FLIO in Retinal Diseases; References;
    Chapter 10: Age-Related Macular Degeneration; FLIO in Early Disease Stages of AMD; FLIO in AMD with Drusen; FLIO in Geographic Atrophy; References
    Chapter 11: FLIO in Diabetic RetinopathyReferences;
    Chapter 12: Retinal Artery Occlusion; References;
    Chapter 13: Central Serous Chorioretinopathy; References;
    Chapter 14: Macular Telangiectasia Type 2; References;
    Chapter 15: Hereditary Retinal Diseases: Stargardt, Choroideremia, Retinitis Pigmentosa; Stargardt Disease; Choroideremia; Retinitis Pigmentosa; References;
    Chapter 16: Macular Pigment; Retinal Carotenoids; Carotenoid Measurement Ex Vivo; Macular Holes; Albinism; References;
    Chapter 17: Fluorescence Lifetime Imaging Ophthalmoscopy in Alzheimer's Disease; References
    Chapter 18: FLIO in Mouse ModelsReferences;
    Chapter 19: Discussion and Summary; Index
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Ulrich Kubitscheck.
    Contents:
    Front Matter
    Introduction to Optics / Rainer Heintzmann, Ulrich Kubitscheck
    Principles of Light Microscopy / Ulrich Kubitscheck
    Fluorescence Microscopy / Jurek W Dobrucki, Ulrich Kubitscheck
    Fluorescence Labeling / Gerd Ulrich Nienhaus, Karin Nienhaus
    Confocal Microscopy / Nikolaus Naredi-Rainer, Jens Prescher, Achim Hartschuh, Don C Lamb
    Two-Photon Excitation Microscopy for Three-Dimensional Imaging of Living Intact Tissues / David W Piston
    Light Sheet Microscopy / Gopi Shah, Michael Weber, Jan Huisken
    Localization-Based Super-Resolution Microscopy / Markus Sauer, Mike Heilemann
    Super-Resolution Microscopy: Interference and Pattern Techniques / Udo Birk, Gerrit Best, Roman Amberger, Christoph Cremer
    STED Microscopy / Travis J Gould, Lena K Schroeder, Patrina A Pellett, Joerg Bewersdorf
    Fluorescence Photobleaching Techniques / Reiner Peters
    Single-Molecule Microscopy in the Life Sciences / Markus Axmann, Josef Madl, Gerhard J Schütz
    Förster Resonance Energy Transfer and Fluorescence Lifetime Imaging / Fred S Wouters
    What Exactly is a Digital Image?
    Practical Guide to Optical Alignment
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Yves Engelborghs, Antonie J.W.G. Visser.
    Contents:
    How to collect National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) traceable fluorescence excitation and emission spectra / Adam Matthew Gilmore
    Steady-state fluorescence polarization/anisotropy for the study of protein interactions / Nicholas G. James and David M. Jameson
    Quantitative fluorescence spectral analysis of protein denaturation / Ivo H.M. van Stokkum and Sergey P. Laptenok
    High-pressure fluorescence applications / Mariano Dellarole and Catherine A. Royer
    Frequency domain fluorometry : theory and application / Carissa M. Vetromile and David M. Jameson
    Polar plot representation of time-resolved fluorescence / John Paul Eichorst, Kai Wen Teng, and Robert M. Clegg
    Ensemble and single-molecule detected time-resolved FRET methods in studies of protein conformations and dynamics / Tomer Orevi ... [et al.]
    MD + QM correlations with tryptophan fluorescence spectral shifts and lifetimes / Patrik R. Callis and Jose R. Tusell
    Analysis of time-dependent red shifts in fluorescence emission from tryptophan residues in proteins / Dmitri Toptygin
    Global analysis of time-resolved fluorescence data / Anatoli V. Digris ... [et al.]
    Nanometrology / David J.S. Birch and Philip Yip
    Upconversion spectrophotofluorometry / Arianna Biesso, Jianhua Xu, and Jay R. Knutson
    Subpicosecond Kerr-Gate spectrofluorometry / Sergey P. Laptenok ... [et al.]
    Photoinduced electron transfer modeling to simulate flavoprotein fluorescence decay / Nadtanet Nunthaboot ... [et al.]
    Biosynthetic incorporation of tryptophan analogs in proteins / Jaap Broos
    Optimization of fluorescent proteins / Daphne S. Bindels ... [et al.]
    Monitoring membrane properties and apoptosis using membrane probes of the 3-hydroxyflavone family / Zeinab Darwich, Andrey S. Klymchenko, and Yves Mély
    Rectangle FRAP for measuring diffusion with a laser scanning microscope / Ranhua Xiong ... [et al.]
    Quantitative protocol for intensity-based live cell FRET imaging / Clemens F. Kaminski, Eric J. Rees, and Gabriele S. Kaminski Schierle
    Wide-field fluorescence lifetime imaging with multi-anode detectors / Roland Hartig ... [et al.]
    Global analysis of FRET-FLIM data in live plant cells / Sergey P. Laptenok ... [et al.]
    Time-resolved fluorescence anisotropy imaging / Klaus Suhling, James Levitt, and Pei-Hua Chung
    Multimodal fluorescence imaging spectroscopy / Martijn H.W. Stopel, Christian Blum, and Vinod Subramaniam
    Application of fluorescence correlation spectroscopy (FCS) to measure the dynamics of fluorescent proteins in living cells / Thomas Weidemann
    Fluorescence cross-correlation spectroscopy (FCCS) in living cells / Xiaoxiao Ma, Yong Hwee Foo, and Thorsten Wohland
    Quantifying lipid-protein interaction by fluorescence correlation spectroscopy (FCS) / Ana M. Melo, Manuel Prieto, and Ana Coutinho
    PET-FCS : probing rapid structural fluctuations of proteins and nucleic acids by single-molecule fluorescence quenching / Markus Sauer and Hannes Neuweiler
    Z-scan fluorescence correlation spectroscopy as a tool for diffusion measurements in planar lipid membranes / Tomáš Steinberger, Radek Macháň , and Martin Hof
    Scanning fluorescence correlation spectroscopy (SFCS) with a scan path perpendicular to the membrane plane / Paul Müller, Petra Schwille, and Thomas Weidemann
    Implementation and application of pulsed interleaved excitation for dual-color FCS and RICS / Jelle Hendrix and Don C. Lamb
    Quantitative study of protein-protein interactions in live cell by dual-color fluorescence correlation spectroscopy / Sergi Padilla-Parra ... [et al.]
    Brightness experiments / Patrick J. Macdonald ... [et al.]
    Global analysis of autocorrelation functions and photon counting distributions in fluorescence fluctuation spectroscopy / Victor V. Skakun, Anatoli V. Digris, and Vladimir V. Apanasovich
    Simulation of autocorrelation function and photon counting distribution in fluorescence fluctuation spectroscopy / Igor P. Shingaryov, Victor V. Skakun, and Vladimir V. Apanasovich
    Single-molecule fluorescence of nucleic acids / Kaley McCluskey ... [et al.]
    Photoswitchable fluorescent proteins for superresolution fluorescence microscopy circumventing the diffraction limit of light / Susana Rocha ... [et al.].
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Christopher P. Toseland, Natalia Fili, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the application of fluorescence to study motor proteins (myosins, kinesins, DNA helicases and RNA polymerases). It is intended for a large community of biochemists, biophysicists and cell biologists who study a diverse collection of motor proteins. It can be used by researchers to gain an insight into their first experiments, or by experienced researchers who are looking to expand their research to new areas. Each chapter provides valuable advice for executing the experiments, along with detailed background knowledge in order to develop own experiments.

    Contents:
    Fluorescence and Labelling: How to choose and what to do
    Fluorescent biosensors: design and application to motor proteins
    Rapid Reaction Kinetic Techniques
    Fluorescence to study the ATPase mechanism of Motor Proteins
    Use of pyrene labelled actin to probe actin myosin interactions; kinetic and equilibrium studies
    Fluorescent methods to study transcription initiation and transition into elongation
    Single-molecule and single-particle imaging of molecular motors in vitro and in vivo
    Fluorescence methods in the investigation of the DEAD-box helicase mechanism
    Use of Fluorescent Techniques to Study the In Vitro Movement of Myosins
    Fluorescence Tracking of Motor proteins in vitro
    Measuring Transport of Motor Cargos
    Measuring two at the same time: Combining Magnetic Tweezers with Single-Molecule FRET
    Using fluorescence to study actomyosin in yeasts.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Volker Gurtler.
    Summary: "Fluorescent Probes, Volume 48 in the Methods in Microbiology series, highlights new advances in the field, with this new volume presenting interesting chapters on important topics, including Hydrogel microarray technology as a tool for clinical diagnostics, The use of probes and bacteriophages for bacteria detection, Probes used with point-of-care microfluidic devices for pathogen detection, Methods for combining FIB/SEM with three-dimensional fluorescence microscopy using CLEM approaches, Probes and Microbes, Microbial signatures associated with cancers, Fluorescent Aptamers for Detection and Treatment of Pathogenic Bacteria and Cancer, Labelled and Unlabeled Probes for Pathogen Detection with Molecular Biology Methods and Biosensors, and much more."--publisher's web page, viewed May 13, 2021.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Jin Zhang and Qiang Ni, Robert H. Newman.
    Contents:
    Design and application of genetically encodable biosensors based on fluorescent proteins / Robert H. Newman and Jin Zhang
    Introduction to fluorescence imaging techniques geared towards biosensor applications / J. Goedhart, Mark A. Hink, and Kees Jalink
    Quantitative measurement of Ca²⁺ and Zn²⁺ in mammalian cells using genetically encoded fluorescent biosensors / J. Genevieve Park and Amy E. Palmer
    Detecting cAMP with an epac-based FRET sensor in single living cells / J. Klarenbeek and Kees Jalink
    Analysis of compartmentalized cAMP : a method to compare signals from differently targeted FRET reporters / Alessandra Stangherlin ... [et al.]
    Genetically encoded fluorescent biosensors for live cell imaging of lipid dynamics / Moritoshi Sato
    Live-cell imaging of cytosolic NADH-NAD⁺ redox state using a genetically encoded fluorescent biosensor / Yin Pun Hung and Gary Yellen
    Measuring membrane voltage with microbial rhodopsins / Adam E. Cohen and Daniel R. Hochbaum
    Imaging the activity of Ras superfamily GTPase proteins in small subcellular compartments in neurons / Ana F. Oliveira and Ryohei Yasuda
    Imaging kinase activity at protein scaffolds / Maya T. Kunkel and Alexandra C. Newton
    Using a genetically encoded FRET-based reporter to visualize calcineurin phosphatase activity in living cells / Sohum Mehta and Jin Zhang
    Genetically encoded FRET indicators for live-cell imaging of histone acetylation / Kazuki Sasaki and Minoru Yoshida
    Genetically encoded fluorescent biosensors for live-cell imaging of MT1-MMP protease activity / Mingxing Ouyang, Shaoying Lu, and Yingxiao Wang
    Biosensor imaging in brain slice preparations / Marina Polito, Pierre Vincent, and Elvire Guiot
    Optical calcium imaging using DNA-encoded fluorescence sensors in transgenic fruit flies, Drosophila melanogaster / Shubham Dipt, Thomas Riemensperger, and André Fiala
    Multiparameter live cell imaging approach to monitor cyclic AMP and protein kinase a dynamics in parallel / Nwe-Nwe Aye-Han and Jin Zhang
    FRET and BRET-based biosensors in live cell compound screens / Katie Herbst Robinson, Jessica R. Yang, and Jin Zhang
    Integrating fluorescent biosensor data using computational models / Eric C. Greenwald, Renata K. Polanowska-Grabowska, and Jeffrey J. Saucerman.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editor, Andrew D. Westwell.
    Contents:
    Fluorinated pharmaceuticals : advances in medicinal chemistry : introductory remarks / Andrew D. Westwell
    Synthesis of fluorinated pharmaceuticals / Jan-Philip Meyer & Andrew D. Westwell
    Biomedical applications of fluorinated amino acids and peptides / Adrian Fowkes & Geoff Wells
    The role of fluorine in antiviral drug discovery / Marco Derudas & Silvia Meneghesso
    Organofluorine-containing anti-infective agents / Carlo Franchini, Alessia Carocci, Alessia Catalano & Filomena Corbo
    Organofluorine-containing anticancer therapeutics / Magdalena Slusarczyk
    Development of 18F-labeled compounds for imaging of A[beta] plaques by means of PET / Behrooz H. Yousefi & Hans-Jürgen Wester
    Fluorinated drugs in CNS disorders / Tristan E. Colestock & Adeboye Adejare
    Organofluorine-containing therapeutics for treatment of cardiovascular disease / Modesto de Candia & Cosimo D. Altomare
    Current and emerging applications of fluorine in medicinal chemistry / Maria Grazia Perrone, Paola Vitale, Andrea Panella, Anna Tolomeo & Antonio Scilimat.
    Digital Access Future Med 2015
  • Digital
    Stefan Pieper.
    Summary: In this book, Stefan Pieper supports doctors and therapists in easily diagnosing FQAD and in better and more adequately dealing with FQAD patients. Fluoroquinolones, as one of the most common and effective groups of antibiotics, are known to have a distinct spectrum of side effects. These adverse effects are rare in percentage terms, but frequent in absolute numbers due to the enormous quantities of prescriptions. Because they are usually quite severe and wide-ranging, they tend to run like a syndrome and have been classified by the FDA as a separate condition, the FQAD, because of their frequency, severity and risk of disability. This book presents for the first time a comprehensive description and classification of the clinical picture and a proposal for a clinical diagnostic tool based on diagnostic criteria.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction to Fluoroquinolone-Associated Disability (FQAD)
    2 FQAD and Oxidative Stress and Mitochondrial Toxicity
    3 FQAD and Musculoskeletal Damage / Collagen Disorder
    4 FQAD and Neurotoxicity / Peripheral Neuropathy (PN) / Autonomic Neuropathy / Small Fibre Neuropathy
    5 FQAD and Neuropsychiatric Adverse Effects
    6 Diagnostic criteria of the FQAD
    7 Inside Story - Practical experience with FQAD Patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Stephan Ulmer, Olav Jansen, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a state of the art overview of fMRI and its use in clinical practice. It covers technical issues, anatomical landmarks, the full range of clinical applications, methods of statistical analysis, and special issues.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Part I: Basics
    1: Introduction
    2: Neuroanatomy and Cortical Landmarks
    2.1 Neuroanatomy and Cortical Landmarks of Functional Areas
    2.1.1 Sensorimotor Cortex
    2.1.1.1 Transverse Sections
    2.1.1.2 Sagittal Sections
    2.1.2 The Insula
    2.1.2.1 Sagittal Sections
    2.1.2.2 Transverse Sections
    2.1.3 Speech-Associated Frontal Areas
    2.1.3.1 Transverse Sections
    2.1.3.2 Sagittal Sections
    2.1.4 Auditory Cortex and Speech-Associated Temporoparietal Areas
    2.1.4.1 Transverse Sections
    2.1.4.2 Sagittal Sections 2.1.4.3 Coronal Sections
    2.1.5 Visual Cortex
    2.1.5.1 Sagittal Sections
    References
    3: The Electrophysiological Background of the fMRI Signal
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 The Compound Neural Signal
    3.3 The Passive Electric Properties of the Brain
    3.4 The Neural Correlate of the BOLD Signal
    3.5 The Coupling of Synaptic Activity and CBF
    3.6 Conclusions
    References
    4: High-Field fMRI
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Benefits and Limitations of High- and Ultra-High-Field MRI
    4.3 Special Aspects of High-Field fMRI
    4.3.1 7 T and Beyond 4.4 Ultra-High-Field fMRI: Recent Neurocognitive Studies
    4.5 Ultra-High-Field fMRI and Possible Clinical Applications
    References
    5: Resting-State fMRI: Preclinical Foundations
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Conceptual Overview
    5.3 Basic Facts about Resting-State fMRI Scans
    5.4 Basic Properties of RSFC Scans: The Bad News
    5.5 Basic Properties of RSFC Scans: The Good News
    5.6 Basic Properties of RSFC Scans: Links between Artifacts and Variables of Interest
    5.7 Basic Properties of RSFC Scans: Signal Denoising
    5.8 Clinical Uses of RSFC Data
    5.9 Conclusions 8.2.3 Interface
    8.2.4 File Formats
    8.3 Spatial Transformations
    8.3.1 Data Preparation
    8.3.2 Realignment
    8.3.3 Coregistration
    8.3.4 Spatial Normalisation
    8.3.5 Spatial Smoothing
    8.4 Modelling and Statistical Inference
    8.4.1 The General Linear Model
    8.4.2 Contrasts
    8.4.3 Topological Inference
    8.4.4 Population-Level Inference
    8.5 Conclusions
    References
    9: Meta-Analyses in Basic and Clinical Neuroscience: State of the Art and Perspective
    9.1 An Introduction to Quantitative Meta-Analysis in Neuroimaging Science
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Henryk A. Domanski, Charles S. Walther.
    Contents:
    Principles in the examination and management of soft tissue lesions
    Sampling and preparation techniques
    Ancillary techniques
    Normal elements and the cytologic features of reactive changes in soft tissue
    Adipocytic tumors
    Fibroblastic/myofibroblastic tumors
    So-called fibrohistiocytic tumors
    Smooth-muscle tumors
    Pericytic (perivascular) tumors
    Skeletal-muscle tumors
    Vascular tumors
    Gastrointestinal stromal tumor
    Nerve sheath tumors
    Tumors of uncertain differentiation
    Undifferentiated/unclassified sarcomas
    Neuroectodermal tumors
    Principles in the examination and management of bone neoplasms : normal elements and the cytologic features of reactive changes in the bone
    Osteogenic tumors
    Cartilaginous tumors
    Ewing sarcoma
    Giant cell tumor of bone and other giant cell-rich lesions
    Notochordal tumors
    Lymphohematopoietic and histiocytic tumors
    Bone metastases
    Bone lesions rarely examined by fine-needle aspiration.
    Digital Access Karger 2017
  • Digital
    Summary: Designed as a last-minute gut-check before exam day, this guide is written by primary care nurse practitioners who have your back, providing you with quick, digestible nuggets of the most pertinent topics on the FNP and AGNP certification exams. Use this small but mighty book during the last month of your preparation to strengthen your knowledge and tackle the AANPCB or ANCC exam. Organized by body system, this guide covers the key 120+ conditions on the exam, with essential information on signs and symptoms, differential diagnoses, labs and other diagnostic testing, treatment, patient education, and important lifespan and special population considerations. The pharmacology review provides a succinct recap of the most important drug classes you will need to know. Also included are brief summaries of pediatric growth and development and geriatric topics such as geriatric syndromes, frailty, and polypharmacy. Key Features: Offers a succinct, rapid review of the key 120+ conditions on the exam Includes a separate pharmacology review of select drug classes Summarizes pediatric and geriatric concerns, such as growth and development, immunizations, and frailty Provides important alerts, complications, pearls, and pop quiz questions to highlight extra-important information and test your knowledge Includes essential images, such as need-to-know ECG tracings and photos of skin disorders
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Götz Penkert, Josef Böhm, Thomas Schelle.
    Summary: Every neurosurgeon as well as many surgeons in other disciplines, including plastic and orthopedic surgeons, may unexpectedly be confronted with an entrapment syndrome or a nerve trauma. With a view to preventing costly transfers to expert clinics, this manual for practitioners offers optimized step-by-step figures illustrating how best to approach every relevant nerve lesion. Clear advice is also provided on differential diagnosis from inflammatory neuropathies, which will assist in avoiding false indications for surgery. This is a true manual for practitioners that offers excellent guidance for all surgeons while in the operating theater.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Principles of Macroscopic and Microscopic Anatomy of Peripheral Nerves
    Pathophysiology
    egrees of Nerve Lesion
    Types of Tissue Reaction Following Nerve Lesion
    Clinical Presentation of Nerve Lesion
    Different Types of Pain Following Nerve Lesion
    Principles of Neurophysiologic Diagnosis
    Electroneurography
    Electromyography
    Imaging of Peripheral Nerves
    Sonography
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging.-Principles of Nerve Surgery
    Neurolysis Steps
    Grafting Following Nerve Trauma
    Nerve Entrapment at Shoulder and Arm
    Spinal Accessory Nerve
    Brachial Plexus, Thoracic Outlet Syndrome
    Suprascapular Nerve
    Axillary (Circumflex) Nerve
    Radial Nerve at Upper Arm
    Radial Nerve at Lower Arm
    Posterior Interosseous Nerve Entrapment
    Superficial Radial Nerve Entrapment
    Median Nerve at Elbow
    Median Nerve at Lower Arm
    Anterior Interosseous Nerve Entrapment
    Carpal Tunnel Syndrome
    Ulnar Nerve at Elbow
    Ulnar Nerve at Lower Arm
    Guyon?s Loge Syndrome
    Deep Ulnar Branch Entrapment
    Nerve Entrapment at Trunk and Leg
    Genitofemoral, Ilioinguinal, Iliohypogastric Nerve
    Femoral Cutaneous Nerve
    Obturator Nerve
    Saphenous Nerve
    Infrapatellar Branch of Saphenous Nerve
    Pudendal Nerve
    Sciatic Nerve, Piriformis Syndrome
    Fibular Nerve at Knee Joint
    Fibular Nerve at Ankle, Anterior Tarsal Tunnel Syndrome
    Tibial Nerve
    Tibial Nerve at Ankle, Posterior Tarsal Tunnel Syndrome
    Tibial Nerve at Sole, Morton?s Metatarsalgia
    Non Mechanical Focal Neuropathies
    Parsonage Turner Syndrome
    Multifocal Motorical Neuropathy
    Hereditary Multifocal Neuropathy
    Lewis-Summer-Syndrome (CIDP)
    Immune Vasculitis with Focal Neuropathy. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Winnok H. De Vos, Sebastian Munck, Jean-Pierre Timmermans [editors].
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Nathan A. Berger, Ann H. Klopp, Karen H. Lu, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Felix Wong, Lian Zhang, Zhibiao Wang.
    Summary: This book aims to provide readers up-to-date information about focused ultrasound surgery in gynecology, an innovative technique with increasing acceptance to treat fibroids and adenomyosis. Beginning with an introductory description of the mechanism of focused ultrasound surgery (FUS) and the available HIFU device developed, this book introduce the application of FUS in uterine fibroids, adenomyosis, and other gynaecological conditions with details in its technology and procedures. This book will be an invaluable reference for practicing gynecologists and practitioners to understand this new surgical approach in the management of different gynecological conditions.

    Contents:
    Introduction of High-Intensity Focused Ultrasound (HIFU)
    Sedation and analgesia for HIFU ablation
    Ultrasound and MRI imaging
    Uterine fibroids and HIFU ablation
    Adenomyosis and HIFU ablation
    Complications of HIFU ablation
    Fertility and pregnancy outcome after HIFU ablation
    Other issues of HIFU ablation
    Other HIFU applications in Gynecology.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    by Richard N. Fogoros, John M. Mandrola.
    Contents:
    The cardiac electrical system
    Abnormal heart rhythms
    Treatment of arrhythmias
    The electrophysiology study in the evaluation and therapy of cardiac arrhythmias
    Principles of the electrophysiology study
    The electrophysiology study in the evaluation of bradycardia : the SA node AV node and his purkinje system
    The electrophysiology study in the evaluation of supraventricular tachyarrhythmias
    The electrophysiology study in the evaluation and treatment of ventricular arrhythmias
    Transcatheter ablation : therapeutic electrophysiology
    Ablation of supraventricular tachycardias
    Ablation of PVCS and ventricular tachycardia
    Ablation of atrial fibrillation
    Ablation of atrial flutter
    Cardiac resynchronization : pacing therapy for heart failure
    The evaluation of syncope
    Electrophysiologic testing in perspective : the evaluation and treatment of cardiac arrhythmias.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Nathan H. Fowler.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art overview of follicular lymphoma. The first section of the text explores the current understanding of the biology and pathogenesis of follicular lymphoma, through reviewing recent changes in the WHO classification of low-grade lymphomas, current diagnostic techniques, and emerging research on the importance of the immune microenvironment. The second section focuses on current treatment for localized disease, advanced stage disease, and transformed follicular lymphomas, and details currently FDA approved regimens and evolving radiation techniques for early stage and advanced disease. The last section of the text presents emerging approaches in targeted, immunologic, and vaccine therapy. Written by experts in the field, Follicular Lymphoma: Current Management and Novel Approaches is a valuable resource for practicing clinicians, practitioners, and researchers who manage and have an interest in follicular lymphoma.

    Contents:
    Follicular Lymphoma: Epidemiology, Pathogenesis and Initiating Events
    Pathologic Features, Grading and Variants of Follicular Lymphoma
    Genomic Drivers in Follicular Lymphoma
    The Microenvironment in Follicular Lymphoma
    Prognostic Factors in Follicular Lymphoma
    Management of Localized Low-Grade Follicular Lymphoma
    Current Management and Novel Approaches to the Management of Follicular Lymphoma
    Transformed Follicular Lymphoma
    Cellular Therapy for Follicular Lymphoma
    Antibody Therapy in Follicular Lymphoma
    Molecular Targeting in Follicular Lymphoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Prabhjot Kaur, editor.
    Summary: The book is dedicated to Follicular lymphoma and Mantle cell lymphoma and highlights major reference works that contributed significantly to the understanding of these two lymphomas. The aim is to bring the basic science adjacent to the applied science. There is significant focus on the biology of normal B cell development that forms the basis for understanding the pathobiology of these entities. This text is designed to provide a concise yet comprehensive summary of traditional and newer entities, prognostic markers, pathobiology and newer classifications based on molecular genetics/chromosomal abnormalities. The chapters are written by practicing hematopathologists, molecular pathologists, dermatopathologists and clinical haematologists with an emphasis on practical approaches to these entities. The newer technologies and their practical applications are elaborated in an easy-to-comprehend format. Follicular Lymphoma and Mantle Cell Lymphoma is an approachable read for residents and fellows and clinically relevant to practicing pathologists and hematologists. It also serves as a valuable resource for anyone with an interest in B cell lymphomas. .

    Contents:
    Definition, Epidemiology, Pathobiology- Lymphomagenesis, Morphology, Variants, Immunophenotype, Prognostic factors, Transformation
    Mantle cell lymphoma
    Primary Cutaneous B-cell Lymphomas
    Technical and Interpretive Considerations in the Genetic Evaluation of Follicular and Mantle Cell Lymphomas
    Management of Follicular Lymphoma
    Management of Mantle Cell Lymphoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Claire E. Wilcox.
    Summary: This book is written for providers of broad training backgrounds, and aims to help those who care for people with EDs, overweight and obesity provide evidence-based care. The goal of the book is to provide these providers with a straightforward resource summarizing the current standard of care. However, it goes further by also introducing the concept of food addiction (FA) as a model to understand some forms of overeating. This book discusses the pros and cons of embracing FA and reviews the evidence for and against the validity and utility of FA. By doing so, the chapters convey a middle ground approach to help people with obesity, BED, and bulimia nervosa plus FA symptomatology who also want to lose weight. The text discusses FA by reviewing several of the main ongoing controversies associated with the construct. It reviews both the clinical and neuroscientific evidence that some individuals' eating behavior mirrors that seen in substance use disorders (SUD), such as how their relationship with food appears to be addictive. Chapters also discuss how many of the mechanisms known to underlie SUDs appear to drive overeating in animal models and humans. Finally, the text argues that the similarities between the brain mechanisms of addictive disorders and overeating behavior has the potential to open up new avenues for current treatment and treatment development ....

    Contents:
    Part I: Standard Approaches to Clinical Assessment and Treatment of Obesity and Binge Eating Disorder (BED)
    1. Determinants of Body Weight: Metabolism and the Homeostatic System
    2. Obesity
    3. Binge-Related Eating Disorders (Binge Eating Disorder and Bulimia Nervosa)
    Part II: Can The Food Addiction Concept Improve Treatment?
    4. Problems with Current Approaches to Treating Disorders of Overeating
    5. The Food Addiction Concept: History, Controversy, Potential Pitfalls and Promises
    Part III: Clinical Evidence for Food Addiction
    6. Clinical Evidence for the Validity of Food Addiction
    Part IV: Basic Biology of Food Addiction, and Its Overlap with Substance Use Disorders
    7. Neurobiology and Cognitive Neuroscience of Substance Use Disorders
    8. Neurobiology and Cognitive Neuroscience of Hedonic Eating
    9. Additional Biological Mechanisms of Hedonic Eating
    10. Treatment-Related Evidence that Food Addiction is a Valid Construct
    11. Highly Palatable Foods Are Addictive
    Part V: Assessment and Treatment of Food Addiction
    12. Evaluation of Food Addiction: Importance, Epidemiology, Diagnosis, and Assessment
    13. How to Treat Food Addiction from a Nutritional Perspective: Consideration of Diet and Abstinence
    14. Clinical Applications of the Food Addiction Concept
    Part VI: Research Possibilities
    15. Emerging Treatments and Areas for Future Research.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Dean D. Metcalfe, Hugh A. Sampson, Ronald A. Simon, Gideon Lack.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Linglin Fu, Bobby J. Cherayil, Haining Shi, Yanbo Wang, Yang Zhu.
    Summary: This book addresses the molecular mechanisms of food allergies and related control strategies. To do so, it covers a broad range of topics, including: the basic immunology of food allergies, including crosstalk between gut mucosal immunity and allergens; types of food allergens, structure of food allergen epitopes and cross-reactivity; detection and quantification methods for food allergens; in vitro and in vivo models for evaluating allergenicity; novel food processing methods for the development of hypoallergenic foods; bioactive natural compounds and functional foods for alleviating allergic reactions; modulation of the microbiota in food allergies and use of probiotics in allergic response regulation; and risk assessment and control strategies for food allergens. The information provided will enable food scientists/specialists to design safer and more functional food products, and will help regulatory agencies identify and label food allergens (and thus help consumers avoid allergic reactions). It will help clinicians and public health investigators prevent or treat outbreaks of food allergies, and will provide food producers and processors, as well as government inspectors, with valuable insights into evaluation, risk assessment and control strategies for allergens. Lastly, it will benefit upper-level undergraduate and graduate students in food science and safety, public health, medicine, nutrition and related fields.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; Abbreviations;
    Chapter 1: Overview of the Immunology of Food Allergy; 1.1 Immunopathogenesis of Food Allergy; 1.1.1 Oral Tolerance; 1.1.2 Oral Tolerance Failure and the Development of Food Allergy; 1.2 Diagnosis of Food Allergy; 1.3 Management of Food Allergy; 1.4 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: Species and Structure of Food Allergens: Epitopes and Cross-Reactivity; 2.1 Plant Food Allergens and Corresponding Epitopes; 2.1.1 The Cupin Superfamily; 2.1.2 The Prolamin Superfamily; 2.1.3 The Bet v 1 Superfamily; 2.1.4 The Profilins; 2.1.5 Other Plant-Derived Allergen Families 2.1.6 Epitopes in Plant Food Allergens2.2 Animal Food Allergens; 2.2.1 Calcium-Binding Proteins; 2.2.2 Tropomyosin; 2.2.3 Caseins; 2.2.4 Other Animal Food Allergens; 2.2.4.1 Allergens in Seafood; 2.2.4.2 Allergens in Milk; 2.2.4.3 Allergens in Egg; 2.2.5 Epitopes in Animal Food Allergens; References;
    Chapter 3: Intestinal Permeability and Transport of Food Allergens; 3.1 Protein Digestion in Gastrointestinal Tract; 3.1.1 The Structure of Gastrointestinal Tract; 3.1.2 Protein Digestion Process; 3.1.3 Digestion Resistance of Allergens 3.2 Intestinal Permeability and Transporting of Food Proteins3.2.1 Mucus Layer Permeation; 3.2.2 Intestinal Epithelial Cell Permeation; 3.2.3 Paracellular Transport; 3.2.4 Regulation of Paracellular Transport; 3.2.5 Transcellular Transport; 3.2.6 Antibody-Mediated Transport; 3.3 Allergen Recognition and Presentation in Intestine; 3.3.1 Allergen Recognition and Presentation by DC; 3.3.2 Allergen Recognition and Presentation by Epithelia; 3.3.3 Allergen Recognition and Presentation by Other Cell Types; 3.4 Intestinal Barrier Defects and Food Allergy 3.5 Food Allergy Control by Changing Allergen Permeability3.5.1 Direct Treatment of Intestinal Barrier Defect; 3.5.2 Restoring Barrier Defect by Treating Diseases; References;
    Chapter 4: Detection and Quantification Methods for Food Allergens; 4.1 Immunoanalytical Methods; 4.1.1 ELISA; 4.1.2 Immunoblots; 4.1.3 Lateral Flow Immunoassay; 4.2 DNA-Based Methods; 4.2.1 Endpoint Quantitative PCR; 4.2.2 Real-Time PCR; 4.2.3 PCR-ELISA; 4.3 Mass Spectrometry-Based Techniques; 4.3.1 Selection of Specific Peptides; 4.3.2 Peptide Specificity Verification; 4.3.3 Targeted Method Development 4.3.4 Quantitation of Food Allergen4.4 Sensor-Based Technique; 4.4.1 Optical Biosensors; 4.4.2 Electrochemical Biosensor; References;
    Chapter 5: Allergenicity Evaluation of Food Proteins; 5.1 Bioinformatics Analysis; 5.2 In Vitro Experiments; 5.2.1 Physiological and Biochemical Tests; 5.2.1.1 Pepsin Resistance Test; 5.2.1.2 Serological Analysis; 5.2.2 Cell Model; 5.3 In Vivo Experiments; 5.3.1 Human Experiment; 5.3.1.1 Skin Test; 5.3.1.2 Food Challenge Experiment; 5.3.2 Animal Experiments; 5.3.2.1 Mouse Model; 5.3.2.2 Rat Model; 5.3.2.3 Other Animal Models; 5.3.2.4 Sensitization Route
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors, Motohiro Ebisawa, Barbara K. Ballmer-Weber, Stefan Vieths, Robert A. Wood.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    Charis M. Galanakis, editor.
    Summary: Bioactive natural compounds have gained attention in recent years due to their potential health benefits, including reducing the risk of diabetes, cancer, and cardiovascular diseases. These benefits derive from bioactive compounds' anti-tumor, anti-inflammatory, anti-oxidative, anti-hypertensive and anti-hyperlipidemic activities, which serve in addition to their basic nutritional functions. Over the last decade, researchers have investigated the health impact of bioactive compounds in detail, and the development of food applications has attracted great interest. Consumer demand has surged for functional foods (nutraceuticals), superfoods, and tailor-made foods, generated by supplementing traditional food products with bioactive ingredients. Food Bioactives and Health offers comprehensive coverage of the properties and health effects of food bioactives in view of new trends in processing, food science and food technology. Starting with the metabolic characteristics of polyphenols, glucosinolates, and other food bioactives, the text then dives into their impact on human health and recent applications in the world of food technology. For food scientists, food technologists, and product developers looking to understand the role of food bioactives in health and develop applications in personalized nutrition, functional foods and nutraceuticals, Food Bioactives and Health serves as a one-stop reference. Charis M. Galanakis is a multidisciplinary scientist in agricultural sciences as well as food and environmental science, technology, and sustainability, with experience in both industry and academia. He is the research and innovation director of Galanakis Laboratories in Chania, Greece, an adjunct professor of King Saud University in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia, and the director of Food Waste Recovery Group (SIG5) of ISEKI Food Association in Vienna, Austria. He pioneered the new discipline of food waste recovery and has established the most prominent innovation network in the field. He also serves as a senior consultant for the food industry and expert evaluator for international and regional funded programs and proposals. He is an editorial board member of Food and Bioproducts Processing, Food Research International, and Foods, has edited over 45 books and has published hundreds of research articles, reviews, monographs, chapters, and conference proceedings.

    Contents:
    Polyphenols
    Glucosinolates
    Peptides and proteins
    Dietary fibre
    Lipids
    Marine Bioactives
    Food and plant bioactives for reducing cardiovascular disease risk
    Bioactives for neuronal and immune functions
    Bioactives functionalization and interactions
    Requirements of Bioactive Compounds for Health Claims.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Adil Gani, Bilal Ahmad Ashwar, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: Food biopolymers: Structural, functional and nutraceutical properties provides valuable coverage of all major food biopolymers of from plant, animal and marine sources. The text focuses on the structural characteristics of biopolymers including starch, non-starch polysaccharides, proteins and fats. A full section is dedicated to the nutraceutical potential and applications of these polymers. Further sections provide comprehensive overviews of the development of functional food products and important data on biopolymer behavior and nutraceutical potential during processing. Researchers hoping to gain a basic understanding of the techno-functional, nutraceutical potential and applications of food biopolymers will find a singular source with this text. The first section of this work focuses on the the structure, functions, bioactivity and applications of starches. The next chapters cover non-starch polysaccharides. Further sections are dedicated to proteins, lipids and oils. A detailed overview is provided for each, followed by application procedures, specifics on individual types, proteins and enzymes, and nutraceutical properties. This work can be used as a singular source for all relevant information on food biopolymers and their structural and functional properties, including their potential to increase food quality, improve shelf life, and reduce pollution and waste in the food industry. .

    Contents:
    Section I: Starch: Structure, functions, bioactivity and applications
    Ch 1: Starch - An overview
    Ch 2: Resistant starch and slowly digestible starch
    Ch 3: Nutraceutical properties
    Ch 4: Recent advances in the application of starch and resistant starch
    Section II: Non-starch polysaccharides: Structure, functions, bioactivity and applications
    Ch 5: Beta-glucans
    Ch 6: Pectin
    Ch 7: Arabinoxylans
    Ch 8: Dietary Gums
    Section III: Proteins: Structure, functions and applications
    Ch 9: FOOD PROTEINS- AN OVERVIEW
    Ch 10: Proteins: Structure, Functions and Applications
    Ch 11: Nutraceutical properties of bioactive peptide
    Ch 12: Recent advances in analysis of food proteins
    Ch 13: Proteins as Enzymes
    Ch 14: Exogenous enzymes
    Ch 15: Advances in the application of food proteins and enzymes
    Section IV: Lipids and oils: Nutraceutical properties
    Ch 16: NUTRACEUTICAL PROPERTIES OF LIPIDS.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Chantal Le Mouël, Bertrand Schmitt, editors.
    Summary: This volume covers the Middle-Eastern and North African regions who are increasingly dependent on imports from abroad for covering their domestic food needs. Results of this study show that this import dependence is likely to increase further by 2050. Some sub-regions hardly reach sustainable levels; the Maghreb, Near and Middle-East could import 60 to 70% of their food needs. These results are indicative whatever the considered scenario, but especially if climate change impacts become more severe.

    Contents:
    Foreword Introduction: A fragile region notable for its growing dependence on agricultural imports; B. Schmitt & C. Le Mouël
    Chapter 1: Determinants of the growing food dependence (1961-2011); P. Marty, S. Manceron, C. Le Mouël, A. Forslund, M.-A. Caillaud & B. Schmitt 1. Food and agricultural demand: growing and changing in nature 2. Growth in agricultural production: limited by constraints affecting production factors 3. Growing need of agricultural imports 4. Imbalance between supply and demand: uncertainties for the future
    Chapter 2: By 2050, a possible strengthening of the regional dependence on agricultural imports; A. Forslund, C. Le Mouël, S. Manceron, E. Marajo-Petitzon & B. Schmitt 1. In 2050, the need for land would still exceed availability 2. Growing recourse to agricultural imports 3. Agricultural labour productivity could deteriorate 4. By 2050, strengthening of import dependence, notably in case of accentuated effects of climate change
    Chapter 3: Brakes and levers to reduce the dependence on imports in the Middle East-North Africa region; C. Le Mouël, A. Forslund, E. Marajo-Petitzon, M.-A. Caillaud & B. Schmitt 1. Alternative hypotheses on food consumption often lead to increased imports 2. Hypotheses for more favourable development of domestic supply 3. The effects of halving losses and waste in agricultural products 4. Which levers for reducing import dependence of the Middle East-North Africa region? Conclusion; B. Schmitt & C. Le Mouël Bibliography Annex 1: The GlobAgri-Pluriagri model and database; A. Forslund, S. Manceron, E. Marajo-Petitzon & C. Le Mouël Annex 2: The composition of the 36 products and 17 geographical zones in GlobAgri-Pluriagri.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Gerard L. Hasenhuettl, Richard W. Hartel, editors.
    Summary: Emulsifiers, also known as surfactants, are often added to processed foods to improve stability, texture, or shelf life. These additives are regulated by national agencies, such as the FDA, or multi-national authorities, such as the EEC or WHO. The amphiphilic molecules function by assisting the dispersion of mutually insoluble phases and stabilizing the resulting colloids, emulsions, and foams. Emulsifiers can interact with other food components such as carbohydrates, proteins, water, and ions to produce complexes and mesophases. These interactions may enhance or disrupt structures and affect functional properties of finished foods. In dairy processing, small molecule emulsifiers may displace dairy proteins from oil/water and air/water interfaces, which affects stability and properties of the foams and emulsions. In baked products, emulsifiers contribute to secondary functionalities, such as dough strengthening and anti-staling. Synthetic food emulsifiers suffer from the stigma of chemical names on a products ingredient statement. Modern consumers are seeking products that are "all natural." Fortunately, there are a number of natural ingredients that are surface-active, such as lecithin, milk proteins, and some protein-containing hydrocolloids. Mayonnaise, for example, is stabilized by egg yolk. This book can serve as both a guide for professionals in the food industry to provide an understanding of emulsifier functionality, and a stimulus for further innovation. Students of food science will find this to be a valuable resource.

    Contents:
    Chapter 01. Overview of Food Emulsifiers
    Chapter 02. Synthesis and Commercial Preparation of Food Emulsifiers
    Chapter 03. Analysis of Food Emulsifiers
    Chapter 04. Emulsifier-Carbohydrate Interactions
    Chapter 05. Protein/Emulsifier Interactions
    Chapter 06. Physicochemical Aspects of an Emulsifier Function
    Chapter 07. EMULSIFIERS IN DAIRY PRODUCTS AND DAIRY SUBSTITUTES
    Chapter 08. Emulsifiers in Infant Nutritional Products
    Chapter 09. Current Emulsifier Trends in Dressings & Sauces
    Chapter 10. Applications of Emulsifiers in Baked Foods
    Chapter 11. Emulsifiers in Confectionery
    Chapter 12. Emulsifier Applications in Meat Products
    Chapter 13. Margarines and Spreads
    Chapter 14. Application of Emulsifiers to Reduce Fat and Enhance Nutritional Quality
    Chapter 15. Guidelines for Processing Emulsion-Based Foods
    Chapter 16. Future Trends of Emulsifiers and Other Food Ingredients.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    John W. Spink.
    Summary: This textbook provides a foundation for the theories and concepts to fully develop, implement, and manage a Food Fraud Prevention Strategy. The scope of focus includes all types of fraud (from adulterant-substances to stolen goods to counterfeits) and all types of products (from ingredients through to finished goods at retail). The root cause analysis is focused to combat the human adversary is based on Criminology Situational Crime Prevention theory. The overall prevention strategy expands fully through the system to the final resource-allocation decision-making based on the COSO principle of Enterprise Risk Management/ ERM. The content includes a detailed review of the Food Fraud Definitions and Scope, Basic Prevention Concepts, a thorough presentation of the Food Fraud Prevention concepts and approach, the application of Business Decision Making and COSO based Enterprise Risk Management ERM, Criminology Foundational Concepts then an Application Review, Supply Chain Management Fundamentals and then Application, a review of The Role of the Public Private Partnership, Standards & Certifications with a focus on the Global Food Safety Initiative (GFSI), International Public and Private Response, Michael Porter theory based Marketing and Competitive Strategy, and finally a thorough review of Risk Analysis Basic Fundamentals and Implementation that includes full vulnerability assessment examples. The overall system is managed within the Food Fraud Prevention Cycle (FFPC) and starts with a pre-filter or Food Fraud Initial Screening (FFIS).

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction (Part 1 of 2): Food Fraud Definitions and Scope
    Chapter 2: Introduction (Part 2 of 2): Basic Prevention Concepts
    Chapter 3: Food Fraud Prevention Overview (Part 1 of 3): Basics
    Chapter 4: Food Fraud Prevention Overview (Part 2 of 3): The Approach
    Chapter 5: Food Fraud Prevention Overview (Part 3 of 3): The Implementation
    Chapter 6: Business Decision Making and ERM/COSO
    Chapter 7: Criminology Theory (Part 1 of 2): Foundational Concepts
    Chapter 8: Criminology Theory (Part 2 of 2): Application Review
    Chapter 9: Supply Chain Management (Part 1 of 2): Fundamentals.-Chapter 10: Supply Chain Management (Part 2 of 2): Application Applied to Food Fraud Prevention
    Chapter 11:Standards & Certifications (Part 1 of 2): The Role of the Public Private Partnership
    Chapter 12: Standards & Certifications (Part 2 of 2): Global Food Safety Initiative (GFSI)
    Chapter 13: International Public and Private Response
    Chapter 14: Marketing, Competitive Strategy, and Competitive Intelligence
    Chapter 15: Risk Analysis (Part 1 of 3): Basic Fundamentals
    Chapter 16: Risk Analysis (Part 2 of 3): Application to Food Fraud
    Chapter 17: Risk Analysis (Part 3 of 3): Implementation
    Chapter 18: Conclusion
    Back Matter.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editor, Areej Hassan.
    Contents:
    Definitions of food security / United States Department of Agriculture
    Food insecurity in adults with mood disorders : prevalence estimates and associations with nutritional and psychological health / Karen M. Davidson and Bonnie J. Kaplan
    Household food insecurity and mental distress among pregnant women in southwestern Ethiopia : a cross sectional study design / Mulusew G. Jebena [and 14 others]
    Is food insecurity associated with HIV risk? Cross-sectional evidence from sexually active women in Brazil / Alexander C. Tsai, Kristin J. Hung, and Sheri D. Weiser
    Food insecurity is a barrier to prevention of mother-to-child HIV transmission services in Zimbabwe : a cross-sectional study / Sandra I. McCoy [and 5 others]
    A pre-post pilot study of peer nutritional counseling and food insecurity and nutritional outcomes among antiretroviral therapy patients in Honduras / Kathryn P. Derose [and 6 others]
    Relationship between food insecurity and mortality among HIV-positive injection drug users receiving antiretroviral therapy in British Columbia, Canada / Aranka Anema [and 5 others]
    Shamba maisha : pilot agricultural intervention for food security and HIV health outcomes in Kenya : design, methods, baseline results and process evaluation of a cluster-randomized controlled trial / Craig R. Cohen [and 11 others]
    Challenges of diabetes self-management in adults affected by food insecurity in a large urban centre of Ontario, Canada / Justine Chan, Margaret DeMelo, Jacqui Gingras, and Enza Gucciardi
    Children's very low food security is associated with increased dietary intakes in energy, fat, and added sugar among Mexican-origin children (6-11 y) in Texas border Colonias / Joseph R. Sharkey, Courtney Nalty, Cassandra M. Johnson, and Wesley R. Dean
    Obesity prevention and national food security : a food systems approach / Lila Finney Rutten, Amy Lazarus Yaroch, Heather Patrick, and Mary Story
    Food sovereignty : power, gender, and the right to food / Rajeev C. Patel
    Big food, food systems, and global health / David Stuckler and Marion Nestle.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Martin Caraher, John Coveney.
    Summary: While there is not one global definition of the term 'food poverty,' the evidence from the chapters in this book suggest food poverty can be seen from three perspectives: 1) the causes and constraints facing both individuals, households, communities and policy makers, 2) constrained choices or the 'lived experience' and 3) the health impacts or outcomes. As a working definition of food poverty, this approach suggests that where constraints are such that it is not possible for individuals or households to consume a nutritionally adequate diet, they could be considered to be in food poverty. The modern food system has introduced new complexities to food insecurity with the growth of micro-nutrient inequalities. As a result of growing levels of poverty and inequality, hunger and obesity are not being faced by two different groups, but often by the same group. While the developed world faces a problem with overconsumption and chronic diseases, the developing world is addressing the double burden of hunger and over-consumption. Even in the developed world, nation states are facing the rise of modern malnutrition, which includes both over-consumption and the re-emergence of hunger: over-consumption combined with austerity. The volume undertakes a critical examination of food poverty and food security by addressing topics such as tensions over the role of the state, the movement towards rights and responsibilities around food, and the rising tide of food poverty. Auth ors also cover possible solutions at both national and city state levels. The editors conclude with a chapter that draws together the issues and locates solutions within a food policy framework of the total food system. These studies help reveal the complexities of food insecurity within a global context, with the goal of clarifying taken for granted assumptions in present discourses.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Food Security Global Overview
    Food Issues Facing New and Emerging Economies of South East Asia
    The Paradox of Undernutrition and Obesity in South Africa: A Contextual Overview of Food Quality, Access and Availability in the New Democracy
    The Right to Food in India
    Entitlements as Government Responsibility to Entitlements as Government Obligation
    Food Insecurity and Health Disparities: Experiences from New York City
    Creating New Links Between Agriculture And Food Aid: New Perspectives from France
    Food Banks: Big Society or Shunting Yards? Successful Failures
    The Rise of Food Inequality in Australia
    Work in Progress: Addressing Food Insecurity in Brazil
    Conclusions and Discussion.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Terri Faye Brown-Whitehorn, Antonella Cianferoni, editors.
    Summary: This unique book is a first-of-its-kind resource, comprehensively guiding readers through the epidemiology, pathophysiology, recent diagnostic criteria, and management options for patients with Food Protein-Induced Enterocolitis Syndrome (FPIES). Food-Protein Induced Enterocolitis Syndrome: Diagnosis and Management opens with a historical perspective of this condition, before moving into discussions of epidemiology and pathophysiology. FPIES can be difficult to diagnose as the symptoms overlap with multiple other conditions, and so clear differential diagnosis will be reviewed for both chronic FPIES, as well as acute FPIES. Later chapters are case-based, providing detailed multiple perspectives on the diagnosis and management of FPIES in patients with varying complicating factors and severity. Later chapters will tackle issues of quality of life in patient care, nutritional management for patients, and discussing working with parents and families to improve communication and at-home care. Parents, families and caregivers will also find chapters useful and relatable. A final chapter will look to the future of FPIES, addressing new research, guidelines, and implications for clinicians working with pediatric patients with FPIES, and for their families. Concise and practical, this book will be an ideal reference for allergists, pediatricians, family practice clinicians, gastroenterologists, nutritionists, and all other health care providers who encounter FPIES, and assist them in providing up-to-date, quality care for pediatric patients affected by this condition. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Aibo Wu, editor.
    Summary: Mycotoxins are increasingly attracting attention at the governmental, public and academic level worldwide, due to more frequent and serious contaminations of food and feedstuffs, which pose a serious threat to human health and animal production. This book reviews the latest research on mycotoxins that directly concern food safety, and especially focuses on detection technologies, risk assessment and control strategies currently being used in China. Gathering contributions from over 20 respected researchers, the book will benefit graduate students, researchers and management groups from various disciplines, including food science and technology, analytical chemistry, plant pathology, public health, etc.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Detection
    Chapter 1. Chromogenic platform-based lateral flow immunoassay
    Chapter 2. Sample preparation and chromatographic analysis
    Part 2. Risk assessment
    Chapter 3. Toxicity evaluation using animal and cell models
    Chapter 4. Risk profiling of co-occurring contamination
    Chapter 5. Metabolism of Mycotoxins and the Potential Biomarkers for Risk Assessment
    Part 3. Control
    Chapter 6. Origin of mycotoxin-producing fungal and bacteria species
    Chapter 7. Enzymes for degradation of mycotoxins
    Chapter 8. Confrontation of microbes with mycotoxin-producing strains
    Chapter 9. Chemical and physical treatments for reducing mycotoxin
    Part 4. Summary and prospective
    Chapter 10. Summary and prospective.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Peter J. Taormina, Margaret D. Hardin, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses the shelf life of foods, a key factor in determining how food is distributed and consequently where and when different food products are available for consumption. Shelf life is determined by several factors, including microbiological, chemical, physical, and organoleptic deterioration. Often these factors are interrelated and interdependent. The editors of this volume focus specifically on the microbial factors related to shelf life of perishable foods and food commodities. This allows for more detailed coverage of foodborne bacterial pathogens and spoilage microorganisms of concern. The initial part of the book covers the why and how of shelf life determination as well as the specific microbial pathogens and spoilage microorganisms of concern for perishable foods. Contributors address topics such as the techniques utilized for determination of shelf life, the frequency of shelf life testing for different products, the interpretation of data to make shelf life determinations, and management of shelf life of food products from the perspective of the food producer, distributor, retailer, and regulator. Three key areas impacting shelf life are addressed in detail: sanitation, processing, and packaging. The sanitation chapter explains the necessary components of cleaning and sanitizing to assure a hygienic processing environment and why that is critical to shelf life control. Traditional processing procedures are reviewed and advanced processing technologies are explored. Materials used in food packaging and the utilization of traditional and activated food packaging by product type are covered in detail. The latter two chapters of the book delve into newer techniques of analysis and explore the microbiome of food products. Implications of microbial ecology and microbial quantification in food products are discussed in chapters on genomics and in the changing dogma of meat shelf life. The primary audience for this work includes food industry quality and food safety technicians, managers, directors, and executives responsible for shelf life. Academicians and governmental researchers involved in research and teaching about food safety and quality will also find the material relevant and useful.

    Contents:
    Chapter1.Purposes and Principles of Shelf Life Determination
    Chapter2.Food Safety Factors Determining Shelf Life
    Chapter3.Microbial Growth and Spoilage
    Chapter4:Impact of Sanitation on Product Shelf Life
    Chapter5.Advanced Processing Techniques for Extending the Shelf Life of Foods
    Chaptet6.Packaging of Perishable Food Products
    Chapter7.Beyond the Standard Plate Count: Genomic Views into Microbial Food Ecology
    Chapter8.The Changing Shelf Life of Chilled, Vacuum-Packed Red Meat.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kumar Venkitanarayanan, Siddhartha Thakur, Steven C. Ricke, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive study of poultry meat safety offers readers the most up-to-date information on food safety concerns in poultry meat production. Chapters address recent topics of interest such as organic poultry production, antimicrobial resistant pathogens in poultry, antibiotic usage in poultry production, and pre- and post- harvest approaches to improving poultry meat safety. The last couple of decades have observed a significant increase in poultry meat production in the US. However, poultry meat is a potential source of foodborne pathogens such as Salmonella, Campylobacter spp. and pathogenic Escherichia coli (APEC linked to human infections), leading to economic losses to the poultry industry and impacting public health. Advances in knowledge in microbiology, molecular biology, immunology and "omics" fields have intensified efforts to improve the microbiological safety of poultry by targeting virulence mechanisms of the pathogens, developing vaccines and improving gut health in chickens. Moreover, due to the emergence of multidrug resistance in poultry-borne pathogens, and growth of organic poultry production, there exists significant interest for developing natural strategies for controlling pathogens in chickens. This edited volume provides insight into these strategies and covers other material of interest to food microbiologists, public health personnel, and poultry scientists. Readers of various backgrounds will appreciate its incorporation of recent developments not covered in other publications on the subject.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Salmonella in Poultry Meat Production; 1.1 Salmonella: A Major Foodborne Pathogen in Poultry; 1.2 Salmonella in Poultry Production; 1.2.1 S. Pullorum and S. Gallinarum; 1.2.2 Non-typhoidal Salmonella; 1.2.3 S. Enteritidis: A Major Serovar; 1.2.4 Antibiotic-Resistant Salmonella; 1.2.5 Salmonella Serotypes in Poultry Meat Products; 1.3 Salmonella in Vertically Integrated Production Systems; 1.3.1 Breeders; 1.3.2 Hatchery; 1.3.3 Farmed and Wild Animals, Rodents, and Other Vectors; 1.3.4 Human Traffic and Related Activities; 1.3.5 Feed, Litter, and Water 1.3.6 Aerosols1.3.7 Processing Environment; 1.3.7.1 Scalding; 1.3.7.2 Defeathering; 1.3.7.3 Evisceration; 1.3.7.4 Chilling; 1.4 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 2: Reducing Foodborne Pathogens in Organic Poultry: Challenges and Opportunities; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Challenges for Organic Poultry Producers; 2.2.1 Animal Health and Food Safety Implications; 2.2.2 Access to Outdoors; 2.2.3 Slaughter and Processing Issues; 2.3 Reducing the Prevalence of Pathogens in Organic Chickens; 2.3.1 Plant Extracts as Safe and Effective Treatments for Organic Poultry 2.3.2 Postharvest Utilization of Plant-Derived Compounds2.3.3 Organic Acids; 2.3.4 Probiotics and Prebiotics; 2.4 Other Challenges for Organic Poultry Producers; 2.4.1 Availability of Organically Certified Feed Ingredients; 2.4.2 Manure Management and Water; 2.5 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 3: Antibiotic Usage in Poultry Production and Antimicrobial-Resistant Salmonella in Poultry; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Antibiotic Use in Poultry Production; 3.3 Impact of Antibiotic Use on Poultry, Human, and Environmental Health; 3.4 Recent Case of Transferrable Colistin Resistance and Poultry 3.5 Antimicrobial-Resistant Salmonella in Poultry3.6 Spread of Antimicrobial-Resistant Salmonella to Food Communities; 3.6.1 Antimicrobial Resistance of Poultry-Associated Salmonella Serovars; 3.6.2 The Safety in Food Commodities; 3.7 Transmission of Antimicrobial-Resistant Salmonella in Poultry; 3.8 Antimicrobial Resistance Mechanisms of Salmonella; 3.9 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 4: Natural and Environmentally Friendly Strategies for Controlling Campylobacter jejuni Colonization in Poultry, Survival in Poultry Products and Infection in Humans; 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Farm-to-Fork Approach for Controlling Campylobacter jejuni4.2.1 Control of Campylobacter jejuni in Animal Reservoirs and Environment; 4.2.2 Control of Campylobacter jejuni Virulence in Humans; 4.3 Applications of Phytochemicals for Controlling Campylobacter jejuni; 4.3.1 Phytochemicals as Antimicrobial Feed Additives for Reducing C. jejuni Colonization; 4.3.2 Phytochemicals for Controlling Environmental Persistence and Product Contamination by C. jejuni; 4.3.3 Phytochemicals as Food Supplement for Controlling Human Infections
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Victor R. Squires, Mahesh K. Gaur.
    Summary: This volume analyzes the global challenges of food security, land use changes, and climate change impacts on food production in order to recommend sustainable development policies, anticipate future food services and demands, and identify the economic benefits and trade-offs of meeting food security demands and achieving climate change mitigation objectives. The key points of analysis that form the conclusions of this book are based on measuring the quantity and quality of land and water resources, and the rate of use of sustainable management of these resources in the context of socio-economic factors, including food security, poverty, and climate change impacts. In six parts, readers will learn about these crucial dimensions of the affects of climate change on food security, and will gain a better understanding of how to assess the trade-offs when combating multiple climate change challenges and how to develop sustainable solutions to these problems. The book presents multidimensional perspectives from expert contributors, offering holistic and strategic approaches to link knowledge on climate change and food security with action in the form of policy recommendations, with a focus on sociological and socio-economic components of climate change impacts. The intended audience of the book includes students and researchers engaged in climate change and food security issues, NGOs, and policy makers.

    Contents:
    PART 1 Food security as a global issue
    Chapter 1 Climate change and food security: A glance on principles and strategic road map
    Chapter 2 Commentary on evolution of policy and operationalization of action to make "food security" the first priority
    Chapter 3 Agricultural productivity and food security: Land degradation and changes over time
    Chapter 4 A Comprehensive Overview of Water and Food Security crisis influencing Human Mobility patterns
    PART 2 Climate variability and food security
    Chapter 5 The critical role of Smallholders in Survival food security
    Chapter 6 Climate change and food security in the Bamenda Highlands of Cameroon
    Chapter 7 Building capacities for agricultural disaster risk reduction in the Western Balkan Countries
    Chapter 8 Commentary on China's current food security status, future trends and responses under climate variability
    PART 3 Food Security and Livelihoods
    Chapter 9 Leaving No One Behind from farm to fork; Building resilience along smallholder value chain in the context of climate change
    Chapter 10 Establishing Multi-Partnerships in Environmental Governance in Indonesia: Case of "DesaMakmurPerduliApi" (Prosperous and Fire Free Villages) Program
    Chapter 11 From Zero-Acreage Farming to Zero Hunger in African Cities: Some Possibilities and Opportunities
    Chapter 12 Organic Farming Practices can combat Drought and Land Degradation through efficient use of Land and Water
    Part 4 Concluding thoughts and reflections
    Chapter 13 Reality and Consequence for Livestock Production, Human Nutrition, Health and Food Security under the impact of climate change
    Chapter 14 Changes in Agricultural Land Use and Food Security: Challenges
    Chapter 15 Diversification and land use management practices for food and nutritional security under climate change scenario in arid and semi-arid regions
    Chapter 16 Unifying concepts, synthesis and conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Yanbo Wang, Wangang Zhang, Linglin Fu.
    Contents:
    Spoilage microorganisms in cereal products / Wenjian Yang, Dapeng Li, and Alfred Mugambi Mariga
    Spoilage microorganisms in bean products / Hui Zhou, Yun Tian, and Rongrong Wang
    Spoilage microorganisms in fruit product / Liang Gong, Yueming Jiang, and Xuewu Duan
    Spoilage microorganisms in vegetables / Tianjia Jiang, Hangjun Chen, Haiyan Gao, Zhiqin Zhou
    Spoilage microorganisms in meat products / Wangang Zhang and Yimin Zhang
    Spoilage microorganisms in poultry products / Qiuqin Zhang, Jinxuan Cao, Lingzhi Cheong
    Spoilage microorganisms in sea food products / Feifei Wang, Junda Lin, Deqing Zhou, Yan Zhang, Qing Gu, Yanbo Wang, Linglin Fu
    Spoilage microorganisms in powdered milk / Yingwang Ye
    Spoilage microorganisms in egg products / Hammad Hamed Hammad Mohammed, Putri Widyanti Harlina, Shugang Li, and Yongguo Jin.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Jennifer McEntire and Andrew W. Kennedy.
    Summary: This book provides a picture of food traceability for all aspects of the food system, recognizing the unique differences, challenges, and "states of the industry" in different types of food products, as well as the different pressures and opportunities at different points in the supply chain and the research that has already been done. It also provides some historical context, along with the types of solutions available to the food industry, and the benefits associated with better recordkeeping that go beyond the public good and impact the bottom line. Whenever a food related outbreak occurs, traceability is called into question. When lives are at stake, it is critical that the root of the problem is quickly identified to prevent further illness. Once the problem is found, it's just as important to contain it quickly. Too often, recalls expand because implicated product is not readily accounted for. Mention of traceability stirs fear for many in the food industry for several reasons: within a company, it's not clear if responsibility for traceability lies with food safety professionals involved in recalls, supply chain professionals who understand product movement, IT professionals who build and maintain the recordkeeping systems, or regulatory professionals who need to respond to government requests for information. There is also a sense that traceability is someone else's problem. Few firms admit that they are the weak link and instead tout how quickly they can perform mock recalls. But traceability is about more than just recalls. It is about the connectivity of the supply chain as a product and its constituents travel from the farm to the consumer. Because it is a systems issue, there is a sense that the investment by a single firm will be meaningless if supply chain partners don't have comparable abilities. This book will address both these surrounding issues and solutions.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: Introducing the Drivers and Complexities to Tracing Foods; Chapter 2: Tracing the Food Safety Laws and Regulations Governing Traceability: A Brief History of Food Safety and Traceability Regulation; Chapter 3: Public Health; Chapter 4: Industry Benefits; Chapter 5: The Traceability of Bulk Food Products; Chapter 6: Meat and Poultry Traceability
    Its History and Continuing Challenges; Chapter 7: Fresh Produce; Chapter 8: Seafood; Chapter 9: A Chain of Linked Nuances; Chapter 10: Blockchain in Food Traceability Chapter 11: Tools and Solutions
    Internal TraceabilityChapter 12: Connecting the Dots with Whole Chain Traceability; Index
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Kaj Klaue.
    Contents:
    ANAMNESIS: Timetable of disorder (progression, trauma, previous surgery, chronology)
    Type of disorder
    Localization
    Activity dependence
    Barometric dependence
    Personal anamnesis (other pathologies and surgery). CLINICAL EXAMINATION: Independent walk, gait
    Static (standing on the cube and podoscope)
    Passive joint mobility (sitting on the cube)
    Active joint mobility
    Joint stability
    Visualization and palpation. RADIOLOGICAL SCREENING: Conventional radiographs
    CT
    MRI. SURGICAL CORRECTIONS: Reorientation of the upper ankle joint
    Reorientation of the lateral malleolus
    Osteochondroplasty of the talus
    Lateralisation of the hindfoot axis
    Reorientation arthrodesis of the subtalar joint
    Ligamentous reconstruction of the ligaments about the upper ankle joint
    Removal of impingements at the upper ankle joint
    Removal of impingements at the lower ankle joint
    Reorientation of the lower ankle joint
    Functional extension of the hindfoot
    Tibialis anterior tendon transfer on the lateral dorsum of the foot
    Flexor digitorum longus tendon transfer onto the first cuneiform
    Fibularis longus tendon transfer onto the fifth metatarsus
    Flexor hallucis longus tendon transfer on the fifth metatarsus
    Reorientation of the first tarso-metatarsal joint
    Reorientation of the lesser metatarsal heads
    Functional correction of the toes.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Kaj Klaue.
    Summary: This superbly illustrated book guides the reader on a rational pathway from anamnesis and clinical examination through radiological screening to the appropriate surgical solution for a wide range of foot conditions. Proposed treatments and follow-up results are presented in detail with the aid of intra- and postoperative photographs and radiographs. A key feature is the focus on systematic description, and the treatment-related chapters include numerous references to earlier parts of the book in order to clearly link the preoperative evaluation to the treatment. It is particular to the surgical correction of foot and ankle pathology that the treatment is nearly always "composite" or complex, in that it entails several separate actions. Thus, surgical correction often has one or more structural components (e.g., osteotomy, arthrodesis) and one or more functional or motor components. The book aims to explain the rationale and effect of every one of these components. The new edition includes updated guidance on clinical examination, a series of cases demonstrating the composite approach to complex reconstructions, and detailed coverage of the treatment of diabetic arthropathyabetic arthropathy.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Clinical Examination
    Radiologic Screening
    Surgical Orthopedic Treatment
    Surgical Fracture Treatment
    Operative Techniques
    Complex surgical orthopaedic treatment
    References.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    textbook editors, Justin K. Greisberg, J. Turner Vosseller ; series editors, Joshua S. Dines, Andrew J. Rosenbaum.
    Contents:
    Anatomy and biomechanics
    Physical examination and imaging
    Orthotics and prosthetics
    Flatfoot
    Cavus/neuromuscular foot
    Diabetic foot
    Hallux valgus
    Hallux rigidus and sesamoid pathology
    Lesser toe disorders and metatarsalgia
    Ankle arthritis
    Heel pain
    Achilles tendinosis and rupture
    Other tendon disorders
    Ankle instability
    Osteochondral lesions of talus
    Ankle fractures
    Tibial pilon fractures
    Calcaneus fractures
    Talus fractures.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Emilio Wagner Hitschfeld, Pablo Wagner Hitschfeld, editors.
    Summary: This book offers an updated guide to the foot and ankle, and presents them at different ages, which will allow the reader to analyze and understand how the foot develops from the early stages to adulthood. It provides a general overview of the anatomy, biomechanics, diagnosis, surgical approaches, treatment alternatives, and complications in connection with pediatric and adult foot and ankle problems, gathering in-depth information on frequent pathologies in a single source. Written by world-renowned experts, the book offers various points of view on the topics discussed. This comparative approach is generally lacking in foot and ankle literature, an oversight that the book addresses. The content consists of 59 chapters, divided into the following major sections: Basic sciences and general considerations, Pediatric orthopedics and traumatology, Adult orthopedics and Adult sports lesions and traumatology. Foot and Ankle Disorders: A Comprehensive Approach in Pediatric and Adult Populations will be of major interest for orthopedic surgery residents, for orthopedic surgeons who are starting their careers, and for experienced ones seeking updated information on the foot and ankle.

    Contents:
    1. Foot and ankle biomechanics: gait analysis.-2. Imaging in Ankle and Foot.-3. Open vs minimally invasive surgery: Advantages And Disadvantages.-4. Tumors of the Foot and Ankle.-5. Care and management of surgical wounds, wounds dehiscence and scars.-6. Biomechanics, assessment, and management principles for pediatric foot deformities.-7. Clubfoot.-8. Pediatric metatarsus adductus and cavovarus foot.-9. Pediatric Flexible and Rigid Flatfoot.-10. Foot Osteochondrosis.-11. Fibular Hemimelia: Principles and Techniques of Management.-12. Brachymetatarsia: Surgical management with Internal and External fixation.-13. Lesser toe deformities.-14. Neurologic foot.-15. Pediatric Diaphyseal Tibia and Distal Tibia Fractures.-16. Ankle Transitional Fractures.17. Hallux Valgus.-18. Hallux Rigidus.-19. Sesamoiditis
    20. Metatarsalgia
    21. Deformity of the lesser toes
    22. Mortons Neuroma
    23. Bunionette
    24. Progressive Collapsing Foot Deformity.-25. Latest Trends in Flatfoot Management Contributions of the Spring Ligament Complex and the Deltoid Ligament.-26. Cavus foot
    27. Management off severe untreated and recurrent clubfoot deformity in the child and adult.-28. Muller Weiss disease.-29. Surgical Techniques for Peritalar Osteoarthrosis: Talonavicular, Subtalar, Calcaneocuboid and Midfoot.-30. Forefoot driven hindfoot deformity: coupled deformity.-31. Localized osteoarthritis of the ankle.-32. Diffuse Ankle Osteoarthritis
    33. Tibial posttraumatic deformity.-34.Septic Ankle Arthritis and Tibial Osteomyelitis.-35. Tibial bone defects reconstruction techniques.-36. Below knee amputations
    37. Insertional Achilles tendinopathy: Diagnosis and Treatment
    38. Non insertional Achilles tendinopathy
    39. Achilles lengthening techniques
    40. Plantar fascitis
    41. Foot and ankle tendon transfers: surgical techniques
    42. Diabetic foot
    43. Rheumathoid foot
    44. Charcot neuro-arthropathy
    45. Nerve entrapment syndromes of the Lower Limbs
    46. Peroneal tendon tears: Evaluation and treatment
    47. Anterior Ankle Impingement and Ankle Instability
    48. Diagnosis and treatment of talus osteochondral lesions: current concepts
    49. Posterior ankle impingement
    50. Common stress fractures around the foot and ankle
    51. Achilles tendon ruptures
    52. Ankle fractures
    53. Tibial pilon fractures
    54. Calcaneus fractures
    55. Talus fractures
    56. Midfoot injuries
    57. Diaphyseal and Distal Tibial Fractures
    58. Metatarsal fractures
    59. Compartment syndrome of the leg and foot.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Hong-Geun Jung, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Ankle sprain and instability
    2. OLT, Soft tissue impingement and Sinus Tarsi Syndrome
    3. Achilles tendon: Tendinosis and Rupture
    4. Plantar fasciitis
    5. Ankle OA (I)
    A/S debridement, LTO, Distraction Arthroplasty
    6. Ankle OA (II)
    Arthrodesis, TAA
    7. Flatfoot deformity -CHILD, Adult
    8. Cavovarus foot deformity
    9. Hallux valgus
    10. Morton's Neuroma
    11. Charcot neuropathic joint
    12. Diabetic foot
    ulcer, infection.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Beat Hintermann, Roxa Ruiz.
    Summary: This book comprehensively discusses the basic and practical aspects of foot and ankle surgery applied to all pathologies resulting from instabilities of these joints, a condition that remains underestimated. Uniquely, it not only addresses injuries to the lateral ankle ligaments, but also examines injuries to the deltoid-spring ligament complex, the syndesmotic and chopart joint ligaments, as well as peritalar instability - all pathologies that have often been neglected in the past. For each type of instability, it describes the anatomical basics and the biomechanical features, allowing readers to understand the injury pattern, the subsequent symptoms and clinical findings. Further, it offers guidance on selecting the most appropriate imaging tool for diagnosis and planning surgical reconstruction. Written by world-renowned pioneers in the field, and featuring a wealth of high-quality, intraoperative pictures, the book guides readers step-by-step through the latest, innovative technical surgical solutions for each condition. With its consistent structure, from the basics to the solution, its problem-oriented approach as well as its meticulously selected iconography, this book is a must-read for all orthopedic surgeons with an interest in foot and ankle surgery whishing to explore this promising field. Further, it is a valuable resource for residents, researchers and physiotherapists wishing to gain insights into foot and ankle instability and reconstructive surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Glenn B. Pfeffer, Mark E. Easley, Beat Hintermann, Andrew K. Sands, Alastair Younger.
    Contents:
    Hallux valgus correction with modified chevron osteotomy
    Scarf osteotomy for correction of hallux valgus
    Hallux valgus correction with metatarsal opening wedge and proximal phalangeal osteotomies
    Modified "lapidus" procedure : tarsometatarsal corrective osteotomy and fusion with first metatarsophalangeal joint correction and realignment
    Proximal long oblique (Ludloff) first metatarsal osteotomy with distal soft-tissue procedure
    Revision hallux valgus surgery
    Correction of acquired hallux varus
    Arthroscopy of the great toe
    Hallux rigidus : cheilectomy with and without a dorsiflexion phalangeal osteotomy
    Interpositional arthroplasty of the great toe
    Polyvinyl alcohol hemiarthroplasty for first metatarsophalangeal arthritis
    Arthrodesis of the great toe metatarsophalangeal joint
    Arthroscopic fusion of the great toe
    Forefoot reconstruction for rheumatoid disease
    Fifth metatarsal osteotomy for correction of bunionette deformity
    Plantar plate repair of the first metatarsophalangeal joint (turf toe)
    Plantar plate repair for subluxed metatarsophalangeal joint
    Morton neuroma
    Revision surgery through a plantar approach for recurrent interdigital neuroma
    Metatarsal lengthening
    Internal fixation of the sesamoid bone of the hallux
    Open reduction and internal fixation of lisfranc/tarsometatarsal injuries
    Open reduction and internal fixation of navicular and cuboid fractures
    Open reduction and internal fixation of proximal fifth metatarsal (jones or stress) fracture
    Mueller-Weiss treated with limited fusion
    Mueller-Weiss treated with pan-navicular fusion
    Charcot neuroarthropathy of the midfoot
    Painful accessory navicular : augmented Kidner procedure with flexor digitorum longus transfer
    Painful accessory navicular treated with fusion of the synchondrosis
    Posterior tibial tendon dysfunction
    Spring ligament repair with suture tape augmentation
    The z-shaped elongating and varisizing osteotomy (Zevo) calcaneal osteotomy for pes plano abducto valgus
    Lateral calcaneal lengthening osteotomy for supple adult flatfoot
    Cavovarus correction in charcot-marie-tooth disease
    Z-osteotomy for varus heel
    Calcaneus fractures : treatment using extensile lateral approach and open reduction internal fixation
    Intraarticular calcaneus fractures
    Nonextensile techniques for treatment of calcaneus fractures
    Sinus tarsi approach for calcaneal fractures
    Percutaneous fixation of talus fracture
    Arthroscopic talus fracture fixation
    Arthroscopy of the subtalar joint
    Distraction subtalar fusion
    Triple arthrodesis
    Single medial approach for triple arthrodesis
    The valgus malaligned triple with subtalar and transverse tarsal deformity
    Ankle arthroscopy from a posterior approach
    Osteochondral lesion of the ankle : oats procedure
    Vascularized bone graft for extended osteochondral lesion of talus
    Anterior ankle impingement
    Realignment surgery for valgus ankle osteoarthritis
    Osteotomies for the correction of varus ankle
    Arthroscopic ankle arthrodesis
    Rigid fixation for ankle arthrodesis using double plating
    Ankle arthrodesis using ring/multiplanar external fixation
    Tibiotalocalcaneal arthrodesis with a retrograde intramedullary nail
    Total ankle arthroplasty with a current three-component design (Hintegra prosthesis)
    Total ankle arthroplasty through a lateral approach (Zimmer prosthesis)
    Salvage of failed total ankle arthroplasty
    Ankle arthrodesis for salvage of the failed total ankle arthroplasty
    Salvage of ankle large bony defect with spinal cage
    Charcot ankle fractures
    Percutaneous lateral ligament reconstruction
    Modified Brostrom procedure for lateral ankle laxity, with and without an internal brace
    Lateral ankle ligament reconstruction using plantaris autograft
    Salvage of a failed lateral ligament repair
    Peroneal tendon tears : débridement and repair
    Peroneal tendinopathy with allograft
    Chronic peroneal tendon subluxation-dislocation
    Ligament reconstruction for chronic medial ankle instability
    Calcaneoplasty for insertional tendinopathy of Achilles tendon
    Arthroscopic fracture reduction with fibular nail
    Malunion of fibula fractures
    Posterior tibial tendon transfer for footdrop
    Achilles tendon reconstruction with flexor hallucis longus transfer augmentation
    Calf (gastrocnemius) release for equinus contracture
    Proximal tibia bone graft
    Anterior compartment fasciotomy for exertional compartment syndrome.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Johannes Hamel.
    Summary: Drawing on the latest evidence, this book guides readers through the diagnosis and surgical treatment of the most common pediatric foot and ankle deformities and pathologic conditions. Thanks to a wealth of images, readers will gain new insights and learn new concepts for several surgical procedures - with a special focus on all aspects of clubfoot treatment, new techniques in coalition surgery and new concepts in planovalgus and cavovarus correction. The book also features a number of cases that observe a given condition over an extended period: idiopathic clubfoot, subtle and rigid planovalgus deformity, skew foot, cavovarus foot, supramalleolar and forefoot deformities and others. For each surgical technique, it thoroughly discusses the indications, provides valuable tips, and highlights potential pitfalls. Functional aspects are moreover emphasized by pedographic observation. This comprehensive book offers a valuable asset for foot and ankle surgeons, pediatric orthopedic surgeons, physical therapists and pediatricians alike.

    Contents:
    The idiopathic clubfoot
    Skew foot / Serpentine foot
    Talus verticalis (vertical talus)
    The flexible planovalgus foot
    Tarsal Coalitions and rigid planovalgus deformity
    Neurogenic deformities (except Cavovarus deformity)
    Cavovarus deformities
    Supramalleolar deformities
    Osteochondral lesion of the talus. Middle-forefoot deformities in children.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Walter Daghino, Alessandro Massè, Daniele Marcolli.
    Summary: This full-color atlas offers a systematic guide to performing surgeries for the most common traumatic lesions of the foot and ankle. It features a wealth of didactic illustrations, achieved with a particular technique employing colors and transparencies that also reveals those anatomic structures that are not visible in the surgical field, but essential to a good outcome. Divided into seven chapters, the book provides coverage of all anatomic segments, presenting each topic logically and explaining all types of lesions, even the most difficult, complicated or infrequent ones; discussing the indications and objectives of the surgical treatment; describing the surgical technique (patient positioning, approach, tips and tricks for reduction, means of osteosynthesis); and providing recommended post-operative protocols. Unique in its exclusive focus on foot and ankle traumatology, this atlas offers an invaluable resource for all surgeons and residents who need a systematic overview of the main treatments options for these segments.

    Contents:
    1Tibial Pilon Fractures
    2 Fractures of Malleoli
    3 Achilles Tendon Injuries
    4 Talar Injuries
    5 Calcanear Fractures
    6 Mid-foot Injuries
    7 Fractures of Metatarsal and Phalangeal Bones.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Kevin W. Farmer, editor.
    Summary: In-season management of (American) football injuries presents a unique set of problems and considerations. Trying to safely return players to play is of great concern from Pop Warner up to the NFL, and managing injuries during the season with the plan of operative repair in the off-season is also a unique concern with these athletes. Management during the season to allow return to play, while minimizing the risks of further injury, is of utmost importance. This unique book will focus on the management of football injuries during the season and on the sidelines. It will focus on both operative and non-operative treatments that allow safe return to play, utilizing not only the latest scientific literature supporting in-season decisions, but also the experiences of the authors, who have spent many years treating these athletes. Divided into sections on orthopedic and medical considerations, the first part is organized anatomically to present the breadth of injury and treatment strategies available, from injuries to the shoulder and elbow, to ACL/MCL/PCL tears and sprains, to tendinopathies and sports hernia, among many other conditions. The second section covers diverse medical topics germane to football, including heat and cardiac issues, traumatic brain injury, mental health and infectious disease considerations, pain management, and the expanding role of platelet-rich plasma (PRP) in non-operative treatment. Presenting the most recent clinical evidence alongside time-tested management techniques, Football Injuries will be a valuable addition to the practices of orthopedic surgeons, sports medicine specialists, sideline medics and athletic trainers, and primary care physicians treating these athletes.

    Contents:
    Part I. Orthopedic Considerations in Football
    Shoulder and Elbow Injuries in Football
    Forearm, Wrist and Hand Injuries in Football
    Knee Injuries in Football
    Ankle Injuries in Football
    Foot Injuries in Football
    Muscle Strains in Football
    Lumbar Spine Injuries in Football
    Cervical Spine Conditions in Football
    Pelvis and Hip/Core Injuries
    Cartilage Injuries in Football
    Considerations for the Young Football Player
    Part II. Medical Considerations in Football
    Emergency Action Plans in Football
    Heat Illness in Football
    Cardiac Issues in Football
    Exertional Collapse Associate with Sickle Cell Trait (ECAST) in Football
    Brain Injuries in Football
    Mental Health Considerations in Football
    Infectious Disease Concerns in Football
    Chest and Abdominal Injuries in Football
    Pain Management in Football
    Platelet-Rich Plasma (PRP) in Football.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Marco G. Patti, Marco Di Corpo, Francisco Schlottmann, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a state-of-the-art description of the clinical evaluation, diagnosis, management, and treatment of achalasia, gastroesophageal reflux disease, paraesophageal hernia, and morbid obesity. The prevalence of such diseases is increasing worldwide due to higher awareness and improved diagnosis rate. The text is divided in three different parts, each covering detailed surgical techniques of the main foregut operations: achalasia, gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD), and obesity. Written by experts in the field, chapters focus on the preoperative work-up, indications, and technical aspects of each operation. Foregut Surgery proves to be an irreplaceable resource for surgeons, gastroenterologists, medical students, and surgical residents that care for patients with reflux, achalasia, and morbid obesity.

    Contents:
    Achalasia: History
    Achalasia: Clinical Presentation and Evaluation
    Achalasia and Chagas' Disease
    Pneumatic Dilatation for Esophageal Achalasia
    Per Oral Endoscopic Myotomy
    Laparoscopic Heller Myotomy with Partial (Dor) Fundoplication
    Laparoscopic Heller Myotomy and Posterior Partial Fundoplication
    Epiphrenic Diverticula: Diagnosis and Management
    Persistent or Recurrent Symptoms after Heller Myotomy for Achalasia: Evaluation and Treatment
    Esophagectomy for End-Stage Achalasia
    Comparison of Different Treatment Modalities and Treatment Algorithm for Esophageal Achalasia
    Historical Notes on the Surgical Treatment of GERD
    Clinical and Diagnostic Evaluation of GERD
    Medical Treatment of GERD
    Laparoscopic Antireflux Surgery: Total Fundoplication
    Laparoscopic Partial Fundoplication
    Management of Paraesophageal Hernia
    Surgery in the Morbidly Obese Patient with Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease (GERD)
    GERD: Other Treatment Modalities
    Evaluation and Treatment of the Patient with Recurrent Symptoms
    From Heartburn to Lung Fibrosis and Beyond
    Endoscopic Treatments for Barrett's Esophagus
    Historical Notes on the Surgical Treatment of Morbid Obesity
    Importance of a Multidisciplinary Approach for Bariatric Surgery
    Bariatric surgery: Clinical Presentation and Evaluation
    Laparoscopic Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass
    Sleeve Gastrectomy
    Laparoscopic Duodenal Switch
    Management of Complications of Bariatric Operations
    Tailoring Surgical Treatment for the Individual Patient
    Evaluation and Treatment of the Patient who is Regaining Weight.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Clifford Boyd, Donna Boyd.
    Contents:
    The theoretical and scientific foundations of forensic anthropology / C Clifford Boyd, Donna C Boyd
    Bias and objectivity in forensic anthropology theory and practice. Subjective with a capital S? Issues of objectivity in forensic anthropology / Allysha Powanda Winburn
    Navigating cognitive bias in forensic anthropology / Michael W Warren, Amanda N Friend, Michala K Stock
    Theoretically interesting / Soren Blau
    The theory and science behind biological profile and personal identification. From Blumenbach to Howells / Stephen Ousley, Richard L Jantz, Joseph T Hefner
    The application of theory in skeletal age estimation / Natalie R Langley, Beatrix Dudzik
    Theory and histological methods / Christian M Crowder, Deborrah C Pinto, Janna M Andronowski, Victoria M Dominguez
    Forensic applications of isotope landscapes (“isoscapes”) / Lesley A Chesson, Brett J Tipple, James R Ehleringer, Todd Park, Eric J Bartelink
    Scientific foundation for interpretations of antemortem, perimortem, and postmortem processes. The anatomical basis for fracture repair / Donna C Boyd
    Theoretical foundation of child abuse / Jennifer C Love, Miriam E Soto Martinez
    Bone trauma analysis in a forensic setting / Hugh E Berryman, John F Berryman, Tiffany B Saul
    Thinking outside the box / John A Williams, Ronald W Davis
    The forensic anthropologist as broker for cross-disciplinary taphonomic research related to estimating the postmortem interval in medicolegal death investigations / Daniel J Wescott
    Interdisciplinary influences, legal ramifications, and future directions. Archaeological inference and its application to forensic anthropology / C Clifford Boyd, William W Baden
    Arrows of influence / John F Schweikart, Cheryl A Johnston
    Forensic anthropology, scientific evidence, and the law / Donna C Boyd, C Clifford Boyd
    Epilogue / C Clifford Boyd, Donna C Boyd.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    edited by W.J. Mike Groen, Nicholas Márquez-Grant and Robert C. Janaway.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    Reinhard B. Dettmeyer.
    Summary: Forensic Histopathology presents findings in forensic histology, immunohistochemistry, and cytology based on microscopic investigations. The text provides practitioners with detailed information and guidance on how microscopy can help to clarify the cause of sudden and unexpected death.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Fabrice Dedouit, Kathrin Yen, Sarah Heinze, editors.
    Summary: This superbly illustrated book examines all aspects of the use of modern post-mortem imaging in forensic investigations, which has flourished since the introduction of multidetector computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging. Readers will find guidance on the applications of all relevant imaging modalities and contrast media. Analogies and differences between forensic and clinical imaging are highlighted, and it is explained what lessons forensic imaging holds for clinical radiology, and vice versa. The remainder of the book comprehensively documents the typical "normal" post-mortem findings and the imaging presentations in various forms of trauma and nontraumatic forensic cases, including those in which medical liability may be an issue. The authors are radiologists and forensic radiologists from across the world who have extensive experience in post-mortem imaging. The book is primarily intended for forensic pathologists, radiologists, and radiographers seeking practical information on forensic imaging, but it will also be of interest to others, such as lawyers, who encounter this specialty during their professional activities.

    Contents:
    Forensic Imaging A New Subspeciality of Radiology
    Imaging Methods
    What can the Clinical Radiologist Learn from Forensic Imaging? Analogies and Differences Between Forensic and Clinical Imaging
    PART I - Typical "Normal" Postmortem Findings
    Postmortem Changes
    Normal Postmortem Imaging Findings in Fetuses and Children
    Miscellaneous: Artefacts (Mummification, Conservation, Adipocere, Taphonomy and Artefacts)
    PART II - Examples for Typical Traumatic Forensic Cases
    Examples for Typical Traumatic Forensic Cases: Blunt, Gunshot, Sharp Wounds
    Asphyxia
    Child Abuse, A Post-Mortem Forensic Perspective
    Post-Mortem Computed Tomography of Charred Victims in Modern Forensic Medicine
    PART III - Examples for Typical Non Traumatic Forensic Cases
    Natural Death
    Death at Hospital and Medical Liability: Investigation of Medical Interventions with Fatal Outcome by Post-Mortem Computed Tomography.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    by Reinhard B. Dettmeyer, Marcel Verhoff, Harald Schutz.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    The External Postmortem Examination
    Thanatology
    Autopsy (Syn. Postmortem Examination, Necroscopy)
    Exhumation
    Establishing Identity
    Vital Reactions
    Blunt Force Trauma
    Pointed, Sharp, and Semi-sharp Force Trauma
    Gunshot and Blast Wounds
    Neck Trauma
    Thermal Injury
    Electricity, Lightning, and Gases
    Asphyxia
    Water-Related Deaths
    Death by Starvation and Dehydration
    Clinical Forensic Medicine
    Child Abuse
    Child Sexual Abuse
    Infanticide and Neonaticide
    Traffic Medicine
    Forensic DNA Analysis
    Forensic Osteology
    Forensic Radiology
    Special Case Constellations in Natural, Unexplained, and Unnatural Deaths
    Torture
    Forensic Psychopathology
    Medical Malpractice
    Forensic Alcohology
    Forensic Toxicology.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by David O. Carter, Jeffery K. Tomberlin, M. Eric Benbow, Jessica L. Metcalf.
    Summary: Forensic Microbiology focuses on newly emerging areas of microbiology relevant to medicolegal and criminal investigations: postmortem changes, establishing cause of death, estimating postmortem interval, and trace evidence analysis. Recent developments in sequencing technology allow researchers, and potentially practitioners, to examine microbial communities at unprecedented resolution and in multidisciplinary contexts. This detailed study of microbes facilitates the development of new forensic tools that use the structure and function of microbial communities as physical evidence. Chapters cover: -Experiment design -Data analysis -Sample preservation -The influence of microbes on results from autopsy, toxicology, and histology -Decomposition ecology -Trace evidence This diverse, rapidly evolving field of study has the potential to provide high quality microbial evidence which can be replicated across laboratories, providing spatial and temporal evidence which could be crucial in a broad range of investigative contexts. This book is intended as a resource for students, microbiologists, investigators, pathologists, and other forensic science professionals.

    Contents:
    A primer on microbiology
    History, current, and future use of microorganisms as physical evidence
    Approaches and considerations for forensic microbiology decomposition research
    Sampling methods and data generation
    An introduction to metagenomic data generation, analysis, visualization, and interpretation
    Culture and long-term storage of microorganisms for forensic science
    Clinical microbiology and virology in the context of the autopsy
    Postmortem bacterial translocation
    Microbial impacts in postmortem toxicology
    Microbial communities associated with decomposing corpses
    Arthropod-microbe interactions on vertebrate remains: Potential applications in the forensic sciences
    Microbes, anthropology, and bones
    Forensic microbiology in built environments
    Soil bacteria as trace evidence
    DNA profiling of bacteria from human hair: Potential and pitfalls
    Perspectives on the future of forensic microbiology.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Kris Goethals, editor.
    Summary: This study guide aims to make European trainees in forensic psychiatry and psychology and young forensic psychiatrists and psychologists aware of the differences and commonalities in forensic psychiatry and psychology in different countries within Europe and to enable them to learn from the approaches adopted in each country. The guide is divided into five main sections that address legal frameworks, service provision and frameworks, mandatory skills, teaching and training in forensic psychiatry and psychology, and capita selecta. In addition, recommendations are made with respect to the practice of teaching and training across European countries. It is anticipated that the guide will provide an excellent means of improving specific skills and that, by learning about the offender/patient pathways in the different jurisdictions of Europe, the reader will gain a deeper understanding of the principles that govern methods and practices in their own work with mentally disordered offenders.

    Contents:
    Part I: Legal frameworks: Adversarial versus inquisitorial legal systems
    National laws and their history
    Accountability in different European countries
    New developments in legal systems and their impact on forensic psychiatry
    The impact of the European Court of Human Rights and the European Convention for the Prevention of Torture on national forensic psychiatry
    Part II: Teaching and training: Teaching forensic psychiatry and psychology in Europe
    Specialist training in forensic psychiatry and psychology
    Impact of service organization on teaching and training
    Mapping offender-patient pathways
    Developing standards in forensic psychiatry and psychology
    Service provision by public health or justice
    Use of European professional associations
    Ethical issues. Part III: Specific skills: Challenging language barriers
    Multiagency working
    Different roles of forensic psychiatrists and psychologists: expert versus treatment?
    Teaching and training collaboration across European countries
    Recommendations to the practice of national teaching and training
    Part IV: Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Anna Williams, John Cassella, Peter D. Maskell.
    Summary: "A comprehensive and innovative guide to teaching, learning and assessment in forensic science education and practitioner training Includes student exercises for mock crime scene and disaster scenarios Addresses innovative teaching methods including apps and e-gaming Discusses existing and proposed teaching methods"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Forensic science education- the past and the present in and out of the classroom
    2. Forensic anthropology teaching practice
    3. Considerations in using a crime scene house facility for teaching and learning
    4. Taphonomy facilities as teaching aids
    5. Forensic fire investigation
    6. Digital forensics education
    7. A strategy for teaching forensic investiation with limited resources
    8. Improving the PhD through provision of skills training for postgraduate researchers
    9. Educational forensic e-gaming as effective learning environments for higher education students
    10. Virtual anatomy teaching aids
    11. Online teaching aids
    12. Simulation, immersive gameplay and virtual realities in forensic science education
    13. Training forensic practitioners in DNA profiling
    14. The forensic investigation of sexual offences: practitioner course design and delivery
    15. The use of high-fidelity simulations in emergency management training
    16. Police training in the twenty-first century
    17. The design and implementation of multiple choice questions (MCQs) in forensic science assessment
    18. The future of forensic science education
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Nicholas T. Lappas, Courtney M. Lappas.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. the development of forensic toxicology
    Chapter 2. The duties and responsibilities of forensic toxicologists
    Chapter 3. Forensic toxicology resources
    Chapter 4. the laboratory
    Chapter 5. Analytical strategy
    Chapter 6. Sample handling
    Chapter 7. Storage stability of analytes
    Chapter 8. Analytical samples
    Chapter 9. Sample preparation
    Chapter 10. Methods of detection, identification, and quantitation
    Chapter 11. Quality assurance and quality control
    Chapter 12. Types of interpretations
    Chapter 13. Reports
    Chapter 14. Testifying.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital
    Antoinette M.G.A. WinklerPrins, Kent Mathewson, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This volume aims to present the essential work of geographer and historical ecologist William M. Denevan to explain the impact and influence his thinking had on the conceptual advancement not only in his own discipline, but in a range of related disciplines such as anthropology, archaeology, and environmental history. The book is organized around eight themes, demonstrating Denevan's early and profound insights on topics that remain of current relevance today, and the scholarly impact his writing had on subsequent scholarship. The book is unique because it offers commentary from active scholars who address the impacts of Prof. Denevan's thinking and work on contemporary environmental and ecological issues, with a focus on several groundbreaking themes (e.g. historical demography, agricultural landforms, cultural plant geography, human environmental impacts, indigenous agro-ecology, tropical agriculture, livestock and landscape, and synthetic contributions). This book will be of interest to a range of scholars in geography, anthropology, archaeology, history, and ecology, as well as to environmental managers and practitioners, especially those working for non-profit organizations and government organizations tasked with finding ways to adapt to global environmental change.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Historical Demography
    Chapter 2. Agricultural Landforms
    Chapter 3. Cultural Plant Geography
    Chapter 4. Human Environmental Impacts
    Chapter 5. Indigenous Agro-Ecology
    Chapter 6. Tropical Agriculture
    Chapter 7. Livestock and Landscape
    Chapter 8. Synthetic Contributions
    Chapter 9. By Way of Background: A Biographical Sketch of William M. Denevan
    Chapter 10. Being a Student of Bill Denevan
    Chapter 11. Bill Denevan
    An Appreciation
    .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    A.S. Isaev, V.G. Soukhovolsky, O.V. Tarasova, E.N. Palnikova and A.V. Kovalev.
    Summary: Research in insect population dynamics is important for more reasons than just protecting forest communities. Insect populations are among the main ecological units included in the analysis of stability of ecological systems. Moreover, it is convenient to test new methods of analyzing population and community stability on the insect-related data, as by now ecologists and entomologists have accumulated large amounts of such data. In this book, the authors analyze population dynamics of quite a narrow group of insects - forest defoliators. It is hoped that the methods proposed herein for the analysis of population dynamics of these species may be useful and effective for analyzing population dynamics of other animal species and their effects and role in global warming. What can insects tell us about our environment and our ever-changing climate' It is through studies like this one that these important answers can be obtained, along with data on the insects and their behaviors themselves. The authors present new theories on modeling and data accumulation, using cutting-edge processes never before published for such a wide audience. This volume presents the state-of-the-art in the science, and it is an essential piece of any entomologist's and forest engineer's library.

    Contents:
    Population dynamics of forest insects : outbreaks in forest ecosystems
    Ways of presenting data on forest insect population dynamics
    The effects of weather factors on population dynamics of forest defoliating insects
    Spatial and temporal coherence of forest insect population dynamics
    Interactions between phytophagous insects and their natural enemies and population dynamics of phytophagous insects during outbreaks
    Food consumption by forest insects
    AR- and ADL-models of forest insect population dynamics
    Modeling of population dynamics and outbreaks of forest insects as phase transitions
    Forecasting population dynamics and assessing the risk of damage to tree stands caused by outbreaks of forest defoliating insects
    Global warming and risks of forest insect outbreaks.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Sergio A. Estay, editor.
    Summary: By providing multiple economic goods and ecosystem services, Latin American forests play a key role in the environmental, social and economic welfare of the regions countries. From the tropical forests of Central America to the Mediterranean and temperate vegetation of the southern cone, these forests face a myriad of phytosanitary problems that negatively impact on both conservation efforts and forest industry. This book brings together the perspectives of several Latin American researchers on pest and disease management. Each chapter provides modern views of the status and management alternatives to problems as serious as the impact of introduced exotic insects and diseases on Pinus and Eucalyptus plantations throughout the continent, and the emergence of novel insect outbreaks in tropical and temperate native forests associated with global warming. It is a valuable guide for researchers and practitioners working on forest health in Latin America and around the world.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Part 1. General perspectives
    Chapter 2. Biological control of forest pests in Uruguay
    Chapter 3. Past and Current Strategies for the Control of Leaf- cutting Ants in Brazil
    Chapter 4. Remote sensing for insect outbreak detection and assessment in Latin America
    Part 2. Pests of natural forests
    Chapter 5. Ormiscodes amphimone outbreaks frequency increased since 2000 in asubantarctic Nothofagus pumilio forests of Chilean Patagonia
    Chapter 6. Ormiscodes outbreaks dynamics: impacts and perspectives in a warming world
    Chapter 7. Native forest health in Chile: towards a strategy of sustainable management
    Part 3. Pests and diseases of forest plantations
    Chapter 8. Invasive insects in forest plantations of Argentina: ecological patterns and implications for management
    Chapter 9. Diseases of Eucalyptus plantations in Uruguay: current state and management alternatives
    Chapter 10. Pests Management in Colombian Forest Plantations
    Chapter 11. Diseases management in the forest plantations in Chile
    Chapter 12. Insect Pests Affecting Exotic Trees in Chile and Their Management
    Chapter 13. Pest status and management in the forest plantations of Costa Rica
    Chapter 14. Forest diseases in Brazil: status and management
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Angela Schuh, Gisela Immich.
    Summary: In fast-paced everyday life, it is becoming increasingly important to find an antipole. The forest seems to be the perfect place for this - it offers balancing stimuli, health-promoting effects and its climate is proven to be effective on human health. This non-fiction book explains the background and facts about the effect of forest visits on a scientifically sound basis and sensitizes readers to the great health benefits of forest bathing (Shinrin-Yoku) and forest therapy. As an oasis of tranquility, the forest invites you to slow down, regenerate and draw new energy. Written for interested lay people - psychotherapists, doctors and other health professionals can read along. This book is a translation of the original German 1st edition Waldtherapie - das Potenzial des Waldes fur Ihre Gesundheit by Angela Schuh and Gisela Immich, published by Springer-Verlag GmbH Germany, part of Springer Nature in 2019. The translation was done with the help of artificial intelligence (machine translation by the service DeepL.com). A subsequent human revision was done primarily in terms of content, so that the book will read stylistically differently from a conventional translation. Springer Nature works continuously to further the development of tools for the production of books and on the related technologies to support the authors. From the Contents How the forest and its climate affect us - How you can discover and use the forest and its atmosphere for your health. The Authors Prof. Dr. Dr. Angela Schuh and Gisela Immich, M.Sc., research the effects of forests and climate on health at the Ludwig-Maximilians-University in Munich, Germany and develop concepts for preventive forest use as well as for forest therapy. .

    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    2 Discovering the forest - an introduction. - 3 The atmosphere of the forest
    4 Effects of spending time in the forest - current studies
    5 How you can discover and use the forest for your health
    6 Risks and potential dangers in the forest
    7 Conclusion and outlook.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Delphis F. Levia, editor ; Darryl E. Carlyle-Moses, Shin'ichi Iida, Beate Michalzik, Kazuki Nanko, Alexander Tischer, co-editors.
    Summary: The United Nations has declared 2018-2028 as the International Decade for Action on Water for Sustainable Development. This is a timely designation. In an increasingly thirsty world, the subject of forest-water interactions is of critical importance to the achievement of sustainability goals. The central underlying tenet of this book is that the hydrologic community can conduct better science and make a more meaningful impact to the worlds water crisis if scientists are: (1) better equipped to utilize new methods and harness big data from either or both high-frequency sensors and long-term research watersheds; and (2) aware of new developments in our process-based understanding of the hydrological cycle in both natural and urban settings. Accordingly, this forward-looking book delves into forest-water interactions from multiple methodological, statistical, and process-based perspectives (with some chapters featuring data sets and open-source R code), concluding with a chapter on future forest hydrology under global change. Thus, this book describes the opportunities of convergence in high-frequency sensing, big data, and open source software to catalyze more comprehensive understanding of forest-water interactions. The book will be of interest to researchers, graduate students, and advanced undergraduates in an array of disciplines, including hydrology, forestry, ecology, botany, and environmental engineering.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Cracking "Open" Technology in Ecohydrology
    Chapter 2. The Necessity of Sensor Calibration for the Precise Measurement of Water Fluxes in Forest Ecosystems
    Chapter 3. Applications of Unpiloted Aerial Vehicles (UAVs) in Forest Hydrology
    Chapter 4. LiDAR Applications to Forest-Water Interactions
    Chapter 5. On Complementing the Tracer Toolbox for Quantifying Hydrological Connectivity: Insights Gained from Terrestrial Diatom Tracer Experiments
    Chapter 6. Lessons in New Measurement Technologies: From Instrumenting Trees to the Trans-African Hydro-Meteorological Observatory
    Chapter 7. Primary Steps in Analyzing Data
    Tasks and Tools for a Systematic Data Exploration
    Chapter 8. Martin Zwanzig, Robert Schlicht, Nico Frischbier, and Uta Berger
    Chapter 8. Spatiotemporal Statistics: Analysis of Spatially and Temporally-Correlated Throughfall Data
    Exploring and Considering Dependency and Heterogeneity
    Chapter 9. Analysis of Vegetation-Water Interactions: Application and Comparison of Maximum-Likelihood Estimation and Bayesian Inference
    Chapter 10. Machine Learning Applications in Hydrology
    Chapter 11. Advances and Future Research Directions in the Study of Leaf Water Repellency
    Chapter 12. Throughfall Erosivity in Relation to Drop Size and Crown Position: A Case Study from a Teak Plantation in Thailand
    Chapter 13. Assessing the Ecological Significance of Throughfall in Forest Ecosystems
    Chapter 14. Root-Water Relations and Interactions in Mixed Forest Settings
    Chapter 15. Effects of Stemflow on Soil Water Dynamics in Forest Stands
    Chapter 16. Radiocesium Cycling in the Context of Forest-Water Interactions
    Chapter 17. Urban Trees as Green Infrastructure for Stormwater Mitigation and Use
    Chapter 18. Urban Tree Canopy Effects on Water Quality via Inputs to the Urban Ground Surface
    Chapter 19. Modeling the Impact of Urban Trees on Hydrology
    Chapter 20. Using Community Planning to Conserve Green Infrastructure and Water Quality
    Chapter 21. Forest Influences on Streamflow: Case Studies from the Tatsunokuchi-Yama Experimental Watershed, Japan and the Leading Ridge Experimental Watershed, USA
    Chapter 22. The Biogeochemical Response of Nitrate and Potassium to Landscape Disturbance in Watersheds of the Hubbard Brook Experimental Forest, New Hampshire, USA
    Chapter 23. Water and Nutrient Budgets of Organic Layers and Mineral Topsoils under Tropical Montane Forest in Ecuador in Response to 15 Years of Environmental Change
    Chapter 24. Forest-Water Interactions under Global Change.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Tim R. New.
    Summary: Losses of forests and their insect inhabitants are a major global conservation concern, spanning tropical and temperate forest regions throughout the world. This broad overview of Australian forest insect conservation draws on studies from many places to demonstrate the diversity and vulnerability of forest insects and how their conservation may be pursued through combinations of increased understanding, forest protection and silvicultural management in both natural and plantation forests. The relatively recent history of severe human disturbance to Australian forests ensures that reasonably natural forest patches remain and serve as 'models' for many forest categories. They are also refuges for many forest biota extirpated from the wider landscapes as forests are lost, and merit strenuous protection from further changes, and wider efforts to promote connectivity between otherwise isolated remnant patches. In parallel, the recent attention to improving forest insect conservation in harmony with insect pest management continues to benefit from perspectives generated from better-documented faunas elsewhere. Lessons from the northern hemisphere, in particular, have led to revelations of the ecological importance and vulnerability of many insect taxa in forests, together with clear evidence that 'conservation can work' in concert with wider forest uses. A brief outline of the variety of Australian tropical and temperate forests and woodlands, and of the multitude of endemic and, often, highly localised insects that depend on them highlights needs for conservation (both of single focal species and wider forest-dependent radiations and assemblages). The ways in which insects contribute to sustained ecological integrity of these complex ecosystems provide numerous opportunities for practical conservation.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; References; Acknowledgements; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Forests and Their Insect Inhabitants; 1.1 Introduction: The Ecological Milieu; 1.2 Deforestation; 1.3 Fragmentation; 1.4 Selective Logging; 1.5 Losses of Insects; References;
    Chapter 2: Australia's Forest Ecosystems: Conservation Perspective for Invertebrates; 2.1 Introduction: Extent and Variety of Australia's Forests; 2.2 Impetus for Management; References;
    Chapter 3: Changes and Threats to Australia's Forests; 3.1 Introduction: Needs for Management; 3.2 Management Priorities; 3.3 Plantation Forestry. 3.4 Agricultural Conversion3.4.1 Spillover; 3.5 Agroforestry; References;
    Chapter 4: Insects in Native and Alien Forests in Australia; 4.1 Introduction: The Diversity and Ecological Roles of Australia's Forest Insects; 4.2 Major Forest Pests; 4.3 Alien Insects on Native Trees; 4.4 Development of Conservation Concern for Insects in Australia's Forests; References;
    Chapter 5: Studying Insects for Conservation in Forests; 5.1 Introduction: Problems of Access and Enumeration; 5.2 Assessing Diversity; 5.2.1 Canopy Fauna; 5.2.2 Litter and Soil Fauna; 5.3 Insects and Forest Edges. 5.4 Some Key Groups and Concerns5.4.1 Saproxylic Beetles; 5.4.1.1 Fungi; 5.4.2 Ants; References;
    Chapter 6: Insect Flagships and Indicators in Forests; 6.1 Introduction: Conservation and Flagship Insect Species in Forests; 6.2 Conservation and Indicator Taxa; 6.2.1 Dung Beetles; 6.2.2 Stag Beetles; 6.2.3 Butterflies; References;
    Chapter 7: Conservation Versus Pest Suppression: Finding the Balance; 7.1 Introduction: Key Concerns and Resources; 7.2 Alien Species; 7.3 Ecological Patterns; 7.3.1 Pollination Systems; 7.3.2 Dieback; References. 9.7 Scattered and Veteran Trees9.8 Urban Forests; 9.9 Riparian Vegetation; 9.10 Implications of Climate Change; References;
    Chapter 10: Forest Management for Insect Conservation in Australia; 10.1 Introduction: Perspective; 10.2 Forest Protection; 10.3 Forest Regeneration and Landscape Design; 10.4 Gaps; 10.5 Modifying Forest Management; 10.6 Needs and Prospects; References; Appendix; Australian Forest Insects: Candidate Taxa for Conservation Priority and Use in Conservation Management; References; Index.
    Chapter 8: Saproxylic Insects and the Dilemmas of Dead Wood8.1 Introduction: The Conservation Significance of Dead Wood; 8.2 Coarse Woody Debris; 8.2.1 Saproxylic Beetles in Tasmania; 8.3 Tree Stumps; 8.4 Salvage Logging; 8.5 Fine Woody Debris; References;
    Chapter 9: Forest Management for Insects: Issues and Approaches; 9.1 Introduction; 9.2 Fire and Management; 9.3 Ecological Traps; 9.4 Forest Reserves and Landscape Structure; 9.4.1 Fragmentation; 9.4.1.1 Monarch Butterflies in Mexico; 9.4.1.2 The Wog Wog Experiment; 9.5 Corridors and Connectivity; 9.6 Retention Forestry.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Reinhard Jetter, editor.
    Summary: This text provides both review and primary research articles for a broad audience of biologists, chemists, biochemists, pharmacologists, clinicians and nutrition experts, especially those interested in the biosynthesis, structure, function and/or bioactivity of plant natural products. Recurring themes include the evolution and ecology of specialized metabolites, the genetic and enzymatic mechanisms for their formation and metabolism, the systems biology study of their cell/tissue/organ context, the engineering of plant natural products, as well as various aspects of their application for human health. In addition to analysis of current research, new developments in the techniques used to study plant natural products are presented and discussed, taking a detailed look at structure elucidation and quantification, "omic" (genomic/ proteomic/ transcriptomic/ metabolomics) profiling or for microscopic localization. In short, this series combines chapters from researchers that explain and discuss current topics in the most exciting new research in phytochemistry.

    Contents:
    A Half-Century of the Phytochemical Society of North America: 1961-2011
    Nitrogen-containing Constituents of Black Cohosh: Chemistry, Structure Elucidation and Biological Activities
    Jatropha Natural Products as Potential Therapeutic Leads
    O-Methyltransferases Involved in Lignan Biosynthesis
    Hormone Signaling: Current Perspectives on the Roles of Salicylic Acid and its Derivatives in Plants
    Regulators and Pathway Enzymes that Contribute to Chemical Diversity in Phenylpropanoid and Aromatic Alkaloid Metabolism in Plant Immunity
    Metabolism of Glucosinolates and their Hydrolysis Products in Insect Herbivores
    Screening of Fungal Endophytes Isolated from Eastern White Pine Needles.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Hideyuki Kanematsu, Dana M. Barry
    Summary: This book provides excellent techniques for detecting and evaluating biofilms: sticky films on materials that are formed by bacterial activity and produce a range of industrial and medical problems such as corrosion, sanitary problems, and infections. Accordingly, it is essential to control biofilms and to establish appropriate countermeasures, from both industrial and medical viewpoints. This book offers valuable, detailed information on these countermeasures. It also discusses the fundamentals of biofilms, relates various substrates to biofilms, and presents a variety of biofilm reactors. However, the most important feature of this book (unlike others on the market) is its clear focus on addressing the practical aspects from an engineering viewpoint. Therefore, it offers an excellent practical guide for engineers and researchers in various fields, and can also be used as a great academic textbook.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface: A Message from the Authors
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    About the Authors
    1 Introduction
    References
    2 Fundamentals for Biofilms
    2.1 Bacteria and Biofilms
    2.2 General Sketch for Biofilm Formation and Growth
    2.3 Biofilm Constituents
    2.4 Exopolymeric Substances
    2.5 Quorum Sensing
    2.6 Biofilm Collapse and Removal
    2.7 Biofilm and Infection
    References
    3 Animate Substrata and Biofilms
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Introduction
    3.2.1 Biofilm on Leaves
    3.3 Biofilms on Animal (and Human) Tissues 3.3.1 What Happens Inside of Our Bodies, When Pathogenic Bacteria Enter Them?
    3.3.2 The Characteristics of Bacteria in Biofilms
    References
    4 Biofilms in Nature and Artificial Materials
    4.1 Natural Substrates
    4.2 Artificial Substrates
    4.3 Metals
    4.4 Ceramics
    4.5 Polymers
    References
    5 Laboratory Biofilm Reactors
    5.1 In Vitro Systems
    5.2 Static Systems
    5.3 Flow Systems
    5.4 Quasi-natural Systems (Ex Vivo Systems)
    5.5 In Vivo Systems
    References
    6 Detection and Evaluation of Biofilms
    6.1 Biological Methods
    6.1.1 Staining
    6.1.2 Gene Analysis 6.1.3 Proteomics
    6.2 Instrumental Analysis
    6.2.1 Optical Microscopes
    6.2.2 Fluorescence Microscopes
    6.2.3 Confocal Laser Scanning Microscope
    6.2.4 Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM)-Energy-Dispersive X-Ray (EDX) Spectroscopy
    6.2.5 Transmission Electron Microscope (TEM)
    6.2.6 Atomic Force Microscope (AFM)
    6.2.7 Ultraviolet-Visible (UV-VIS) Spectroscopy
    6.2.8 White Light Interferometer
    6.2.9 Fourier-Transform Infrared Spectroscopy (FTIR)
    6.2.10 Raman Spectroscopy
    6.2.11 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR)
    References
    7 Standardization-Current and Future 7.1 The United States
    7.1.1 ASTM E2196
    7.1.2 ASTM E2562
    7.1.3 ASTM E2647
    7.1.4 ASTM E2871
    7.1.5 ASTM E2799
    7.1.6 ASTM E3151
    7.1.7 ASTM E3161
    7.1.8 Characteristics of the ASTM Standard in the USA
    7.2 European Union
    7.2.1 European Standards (EN)
    7.2.2 Phase 1-Basic Suspension Test
    7.2.3 Phase 2 Part 1-Quantitative Suspension Test
    7.2.4 Phase 3-Field Test
    7.2.5 International Standards (ISOs)
    7.3 Japan
    References
    8 Biofilm Problems and Environments
    8.1 Marine Environments
    8.2 Soil Environments
    8.3 Household Environments 8.4 Food Processing Industries
    8.5 Pipes and Heat Exchangers
    8.6 Hospital and Medical Fronts
    References
    9 Biofilm Usefulness
    9.1 Energy Applications
    9.2 Environmental Applications
    9.3 Water Treatment Applications
    References
    10 Biofilm Control and Thoughts for the Future
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Robert O. Williams III, Alan B. Watts, Dave A. Miller, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Jeanette Ives Erickson, Marianne Ditomassi, Susan Sabia, Mary Ellin Smith.
    Contents:
    Creating a narrative culture
    Theme of practice : clinician-patient relationship
    Theme of practice : clinical knowledge and decision-making
    Theme of practice : teamwork and collaboration
    Theme of practice : movement
    Strategies to hardwire a narrative culture.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2015
  • Digital
    Miguel Angel Rapela.
    Summary: The scientific and technical development of any kind of germplasm is regulated by a vast network of treaties, conventions, international agreements, and national and regional legislation. These regulations govern biotechnological innovations in plants and microorganisms, access to and use of plant genetic resources, and biosafety. This complex mix has made it difficult to arrive at global interpretations, due to overlaps, gaps, ambiguities, contradictions, and lack of consistency. The big picture is even more complex, as a series of scientific developments - gene editing in particular - have in some cases rendered these international regulatory frameworks obsolete. This book puts forward an innovative approach: a "Comprehensive Plant Germplasm System." The System is a cooperative game theory-based proposal for a binding international convention which would supersede all other conventions, treaties, national and regional legislation covering native varieties and traditional developments, heterogeneous plant varieties, microorganisms, biotechnological inventions, plant genetic resources, and biosafety regulation. In short, it offers a comprehensive framework regarding intellectual property, biosafety, and business regulation and covers all types of germplasm. If applied, the system is expected to yield higher productivity rates in crops and improved food biodiversity, as well as a new paradigm based on the promotion of innovation for "Agriculture 4.0.".

    Contents:
    Chapter 1
    Post Malthusian dilemmas in Agriculture 4.0
    Chapter 2
    The regulatory tangle
    Chapter 3
    A comprehensive solution for Agriculture 4.0
    Chapter 4
    Plant Germplasm Integrated System.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    editors in chief, Pier Cristoforo Giulianotti, Enrico Benedetti ; associate editor, Alberto Mangano.
    Summary: "A comprehensive, illustrated approach to operative techniques and instrumentation in robotic general surgery"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery [2024]
  • Digital
    Sathyadeepak Ramesh.
    Summary: Modern oculofacial plastic surgery as a field is quite young, with the majority of the literature and leaders in the field developing since the 1950s. As such, the body of literature is quite small compared to other fields. Currently, there is no unified source where readers can learn about the core manuscripts that drive clinical decision-making and influence thought. This book gathers over 50 foundational studies in the oculoplastics field and provides commentary on each study. Discussion of each study includes the abstract, in-depth commentary on the strengths, limitations, and implications of each paper, and guidance for further reading on the topic with a brief review. A short remark by an author from the paper will provide additional color commentary on the inspirations and challenges involved in conceiving and conducting the study. Foundational Papers in Oculoplastics is relevant for anyone who is interested in oculoplastics (ophthalmologists, oncologists, plastic surgeons, etc.) and provides a nice overview of the field with interesting personal anecdotes from those who helped establish it.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Stephen J. Carp.
    Summary: "Foundations provides the reader with a comprehensive overview of the foundational items physical therapists and physical therapist assistants need to know in order to provide quality clinical care"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The evolution of physical therapy practice / Stephen J. Carp
    Insurance and reimbursement / Grace Karaman and Stephen J. Carp
    The health care team / Stephen J. Carp
    Documentation / Stephen J. Carp
    Physical therapy and community service / Stephen J. Carp
    The physical therapist as a researcher / Melissa A. Carroll
    Clinical education in physical therapy : past, present, and future / Kim Nixon-Cave
    A Student's perspective of clinical education / Sabrina Martha
    Resources for career development / Laurita M. Hack
    Professionalism in society / Sean F. Griech
    Acquisition of a first job / Julie M. Skrzat
    Evaluating the job offer / Deborah Smith-Brown
    The physical therapist as an effective teacher / Stephen J. Carp
    Cultural and spiritual competence in health care / Peter J. Leonard
    The legal aspects of physical therapy practice / Stephen J. Carp
    The future of physical therapy / Susan Wainwright and Stephen J. Carp.
  • Digital
    Robert Laureno.
    Contents:
    At the bedside
    Imaging
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Symmetry
    Selective vulnerability
    Normalization
    Asymptomatic disease
    Terminology
    Classifications
    Causation
    Asymmetry
    Decussation
    Lowly origins
    Learning neurology
    Selected concepts.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Duncan, Edward A. S.
    Summary: "Now in its sixth edition, the internationally acclaimed Foundations for Practice in Occupational Therapy continues to provide a practical reference tool which is both an indispensable guide to undergraduates and a practical reference tool for clinicians in the application of models and theories to practice. Underlining the importance and clinical relevance of theory to practice, the text provides an excellent introduction to the theoretical basis of occupational therapy. Contributions are given by both academics and expert clinicians.All chapters have been revised and updated, new ones have been written and some pre-existing chapters have new authors. A refined structure uses highlight boxes to indicate the key themes and issues of each chapter and useful reflective questions to help the reader review the issues raised in the chapter. Discusses evidence-based practices and established theories but also includes contemporary developments. Range of expert contributors provide an international perspective of practice. Case studies highlighting the application of theory to practice. Details of the latest developments and debates in the field"--Publisher information.

    Contents:
    Introduction / Edward A.S. Duncan
    Theoretical foundationsl of occupational therapy: external influences / Edward A.S. Duncan
    Theoretical foundations of occupational therapy: internal influences / Edward A.S. Duncan
    Skills and processes in occupational therapy / Edward A.S. Duncan
    An introduction to conceptual models of practice and frames of reference / Edward A.S. Duncan
    The model of human occupation: embracing the complexity of occupation by integrating theory into practice and practice into theory / Kristy Forsyth
    Canadian Model of Occupational Performance and Engagement (CMOP-E): a tool to support occupation-centred practice / Helene J. Polatajko & Jane A. Davis
    The Person-Environment-Occupation-Performance Model / Carolyn M. Baum, Julie D. Bass & Charles H. Christiansen
    The Occupational Therapy Intervention Process Model / Lou Ann Griswold
    The Kawa (River) Model / Kee Hean Lim & Michael Iwama
    The Person-centred Frame of Reference / Davina M. Parker & Catherine Sutherland
    The Cognitive-Behavioural Frame of Reference / Edward A.S. Duncan & Sarah Fletcher-Shaw
    The Biomechanical Frame of Reference / Ian R. McMillan
    Application of theoretical approaches to movement and cognitive-perceptual dysfunction within occupation-focused practice / Leisle Ezekiel & Sally Feaver
    The evolving theory of clinical reasoning / Carolyn A. Unsworth
    Occupational science: genesis, evolution and future contribution / Matthew Molineux & Gail E. Whiteford.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2020
  • Digital
    Janet S. Fulton, Kelly A. Goudreau, Kristen L. Swartzell, editors.
    Summary: "The first edition of this book, released ten years ago, was the first textbook dedicated solely to clinical nurse specialist (CNS) practice after many years of books discussing advanced practice nursing from an integrated advanced practice perspective. CNSs, one of four advanced practice roles recognized in the United States along with nurse practitioner, nurse midwife and nurse anesthetist, share common elements"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Leslie G. Portney.
    Summary: "The text of this fourth edition has maintained its dual perspectives. It is designed for those who do research to generate new knowledge and examine theories and for those who want to be critical consumers of evidence to inform clinical decision-making. All of us need to be able to critically evaluate research reports to inform practice and further study. The scope of the text allows it to fulfill different needs at different times. This edition will continue to serve this wide audience. It incorporates several important contemporary themes, including the application of evidence-based practice (EBP) for clinical decision-making, the imperative of interprofessional collaboration, the implications of translational research, and the focus of healthcare on quality of life, meaningful outcomes, and patient values. These directions and priorities continue to define research philosophies that guide the conduct of clinical inquiry, the types of questions that are deemed important, and how they influence advances in measurement and analysis techniques"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Frameworks for generating and applying evidence
    On the road to translational research
    Defining the research question
    The role of theory in research and practice
    Understanding evidence-based practice
    Searching the literature
    Ethical issues in clinical research
    Principles of measurement
    Concepts of measurement reliability
    Concepts of measurement validity
    Designing surveys and questionnaires
    Understanding health measurement scales
    Choosing a sample
    Principles of clinical trials
    Choosing a sample
    Principles of clinical trials
    Design validity
    Experimental designs
    Quasi-experimental designs
    Single-subject designs
    Exploratory research : observational designs
    Descriptive research
    Qualitative research
    Descriptive statistics
    Foundations of statistical inference
    Comparing two means : the t-test
    Comparing more than two means : analysis of variance
    Multiple comparison tests
    Nonparametric tests for group comparisons
    Measuring association for categorical variables : chi-square
    Correlation
    Regression
    Multivariate analysis
    Measurement revisited : reliability and validity statistics
    Diagnostic and screening procedures
    Epidemiology : measuring risk
    Writing a research proposal
    Critical appraisal : evaluating research reports
    Synthesizing evidence : systematic reviews and meta-analyses
    Disseminating research.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Kathryn Colby, Reza Dana, editors.
    Summary: The field of cornea has seen tremendous advances over the last 40 years-this uniquely comprehensive book will discuss the history of these advances, current best practices in important diseases of the cornea and ocular surface, and examine future directions in diagnosis and management. Written by leading experts, many of whom trained under Claes Henrik Dohlman, MD, PhD, whose influence and many invaluable contributions have defined and shaped the field of cornea, each chapter will reflect the state of the art in the various aspects of cornea. Foundations of Corneal Disease: Past, Present, and Future contains six different sections, opening with an introduction which delves into the evolution of subspecialty training in cornea, provides a historical perspective of our understanding of ocular surface disease. Section Two addresses perspectives on important corneal and external diseases including infectious keratitis, dry eye, and herpes simplex. Section Three and Section Four address surgery and surgical alternatives, and frontiers in corneal research. Section Six closes this book with a discussion of special topics: imaging the cornea, corneal blindness, eye banking, and clinical trials in dry eye, and explores future directions in this fast-paced field. Foundations of Corneal Disease: Past, Present, and Future contains is an ideal guide for corneal specialists, ophthalmology residents and fellows planning to enter cornea, corneal scientists, and to those in ophthalmology and visual science interested in a comprehensive resource on cornea and the history of this field.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Mark Mannis
    Section I. Introduction Contributions to Cornea (with historical photos)
    The Evolution of Subspecialty Training in Cornea
    Historical Perspective on Our Understanding of Ocular Surface Disease
    Development of Viral Keratitis Research and Therapy
    Section II. Perspectives on Important Corneal and External Diseases:
    Infectious keratitis
    Herpes Simplex
    Herpes Zoster
    Dry Eye
    Fuchs dystrophy: Rethinking an Old Disease with Insights from the Laboratory and Clinical Practice
    Unraveling Corneal Graft Rejection
    Stevens Johnson Syndrome
    Chemical Injuries
    Cicatrizing disorders of the ocular surface
    Section III. Surgery & Alternatives to Surgery: Advances in Corneal Transplantation
    Striving for Perfect Vision: Insights from Refractive Surgery
    Mona Dagher
    The Role of Keratoprosthesis in the Treatment of Corneal Blindness
    Peter Hersh
    Collagen Cross-linking for Keratoconus and Corneal Ectasia
    Section IV. Frontiers in Corneal Research Cultured Cells in the Treatment of Corneal Diseases
    Wound Healing in the Cornea
    Genetics of Corneal Diseases
    Section V. Special Topics:
    Imaging the Cornea to Improve Diagnosis and Treatment
    Therapeutic Contact Lenses: An Important Tool in Management of Cornea Disease
    Making an Impact on World Corneal Blindness
    Epidemiology of Corneal Diseases
    Eye Banking: History and Future Directions
    Insights from Clinical Trials in Corneal Surgery
    Clinical Trials in Dry Eye: What We Have Learned, What We Still Need to Understand
    Section VI. Closing
    Future directions in the field.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    by Giampiero Arciero, Guido Bondolfi, Viridiana Mazzola.
    Summary: This book addresses selected central questions in phenomenological psychology, a discipline that investigates the experience of self that emerges over the course of an individual's life, while also outlining a new method, the formal indication, as a means of accessing personal experience while remaining faithful to its uniqueness. In phenomenological psychology, the psyche no longer refers to an isolated self that remains unchanged by life's changing situations, but is rather a phenomenon (ipseity) which manifests itself and constantly takes form over the course of a person's unique existence. Thus, the formal indication allows us to study the way in which ipseity relates to the world in different situations, in a way that holds different meanings for different people. Based on this new approach, phenomenological psychotherapy marks a transition from a mode of grasping the truth about oneself through reflection, to a mode of accessing the disclosure of self through a work of self-transformation (the care of self) that requires the person to actually change her position on herself. By putting forward this method, the authors shed new light on the dynamic interplay between a person's historicity and uniqueness on the one hand, and the related physiopathological mechanisms on the other, providing evidence from the fields of genetics, cardiology, the neurosciences and psychiatry. The book will appeal to a broad readership, from psychiatrists, psychologist and psychotherapists, to researchers in these fields.

    Contents:
    Prologue: A User's Manual
    Part I: The Crisis. The Natural Sciences and the Unthought Debt
    1. On the Care Path
    2. Creatures, Technology, and Scientific Psychology
    3. "Nemo psychologus nisi physiologus"
    Part II: A New Beginning . Formal Indication, Non-Rationalist Psychology, and Phenomenological Psychotherapy
    4. The accesses to oneself
    5. Self -intimacy and individuation
    6. Personal stories and psychotherapy
    7. Traces of Oneself and Healing
    Part III: The Renewed Pact. Corporeality, Experimentation, and the Care of Self
    8. Corporeality and ipseity
    9. Corporeality and organisms
    10. Organisms and freedom
    11. The Care of Self and Psychotherapy
    Bibliography
    Author Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Simon Hart, Mike Greenstone, editors.
    Summary: This book meets the need for a resource that covers the core knowledge required to pass the SCE exam, which includes the broad field of respiratory medicine. This book is also highly applicable to core medical trainees sitting their MRCP examinations. The format is ideal for effective exam revision with individual chapters covering the key points of each condition in sufficient (but not excessive) detail. Examples of imaging (CXR, CT, PET-CT) are utilised to illustrate cases and descriptions of modern respiratory intervention such as the EBUS/EUS-guided sampling and medical thoracoscopy is included in this essential exam resource.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    general editors, Melvin Calvin and Oleg G. Gazenko.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    QH327 .F68
    4
  • Digital
    Antonio Di Ieva, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction to Fractal Geometry and its Applications to Neurosciences
    The Fractal Geometry of the Brain: An Overview
    2. Box-Counting Fractal Analysis: A Primer for the Clinician
    Tenets and Methods of Fractal Analysis (1/f noise)
    4. Tenets, Methods and Applications of Multifractal Analysis in Neurosciences
    Part II. Fractals in Neuroanatomy and Basic Neurosciences
    Fractals in Neuroanatomy and Basic Neurosciences: An Overview
    Morphology and Fractal-Based Classifications of Neurons and Microglia
    The Morphology of the Brain Neurons: Box-counting Method in Quantitative Analysis of 2D Image
    Neuronal Fractal Dynamics
    Does a Self-Similarity Logic Shape the Organization of the Nervous System?
    Fractality of Cranial Sutures
    The Fractal Geometry of the Human Brain: An Evolutionary Perspective
    Part III. Fractals in Clinical Neurosciences
    Fractal Analysis in Clinical Neurosciences: An Overview
    Fractal Analysis in Neurological Diseases
    Fractal Dimension Studies of the Brain Shape in Aging and Neurodegenerative Diseases
    Fractal Analysis in Neurodegenerative Diseases
    Fractal Analysis of the Cerebrovascular System Physiopathology
    Fractal and Chaos in the Hemodynamics of Intracranial Aneurysms
    Fractal-based Analysis of Arteriovenous Malformations (AVMs)
    Fractals in Neuroimaging
    Computational Fractal-Based Analysis of MR Susceptibility Weighted Imaging (SWI) in Neuro-oncology and neurotraumatology
    Texture Estimation for Abnormal Tissue Segmentation in Brain MRI
    Tumor Growth in the Brain: Complexity and Fractality
    Histological Fractal-based Classification of Brain Tumors
    Computational Fractal-based Analysis of the Brain Tumors Microvascular Networks
    Fractal analysis of electroencephalographic time-series (EEG-signals)
    On Multiscaling of Parkinsonian Rest Tremor Signals and Their Classification
    Fractals and Electromyograms
    Fractal analysis in Neuro-ophthalmology
    Fractals in Affective and Anxiety Disorders
    Fractal Fluency: An Intimate Relationship Between the Brain and Processing of Fractal Stimuli
    Part IV. Computational Fractal-Based Neurosciences
    Computational Fractal-based Neurosciences: An Overview
    ImageJ in Computational Fractal-based Neuroscience: Pattern Extraction and Translational Research
    Fractal Analysis in MATLAB: A Tutorial for Neuroscientists
    Methodology to Increase the Computational Speed to Obtain the Fractal Dimension Using GPU Programming
    Fractal Electronics as a Generic Interface to Neurons
    Fractal Geometry meets Computational Intelligence: Future Perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    M. Patrice Eiff, Robert Hatch ; Mariam K. Higgins, medical illustrator.
    Contents:
    Fracture management by primary care providers
    General principles of fracture care
    Finger fractures / co-author, Ryan C. Petering
    Metacarpal fractures / co-author, Charles W. Webb
    Carpal fractures / co-author, Ryan C. Petering
    Radius and ulna fractures / co-author, Adam Prawer
    Elbow fractures
    Humerus fractures
    Clavicle and scapula fractures
    Spine fractures
    Femur and pelvis fractures
    Patellar, tibial, and fibular fractures
    Ankle fractures
    Calcaneus and other tarsal fractures
    Metatarsal fractures / co-author, Michael Seth Smith
    Toe fractures
    Facial and skull fractures / co-author, John Malaty
    Rib fractures.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    M. Patrice Eiff, Robert Hatch.
    Contents:
    Fracture management in primary care and emergency medicine settings
    General principles of fracture care
    Finger fractures
    Metacarpal fractures
    Carpal fractures
    Radius and ulna fractures
    Elbow fractures
    Humerus fractures
    Clavicle and scapula fractures
    Spine fractures
    Femur and pelvis fractures
    Patellar, tibial, and fibular fractures
    Ankle fractures
    Calcaneus and other tarsal fractures
    Metatarsal fractures
    Toe fractures
    Facial and skull fractures
    Rib fractures
    Appendix (casting and splinting).
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Print
    Arnesen, Arne.
    Contents:
    Contents
    pt. 2. A contribution to the discussion on the treatment of calcaneus fracture based on an analysis of a ten-year material treated by closed reduction and traction, from Sentralsykehuset i Trondheim.
    Access via Acta chirurgica Scandinavica. 1950; 234
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    1958.
    SHELVED AS A PERIODICAL UNDER: Acta chirurgica Scandinavica. Supplementum ; 234.
  • Digital
    Peter V. Giannoudis, editor.
    Summary: In this highly illustrated book, the techniques of fracture reduction are clearly demonstrated using a step-wise approach with real time intra-operative photographs. Tips and tricks for how to avoid pitfalls are presented by a panel of experts and all upper extremity anatomical sites are included to give the readers a complete overview of how to perform reduction techniques for different fracture types. This book will be an essential guide for surgeons to utilise the available reduction instruments and preserve the vitality of the surrounding soft tissues and bone.

    Contents:
    Fracture Healing: Back to Basics and Latest Advances
    Instruments Used in Fracture Reduction
    Direct and Indirect Reduction: Definitions, Indications, and Tips and Tricks
    Part II Innovations in Fracture Reduction
    Innovations in Fracture Reduction Computer-Assisted Surgery
    Inflatable Bone Tamp (Osteoplasty) for Reduction of Intra-articular Fractures
    Innovations in Fracture Reduction: Poller Screws
    Assessment of Reduction
    General Principles of Preoperative Planning
    Part III An Anatomical Based Approach: Upper Extremity
    Acromioclavicular Joint Dislocation
    Sternoclavicular Joint Dislocations
    Clavicle Fracture
    Scapula Fractures
    Humeral Head Avulsion of Greater Tuberosity
    Fractures of Proximal Humerus Open Reduction and Internal Fixation
    Humeral Shaft Fractures (Transverse, Oblique, Butterfly, Bifocal)
    Distal Humerus Fracture
    Olecranon Fractures
    Coronoid Fractures
    Radial Head and Neck Fracture
    Monteggia Fracture and Monteggia-Like Lesion
    Treatment Strategies and Intraoperative Reduction Techniques
    Forearm Fractures
    Galeazzi Fracture
    Distal Radius Fracture
    Distal Ulna Fractures
    Scaphoid Fracture
    Perilunate Dislocation
    Metacarpal Fractures
    Bennett Fracture and Fracture of Trapeziometacarpal Joint of the Thumb
    Hand-Phalanx Fracture-Dislocation (PIP Joint)
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Ole Ackermann, editor.
    Summary: Filling a gap in the literature, this is the first book to comprehensively present fracture sonography as a diagnostic tool that can complement and in some cases even replace conventional radiological imaging. Guiding readers step by step through a patient examination, it is an invaluable guide to implementing this technique in clinical practice. It also presents algorithms, tips, tricks and pitfalls shared by experienced authors, making it a useful reference resource for all those practicing in the field. This book is of interest to a wide readership, including orthopedic, pediatric and trauma surgeons, emergency physicians, pediatric radiologists and general practitioners.

    Contents:
    PART I INTRODUCTION 1 Basic Requirements
    2 Documentation and Artifacts
    PART II SPECIAL INDICATIONS 3 Skull Fracture
    4 Fracture of the Clavicle
    5 Acromioclavicular Joint Instability
    6 Proximal Humerus
    7 Screening for Elbow Fractures
    8 Distal Forearm
    9 Subcapital Fracture of 5th Metacarpal
    10 Injury to the PIP Joint of the Fingers - Fibrocartilago Palmaris
    11 Sternoclavicular Dislocation
    12 Rib and Sternal Fractures
    13 Sonographic Diagnosis of Pneumothorax.-14 Distal Femoral Fracture
    15 Proximal Tibial Fracture
    16 Outer Ligament Tear at the Upper Ankle and Syndesmotic Tear at the Upper Ankle
    17 Fractures of 5th Metatarsal
    18 Fractures of the Foot
    19 Screening for Lower Extremity Fractures
    PART III GENERAL INDICATIONS 20 Position Controls
    21 Callus Display with Ultrasound
    22 Non-unions
    23 Stress Fractures
    PART IV STARTING IN PRACTICE 24 Guide to Introduction to Everyday Clinical Practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editor, Michael J. Gardner.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Upper extremity
    part 2. Lower extremity.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Mark R. Adams, Stephen K. Benirschke, editors.
    Summary: Presenting an in-depth discussion of the surgical management of fractures and dislocations of the talus and calcaneus, this text utilizes both an up-to-date review of the literature, providing a broad understanding of the topic, and a case-based approach, delving into the finer details of how to care for these injuries and providing an outline of the specific surgical techniques that make anatomic repair of these injuries possible. Beginning with a review of the general principles of foot trauma care, the chapters then proceed thematically to cover various fractures of the talus, tarsal dislocations, fractures of the calcaneus, and post-traumatic care and reconstruction. There is a focus throughout on the care of the post-traumatic sequelae of these injuries, as these frequently lead to chronic issues about the foot and ankle. Amply illustrated with figures, radiographs and intra-operative photographs, Fractures and Dislocations of the Talus and Calcaneus will be an excellent resource for orthopedic, podiatric and trauma surgeons and residents.

    Contents:
    Part I: General Principles of Care for the Traumatized Foot
    Outcomes Analysis of Foot Injuries
    Initial Evaluation of Foot Injuries
    Part II: Fractures of the Talus
    General Principles of Talus Fractures
    Talar Neck Fractures
    Talar Body Fractures
    Fractures of the Talar Head
    Posterior Talar Process Fractures
    Fractures of the Lateral Process of the Talus
    Osteochondral Defects of the Talar Dome
    Part III: Tarsal Dislocations
    Fractures and Dislocations of the Talus and Calcaneus: A Case-Based Approach
    Pantalar Dislocation
    Other Midfoot Ddislocations
    Hindfoot Sprains
    Part IV: Fractures of the Calcaneus
    Intraarticular Calcaneus Fracture
    Lateral Extensile Approach for ORIF
    Minimally Invasive Treatment of Intra-articular Calcaneal Fractures
    Open Calcaneus Fractures
    Isolated Fractures of the Anterior Process
    Posterior Calcaneal Tuberosity Fractures
    Extraarticular Calcaneal Body Fractures
    Fractures of the Sustentaculum Tali
    Ipsilateral Talus and Calcaneus Fractures
    Part V: Post-traumatic Care and Reconstruction
    Rehabilitation after Fractures and Dislocations of the Talus and Calcaneus
    General Principles of Reconstruction
    Post-traumatic Arthrosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Greg A.J. Robertson, Nicola Maffuli, editors.
    Summary: This textbook provides a practically applicable sport-centred guide to fracture management for athletes. It features extensive evidence-based guidance on how fracture management can be adapted in athletic patients, to facilitate an accelerated return to sport. Descriptions of a variety of both acute and stress fracture types are included, covering both the appendicular and axial skeleton, in locations such as the shoulder, knee, ankle and spine. Throughout the book, the focus is on enabling the reader to develop a deeper understanding of the ideal management principles that are available for managing fractures in high-functioning patients. Fractures in Sport comprehensively covers the available strategies for managing fractures in professional and amateur athletes, and is ideal for use by practising and trainee orthopaedic surgeons, sports physicians, and general practitioners.

    Contents:
    Part I. Epidemiology and Basic Sciences
    Chapter 1. The Epidemiology of Sports fractures in Adults
    Chapter 2. Epidemiology of Stress Fractures in Sport
    Chapter 3. Acute Fracture Injuries
    Chapter 4. Stress Fracture Injuries
    Chapter 5. MODELS FOR UNDERSTANDING AND PREVENTING FRACTURES IN SPORT
    Chapter 6. Orthobiologics for fracture healing in the athlete
    Chapter 7. Fracture Rehabilitation
    Chapter 8. Bone health in athletes
    Part II. Acute Fractures in Sport: Upper Limb
    Chapter 9. Shoulder
    Chapter 10. Elbow
    Chapter 11. Wrist
    Chapter 12. Hand
    Part III. Acute Fractures in Sport: Lower Limb
    Chapter 13. Hip
    Chapter 14. Knee
    Chapter 15. Ankle
    Chapter 16. Foot
    Part IV. Acute Fractures in Sport: Spine and Pelvis
    Chapter 17. Cervical Spine
    Chapter 18. Thoraco-Lumbar Spine
    Chapter 19. Pelvis and Acetabulum
    Part V. Stress Fractures in Sport: Upper Limb
    Chapter 20. Shoulder
    Chapter 21
    Elbow
    Chapter 22. Wrist
    Chapter 23
    Hand
    Part VI. Stress Fractures in Sport: Lower Limb
    Chapter 24. Hip
    Chapter 25. Knee
    Chapter 26. Ankle
    Chapter 27. Foot
    Part VII. Stress Fractures in Sport: Spine and Pelvis
    Chapter 28. Spine
    Chapter 29. Pelvis and Acetabulum.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Robert J. Pignolo, Jaimo Ahn, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. The aging of bone and etiologies of fractures. Osteobiology of aging / Abhishek Chandra, Andrew Rosenzweig, and Robert J. Pignolo ; Pathologic fractures / Russell N. Stitzlein and Kristy L. Weber ; Falls / Kevin R. Parks, Nicole Osevala, and Amy M. Westcott ; Geriatric physiology / D. Joshua Mancini and Steve Allen
    Part II. Perioperative management. Anticoagulation / Alysa Beth Krain ; Prevention and management of perioperative delirium / Jerry C. Johnson ; Anesthesia and pain management in geriatric fractures / Lu F. Cia, Jiabin Liu, and Nabil Elkassabany ; Postoperative complications / So-dam Kim and Jung-hoon Kim
    Part III. Common fractures in the elderly. Hand and wrist fractures in the elderly / Nicholas Pulos, Stephanie Thibaudeau, and L. Scott Levin ; Fractures of the shoulder and elbow / Cody Hillin, J. Stuart Melvin, Karen Boselli, G. Russell Huffman, Samir Mehta, and Andrew F. Kuntz ; Vertebral compression fractures / Andrew H. Milby, Ejovi Ughwanogho, Nader M. Hebela, and Harvey E. Smith ; Pelvic and hip fractures / Nathan A. Wigner, Neil P. Sheth, and Jaimo Ahn ; Fractures of the distal femur / John A. Scolaro and John L. Esterhai ; Tibial plateau fractures in the elderly / Krishna C. Vemulapalli, Joshua C. Rozell, Joshua L. Gary, and Derek J. Donegan ; Ankle fractures / Romie Gibly, Daniel Farber, and Mara L. Schenker
    Part IV. Rehabilitation, post-fracture evaluation, and prevention. Rehabilitation / Keith Baldwin, Derek J. Donegan, and Mary Ann Keenan ; Evaluation of bone fragility and fracture prevention / Robert J. Pignolo and Mona Al Mukaddam.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Nirmal C. Tejwani, editor.
    Summary: Comprised exclusively of more than 20 clinical cases covering common fractures of and around the elbow, this concise, practical casebook will provide clinicians with the best real-world strategies to properly manage open and closed fractures, dislocations and nonunions of the distal humerus and proximal radius and ulna. Each chapter is a case that opens with a unique clinical presentation with associated radiology, followed by a description of the diagnosis, assessment and management techniques used to treat it, as well as the case outcome and clinical pearls. Cases included illustrate the surgical management of intra- and extra-articular fractures of the distal humerus, coronal shear, coronoid and olecranon fractures, the "terrible triad," Monteggia fractures, and complications, among others. Pragmatic and reader-friendly, Fractures of the Elbow: A Clinical Casebook will be an excellent resource for orthopedic surgeons and sports medicine specialists confronted with these common injuries of the elbow.

    Contents:
    Supracondylar Humerus Extra-articular Fracture
    Pediatric Supracondylar Humerus Fractures
    Distal Humerus: Intra-articular Fractures with ORIF and Dual Plating
    Distal Humerus Fracture: Total Elbow Arthroplasty
    Distal Humerus: Coronal Shear (Capitellum) Fractures
    Distal Humerus: Unicondylar Fractures
    Pediatric Lateral Condyle Humerus Fracture
    Distal Humerus Nonunion Treated with Open Reduction and Internal Fixation
    Elbow Fracture Dislocation Treated with Replacement
    The Chronic (Missed) Elbow Dislocation
    Olecranon Fracture: Tension Band Wiring
    Olecranon Fracture: Plating Techniques
    Failed Olecranon Fixation
    Coronoid Fracture: Open Reduction, Internal Fixation
    Radial Head and Neck Fractures: Open Reduction and Internal Fixation
    Radial Head Replacement for an Acute Complex Radial Head Fracture
    Monteggia Fracture-Dislocation: Ulna Fixation Only
    Monteggia Fracture-Dislocation: Ulna and Radius Fixation
    Monteggia Fracture Dislocation: Ulna Fixation with Radial Head Replacement
    Proximal Both Bone Forearm Fractures: A Dorsal Approach to the Radius
    Management of Elbow Stiffness.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Michel E.H. Boeckstyns, MD, PhD, Consultant Hand Surgeon, Capio-CFR Hospital, Hellerup, Denmark, Martin Richter, MD, Director, Department of Hand Surgery, Maltreser Hospital Seliger Gerhard, Bonn, Germany.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology and specific challenges
    Evidece in the treatment of hand fractures
    Nonoperative management of hand fractures
    K-wire fixation, intraosseous wiring, tension band wiring
    Intramedullary screw fixation of the metacarpals and phalanges of the hand
    Plate and screw fixation of hand and carpal fractures
    External minifixation
    Role of arthroscopy in the treatment of carpal fractures and nonunion
    Strategies in compound hand injuries
    Pediatric hand fractures
    Fractures in the paralytic extremity
    Hand injuries in the athlete
    Special aspects in musicians
    Fractures of the hand and carpus: complications and their treatment
    Rehabilitation of hand and finger fractures
    Fractures at the base of the proximal phalanx
    Extra-articular fractures of the phalanges
    Intra-articular fractures of the proximal interphalangeal joint
    Avulsion fractures of the flexor and extensor tendons
    Intra-articular fractures and dislocations at the base of metacarpals 2 to 5
    Intra-articular fractures at the base of the first metacarpal
    Diaphyseal fractures of the metacarpals
    Metacarpal neck fractures
    Correction of malunion in metacarapl and phalangeal fractures
    Acute scaphoid fractures
    Nonunion of the scaphoid
    Other carpal fractures
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2018
  • Digital
    Lorenz Büchler, Marius J.B. Keel, editors.
    Summary: This book is intended as a state-of-the-art reference guide that will help surgeons arrive at the correct diagnosis, make appropriate treatment decisions, and perform various surgical procedures in patients with intra-articular hip fractures. The volume describes the complex anatomy of the acetabulum and proximal femur and correlates it with appearances in radiological imaging. In addition, it explains the process of assessing and classifying typical fracture patterns, presenting and discussing specific, up-to-date treatment strategies. The book clearly highlights the advantages and disadvantages of several surgical approaches for the hip and pelvis, such as surgical hip dislocation, hip arthroscopy, the pararectus approach, and combined approaches. Individual chapters are also devoted to the management of specific fracture types: acetabular fractures, femoral head (Pipkin) fractures, femoral neck fractures, traumatic hip dislocations, and pathological fractures due to osteoporosis or tumors. For each surgical approach, the authors identify typical complications and document long-term outcomes. This book is part of the series Fracture Management Joint by Joint.

    Contents:
    1 Anatomy of the Hip Joint
    2 Radiology of the Hip Joint
    3 Surgical Management
    4 Anterior approaches to the Acetabulum: Ilio-Inguinal approach, Smith-Petersen approach and anterior intrapelvic approach (modified Stoppa)
    5 Pararectus Approach.-6 Lateral approach the pelvis and hip: Kocher-Langenbeck approach and bigastric trochanteric flip and surgical hip dislocation
    7 Extended approaches
    8 Combined Approaches
    9 Traumatic hip dislocations
    10 Acetabular Fractures
    11 Pipkin Fractures
    12 Femoral neck fracture
    13 Pathological Fractures
    14 Malunion and nonunion
    15 Arthroscopic treatment of hip fracture sequelae.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [editors] Marvin Tile, David L. Helfet, James F. Kellam, Mark Vrahas.
    Summary: The fourth edition of this well-known and highly regarded book by Marvin Tile et al. is now a two-volume set of books based on the AO principles of operative management of fractures, as applied to the pelvis and acetabulum. With the collaboration of over 80 international expert surgeons and through hundreds of images and illustrations, each volume emphasizes decision making based on the assessment of the personality of the injury through the patients history, physical examination, and interpretation of radiographic investigations. Access to video presentations demonstrating surgical approaches.

    Contents:
    Volume 1. Pelvis
    Volume 2. Acetabulum.
  • Digital
    Peter Biberthaler, Chlodwig Kirchhoff and James P. Waddell, editors.
    Summary: In this book fractures of the proximal humerus are examined in detail, with an overview of fracture morphology, injury pattern, preoperative considerations, conservative treatment, surgical management and postoperative care. It is organized anatomically, with a clear structure based on the most recent scientific data to allow surgeons to quickly access key information, practical aspects, pearls and pitfalls. The book is written by a group of experts from the Association for the Rationale Treatment of Fractures (ARTOF) who aim to provide an independent, unbiased summary of proximal humerus fracture treatments to improve clinical outcomes. Trauma and orthopaedic surgeons worldwide who are searching for current knowledge of new implants, therapeutic strategies and advancements will be able to quickly and accurately apply the information from this book to provide the best possible care for their patients.

    Contents:
    Part I : Basics
    Part II: Fracture morphology and injury pattern.- Part III: Preoperative considerations
    Part IV: Conservative Treatment
    Part V: Surgical Management
    Part VI: Current standards and future trends in arthroscopy
    Part VII: Pathologic Fractures
    Part VIII: Postoperative Care. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Nirmal C. Tejwani, editor.
    Contents:
    Part 1: Treatment of Proximal Tibia articular fractures
    Schatzker I/II Tibia Plateau Fracture
    Schatzker III Tibia Plateau Fracture (with Bone Graft Substitute)
    Schatzker IV Tibia Plateau Fracture Treated with Open Reduction and Internal Fixations
    Bicondylar Tibial Plateau ORIF Technique
    Bicondylar Tibial Plateau Fracture (Schatzker VI)
    Tibial Plateau Schatzker V/VI Treated in Ex Fix/Circular Frame
    Bicondylar Tibial Plateau Fracture with Compartment Syndrome
    Part 2: Treatment of Tibia shaft fractures
    Proximal Third Tibia Fracture treated with Intramedullary Nailing
    Proximal Tibia Fracture Treated with Plate and Screws
    Mid Shaft Tibia Shaft Fracture Treated with Intra-medullary Nail (IMN)
    Tibia Shaft Distal Third: Treatment with an Intramedullary Nail
    Distal Tibia Shaft Fracture Treated with Plate Fixation
    Tibia Shaft Fractures of the Distal Third Treated with Plate Fixation of Tibia and Fibula
    Part 3. Treatment of Open Tibia fractures
    Open Tibia fractures: Staged treatment
    Open Tibial Fracture with Immediate Fixation and Early Soft Tissue Coverage
    Part 4: Treatment of Distal tibia articular fractures
    Distal Tibia Pilon: Staged Fixation with an Anterolateral Plate
    Distal tibial pilon fracture: Delayed Treatment and Dual Incision Approach
    Treatment of Pilon Fracture in External Fixator
    Distal Tibia Pilon: Staged Fixation
    Fibula Fixation and then Tibia
    Part 5: Treatment of Nonunion and mal-union of tibia fractures
    Nonunion Tibia Shaft treated with IMN/Bone Grafting
    Technique of Masquelet Bone Grafting
    Modified Clamshell Osteotomy for Treating Acute Tibial Shaft Fracture with Pre-existent Malunion
    Treatment of Tibia Malunion with Circular External Fixation
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Nirmal C. Tejwani, editor.
    Summary: Comprised exclusively of more than two dozen clinical cases covering common injuries of and around the wrist, this concise, practical casebook will provide clinicians with the best real-world strategies to properly manage open and closed fractures, dislocations and nonunions of the distal radius, scaphoid and perilunate. Each chapter is a case that opens with a unique clinical presentation with associated radiology, followed by a description of the diagnosis, assessment and management techniques used to treat it, as well as the case outcome and clinical pearls. Cases included illustrate the surgical management of intra- and extra-articular fractures and malunions of the distal radius - volar plating, k-wires and fracture-specific fixation - Galeazzi fractures, DRUJ fixation, scaphoid-scapholunate-perilunate dislocation and more, including pediatric cases. Pragmatic and reader-friendly, Fractures of the Wrist: A Clinical Casebook will be an excellent resource for orthopedic surgeons and sports medicine specialists confronted with these common injuries of the Wrist.

    Contents:
    Both Bone Forearm Fractures (Distal)
    Galeazzi Fracture Dislocation with Closed Reduction of Distal Radio-Ulna Joint
    Operative Fixation of Galeazzi Fractures
    Open DRUJ reduction,- Distal Radius Fracture: Volar Plating Shear Fractures
    Volar Plating of Distal Radius Fractures
    Distal Radius Fracture Treated with Spanning External Fixation and K-wires
    Fragment Specific Distal Radius Fixation
    Distal Radius Fracture: Combination of Volar Plating/Dorsal Bridge Plate
    Dorsal Plating for Distal Radius Fractures
    Extra-articular Malunions of the Distal Radius
    Bridge Plating of Distal Radius Fractures
    Compartment Syndrome: Forearm and Hand
    Arthroscopic Assisted Fracture Fixation: Distal Radius
    Arthroscopic Assisted Operative Fixation of Scaphoid Fracture
    Capsulorrhaphy Reconstruction Technique for the Treatment of Chronic Distal Radioulnar Joint Instability
    Scaphoid fracture: Waist
    Surgical Treatment of Scaphoid Non-Union
    Scaphoid Chronic Non-Union: Vascularized Bone Grafting
    Scapholunate Dissociation: Dorsal Capsulodesis/Primary Repair
    Radiocarpal Dislocation: ORIF
    Perilunate Dislocation: ORIF
    Chronic Perilunate Dislocation: Excision and Fusion
    Pediatric Salter Harris Distal Radius Fracture: Pinning
    Pediatric Distal Both Bone Fracture: Failed Closed Reduction
    Pediatric Both Bone Fracture: Flexible Nails.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Karen Hertz, Julie Santy-Tomlinson, editors.
    Summary: This open access book aims to provide a comprehensive but practical overview of the knowledge required for the assessment and management of the older adult with or at risk of fragility fracture. It considers this from the perspectives of all of the settings in which this group of patients receive nursing care. Globally, a fragility fracture is estimated to occur every 3 seconds. This amounts to 25 000 fractures per day or 9 million per year. The financial costs are reported to be: 32 billion EUR per year in Europe and 20 billon USD in the United States. As the population of China ages, the cost of hip fracture care there is likely to reach 1.25 billion USD by 2020 and 265 billion by 2050 (International Osteoporosis Foundation 2016). Consequently, the need for nursing for patients with fragility fracture across the world is immense. Fragility fracture is one of the foremost challenges for health care providers, and the impact of each one of those expected 9 million hip fractures is significant pain, disability, reduced quality of life, loss of independence and decreased life expectancy. There is a need for coordinated, multi-disciplinary models of care for secondary fracture prevention based on the increasing evidence that such models make a difference. There is also a need to promote and facilitate high quality, evidence-based effective care to those who suffer a fragility fracture with a focus on the best outcomes for recovery, rehabilitation and secondary prevention of further fracture. The care community has to understand better the experience of fragility fracture from the perspective of the patient so that direct improvements in care can be based on the perspectives of the users. This book supports these needs by providing a comprehensive approach to nursing practice in fragility fracture care. .

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    Chapter 1. Osteoporosis and the nature of fragility fracture – an overview
    Chapter 2. Frailty, sarcopenia and falls
    Chapter 3. Secondary fracture and fall prevention
    Chapter 4. Comprehensive geriatric assessment from a nursing perspective
    Chapter 5. Orthogeriatric nursing in the emergency and perioperative in-patient setting
    Chapter 6. Mobility, remobilisation, exercise and prevention of the complications of stasis
    Chapter 7. Pressure injury prevention and wound management
    Chapter 8. Nutrition and hydration
    Chapter 9. Nursing the patient with altered cognitive function
    Chapter 10. Rehabilitation and discharge
    Chapter 11. Family partnerships, palliative care and end of life
    Chapter 12. Orthogeriatric nursing
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Pol Maria Rommens, Alexander Hofmann, editors.
    Contents:
    Section 1: General considerations
    Section 2: Clinical aspects
    Section 3: Classification
    Section 4: Treatment of fragility fractures of the pelvis
    Section 5: Stabilization techniques for the posterior pelvic ring
    Section 6: Stabilization techniques for the anterior pelvic ring.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Anthony E. Klon.
    Contents:
    Solvation methods for protein-ligand docking / Rachelle J. Bienstock
    Binding site druggability assessment in fragment-based drug design / Yu Zhou and Niu Huang
    Generating "fragment-based virtual library" using pocket similarity search of ligand-receptor complexes / Raed S. Khashan
    Virtual fragment preparation for computational fragment- based drug design / Jennifer L. Ludington
    Fragment library design : using cheminformatics and expert chemists to fill gaps in existing fragment libraries / Peter S. Kutchukian ... [et al.]
    Protocol for fragment hopping / Kevin B. Teuscher and Haitao Ji
    Site identification by ligand competitive saturation (SILCS) simulations for fragment-based drug Design / Christina E. Faller ... [et al.]
    Computational fragment-based de novo design protocol guided by ligand efficiency indices (LEI) / Álvaro Cortés-Cabrera, Federico Gago, and Antonio Morreale
    Scoring functions for fragment-based drug discovery / Jui-Chih Wang and Jung-Hsin Lin
    Computational methods for fragment-based ligand design : growing and linking / Rachelle J. Bienstock
    Design strategies for computational fragment-based drug design / Zenon D. Konteatis
    Protein binding site analysis for drug discovery using a computational fragment-based method / Jennifer L. Ludington
    Fragment-based design of kinase inhibitors : a practical guide / Jon A. Erickson
    Designing a small molecule erythropoietin mimetic / Frank Guarnieri
    Designing an orally available nontoxic p38 inhibitor with a fragment-based strategy / Frank Guarnieri.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Ilana Yurkiewicz, MD.
    Summary: "An award-winning physician-writer reveals how pervasive cracks in the health care system cost us time, energy, and lives-and how we can fix them. There's an unspoken assumption when you go to see a doctor: the doctor knows your medical story and is making decisions based on that story. But the reality frequently falls short. Medical records vanish when we switch doctors. Critical details of life-saving treatment plans get lost in muddled electronic charts. The doctors we see change according to specialty, hospital shifts, or an insurer's whims. Stanford physician Ilana Yurkiewicz calls this fragmentation, and, she reveals, it's the central failure of health care today. In this gripping narrative from medicine's front lines, she shows how a system that doesn't talk to itself forces doctors, patients, and their loved ones to go to heroic lengths to bridge the gaps. With lives at stake and little other choice, we all do so--but the system is hanging by a thread, and we need better solutions. Radiantly humane, empowering, and ultimately hopeful, Fragmented is a prescription for what really needs fixing in modern medicine"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Part 1: The data dig. Paper trails
    Who owns the story?
    Making computers work for us
    Part 2: Lost to follow-up. Are you my doctor?
    Twenty-eight hours in Hell
    Reinventing primary care
    Part 3: The stories we tell ourselves. These things happen
    The likeliest unlikely
    Fixing fragmentation together
    The full story: a patient's checklist.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Fulltext (3 concurrent users)
    Fulltext (3 concurrent users) SUNet ID login required
    Audio Book
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    RA395.A3 Y87 2023
    1
  • Digital
    editors, Roger A. Fielding, Cornel Sieber, Bruno Vellas.
    Contents:
    Connecting age-related biological decline to frailty and late-life vulnerability / J.D. Walston
    Cellular senescence and the biology of aging, disease, and frailty / N.K. LeBrasseur, T. Tchkonia, J.L. Kirkland
    The role of genome instability in frailty : mitochondria versus nucleus / A.Y. Seo, C. Leeuwenburgh
    Determinants of frailty and longevity : are they the same ones? / L. Rodrguez Maas
    A summary of the biological basis of frailty / R.A. Fielding
    Psychological frailty in the aging patient / L.J. Fitten
    Frailty clinical phenotype : a physical and cognitive point of view / M. Aubertin-Leheudre, A.J. Woods, S. Anton, R. Cohen, M. Pahor
    Overlaps between frailty and sarcopenia definitions / T. Cederholm
    Recovery after hip fracture : interventions and their timing to address deficits and desired outcomes : evidence from the Baltimore hip studies / J. Magaziner, N. Chiles, D. Orwig
    Physical exercise as therapy for frailty / L.E. Aguirre, D.T. Villareal
    Implementing frailty in clinical practice / M. Cesari, B. Vellas
    Implementing frailty into clinical practice for older adults at risk of dependency / B. Vellas.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    Carlos Guido Musso, José Ricardo Jauregui, Juan Florencio Macías-Núñez, Adrian Covic, editors.
    Summary: This unique book reviews the information available in the literature regarding the new syndrome, frailty, in patients with various renal conditions, such as acute kidney injury, chronic kidney disease, as well as dialysis and transplant patients. The topic is of importance in nephrology, specifically nephrogeriatrics, since frailty is a condition affecting many elderly patients and which is becoming increasingly common in medical practice. As such, there is a considerable need for information to assist professionals treating these patients. The book includes chapters on the frailty syndrome (definition, evaluation and treatment), the main geriatric syndromes (gait disorder, falls, incontinence, and delirium), the main renal syndromes (acute renal injury, chronic kidney disease) as well as dialysis and kidney transplant, and the relationship between geriatrics and renal syndromes. Frailty and Kidney Disease: A Practical Guide to Clinical Management is an essential resource for general practitioners, researchers, internal medicine physicians, geriatricians, and nephrologists.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Frailty and Kidney Disease
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: Frailty Phenotype
    References
    Chapter 2: Frailty Assessment
    References
    Chapter 3: Falls and Gait Disorders in Older Adults: Causes and Consequences
    Introduction
    Falls as a "Geriatric Giant"
    Consequences of Falling
    Morbidity and Mortality
    Psychological and Social Consequences
    Risk Factors for Falls
    Antianxiety/Hypnotics Medications
    Antipsychotic Medications
    Antidepressant Medications
    Antipsychotics and Opioids Antihypertensive and Other Cardiovascular Medications
    Pathophysiology of Falls
    A Model for the Understanding of the Basics of Postural Control
    Cognitive Aspects of Falls Risk: The Role of the Gait and Cognition Interaction in Falls
    Risk Identification
    Falls Classification and the Role of Gait Assessments
    Dual-Task Gait Assessments
    Falls Risk Assessment
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 4: Immobility Syndrome
    Epidemiology and Causes
    Physical
    Psychological
    Environmental
    Iatrogenic Causes
    Others
    Complications
    Assessing
    Rehabilitation General Care
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 5: Delirium
    Introduction
    Risk Factors and Triggers for Delirium
    Clinical Characteristics of Delirium
    Diagnosis
    DSM-5 Criteria
    Etiology
    The Most Common Potential Reversible Causes Include the Following
    Partially Reversible or Not Reversible Causes
    Differential Diagnoses
    Delirium Pathophysiology
    Delirium in Patients with Chronic Kidney Disease
    Treatment
    Preventive Measures
    Pharmacological Therapy
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 6: Urinary Incontinence in Older Persons
    Introduction
    Definition Relevance of the Problem
    Demographic Aspects and Epidemiology of the UI
    Anatomy and Physiology of the Urinary Tract
    Changes of the Genitourinary System Associated with Normal Aging
    Pathophysiology of Urinary Incontinence
    Stress Urinary Incontinence (SUI)
    Urgent Urinary Incontinence (UUI)
    Classification
    Acute Urinary Incontinence
    Chronic Urinary Incontinence
    Urgent Urinary Incontinence (UUI)
    Stress Urinary Incontinence (SUI)
    Overflow Incontinence (OFI)
    Functional Incontinence
    Mixed Incontinence
    Evaluation of the Patient's Incontinence
    Interrogation Physical Exam
    Supplementary Exams
    Treatment of Urinary Incontinence
    Behavioral Measures
    Placebos
    Dietary Hygienic Measures
    Exercises for the Pelvic Floor Muscles (EPFM)
    How Are These Exercises Done?
    Intravaginal Mechanical Devices
    Electrical Stimulation
    Neuromodulation
    Anti-incontinence Devices
    Pharmacological Treatment of Urinary Incontinence
    Management of Acute Incontinence
    General Support Measures
    Urinary Infections
    Management of Chronic Urinary Incontinence
    Urgent Urinary Incontinence
    Hormone Treatment
    Nonhormonal Treatment
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Puneeta Tandon, Aldo J. Montano-Loza, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a concise yet comprehensive overview of frailty and sarcopenia in the cirrhotic patient. The text presents a personalized approach to identifying cirrhotic patients at risk of higher morbidity and mortality due to frailty and sarcopenia. It reviews current and novel diagnostic methods, while spotlighting treatment and management strategies for frailty and sarcopenia. The book also focuses on special issues associated with these syndromes, such as the effect of gender, age, and ethnicity on frailty and sarcopenia, sarcopenic obesity, and frailty and sarcopenia after liver transplantation. Future considerations are outlined in the closing chapters, including emerging pharmacological and interventional therapies for these syndromes. Written by experts in the field, Frailty and Sarcopenia in Cirrhosis: The Basics, the Challenges, and the Future is a valuable resource for clinicians and practitioners who treat patients with cirrhosis.

    Contents:
    Definition & Diagnosis of Sarcopenia in the Research and Clinical Settings
    The Definition and Diagnosis of Frailty in the Research and Clinical Settings
    Deciphering the Cirrhotic Patient?s Present Status: The Overlap between Physical Frailty, Disability and Sarcopenia
    The Pathogenesis of Physical Frailty and Sarcopenia
    Prognostic Implications of Physical Frailty and Sarcopenia Pre and Post Transplantation
    Nutritional Therapy in the Management of Physical Frailty and Sarcopenia
    Exercise Training in Patients with Cirrhosis
    Sex, Age and Ethnicity Dependent Variation in Body Composition: Can There Be a Single Cut-off?
    Muscle Mass versus Muscle Strength and Performance: Is Muscle Mass Measurement Alone Enough?
    The Role of Changes in Subcutaneous and Visceral Adiposity, Sarcopenic Obesity and Myosteatosis/Muscle Quality in Cirrhosis:How to Diagnose It and Its Contribution to Prognosis
    Evidence for the Assessment of Physical Frailty and Sarcopenia in Hospitalized Patients and the Role of Assessing Changes Over Time
    Frailty and Sarcopenia in the Selection of Candidates for Liver Transplantation
    Physical Frailty and Sarcopenia in End Stage Liver Disease: Do They Improve after Liver Transplantation?
    Measures of Sarcopenia: The Utility of Ultrasound, Bioelectrical Impedance Analysis, and Single-Slice Cross-Sectional Imaging
    Upcoming Pharmacological and Interventional Therapies for the Treatment of Physical Frailty and Sarcopenia
    Should Frailty Include Multidimensional and Dynamic Factors?
    Hepatic Encephalopathy, Sarcopenia and Frailty
    A Research Wish List to Understand, Diagnose and Manage Frailty and Sarcopenia.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    volume editors, Olga Theou, Kenneth Rockwood.
    Contents:
    Frailty : scaling from cellular deficit accumulation? / Rockwood, K.; Mitnitski, A. ; Howlett, S.E
    Assessment of frailty in animal models / Howlett, S.E.
    Frailty, inflammation, and immunosenescence / Fulop, T. ; McElhaney, J., Pawelec, G. ; Cohen. A.A ; Morais, J.A. ; Dupuis, G. ; Baehl, S. ; Camous, X. ; Witkowski, J.M. ; Larbi, A.
    Sex differences in frailty / Hubbard, R.E.
    Frailty and the microbiome / Meehan, C.J. ; Langille, M.G.I. ; Beiko, R.G.
    Operationalizing frailty using the frailty phenotype and deficit accumulation approaches / Theou, O. ; Walston, J. ; Rockwood, K.
    Comparison and clinical applications of the frailty phenotype and frailty index approaches / Theou, O. ; Rockwood, K.
    Frailty in primary care / Romero-Ortuno, R.
    Hospital care for frail elderly adults : from specialized geriatric units to hospital-wide interventions / Bakker, F.C. ; Olde Rikkert, M.G.M.
    Frailty and mobility / Eeles, E. ; Low Choy, N.
    Frailty and interprofessional collaboration / Briggs, M.C.E. ; McElhaney, J.E.
    Frailty and rehabilitation / Cameron, I.D. ; Kurrle, S.E.
    End of life care in frailty / Moorhouse, P. ; Koller, K. ; Mallery, L.
    Frailty and organization of health and social care / Clegg, A. ; Young, J.
    Frailty's place in ethics and law : some thoughts on equality, autonomy, and limits and on possibilities for aging citizens / McNally, M.; Lahey, W.
    Frailty and social vulnerability / Andrew, M.K.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    Fabio Gomes, editor.
    Summary: This book summarizes evidence on frailty and ageing, how this may impact outcomes and how this can be incorporated in the decision-making process for cancer treatment. It discusses quality of life on frail senior adults and patient goals of care. The book aims to improve patient-treatment selection and the outcomes of patients by empowering clinicians to properly assess patients for frailty, either on their own or within a multidisciplinary setting. The reader will learn the methods available for assessing for frailty, such as screening tools, but also how to perform geriatric assessments by providing details on each component (functional, nutritional, social, psychological, etc.). The book also provides information on how to manage and intervene on frailty with the role of pre-habilitation and re-habilitation, how to set-up frailty teams and pathways within ones hospital and community. Finally, frailty and associated research per cancer type are discussed in detail along with biomarkers of frailty and future directions.

    Contents:
    Introduction to frailty in older adults with cancer
    Global action and policies in older adults with cancer and frailty
    Frailty screening and comprehensive geriatric assessment
    Cognitive impairment in older adults with cancer and frailty
    Psychosocial dimension in older adults with cancer and frailty
    Comorbidity and polypharmacy in older adults with cancer and frailty
    Malnutrition, cachexia and sarcopenia in older adults with cancer and frailty
    Physical performance and functional status in older adults with cancer and frailty
    Prehabilitation and rehabilitation in older adults with cancer and frailty
    Holistic needs assessment and advance care planning in older adults with cancer and frailty
    Multidisciplinary onco-geriatric care models
    Decision-making process in older adults with cancer and frailty
    Perioperative care in older adults with cancer and frailty
    Radiotherapy and systemic anti-cancer treatment in older adults with cancer and frailty
    Palliative care in older adults with cancer and frailty
    Frailty research: the present and the future
    Breast cancer in older adults with frailty
    Non-small cell lung cancer in older adults with frailty
    Colorectal cancer in older adults with frailty
    Prostate cancer in older adults with frailty
    Renal cell carcinoma in older adults with frailty
    Cutaneous melanoma in older adults with frailty
    Gastroesophageal cancer in older adults with frailty
    Hepatopancreaticobiliary cancer in older adults with frailty
    Gynaecological cancer in older adults with frailty
    Head and neck cancer in older adults with frailty
    Hematological cancer in older adults with frailty.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Rose Utley, Kristina Henry, Lucretia Smith.
    Contents:
    Understanding theoretical concepts / Rose Utley
    Strategies for using frameworks / Rose Utley
    The relationship between theory, research, and practice / Lucretia Smith
    Frameworks for behavioral change / Kristina Henry
    Care and caring frameworks / Rose Utley
    Human development frameworks / Rose Utley
    Frameworks for teaching and learning / Rose Utley
    Moral and ethical perspectives / Rose Utley
    Health and illness frameworks / Lucretia Smith
    Interpersonal and family frameworks / Kristina Henry, Lucretia Smith
    Needs-based frameworks / Rhea Faye D. Felicilda-Reynaldo, Lucretia Smith
    Physiological frameworks / Lucretia Smith
    Psychological frameworks / Kristina Henry
    Role-related frameworks / Rose Utley
    Economic frameworks / Kristina Henry
    Community and population health frameworks / Lucretia Smith
    Organizational systems frameworks / Kristina Henry
    Leadership frameworks for organizational systems / Kristina Henry
    Frameworks for evaluation / Rose Utley
    Sociocultural framework / Kristina Henry
    Application of frameworks to the nurse educator role / Rose Utley
    Application of frameworks to the clinician role / Maria Kenneally, Rose Utley
    Application of frameworks to leadership roles in nursing / Kristina Henry
    Application of frameworks to the nurse researcher role / Lucretia Smith.
    Digital Access R2Library 2018
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    André M. Mansoor, MD (Assistant Professor of Medicine, Division of Hospital Medicine, Director, Procedure Service, Oregon Health & Science University, Portland, Oregon).
    Summary: "Frameworks for Internal Medicine is an innovative, visual, and organized approach to teaching DDx for the internal medicine rotation. Although aimed at internal medicine, it is suitable for clerkship students in other rotations as well, especially family medicine, as well as students in PA and NP. Based on the author's experiences teaching "chalk talks" to medical clerkship students, the text draws on the author's own knowledge and background and covers the top conditions students must learn during the IM rotation This book preserves the art of Socratic teaching, a method that reaches back 2500 years. Not only does the process reveal what is known but, even more clearly, it reveals what is not known. Everybody learns. Students, teachers, and nurses learn. Laboratory personnel and patients learn. All will evolve and grow. It is a powerful thing to witness. Fifty of the most common clinical problems are illustrated in this book. The cache of questions will evolve as the anatomy of erudition points the way. This book contains frameworks that guide the discussion of the "the chosen fifty." The 60-year-old man with hematocrit of 32. The 29-year-old pregnant woman with pitting edema to the axillae. The acutely dyspneic long haul truck driver. The young person with fever of unknown origin. The framework prepares the teacher and the learners. It creates the environment most conducive to high-impact learning efficiency. In the end, it is the process rather than the framework. The process becomes generalized"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Sect. 1: How to use this book
    Sect. 2: The framework system
    Sect. 3: Cardiology
    Sect. 4: Endocrinology
    Sect. 5: Gastroenterology and hepatology
    Sect. 6: General internal medicine
    Sect. 7: Hematology
    Sect. 8: Infectious diseases
    Sect. 9: Nephrology
    Sect. 10: Neurology
    Sect. 11: Pulmonology
    Sect. 12: Rheumatology
    Sect. 13: Educator's appendix.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2010
  • Digital
    Raul Pellini, Gabriele Molteni, editors.
    Summary: This richly illustrated atlas provides a clear and comprehensive step-by-step description of surgical techniques for raising and setting free flaps from different donor sites, to reconstruct damage to the head and neck caused by cancer and trauma. Adopting a highly practical approach, the book describes the indications and technical aspects of each procedure with sets of in-vivo pictures clearly showing the surgical passages. In addition, it discusses microvascular techniques and explores different soft-tissue, perforator and bone flaps, including novel free tissue flaps, presented for the first time in the head and neck field. This book offers invaluable insights into free-flap harvesting and transferring techniques for both residents and experienced specialists in the field of otolaryngology, head and neck, maxillo-facial and plastic surgery.

    Contents:
    Part-1 General Aspects. Free Flaps In Head And Neck Reconstruction
    Anatomical Considerations Of Free Flaps
    Microvascular Techniques
    Part-2 Soft Tissue Flaps. Temporoparietal Fascial Flap
    Radial Forearm Flap
    Rectus Abdominis Free Flap
    The Gracilis Flap. Part-3 Perforator Flaps. Anterolateral Thigh Flap
    DIEP Flap In Head & Neck Reconstructions
    Subscapular System
    Iliac Crest Free Flap
    The Medial Femoral Condyle Flap
    Fibula Free Flap.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Jessica Hernandez, PhD.
    Summary: An Indigenous environmental scientist breaks down why Western conservationism isn't working--and offers Indigenous models informed by case studies, historical overviews, and stories that center the voices of Latin American women and land protectors. Despite the fact that Indigenous communities are among the most affected by climate devastation, Indigenous science is nowhere to be found in mainstream environmental policy or discourse. And while holistic land, water, and forest management practices born from millennia of Indigenous knowledge systems have much to teach all of us, Indigenous science has long been ignored, otherized, or perceived as "soft" -- the product of a systematic, centuries-long campaign of racism, colonialism, and extractive capitalism. Jessica Hernandez--a Maya Ch'orti' and Zapotec environmental scientist and founder of environmental agency Piña Soul--introduces and contextualizes Indigenous environmental knowledge and proposes a vision of land stewardship that heals rather than displaces, that generates rather than destroys. She breaks down the failures of Western-defined conservationism and shares alternatives, citing the restoration work of urban Indigenous people in Seattle; her family's fight against eco-terrorism in Latin America; and holistic land management approaches of Indigenous groups across the continent. If we're to recover the health of our planet--for everyone--we need to stop the eco-colonialism ravaging Indigenous lands and restore our relationships with Earth to one of harmony and respect.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Indigenous teaching : nature protects you as long as you protect nature
    Ecocolonialism of indigenous landscapes
    Birth of Western conservation
    Indigenous science : indigenous stewardship and management of lands
    Ecowars : seeking environmental justice
    Tierra Madre : indigenous women and ecofeminism
    Ancestral foods : cooking with fresh banana leaves
    Indigenizing conservation : healing indigenous landscapes.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    GE195.9 .H47 2022
    1
  • Digital
    Matthew A. Patterson, Rachel Mair, Nathan Eckert, Catherine M. Gatenby, Tony Brady, Jess W. Jones, Bryan R. Simmons, Julie L. Devers.
    Summary: Freshwater mussels are declining rapidly worldwide. Propagation has the potential to restore numbers of these remarkable organisms, preventing extinction of rare species and maintaining the many benefits that they bring to aquatic ecosystems. Written by practitioners with firsthand experience of propagation programs, this practical book is a thorough guide to the subject, taking readers through the process from start to finish. The latest propagation and culture techniques are explored as readers follow freshwater mussels through their amazing and complex life cycle. Topics covered include the basics of building a culture facility, collecting and maintaining brood stock, collecting host species, infesting host species with larval mussels, collecting and culturing juvenile mussels, releasing juveniles to the wild, and post-release monitoring. This will be valuable reading for any biologist interested in the conservation of freshwater mussel populations.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Print
    Catherine Reef.
    Summary: Explores the tumultuous lives, marriage, and work of Mexican artists Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    ND259.K33 R44 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Youyou Tu.
    Summary: From Artemisia annua L. to Artemisinins: The Discovery and Development of Artemisinins and Antimalarial Agents is the first book that systematically introduces the origin and development of artemisinine and artemisinine-based drugs. It includes four distinct sections, including Artemisia annua L., Artemisinin, Dihydroartemisinin, and other artemisinin derivatives. Tu Youyou, the chief inventor of artemisinin, together with other members from the research team, have written a book that will be a valuable reference work for both researchers involved in the medical industry and scholars who are interested in undertaking innovative research.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Artemisia annua L.
    Introduction
    Studies of the certified and confused Herba Artemisiae Annuae
    Research on Artemisia annua L. for the treatment of malaria
    Advancement in researches on chemical ingredients in Artemesia annua L.
    Studies on quality control of Qinghao
    Studies on pharmacological actions of Artemisia annua
    Studies on the cultivation and breeding of Artemisia annua L.
    Metabolic engineering of Artemisia annua L.
    Part 2. Artemisinin
    Introduction to Artemisinin
    Structure and properties of Artemisinin
    Research on assays of Artemisinin
    Research on extraction methods for Artemisinin
    Research on synthetic method of Artemisinin
    Pharmacological studies on Artemisinin
    Toxicological studies of Artemisinin
    Clinical studies of Artemisinin
    Part 3. Dihydroartemisinin
    Overview of dihydroartemisinin
    Preparation and identification of dihydroartemisinin
    Analytical methods and quality standards for dihydroartemisinin
    Pharmacological studies of dihydroartemisinin
    Toxicology studies of dihydroartemisinin
    Clinical studies of dihydroartemisinin
    Part 4. Advancement in research on Artemisinins
    Artemisinins
    The pharmacological research process of Artemisinin for antimalarial treatment
    Advancement in research on Artemisinin derivatives and relevant compounds
    Study progress in other pharmacological effects of Artemisinins.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Vladimir Marko.
    Summary: From Aspirin to Viagra, insulin to penicillin, and vaccines to vitamin supplements, drugs have become part of our everyday lives. This staggering global industry wasnt born overnight; advancements in pharmaceutical science have been happening for a long while, over the course of decades and even centuries. This book tells the history of ten prominent substances and how they came to be common household names. It shows how the creation of such influential drugs often began with the right person at the exactly right--or wrong!-- time. The chapters tell the stories of geniuses and charlatans; scholars and amateurs; advances won through hard work or pure luck; and ultimately, the handful of resounding successes that revolutionized a global industry. Beyond the pioneers of the most famous drugs in our culture, the book analyzes how our perspective on medical treatment has shifted over the decades. Modern standards for testing and administering substances have created a new set of advantages, setbacks, and stigmas, all of which are discussed herein.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Acknowledgements
    About the Author
    Preface
    1: Aspirin
    Story 1.1: The curious reverend and the bark of the willow
    Story 1.2: The three fathers and the two miracle drugs
    Story 1.3: The industrialist and his business
    Story 1.4: The great German patriot and the Great Phenol Plot
    Story 1.5: The man from New Zealand and marketing magic
    Story 1.6: The country doctor and medicinal gum
    Concluding remarks
    2: Quinine
    Story 2.1: The Countess of Chinchón and the Jesuit Bark
    Story 2.2: The successful charlatan and the miracle medicine Story 2.3: The two friends and the yellow cinchona
    Story 2.4: The unlucky adventurer and the alpacas
    Story 2.5: The two opposing scientists and the mosquitoes with spotted wings
    Concluding remarks
    3: Vitamin C
    Story 3.1: The famous admiral and scurvy
    Story 3.2: The ship's doctor and Murphy's Law
    Story 3.3: The snob and the 7,000 cannons
    Story 3.4: The Norwegian hygienist and guinea pigs
    Story 3.5: The Hungarian politician and Hungarian paprika
    Story 3.6: The hardworking chemist and the role of wine flies
    Concluding remarks
    4: Insulin Story 4.1: The bold experimenter and sweet urine
    Story 4.2: The military doctor in Barbados and various diets
    Story 4.3: Two diabetologists, starvation, and Elizabeth the Iconic
    Story 4.4: The vivid scientist from Mauritius and the elixir of youth
    Story 4.5: The aspiring amateur and the elixir of life
    Story 4.6: The strong-minded scientist and her four hands
    Concluding remarks
    5: Penicillin
    Story 5.1: The doctor with stained hands and the magic bullet
    Story 5.2: The rejected Nobel Prize and saving young Hildegard Story 5.3: The Scottish bacteriologist and his return from vacation
    Story 5.4: Three Englishmen and the benefits of America
    Story 5.5: Stubborn Andy and the need for meat
    Story 5.6: The renowned health professional and ethical blindness
    Concluding remarks
    6: The Pill
    Story 6.1: Madame Restell and Fifth Avenue abortions
    Story 6.2: The revolutionary and birth control
    Story 6.3: The controversial biologist and his controversial experiments
    Story 6.4: The Catholic gynecologist and his futile hope
    Story 6.5: The three brilliant chemists The Octane Number and the Black Head
    The Bridge Grandmaster and 106 Years of Prison
    The Father Who Would Rather Be a Mother
    Concluding remarks
    7: Chlorpromazine
    Story 7.1: The enlightened doctor and freeing the insane
    Story 7.2: Many attempts and difficult beginnings for treatment
    Story 7.3: A French thinker and his lytic cocktail
    Story 7.4: A professor, his assistant, and psychiatric penicillin
    Story 7.5: Psychoanalysis and the need to know foreign languages
    Concluding remarks
    8: Prozac
    Story 8.1: Two psychiatrists, a singing cyclist, and dancing patients
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    volume editors, Fu-Chan Wei, Hui-Yun Cheng, Cheng-Hung Lin.
    Contents:
    Microsurgical reconstruction in brachial plexus injury and facial paralysis / Chuang, D.C.-C.
    Microsurgical reconstruction of oncological defects / Cheng, M.-H.; Browne, T.
    Various free intestinal flaps and omentum for reconstruction of defects / Maruccia, M.; Chen, H.-C.
    Achieving norms : limitations of autotransplantation and the need for allotransplantation illustrated with head and neck reconstruction / Al Deek, N.F.; Tsao, C.-K.; Wei, F.-C.
    Evolution from toe-to-hand transfer to hand transplantation / Zelken, J.; Lin, C.-H.
    Vascularized covmposite allografts and solid organ transplants : similarities and differences / Weissenbacher, A.; Grahammer, J.; Hautz, T.; Schneeberger, S.
    Development of a clinical vascularized composite allotransplantation program : requirements and recommendations / Lawson, S.; Wang, L.; Fries, A.; Davis, M.; Gorantla, V.S.
    Hand transplantation / Brandacher, G.; Shores, J.T.; Lee, W.P.A.
    Facial transplantation / Aycart, M.; Alhefzi, M.; Kueckelhaus, M.; Fischer, S.; Dermietzel, A.; Wo, L.; Bueno, E.; Pomahac, B.
    Establishing a center for vascularized composite allotransplantation : the experience of Chang Gung Memorial Hospital / Cheng, H.-Y.; Al Deek, N.F.; Wei, F.-C.
    Development of animal models for the study of vascularized composite allotransplantation / Zelken, J.; Lin, C.-H.
    Induction of donor-specific tolerance with vascularized bone marrow transplantation / Lin, C.-H.; Anggelia, M.R.
    Cellular therapeutics-based strategies for inducing donor-specific tolerance to vascularized composite allotransplants / Cheng, H.-Y.
    In vivo bioimaging platform with tissomic validation for vascularized composite allotransplantation / Wen, C.-J.; Hsieh, Y.-H.
    Potential of microRNAs in vascularized composite allotransplantation / Hsieh, C.-H.
    Potential of induced pluripotent stem cells in vascularized composite allotransplantation / Wang, Y.-L..
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Ping-Chung Leung, Debashis Panda.
    Summary: "This unique book presents the differences and similarities of the oldest system of health care. All ancient medicine has strong philosophical background and management varieties related to treatment activities. Ayurveda is one such branch of medicine that is strongly linked to Yoga and traditional Chinese medicine including activities related to Martial Arts and Acupuncture. This book successfully merges Ayurveda with Chinese medicine thereby enhancing the understanding of the two systems"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Ayurveda
    Chinese medicine : from philosophy to basic principles / Deboshis Panda
    Ayurveda : body structures and functional considerations / Deboshis Panda
    Health and disease in Ayurveda / Deboshis Panda
    Chinese medicine : principles on health and diseases / P.C. Leung
    Research and development of Chinese medicinal plants / Clara Bik-San Lau, P.C. Leung ... et al.
    Evidence based validation of Indian traditional medicine
    way forward / P.K. Mukherjee ... et al.
    Natural healing : qi gong, tai chi, and yoga / P.C. Leung
    Ayurveda in India / Deboshis Panda, P.C. Leung
    Traditional medicine in China / P.C. Leung
    Medicinal herbs used in Ayurveda and Chinese medicine / P.C. Leung, Edmond Au Wai-chun
    Ayurveda and Chinese medicine today : joint mission of the two Asian systems / P.C. Leung, Deboshis Panda.
    Digital Access World Scientific 2017
  • Digital
    Vladimir V. Klimov.
    Summary: This book fills a gap at the interface of fundamental and clinical immunology, and allergy. For many years, experts in fundamental immunology and physicians involved in clinical immunology and allergy worked separately ? but the fundamental immunologists did not have medical qualifications and the physicians were not involved in the field of fundamental research. Written by a teacher and an expert in both fields, this book combines current knowledge on basic immunology and immunopathology with clinical comments that complete the whole picture. Immunology is a complex science, which requires a simplified approach in order to be taught and understood effectively. This book is based on the authors? long experience in teaching undergraduate, postgraduate students and interns both basic and clinical immunology. Reviewing a variety of important components related to the immune system, it is clearly and logically structured, and enriched by figures, tables and boxes with important immunology definitions. Each chapter has its own bibliography, and most units include links to electronic quizzes and audio files to accompany readers step by step. This easy-to-follow volume concludes with suggestions for future study. It is a valuable resource for undergraduate and postgraduate students, as well as medical practitioners.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1. Functional Organization of the Immune System
    Chapter 2. Skin and Mucosal Immune System
    Chapter 3. Innate Immunity
    Chapter 4. Adaptive Immune Responses
    Chapter 5. Immunological and Molecular Biological Methods
    Chapter 6. Immunopathology
    Chapter 7. Immunology of Infectious Processes
    Chapter 8. Vaccination
    Chapter 9. Immune Enhancement Therapy
    Chapter 10. Anti-Allergic Medications
    Chapter 11. Allergen-Specific Immunotherapy (ASIT)
    Backmatter (Abbreviations list, quizzes).
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    David Makowski, François Piraux, François Brun.
    Summary: Data analysis plays an increasing role in research, scientific expertise and prospective studies. Multiple data sources are often available to estimate a key parameter or to test a hypothesis of scientific or societal interest. These data, obtained under different environmental conditions or based on different experimental protocols, are generally heterogeneous. Sometimes they are not even directly accessible and should be extracted from scientific articles or reports. However, a comprehensive analysis of the available data is essential to increase the accuracy of estimates, assess the validity of research conclusions and understand the origin of the variability of the experimental results. A quantitative synthesis of the data set available allows for a better understanding of the effects of explanatory factors and for evidence-based recommendations. Designed as a methodological guide, this book shows the interests and limitations of different statistical methods to analyze data from experimental networks and to perform meta-analyses. It is intended for engineers, students and researchers involved in data analysis in agronomy and environmental science. Our objective is to present the main statistical methods to analyze data from experimental networks and scientific publications. Each chapter exposes one or more methods and illustrates them with examples processed with the R software. Data and R codes are provided and commented in order to facilitate their adaptation to other situations. The codes can be reused from the KenSyn R package associated with this book.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction and examples
    Part I. Analysis of experimental networks
    Chapter 2. Basic Concepts
    Chapter 3. Analysis of network of experiments in blocks of complete randomness as a studied factor
    Chapter 4. Advanced Methods for Network Analysis
    Chapter 5. Planning an Experimental Network
    Part II. The meta-analysis
    Chapter 6. Basics for meta-analysis
    Chapter 7. Specific statistical problems for the meta-analysis
    Annex. R resources to implement the methods of analysis networks and meta-analysis
    Package Codes.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Simon Cohn.
    Summary: "Presents a collection of international contributions that complement, as well as critique, dominant conceptualisations of health behaviour"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. From health behaviours to health practices: an introduction / Simon Cohn
    2. Actors, patients and agency: a recent history / David Armstrong
    3. A socially situated approach to inform ways to improve health and wellbeing / Christine Horrocks and Sally Johnson
    4. A relational approach to health practices: towards transcending the agency-structure divide / Gerry Veenstra and Patrick John Burnett
    5. Environmental justice and health practices: understanding how health inequities arise at the local level / Katherine L. Frohlich and Thomas Abel
    6. Why behavioural health promotion endures despite its failure to reduce health inequities / Fran Baum and Matthew Fisher
    7. Behaviour change and social blinkers? The role of sociology in trials of self-management behaviour in chronic conditions / Bie Nio Ong, Anne Rogers, Anne Kennedy, Peter Bower, Tom Sanders, Andrew Morden, Sudeh Cheraghi-Sohi, Jane C. Richardson and Fiona Stevenson
    8. Thinking about changing mobility practices: how a social practice approach can help / Sarah Nettleton and Judith Green
    9. Providers' constructions of pregnant and early parenting women who use substances / Cecilia Benoit, Camille Stengel, Lenora Marcellus, Helga Hallgrimsdottir, John Anderson, Karen MacKinnon, Rachel Phillips, Pilar Zazueta and Sinead Charbonneau
    10. Staying 'in the zone' but not passing the 'point of no return': embodiment, gender and drinking in mid-life / Antonia C. Lyons, Carol Emslie and Kate Hunt
    11. Complexities and contingencies conceptualised: towards a model of reproductive navigation / Erica van der Sijpt
    12. Sustained multiplicity in everyday cholesterol reduction: repertoires and practices in talk about 'healthy living' / Catherine M. Will and Kate Weiner
    13. Enjoy your food: on losing weight and taking pleasure / Else Vogel and Annemarie Mol.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Matei Mancas, Vincent P. Ferrera, Nicolas Riche, John G. Taylor, editors.
    Summary: "This both accessible and exhaustive book will help to improve modeling of attention and to inspire innovations in industry. It introduces the study of attention and focuses on attention modeling, addressing such themes as saliency models, signal detection and different types of signals, as well as real-life applications. The book is truly multi-disciplinary, collating work from psychology, neuroscience, engineering and computer science, amongst other disciplines. What is attention? We all pay attention every single moment of our lives. Attention is how the brain selects and prioritizes information. The study of attention has become incredibly complex and divided: this timely volume assists the reader by drawing together work on the computational aspects of attention from across the disciplines. Those working in the field as engineers will benefit from this book's introduction to the psychological and biological approaches to attention, and neuroscientists can learn about engineering work on attention. The work features practical reviews and chapters that are quick and easy to read, as well as chapters which present deeper, more complex knowledge. Everyone whose work relates to human perception, to image, audio and video processing will find something of value in this book, from students to researchers and those in industry"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Why do computers need attention? / Matei Mancas, Vincent P. Ferrera, and Nicolas Riche
    What is attention? / Matei Mancas
    How to measure attention? / Matei Mancas and Vincent P. Ferrera
    Where: Human attention networks and their dysfunctions after brain damage / Tal Seidel Malkinson and Paolo Bartolomeo
    Attention and signal detection: a practical guide / Vincent P. Ferrera
    Effects of attention in visual cortex: linking single neuron physiology to visual detection and discrimination / Vincent P. Ferrera
    Modeling attention in engineering / Matei Mancas
    Bottom-up visual attention for still images: a global view / Fred Stentiford
    Bottom-up saliency models for still images: a practical review / Nicolas Riche and Matei Mancas
    Bottom-up saliency models for videos: a practical review / Nicolas Riche and Matei Mancas
    Databases for saliency model evaluation / Nicolas Riche
    Metrics for saliency model validation, Nicolas Riche
    Study of parameters affecting visual saliency assessment / Nicolas Riche
    Saliency model evaluation / Nicolas Riche
    Object-based attention: cognitive and computational perspectives / Anna Belardinelli
    Multimodal saliency models for videos / Antoine Coutrot and Nathalie Guyader
    Toward 3D visual saliency modeling / Leroy Julien and Nicolas Riche
    Applications of saliency models / Matei Mancas and Olivier Le Meur
    Attentive content-based image retrieval / Dounia Awad, Vincent Courboulay, and Arnaud Revel
    Saliency and attention for video quality assessment / Dubravko Culibrk
    Attentive robots / Simone Frintrop
    The future of attention models: information seeking and self-awareness / Matei Mancas, Vincent P. Ferrera, and Nicolas Riche
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editors Jane R. Madell, Joan G. Hewitt
    Summary: "In this book, From Listening to Language: Comprehensive Intervention to Maximize Learning for Children and Adults with Hearing Loss, Jane R. Madell and Joan G. Hewitt have generously shared their wealth of experiences. They have assembled an impressive team of individual contributors, each a respected authority in family-focused hearing, listening, and spoken language development. Together, the authors cover virtually every dimension of comprehensive LSL intervention for all age groups, from speech acoustics, through access technologies, to telepractice and music therapy, and to executive functions and literacy. Each chapter has been written by an experienced and authoritative author. Coverage is broad, thorough, and complete. This will be an excellent textbook for graduate courses in audiology, speech-language pathology, early intervention, and deaf education, as well as a source book for experienced professionals and parents. I highly recommend adding this book to your course and to your library"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    The Basics : Framing the Foundation / Joan G. Hewitt and Jane R. Madell
    Audiology : Building the Foundation / Jane R. Madell and Joan G. Hewitt
    Speech Acoustics : Strengthening the Foundation / Jane R. Madell and Joan G. Hewitt
    Empathy : Changing the Culture of Communication / Johnnie Sexton
    The Parent as a Critical Team Member : Creating a Partnership for Learning / Gwen L. Suennen
    Evaluation of Speech, Language, and Listening In Children with Hearing Loss : Knowing the Level at Which Children Are Functioning / Elizabeth Ying
    Babies and Beginners : Starting with Nothing and Building up to Words / Becky Clem and Elizabeth Tippette
    Toddler-Type Language : Putting Words Together and Moving up to Simple Sentences / Darcy L. Stowe
    Preschoolers and More Proficient Communicators : Using Complex Language to Communicate and Think / Elizabeth Tyszkiewicz and Lyndsey Allen
    Auditory-Verbal Strategies to Build Listening and Spoken Language Skills / Sherri J. Fickenscher
    Late to the Party : When Children Come Late to Listening and Spoken Language Therapy / Joan G. Hewitt
    Executive Function Therapy Integrated into Auditory-Verbal Practice / Amy McConkey Robbins
    The Auditory-Verbal Approach and Literacy / Lyn Robertson
    Dual Language Assessment and Intervention for Children with Hearing Loss / Michael Douglass
    Children with Special Needs and Additional Disabilities / Elizabeth Tyszkiewicz and Sarah Hogan
    Supporting Learners Who Are Deaf or Hard of Hearing (DHH) in the Educational Setting / Jenna M. Voss, Ellie White, Susan Lenihan, Paula E. Gross, and Dan Salvucci
    Addressing Changes in Auditory Access / Jane R. Madell and Joan G. Hewitt
    Red Flags : Identifying and Managing Barriers to the Child's Optimal Auditory Development / Jane R. Madell and Joan G. Hewitt
    Music, Listening, and All That Jazz / Christine Barton and Amy McConkey Robbins
    Telepractice for Children with Hearing Loss / Elizabeth A. Rosenzweig
    Working with adults / .Lindsay Zombek
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne ComSci
  • Print
    Elizabeth Ahrens-Kley, Gerald E. Trobough, Michael A. Shea.
    Contents:
    Hippocrates / by Michael A. Shea
    The Valley's First Practitioner / by Michael A. Shea
    An Ohlone Birth / by Michael A. Shea
    Trephination in History / by Michael A. Shea
    Bloodletting / by Michael A. Shea
    Medical Care at Mission Santa Clara / by Gerald E. Trobough-- Gold Rush Medicine / by Michael A. Shea
    John Marsh the First American Practitioner in California / by Michael A. Shea
    John Townsend, Pioneer Doctor / by Michael A. Shea
    Benjamin Cory and other Pioneer Physicians. Part 1, Isaac Isbell / by Gerald E. Trobough
    The Cory Brothers Modernized Medicine in Santa Clara County
    Pioneer Physician of Santa Clara Township. Dr. Henry H. Warburton (1819-1903) / by Gerald E. Trobough
    Benjamin Cory and other Pioneer Physicians. Part 2, Louis Bascom / by Gerald E. Trobough
    Benjamin Cory and other Pioneer Physicians. Part 3, Alexander Spencer / by Gerald E. Trobough
    Pioneer Physicians of Los Gatos / by Gerald E. Trobough
    Keeley Institute / by Gerald E. Trobough
    Here Come the Lady Physicians / by Michael Shea
    The Cholera Epidemic-San Jose California 1850 / by elizabeth Ahrens-Kley
    A Famous Grizzley Bear Attack in 1854 / by Michael A. Shea
    Orificial Surgery / by Michael A. Shea
    Origins of the Medical Societies / by Gerald E. Trobough
    American's Greatest Surgeon? / by Gerald E. Trobough
    First Hospital in San Jose by Gerald E. Trobough
    The History of O'Connor Hospital / by Michael A. Shea
    The History of San Jose Hospital / by Michael A. Shea
    Tuberculosis Hospitals of Santa Clara Valley by Gerald E. Trobough
    UCSF Medical School-- the Beginning / by Michael A. Shea
    The Origin of Stanford Medical School / by Michael A. Shea
    Levi Cooper Lane (1830-1902) / by Michael A. Shea
    Agnews State Hospital / by Michael A. Shea
    Leon Parish Fox, MD-- Man of the Century / by Michael A. Shea.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R172 .S35 A47 2014
    1
  • Digital
    J. Francis Turner, Jr., Prasoon Jain, Kazuhiro Yasufuku, Atul C. Mehta, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an unbiased and evidence-based guide to the potential role of interventional pulmonology as an alternative to thoracic surgery. Interventional pulmonology is a new and quickly growing sub-specialty in pulmonary medicine and increasingly more pulmonologists are turning to interventional therapies over the more costly and invasive surgical options. The text thoroughly presents detailed coverage of and diagnostic methods for many diseases and conditions that pulmonologists encounter daily, including: diffuse lung infiltrates, solitary lung nodule, undiagnosed exudative pleural effusion, pneumothorax, hemoptysis, and airway foreign body. Experts then detail treatment options, from both a surgical and interventional perspective, with guidance on: when each procedure is most appropriate, what can be performed by a pulmonologist (with guidelines on how those procedures are done) versus what needs to be referred to a thoracic surgeon or an intervention pulmonologist, and the benefits and disadvantages involved with each option. This is an ideal guide for pulmonologists, trainees, and students to better understand the full scope of possible treatment options for their patients and to make the best informed decision about patient care.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Rigid versus Flexible Bronchoscopy
    Chapter 2. Biopsy for Diffuse Lung Disease: Surgical vs. Cryobiopsy
    Chapter 3. Management of Lung Nodules: A Paradigm Shift
    Chapter 4. Mediastinoscopy: Surgical vs. Medical
    Chapter 5. Airway Foreign Bodies: Rigid vs Flexible Approach
    Chapter 6. Management of Bronchopleural Fistula
    Chapter 7. Management of Acquired Tracheoesophageal Fistula in Adults
    Chapter 8. Lung Volume Reduction: Surgical versus Endobronchial
    Chapter 9. Surgical Versus Medical Management Of Anastomotic Dehiscence
    Chapter 10. Concentric Web Like Stenosis:
    Chapter 11. Hemoptysis
    Chapter 12. Role of Interventional Pulmonology in Miscellaneous Conditions
    Chapter 13. Undiagnosed Exudative Effusion: Thoracoscopy vs. Pleuroscopy
    Chapter 14. Pneumothorax: Large Bore Tubes vs. Pigtail Catheter
    Chapter 15. Pleurodesis: From Thoracic Surgery to Interventional Pulmonology
    Chapter 27. ESD.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Lawrence B. Bone, Christiaan N. Mamczak, editors.
    Summary: This book is designed as an easy to read reference and practical guide to the management of combat extremity injuries, which account for a high percentage of the injuries sustained in recent and current conflicts. The surgical techniques appropriate to the full range of extremity injuries and some other frequent injuries, such as trauma to the spine and pelvis, are clearly described with the aid of helpful illustrations. In each chapter a bottom line up front approach is adopted, providing key messages first; a further important feature is the emphasis placed on case-based information and lessons learned from practice. Care has been taken to ensure that the advice provided is straightforward and in line with military clinical practice guidelines.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Matthew J. Martin, Alec C. Beekley, Matthew J. Eckert, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Mark D'Esposito, Jordan H. Grafman.
    Contents:
    Section I: History. The prefrontal cortex in the neurology clinic
    Section II: Methods. The functions of the frontal lobes: Evidence from patients with focal brain damage
    Cognitive neurophysiology of the prefrontal cortex
    Functional imaging
    Transcranial magnetic stimulation: Neurophysiological and clinical applications
    Section III: Anatomy, physiology and pharmacology. The anatomy of the human frontal lobe
    Dopamine and the motivation of cognitive control
    Section IV: Function of the frontal lobes. Frontal lobe syndromes
    Hierarchical cognitive control and the frontal lobes
    Hemispheric asymmetry in the prefrontal cortex for complex cognition
    Executive functions
    The lateral prefrontal cortex and human long-term memory
    From ideas to action: The prefrontal–premotor connections that shape motor behavior
    Emotion regulation across the life span
    Reward
    Moral conduct and social behavior
    Computational models of motivated frontal function
    Control networks of the frontal lobes
    Section V: Development, aging, and disorders. Development of the frontal lobe
    Aging of the frontal lobe
    Neurodegenerative disorders of the human frontal lobes
    Traumatic brain injury and frontal lobe plasticity
    Section VI: Rehabilitation. Strengthening goal-directed functioning after traumatic brain injury
    Experimental social training methods
    Plasticity and recovery of function
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    Stilianos E. Kountakis, Brent A. Senior, Wolfgang Draf, editors.
    Summary: Addressing disease of the frontal sinus successfully remains, perhaps, one of the most technically challenging issues encountered by otolaryngologists. The intricate anatomy, combined with a narrow aperture and relatively acute angle of approach, leads to complexity not encountered elsewhere in surgery of the sinuses. This comprehensive volume with contributions by over 30 of the world's leading rhinologists will help to shed light on this difficult topic. Thorough discussions of anatomy and pathophysiology of a variety of frontal sinus diseases provide a background for in-depth chapters on as.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Christos Georgalas, Anshul Sama.
    Summary: "This book will be a valuable resource for novice surgeons approaching one of the most challenging anatomical subsites, since it provides a stepwise approach to understanding the anatomical background, the radiological aspects, and the broad spectrum of different surgical approaches to the frontal sinuses.The authors are to be congratulated for this masterpiece, which will become the gold standard for experts and beginners." --Paolo Castelnuovo
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    editors: Devyani Lal, Peter H. Hwang.
    Summary: This state-of-the-art text addresses surgery of the frontal sinus, and the challenges that come along with it. It provides a comprehensive overview of the anatomy of the frontal sinus and a systematic method of approaching and executing sinus surgery, as well as tools, tips, and strategies in optimizing success. Additional chapters include the management of acute and chronic frontal sinus inflammation, trauma of the frontal sinus, tumors in the frontal sinus, and pediatric frontal surgery. Perioperative care and management of complications are also discussed. Chapters are richly illustrated with fi gures and surgical videos, replete with practical pearls and tips. Frontal Sinus Surgery: A Systematic Approach will be an invaluable resource for general otolaryngologists and rhinologists interested in the frontal sinus.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Edie West.
    Summary: This book provides a historical analysis of the Frontier Nursing Services in the Eastern Appalachians of the United States, as well as a review of the oral history tradition of former frontier and non-frontier nurses. The data was gathered from 2003 to 2007, and the historical part covers the years 1900 to 1970. The objective of the study presented here was to conduct interviews with former frontier and non-frontier nurses in order to better understand their family and personal relationships, and the experiences that motivated their career choices. These interviews also give a voice to the working and middle-class women of the FNS. The emerging themes include moral inhabitability in work/education environments, the generational mix, nurse-physician and male-female relationships at the workplace, the role of technology, humanitarian versus financial rewards, and the public image of nurses. In addition, the book examines how the FNS shifted from a community/grass-roots structure to the corporate/business model of healthcare delivery employed today. In closing, it stresses the importance of explorig past nursing in order to better grasp present nursing. It also represents a testament to the professional work and vital contributions of frontier nurses. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Background and introduction
    Rights and claims : culture and communication in Appalachia
    Place and claims : cultural and communication in Appalachia
    Centralized versus decentralized structures in Appalachia
    Moral inhabitability and work environments
    Gender and role assignments in the institutional hierarchy
    Moral inhabitability and educational environments
    Recruitment, retention and morally inhabitable environments
    Cultural identity, public image and frontier nursing
    Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Bart C.J.M. Fauser, Andrea R. Genazzani, editors.
    Summary: This volume offers an up-to-date overview on the major areas of gynecological endocrinology, presenting the latest advances in adolescent gynecological endocrinology, assisted reproduction, menstrual-related disorders, sexuality and transsexualism, polycystic ovary syndrome, myometrial pathology and adenomyosis, obesity and metabolic syndrome, hormonal contraception, premature ovarian failure and menopause. In each chapter the recent advances deriving from basic science and clinical investigations are related to the practical management of the condition under consideration, taking into account the need for individualized therapies. The book is published within the ISGE Book Series, a joint venture between the International Society of Gynecological Endocrinology and Springer and is based on the 2014 International School of Gynecological and Reproductive Endocrinology Winter Course. It will be an important tool for obstetricians and gynecologists, endocrinologists and experts in women?s health as well as interested GPs.

    Contents:
    Adolescent Gynecology: Disorders of the menstrual cycle during adolescence
    From life-style to insulin sensitizers for PCOS
    Polycystic ovary syndrome: from contraception to Hormone Replacement Therapy
    Management of adolescent hyperandrogenism
    Prevention of adolescent pregnancies
    Transsexualism: endocrine aspects
    Hormonal Contraception: How to find the right the contraceptive method for the right woman
    Hormonal Contraceptives: Progestogen and Thrombotic Risk
    Heavy Menstrual Bleeding, Fibroids, Adenomyosis and Endometriosis: Heavy menstrual bleeding ? the daily challenge for the gynecologist
    Fibroids and adenomyosis, current treatment options
    Effects on sexual function of medical and surgical therapy for endometriosis
    Assisted Reproduction: the Endocrine Impact: In patients with only one or two oocytes, is it better IVF-ET or ICSI?
    Supplementation with DHEAS in poor responder patients
    Premature ovarian failure: how to solve fertility
    Metabolic Syndrome: Endocrine and Metabolic Disorders in Aging Women
    Obesity and Metabolic Syndrome: impact and relationship with menopausal transition
    Menopause: Cardiovascular prevention at the menopausal transition: role of hormonal therapies
    Menopause and HRT: doubts and certainties
    Breast Cancer: Androgen receptor and breast cancer
    Breast cancer: preservation of fertility and pregnancy after cancer
    Low Malignant ovarian tumors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Andrea R. Genazzani, Basil C. Tarlatzis, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Luteal-phase stimulation
    2. Management of luteal phase in IVF cycles
    3. Genoics and ovarian response
    4. Management of poor responders
    5. Gene expression in cumulus cells and oocyte quality
    6. Biomarkers of ovarian ageing
    7. Premature ovarian insufficiency: advances in management through a global registry
    8. The long-term risks of premature ovarian insufficiency
    9. Pharmacological and integrative treatment of stress-induced hypothalamic amenorrhea
    10. Adipose tissue and menstrual disturbances: obesity versus anorexia nervosa
    11. Neuroendocrine basis of the hypothalamus-pituitary-ovary axis aging
    12. Androgen replacement in women: safe and efficacious?
    13. The ratio of MI to DCI and its impact in the tretment of polycystic ovary syndrome: experimental and literature evidences
    14. Metabolic healthy obesity and metabolic obesity with normal weight and CVD risk in women
    15. Myths of endometriosis: "endometriomas"
    16. Vitamin D deficiency: diagnosis, prevention, and treatment - new consensus
    17. Medical treatment of myomas
    18. Contraception in climacterium
    19. Management of symptoms during menopausal transition
    20. The aging brain in women: impact of steroid replacement therapies
    21. Current findings on soya and isoflavones
    22. The importance of isoflavones for women's health
    23. Gender-specific hypertension
    24. Body identical hormone replacement: the way forward?
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Charles Sultan, Andrea R. Genazzani, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive, up-to-date overview on pediatric and adolescent gynecological endocrinology. It covers a very wide range of topics with a particular focus on disorders of sex differentiation, pubertal maturation, growth disorders, primary and secondary amenorrhea, menstrual disorders in adolescents and young adults, sexuality, contraception, and pregnancy. The authors are international well-known experts who document the latest clinical experience in this continuously evolving field and provide practical guidance on the evaluation and treatment of female pubertal problems. The book is published within the International Society of Gynecological Endocrinology (ISGE) Series and is based on the 2015 International School of Gynecological and Reproductive Endocrinology (ISGRE) Summer Course. It will be an invaluable reference for gynecologists, endocrinologists, pediatricians, and experts in women?s health.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Martin Birkhaeuser, Andrea R. Genazzani, editors.
    Summary: This volume represents an up-to-date overview on pre-Menopause and Menopause, with their respective clinical implications and therapies. The aim is to clarify possible doubts and clinical approaches to this particular period in a woman?s life and how to face it, both offering solutions to actual problems and focusing on the potential impact of preventive medicine in improving women?s health and quality of life. The volume is published within the International Society of Gynecological Endocrinology (ISGE) Series, and is based on the 2017 International School of Gynecological and Reproductive Endocrinology Winter Course. This book, covering a very wide range of topics with particular focus on fertility in pre- and peri-menopausal women, climacteric and menopausal symptoms, impact of PCOS on post-menopausal health, breast disease, surgical treatments and therapies, will be an invaluable tool for gynecologists, endocrinologists, and experts in women?s health.

    Contents:
    Part I Menopause: symptoms and neuroendocrine impact Intracrinology made menopause possible
    From menopause to aging: endocrine and neuroendocrine biological changes
    Brain impact of sex steroids withdrawall of the menopause
    Climacteric symptoms: importance and management
    Part II Fertility 2016 IMS Recommendations on women?s midlife health,?POI? and menopause hormone therapy (MHT)
    Female infertility and autoimmunity
    Is IVF/ICSI/ET reasonable beyond the female age of 40 years?
    IVF: new developments in patient tailored ovarian stimulation
    Oocyte donation in peri-menopausal and menopausal women
    Part III Thyroid disorders, polycystic ovary and metabolic syndrome Thyroid disorders in climacteric women
    Thyroid function and pregnancy outcome after ART: what is the evidence?
    PCOS: implications of cardio-metabolic dysfunction
    Why Metformin is so important for prevention and treatment in climacteric women?
    Metabolic changes during menopausal trans ition
    Weight and body composition management after menopause
    Part IV Bone and cardiovascular impact Healthy bones after menopause? what has to be done?
    The effect of menopause and HRT on coronary heart disease
    How to prevent cardiovascular disorders: influence of gonadal steroids on the heart
    Part V Benign breast diseases, BRCA mutation and breast cancer Risk reducing surgery and treatment of menopausal symptoms in BRCA mutation carriers (and other high risk women)
    Benign breast disease during women?s life
    Treatment of menopausal symptoms in breast cancer survivors
    Myo-inositol and Inositol Hexaphosphate (IP6) in the treatment of breast cancer
    Part VI Menopause symptoms: the therapies The true risks of hormone replacement therapy
    Menopausal hormone therapy customization
    Vulvovaginal atrophy (VVA) and Genitourinary Syndrome of Menopause (GSM): Advances in management
    Menopause symptoms: new treatment options
    Intravaginal DHEA for the treatment of vaginal atrophy closest to physiology
    Part VII Surgical challenges after menopause: problems and solutions Bladder dysfunction and urinary incontinence after the menopause: hormones, drugs or surgery?
    When is ovarectomy and when tubectomy indicated at necessary hysterectomies beyond the reproductive age?
    Pelvic floor reconstructive surgery in ageing women: tailoring the treatment to each woman?s needs.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Roberta Diaz Brinton, Andrea R. Genazzani, Tommaso Simoncini, John C. Stevenson.
    Summary: This book analyzes the effects of estrogens and progesterone on brain cells, the immune system, neuro inflammation, myelin formation and steroid receptor distribution, as well as their clinical impacts. It also explores the relationship between sex-steroid withdrawal and the development of brain symptoms such as hot flushes, sleep disorders, mood changes, depression and also cognitive disorders and dementia, as well as the effects of hormone menopause therapy on such symptoms and diseases. Starting with obstetrical history and cardiovascular risk in later life, the second part of the book examines the effects of estrogens and progestogens on vascular tissues, atherosclerosis and coronary heart diseases, as well as the impact of hormone replacement therapies on cardiovascular risks and mortality. This volume is a useful, clear and up-to-date tool for gynecologists, endocrinologists, neurologists and cardiologists, and serves as a valuable source of information for all physicians involved in women's health.

    Contents:
    1. Neuroendocrine changes of the menopausal transition
    2. The neurological and immunological transitions of the perimenopause: implications for post-menopausal neurodegenerative disease
    3. Estrogenic regulation of neuroprotective and neuroinflammatory mechanisms: implications for depression and cognition
    4."Estetrol and its effects on damaged brain Running title: Estetrol and brain. 5. ADRENAL ANDROGENS IMPACT ON NEUROSTEROIDS
    6. Do menopausal symptoms account for the declines in cognitive function during the menopausal transition?
    7. Allopregnanolone as a therapeutic to regenerate the degenerated brain
    8. Reproductive Depression and the response to Hormone Therapy
    9. Sex, Gender, and the Decline of Dementia
    10. Obstetric History and cardiovascular disease (CVD) Risk
    11.HRT and Cardiovascular disease
    12. Estetrol, a Native Estrogen with Specific Actions in Tissues (NEST): Unique vascular benefits
    13. VASCULAR EFFECTS OF PROGESTOGENS
    14. Sex differences, progesterone and ischemic stroke
    16. Atherogenesis
    Estrogen Induction of polysialylated nCAM (PSA-nCAM) Blocks Monocyte Capture by Vascular Endothelial Cells
    17. Cardiovascular risk in climacteric women: when to begin the hormone treatment?
    18. HRT for the primary prevention of coronary heart disease
    SYMPTOMS AND HORMONES: FINE-TUNING ATHEROSCLEROTIC RISK ?
    19. Cardiovascular mortality risk and HRT"
    20. HT: Pharmacology tailored to women´s health".
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sarah L. Berga, Andrea R. Genazzani, Frederick Naftolin, Felice Petraglia, editors.
    Summary: This volume discusses menstrual cycle related disorders, which are a major concern from adolescence to menopause. Starting from hypothalamic pituitary gonadal axis regulation, it analyzes the characteristics and treatments of hypothalamic amenorrhea and eating disorders, as well as polycystic ovary and adolescent hyperandrogenism. It also examines the importance of body composition and physical performance. The book particularly focuses on the diagnosis of and therapies for hormone-related headaches, the management of trans sexuality in the gynecological outpatient area, dysfunctional uterine bleeding and premature ovarian insufficiency. Further, it analyzes the basic, clinical and therapeutic aspects of endometriosis, as well as the important opportunities that SPRMs (selective progesterone receptor modulators) offer in contraception and fibroid therapy. This book is a useful tool for gynecologists, endocrinologists and general practitioners, and is a valuable resource for all physicians involved in womens health.

    Contents:
    The hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal axis: puberty, menstrual cycle regulation and post-reproductive life
    Hypothalamic amenorrhea
    Kisspeptin role in functional hypothalamic amenorrhea
    The role of androgens for body composition and physical performance in women
    Polycystic ovary syndrome
    Metabolism, obesity, thinness and reproduction
    Management of adolescent hyperandrogenism: still a challenge!
    Hormonally-related headaches
    Dysfunctional uterine bleeding in adolescence
    Abnormal uterine bleeding: the standard of care has changed
    Premature ovarian insufficiency therapy in young women
    Practical approaches to managing premature ovarian insufficiency
    Management of transsexuality in an outpatient gynecologic area
    Regulation of proliferation and invasion in endometriosis
    Hormones and inflammation: an update on endometriosis
    Endometriosis and adenomyosis in adolescents, fertile and menopausal women
    Selective progesterone receptor modulators (SPRMs): update on the clinical results in fibroids
    SPRMs for contraception with added health benefits.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Andrea R. Genazzani, Lourdes Ibáñez, Andrzej Milewicz, Duru Shah, editors.
    Summary: This volume comprehensively focuses on polycystic ovary, metabolic syndrome and obesity and their impact on women's health, reproduction and quality of life from adolescence to old age. PCOS is analyzed form the early origins - highlighting the importance of diagnosis, management and treatment starting from the high-risk period of adolescence - throughout infertility PCOS-related issues, pregnancy and menopause transition. All aspects of this syndrome are covered also in relation with endocrine and metabolic features that affects women's health. This book is a very useful tool for gynecologists, endocrinologists, obstetricians, reproductive medicine and general practitioners and is an important resource for all physicians involved in women's health.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Early Origins, Diagnosis & Treatment of Adolescent PCOS
    Chapter 2. Early Origins, Diagnosis & Treatment of PCOS in Adolescent Girls
    Chapter 3. Environment factors responsible for obesity and insuline resistance in polycystic ovary syndrome
    Chapter 4. Pathogenesis of PCOS: from metabolic and neuroendocrine implications to the choice of the therapeutic strategy
    Chapter 5. Personalized therapies: why, when and for how long, the need of tailoring
    Chapter 6. Endocrine and molecular features involved in follicular arrest of PCOS women
    Chapter 7. Quality of life and Sexual Health
    Chapter 8. Infertility Management in Lean v/s obese PCOS
    Chapter 9. Treatment of Infertility in women with PCOS
    Chapter 10. Management of PCOS women preparing pregnancy
    Chapter 11. Impact of polycystic ovarian syndrome, metabolic syndrome and obesity on women's health
    Chapter 12. Pregnancy outcome and metabolic syndrome
    Chapter 13. PCO and pregnancy: what the physician (or obstetrician) has to know to assure the best pregnancy follow-up
    Chapter 14. The role of insulin resistance in benign breast disease
    Chapter 15. Inflammation and the metabolic syndrome during the menopausal transition
    Chapter 16. Metabolic changes at the menopausal transition
    Chapter 17. Cardiovascular impact - Cardiovascular impact of metabolic abnormalities
    Chapter 18. How to prevent, to diagnose and to treat gynecological cancer in PCO patients?
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Andrea R. Genazzani, Michelle Nisolle, Felice Petraglia, Robert N. Taylor, editors.
    Summary: This volume focuses on endometriosis from its pathogenesis and the importance of the early diagnosis to treatment, throughout all aspects of femininity that this disease affects, impacting health and quality of life. It also covers treatment strategies for the pain and for the disease management according to the age and needs of the patient, from adolescence to menopause, passing through the fertile age and the consequences that this disease can have on fertility and pregnancy. This book is a useful, clear and up-to-date tool for gynecologists, gynecological surgeons, reproductive medicine and general practitioners and is an important source of information to face this more and more frequent and devastating disease.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Endocrine disruptors and risk of endometriosis
    Chapter 2. Metabolomic characteristics in endometriosis patients
    Chapter 3. Can we diagnose early endometriosis with ultrasound rather than laparoscopy?
    Chapter 4. Neurotrophins and cytokines in endometriosis pain
    Chapter 5. Endometriosis induced pain: the treatment strategy
    Chapter 6. Management of endometriosis in teenagers
    Chapter 7. The etonogestrel contraceptive implant as a therapy for endometriosis
    Chapter 8. Impact of endometrioma surgery on ovarian reserve
    Chapter 9. What is the place of surgery of deep endometriosis in infertile and pelvic pain patients?
    Chapter 10. Endometriosis and Infertility: surgery and IVF: when, why and outcomes
    Chapter 11. ART and Endometriosis : problems and solutions
    Chapter 12. Morphokinetics in embryos from patients with endometriosis
    Chapter 13. Endometriosis and cancer: prevention and diagnosis
    Chapter 14. Medical management of endometriosis, present and future with special reference to MHT in the patient previously diagnosed with endometriosis
    Chapter 15. Endometriosis and Menopause: Realities and Management.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Andrea R. Genazzani, Mark Brincat, editors.
    Summary: This volume represents an up-to-date overview on the major areas of gynecological endocrinology, providing the reader with a complete explanation of female endocrine regulation and metabolism and relevant disorders and treatment. It is published within the International Society of Gynecological Endocrinology (ISGE) Series and is based on the 2013 International School of Gynecological and Reproductive Endocrinology Summer Course. The book covers a very wide range of topics from primary amenorrhea to menopause, from the impact of ovarian surgery on fertility to fertility cryopreservation, from metabolic syndrome and polycystic ovary to premature ovarian failure and from the clinical impact of selective progesterone receptor modulators to the use of progesterone in prevention of premature labor. It will be an important tool for obstetricians and gynecologists, endocrinologists and experts in women's health as well as interested GPs.

    Contents:
    Menstrual Dysfunction In Young Women
    Metabolism, Hyperandrogenism, Body Weight And Reproduction
    Ovarian Stimulation, Surgery And Insufficiency
    Quality Of Life And Sexual Health
    Hormone And Pregnancy
    Ovarian Ageing And Menopause.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Frontiers in headache research to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Frontiers in molecular biology to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Cheng-Kung Cheng, Savio L-Y. Woo, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This book provides state-of-the-art and up-to-date discussions on the pathology-related considerations and implications in the field of orthopaedic biomechanics. It presents fundamental engineering and mechanical theories concerning the biomechanics of orthopaedic and anatomical structures, and explores the biological and mechanical features that influence or modify the biomechanics of these structures. It also addresses clinically relevant biomechanical issues with a focus on diagnosis, injury, prevention and treatment. The first 12 chapters of the book provide a detailed review of the principles of orthopaedic biomechanics in the musculoskeletal system, including cartilage, bone, muscles and tendon, ligament, and multiple joints. Each chapter also covers important biomechanical concepts relevant to surgical and clinical practice. The remaining chapters examines clinically relevant trauma and injury challenges in the field, including diagnostic techniques such as movement analysis and rehabilitation intervention. Lastly it describes advanced considerations and approaches for fracture fixation, implant design, and biomaterials.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Contents
    Introduction
    Chapter 1: Biomechanics of Bone and Cartilage
    1 Background
    2 Bone Structure, Physiology, and Basic Biomechanics
    3 Mechanical Properties and Characterization of Biological Tissues
    3.1 Stress
    3.2 Strain
    3.3 Elastic Modulus
    4 Musculoskeletal Tissue Response to Dynamic Mechanical Signals
    5 Functional Disuse-Induced Bone Loss and Muscle Atrophy
    6 Frequency-Dependent Marrow Pressure and Bone Strain Generated by Muscle Stimulation
    7 Dynamic Muscle Stimulation Induced Attenuation of Bone Loss 8 Cellular and Molecular Pathways of Bone in Response to Mechanical Loading
    8.1 Basic Multicellular Units (BMU)
    9 Mechanical Signal Induced Marrow Stem Cell Elevation and Adipose Cell Suppression
    10 Osteocyte and Its Response to Mechanical Signals Coupled with Wnt Signaling
    10.1 The Role of LRP5 in Bone Responding to Mechanical Loading
    10.2 MicroRNA and Its Role in Mechanotransduction in Tissue
    10.3 Mechanotransductive Implication in Bone Tissue Engineering
    11 Biomechanics of Articular Cartilage
    11.1 The Composition of Articular Cartilage 11.2 The Effect of Mechanical Load on the Metabolism of Articular Cartilage
    11.3 The Degeneration of Articular Cartilage Caused by Joint Overuse/Disuse
    12 Discussion
    References
    Chapter 2: Biomechanics of Skeletal Muscle and Tendon
    1 Skeletal Muscle
    1.1 Structure and Composition
    1.1.1 Muscle Fiber
    1.1.2 Mononuclear Cells
    1.1.3 Extracellular Matrix (ECM)
    1.2 Passive Muscles
    1.2.1 Elastic Behavior
    1.2.2 Viscoelastic Behavior
    1.3 Active Muscles
    1.3.1 Muscle Force Production
    1.3.2 Muscle Size and Force Production 1.3.3 Force Production and Muscle's Moment Arm
    1.3.4 Force Production and Level of Recruitment of Motor Units
    1.3.5 Force Production and Fiber Type
    2 Tendon
    2.1 Structure and Composition
    2.1.1 Cell Population within Tendon
    2.1.2 Extracellular Matrix
    2.2 Basic Mechanics
    2.2.1 Elastic Behavior
    2.2.2 Viscoelastic Behavior
    2.3 Mechano-responses of Tendon
    2.3.1 Physiological Mechano-responses
    2.3.2 Pathological Mechano-responses
    2.3.3 Mechanotransduction
    References
    Chapter 3: Biomechanics of Ligaments
    1 Ligament Composition, Structure, and Function 1.1 Composition
    1.2 Structure
    1.3 Function
    2 Biomechanical Properties of Ligaments
    2.1 Tensile Properties
    2.2 Viscoelastic Properties
    3 Ligament Injury, Treatment, and Rehabilitation
    3.1 Injury
    3.2 Treatment
    3.3 ACL Reconstruction Animal Model
    3.4 Rehabilitation
    4 Summary
    References
    Chapter 4: Hand and Wrist Biomechanics
    1 Skeletal and Ligamentous Anatomy
    2 Biomechanics
    2.1 Wrist Motion
    2.2 Muscular Biomechanics
    2.3 Carpometacarpal Joints
    2.4 CMC Joint of the Thumb
    2.5 Metacarpophalangeal Joints
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Dev Bukhsh Singh, Timir Tripathi, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses a broad range of basic and advanced topics in the field of protein structure, function, folding, flexibility, and dynamics. Starting with a basic introduction to protein purification, estimation, storage, and its effect on the protein structure, function, and dynamics, it also discusses various experimental and computational structure determination approaches; the importance of molecular interactions and water in protein stability, folding and dynamics; kinetic and thermodynamic parameters associated with protein-ligand binding; single molecule techniques and their applications in studying protein folding and aggregation; protein quality control; the role of amino acid sequence in protein aggregation; muscarinic acetylcholine receptors, antimuscarinic drugs, and their clinical significances. Further, the book explains the current understanding on the therapeutic importance of the enzyme dopamine beta hydroxylase; structural dynamics and motions in molecular motors; role of cathepsins in controlling degradation of extracellular matrix during disease states; and the important structure-function relationship of iron-binding proteins, ferritins. Overall, the book is an important guide and a comprehensive resource for understanding protein structure, function, dynamics, and interaction.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    1: Protein Purification, Estimation, Storage, and Effect on Structure-Function-Dynamics
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Protein Purification
    1.2.1 Protein Precipitation/Salting Out
    1.2.2 Buffer Exchange/Dialysis
    1.2.3 Immuno-Affinity Chromatography
    1.2.4 Affinity Chromatography
    1.2.5 Ion-Exchange Chromatography
    1.2.6 Size-Exclusion or Gel Filtration Chromatography (SEC/GFC)
    1.2.7 High-Pressure/Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC)
    1.2.8 Hydrophobic Interaction Chromatography
    1.3 Resolving and Display of Protein 1.6.3 Cycles of Freeze-Thaw
    1.6.4 Organic Solvents and pH
    1.6.5 Proteases/Peptidases
    1.6.6 Protein Concentration
    1.6.7 Reducing Agents
    1.6.8 Salt Conditions and Urea
    1.6.9 Temperature
    1.7 Factors Affecting the Stability of Proteins
    1.8 Effect on the Dynamics of Protein
    1.9 Conclusions
    References
    2: Experimental and Computational Methods to Determine Protein Structure and Stability
    2.1 Protein Purification Techniques
    2.1.1 General Aspects of Protein Purification
    2.1.2 Stabilizing Proteins
    2.1.3 Quantification of Proteins 2.1.4 Purification of Proteins Based on Solubility
    2.1.5 Purification of Proteins Based on Size
    2.1.5.1 Ultrafiltration
    2.1.5.2 Gel Filtration or Molecular Sieve or Size Exclusion Chromatography
    2.1.5.3 SDS-PAGE
    2.1.6 Purification of Proteins Based on Charge
    2.1.6.1 Ion-Exchange Chromatography
    2.1.6.2 Isoelectric Focusing
    2.1.6.3 Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis
    2.1.7 Purification of Proteins Based on Polarity (Hydrophobic Interaction Chromatography)
    2.1.8 Purification of Proteins Based on theBinding Property (Affinity Chromatography) 2.2 Biophysical and Biochemical Characterization of Protein
    2.2.1 Biophysical Characterization Methods
    2.2.2 Dynamic Light Scattering (DLS)
    2.2.2.1 Applications of DLS
    2.2.3 Circular Dichroism (CD) Spectroscopy
    2.2.3.1 Applications of CD
    2.2.3.2 Advantages of CD
    2.2.4 Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC)
    2.2.4.1 Applications of DSC
    2.2.5 Fourier-Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy
    2.2.5.1 Advantages of FTIR
    2.2.6 Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
    2.2.6.1 Applications of ITC
    2.2.7 Biochemical Characterization
    2.2.8 Oxidation
    2.2.9 Deamidation
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Yong-Ku Kim, editor.
    Summary: This book reviews key recent advances and new frontiers within psychiatric research and clinical practice. These advances either represent or are enabling paradigm shifts in the discipline and are influencing how we observe, derive and test hypotheses, and intervene. Progress in information technology is allowing the collection of scattered, fragmented data and the discovery of hidden meanings from stored data, and the impacts on psychiatry are fully explored. Detailed attention is also paid to the applications of artificial intelligence, machine learning, and data science technology in psychiatry and to their role in the development of new hypotheses, which in turn promise to lead to new discoveries and treatments. Emerging research methods for precision medicine are discussed, as are a variety of novel theoretical frameworks for research, such as theoretical psychiatry, the developmental approach to the definition of psychopathology, and the theory of constructed emotion. The concluding section considers novel interventions and treatment avenues, including psychobiotics, the use of neuromodulation to augment cognitive control of emotion, and the role of the telomere-telomerase system in psychopharmacological interventions.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Challenges and Strategies
    Chapter 1. Challenges of Big Data and Discovery Sciences in Psychiatry
    Chapter 2. Challenges and Strategies for the Classification of Psychiatric Disorders
    Chapter 3. Genetic markers of Alzheimers disease
    Chapter 4. Genetic markers in Psychiatry
    Chapter 5. Recent advances in Neuroimaging of Small Vessel Disease in Late-life Depression
    Part 2. Advances in artificial intelligence technologies
    Chapter 6. Artificial Intelligence in Psychiatry
    Chapter 7. Machine Learning in Neural Networks: Clinical Opportunity of a Paradigm Shift
    Chapter 8. Imaging Connectomics: A new insights for understanding brain diseases
    Chapter 9. Development of Neuroimaging-based Biomarkers in Psychiatry: back to the future
    Part 3. Research methods for Precision Medicine
    Chapter 10. Precision Psychiatry: Biomarker guided Tailored Therapy for Effective Treatment and Prevention
    Chapter 11. Women Psychiatry: Do we need a New Paradigm?
    Chapter 12. CHILD PSYCHIATRY: What We Know and What We Dont Know on Mood Disorders
    Chapter 13. The frontiers of suicide -A global threat or global phenomenon
    Part 4. Ongoing paradigm shifts
    Chapter 14. Animal Research in psychiatry: a paradigm shift
    Chapter 15. Modeling psychiatric diseases with induced pluripotent stem (iPS) cells
    Chapter 16. Paradigm Shift in Psychopharmacology and Psychotherapy Research
    Chapter 17. More integrated Bio-Psycho-Social approach to Psychiatric Disorders
    Chapter 18. Early Identification of Psychiatric Disorders: do we need a paradigm shift?
    Part 5. New Theoretical frameworks for Research
    Chapter 19. Theoretical psychiatry: Missing link between academic and clinical psychiatry for further scientific and professional maturation of psychiatry
    Chapter 20. Theoretical psychiatry and transdisciplinary integrative approach: Stepping stones to precision and person-centered psychiatry
    Chapter 21. Developmental Psychopathology: Appli cation to Psychiatry
    Chapter 22. Emotion: Concepts and Dysfunctions in Neuropsychiatric Research
    Chapter 23. Resilience: A Psychopathological Construct for Psychiatric Disorders
    Chapter 24. Inflammation for psychiatric disorders: Fact or Hypothesis
    Chapter 25. Smart Healthcare System and Precision Medicine: through the Brain Mechanisms of the Smartphone and Internet Game Addiction
    Part 6. Novel interventions
    Chapter 26. Telomere-telomerase system in psychiatric disorders and its role in treatment
    Chapter 27. Neuromodulation on Cognitive Control of Emotion: a paradigm shift
    Chapter 28. Psychobiotics: A paradigm shift in Psychopharmacology
    Chapter 29. Digital Interventions for Mental Disorders: Key Features, Efficacy, and Potential for Artificial Intelligence Applications
    Chapter 30. Cognitive behavioral therapy for insomnia using internet, mobile application, and wearable devices.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Brooks, Benjamin Rix; Wood, James H.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Frontiers of clinical neuroscience to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Sasan Adibi, Paul Griffin, Melvin Sanicas, Maryam Rashidi, Francesco Lanfranchi, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to serve the critical interests of the global community by supplying the most current knowledge and understanding of Covid-19 epidemiology, treatment, and prognoses. There was much uncertain and contradictory information published in the first year of the novel coronavirus. The dynamics of COVID-19 have now been realized, including the type of antibodies produced in infected patients and their limited lasting endurance. This book will set the record straight on the concept of "herd immunity" and explore the current vaccine trials taking place in different countries. This comprehensive book will illuminate recent advances regarding COVID-19 and offer a possible roadmap on how to move forward. Frontiers of COVID-19: A Pathophysiology and Epidemiology Roadmap of Novel Coronavirus Disease will be a vital and forward-looking guide for infectious disease clinicians, scientists and researchers, and students at the graduate level.

    Contents:
    Section I. History, Epidemiologic Background and Pathogenesis of Coronavirus
    Chapter 01: Surfaces as a source for SARS-CoV-2 transmission
    Chapter 02: Humoral immune response in SARS-CoV-2 infection & its therapeutic relevance
    Chapter 03: SARS-CoV-2 Invasion and Pathogenesis of COVID-19: A Perspective of viral receptors, bradykinin and purinergic system
    Chapter 04: Genetics and Biological characteristics of SARS-CoV-2
    Chapter 05: COVID-19 impact on host at pathophysiological and cellular level
    Chapter 06: Identification of the COVID-19 droplet deposition path and its effects on the human respiratory tract before and after the disease: A scoping novel respiratory mask design
    Chapter 07: SARS-CoV-2 variants: Impact of Spike Mutations on Vaccine and Therapeutic strategies
    Chapter 08: Global biologic characteristics of Variants of Concern and Variants of Interest of SARS-CoV-2
    Chapter 09: Emergence of COVID-19 variants and its global impact
    Section II. Clinical Observations
    Chapter 10: Psychological Impacts of the COVID-19 Pandemic
    Chapter 11: Spatial Epidemiology of COVID-19: Disease Risk, Prognosis, and Complications
    Chapter 12: Eye disorders and neuro-ophthalmic manifestations of COVID-19
    Chapter 13: Evaluation and Management of Dysphagia during the COVID-19 Pandemic
    Chapter 14: Gastrointestinal Manifestations Of COVID-19, and Inflammatory Bowel Disease in the COVID-19 Era, Clinical Overview And Updated Guidelines
    Chapter 15: Post COVID-19 conditions-the new challenge to mankind
    Chapter 16: Association of Alpha 1 Antitrypsin deficiency with COVID-19 mortality: basis for clinical trials
    Chapter 17: Social cognition approaches to understanding and changing COVID-19 preventive behaviours
    Chapter 18: Neurological Complications of COVID-19
    Chapter 19: The Impact of Covid-19 on Surgical Disease
    Section III. Interventions and Treatments
    Chapter 20: Pre-Hospital Management of COVID-19: Looking for a Future Perspective
    Chapter 21: Biotechnological strategies in the intervention and treatment of COVID-19
    Chapter 22: Vitamin D: A Potential Prophylactic and Therapeutic Agent against COVID-19
    Section IV. Current Trends and Future Directions
    Chapter 23: Rational repurposing of drugs, clinical trials candidates, and natural products for SARS-Cov-2 therapy
    Chapter 24: In Silico Drug Repositioning for COVID-19: Progress and Challenges
    Chapter 25: Computationally Repurposed Natural Products Targeting SARS-CoV-2 Attachment and Entry Mechanisms
    Chapter 26: Different platforms, immune response modulators and challenges in SARS-CoV-2 vaccination
    Chapter 27: SARS-CoV-2 vaccine against virus: mission accomplished !?
    Chapter 28: COVID-19 vaccines authorized by stringent regulatory authorities and vaccine candidates expecting approval in 2021
    Chapter 29: The Global Evolution of Clinical Practice During a Pandemic
    Chapter 30: Anticipated Long-Term Neurobehavioral Outcomes following COVID-19
    Chapter 31. The road ahead.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    24
  • Digital/Print
    Marois, M.
    Digital Access Karger v. 1-, 1972-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    26
  • Digital/Print
    Bogousslavsky, Julien.
    Digital Access Karger v. 19-, 2005-
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Frontiers of neurology and neuroscience to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Print
    Bruce L. Miller, MD.
    Contents:
    History and nomenclature
    The clinical syndrome of bvFTD
    The clinical syndrome of svPPA
    The clinical syndrome of nfvPPA
    Related disorders : FTD-ALS
    Related disorders : corticobasal degeneration and progressive supranuclear palsy
    A primer of FTLD neuropathology
    FTD genes
    FTD reflections upon psychology and philosophy
    Treatments.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC521 .M55 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Bernardino Ghetti, Emanuele Buratti, Bradley Boeve, Rosa Rademakers, editors.
    Summary: Under the name of Frontotemporal Dementias (FTD) numerous hereditary and sporadic disorders are listed. FTD may take away speech and language, social skills and ethical judgement, wishes and will, empathy and emotions; it may also impair motor functions. FTD may affect men and women in midlife or during old age leading to the demolition of the uniqueness of the human mind. In the last decade of the 20th century and in the first two decades of the 21st century, progress in the understanding of clinical, neuropathological, biochemical, and genetic aspects of FTD has accelerated. The novel awareness about FTD has directed young generations of researchers toward the study of this complex group of disorders. This Volume has been formulated with the participation of some of the leading scientists who have contributed to the development of knowledge in the clinical and basic science arenas. It captures the current central elements that are relevant to an up-to-date understanding of causes and pathogenesis of multiple forms of FTD. The volume is an opus that represents a distillation of the work of many scientists and addresses the current directions in the study of one of the most complex groups of diseases. In view of its structure, the book could also be used as a textbook, that offers both a broad and deep analysis of major areas in FTD. This book, planned by the International Society for Frontotemporal Dementias, is distinctive as it opens a window to a wide landscape about the biology of FTD. Thus, the book represents a moment of reflection on the present state of our knowledge of FTD and a collective vision toward scientific progress. The authors of each chapter share their knowledge and vision aimed at reducing the suffering which is caused by FTD.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    1993-99.
    Incomplete
    HD9665 .F939
    315
  • Digital
    Qihui "Jim" Zhai, editor.
    Summary: The Frozen Section Library series provides concise, user-friendly, site specific handbooks that are well illustrated and highlight the pitfalls, artifacts and differential diagnosis issues that arise in the hurried frozen section scenario. Written by expert surgical pathologists, Frozen Section Library: Endocrine Organs presents common and practical problems including follicular adenoma versus follicular carcinoma, papillary thyroid carcinoma versus reactive change and freezing artifact, follicular variant of papillary thyroid carcinoma, and medullary thyroid carcinoma. Anaplastic carcinoma, thyroid lymphoma, resection margin of a pancreatic endocrine tumor, pheochromocytoma within an adrenal gland and extra- adrenal gland, parathyroid tissue versus a thyroid tissue and versus a lymph node are also explored in detail. All chapters are illustrated with color pictures and accompanied legends. As a handbook for practicing pathologists, this volume is an indispensable aid to diagnosis and for avoiding dangers in one of the most challenging situations that pathologists encounter. Rapid consideration of differential diagnoses and how to avoid traps caused by frozen section artifacts are readily accessible. Tables and charts provide guidance for differential diagnosis of various histological patterns.

    Contents:
    Thyroid Gland
    Parathyroid Gland
    Endocrine Tumors of the Pancreas
    Adrenal Gland
    Pituitary Gland
    Paraganglioma
    Neuroendocrine Tumors within the Non-Endocrine Organs.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Alain C. Borczuk, Rhonda K. Yantiss, Brian D. Robinson, Theresa Scognamiglio, Timothy M. D'Alfonso, editors.
    Summary: This book provides guidance regarding the approach to common scenarios encountered in the frozen section laboratory while underscoring diagnostic pitfalls and providing the proper level of diagnostic information to ensure clear communication. Given the use of frozen section in molecular and research pathology, the text also serves as a guide for morphologic examination. Written by experts in the field, the book is organized according to organ system with additional chapters discussing the roles of digital pathology and molecular assays. Each chapter is extensively illustrated to highlight key points that facilitate interpretation and highlight areas for potential error. The goal of this book is to help trainees understand the need for mastery of this unique diagnostic tool, and to aid pathologists who cover frozen section convert practical information provided into diagnostic improvements. Frozen Section Pathology is a comprehensive and state-of-the-art review and serves as a valuable resource for the general surgical pathologist with frozen section responsibilities as well as surgeons who regularly utilize frozen section.

    Contents:
    Technique of Intraoperative Consultation
    Quality Assurance in Frozen section
    Intraoperative Evaluation of the Gastrointestinal Tract
    Intraoperative Evaluation of the Liver, Extrahepatic Bile Ducts, Gallbladder, and Pancreas
    Head and Neck Pathology
    Thyroid and Parathyroid
    Frozen Section of Breast and Sentinel Lymph Node
    Genitourinary Pathology
    Frozen section in lung and pleural pathology
    Frozen Sections in Neuropathology
    Frozen Section in Gynecologic Pathology
    Dermatopathology
    Frozen Sections in Bone and Soft Tissue Pathology
    Frozen Section and Intraoperative Consultation in Hematopathology
    Frozen Sections in Kidney Transplantation
    Intra-operative consultation and molecular pathology.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Arvind K. Chavali, Ramesh Ramji, editors.
    Summary: This book introduces readers to the concept of 'frugal innovation' and describes novel low-cost technologies that aid in diagnosing infectious diseases. Rapidly deployable, portable, and affordable diagnostic tools have the potential to tremendously benefit populations in resource-limited settings and improve global health outcomes. Specifically, the book includes the following features: Cutting-Edge Research: Thorough coverage of scientific advances related to frugal bioengineering that have been developed within the last few years. A few examples of technologies covered in detail include low-cost paper-based and CD-based microfluidic diagnostic systems. Industry and Non-Profit Voices: Chapters written by scientists currently working in industry and philanthropic sectors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Fernando Freitas de Lima, Caroline Honaiser Lescano, Ivan Pires de Oliveira, editors.
    Summary: Fruits of the Brazilian Cerrado: Composition and Functional Benefits describes the nutritional, chemical and physical characteristics of the fruits of the Cerrado, as well as their pharmacological effects and use in phytotherapics. Chapters are dedicated to the morphological characteristics, macronutrients, micronutrients and active compounds of various fruits, with separate sections covering their peels, leaves, nuts, pulps, and other components. The text also includes detailed studies on the treatment of diseases with these natural products, as well as their applications in popular use by local communities. Authors explain the importance of bioactive compounds found in the fruits and their possible mechanisms of action in the organism. This text thus provides a valuable reference to researchers studying a range of topics, including functional foods, phytotherapy, and plant science.

    Contents:
    1. Acrocomia aculeata
    2. Attalea dubia & Attalea phalerata
    3. Campomanesia genus
    4. Caryocar spp
    5. Mauritia flexuosa
    6. Dipteryx alata
    7. Solanum lycocarpum
    8. Attalea speciosa
    9. Syagrus romanzoffiana
    10. Hancornia speciosa.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Victoria Tepe, Charles M. Peterson, editors.
    Summary: This ground-breaking title begins with an introductory overview of the Lower Extremity Gait Systems (LEGS) project, identifying concerns and observations as context for the reader to consider topics and challenges detailed in later chapters. Next are chapters that explore relevant military and civilian needs, and an essential historical context of the capabilities and limitations of contemporary prosthetics. The section concludes with an overview of essential components used in passive and active lower limb prosthetics, including sockets, foot, ankle, and knee systems, as well as emerging bionic systems. A second section considers research and development in orthotics, synthetic and biological materials, volitional control, and wearable robotics (also known as exoskeletons). Finally, expert authors explore advanced science and emerging medical perspectives in research related to limb salvage, osseointegration, limb transplantation, and tissue engineering. Designed for medical practitioners, engineers, students, and researchers who use or develop prosthetic technology for civilian or military amputees, Full Stride: Advancing the State of the Art in Lower Extremity Gait Systems will be of great interest to trauma specialists, orthopedists, rehabilitation specialists, nursing staff and physical therapists, as well as researchers and scientists who specialize in fields that shape and inform advanced prosthetic device development such as materials sciences, engineering (electrical, mechanical, biomedical), robotics, and human physiology.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Alexandru Mihai Grumezescu.
    Summary: Fullerens, Graphenes and Nanotubes: A Pharmaceutical Approach shows how carbon nanomaterials are used in the pharmaceutical industry. While there are various books on the carbonaceous nanomaterials available on the market, none approach the subject from a pharmaceutical point-of-view. In this context, the book covers different applications of carbonaceous nanomaterials. Chapters examine different types of carbon nanomaterials and explore how they are used in such areas as cancer treatments, pulse sensing and prosthetics. Readers will find this book to be a valuable reference resource for those working in the areas of carbon materials, nanomaterials and pharmaceutical science.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Dao Wen Wang, editor.
    Summary: This book provides readers recent advances on basic research and clinical management of fulminant myocarditis. First chapters introduce aetiology, pathology, and pathophysiology of fulminant myocarditis, in which excessive immune activation and subsequent cytokine storm are proposed to be the core pathogenesis. Following chapters present clinical management of fulminant myocarditis, including clinical manifestations, examinations, and diagnosis of fulminant myocarditis, as well as life support-based comprehensive treatment regimen in acute phase.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Accumulating More Knowledge and Ability in Treating Fulminant Myocarditis to Save More Lives
    The Epidemiology of Fulminant Myocarditis
    Pattern Recognition Receptors and Fulminant Myocarditis
    Etiology and Pathogenesis of Fulminant Myocarditis
    Pathophysiology and Mechanisms of Fulminant Myocarditis
    Pathology of Fulminant Myocarditis
    Clinical Manifestations of and Laboratory Tests for Myocarditis and Fulminant Myocarditis
    Diagnostic Values and Clinical Application of Endomyocardial Biopsy in Fulmiant Myocarditis
    Association between Histological Changes and Clinical Manifestations of Fulminant Myocarditis
    Changes of Electrpcardiography in Patients with Fulminant Myocarditis
    Echocardiography in Fulminant Myocarditis
    Cardiac Magnetic Resonance in Fulminant Myocarditis
    Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis of Fulminant Myocarditis
    Novel Conceptions in Treatments of Fulminant Myocarditis
    Treatments of Fulminant Myocarditis in Acute Phase
    Prevention and Treatment of Arrhythmias Complicated by Fulminant Myocarditis
    Prevention and Treatment of Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation in Fulminant Myocarditis
    Rehabilitation Treatment for Myocarditis
    Follow-Up and Long-Term Prognosis of Myocarditis and Fulminant Myocarditis
    Clinical Nursing for Patients with Fulminant Myocarditis
    Introduction of Clinical Courses of Typical Cases of Fulminant Myocarditis (Including Six Cases).
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Neeraj Khanna.
    Summary: This book provides all the information needed by the dentist in order to understand functional occlusion and describes a coherent method that, through application of principles of form and function, allows the delivery of predictable, natural, and long-lasting aesthetic results. After clear explanation of the concepts of functional aesthetics, functional occlusion, and the envelope of function, the 12 stages of a complete examination are carefully set out, with accompanying rationale. Similarly, full guidance is provided on acquisition of appropriate diagnostic records, comprising perfect impressions, facebow transfer, centric relation bite record, and digital photographs. Further, a method for correct determination of the incisal edge position is presented, with explanation of the importance of this position to aesthetics, function, and phonetics. A step-by-step description of the treatment planning process is then provided, followed by guidance on preparation design and fabrication of restorations. Readers will find the book to be an invaluable aid to attainment of consistent aesthetic results based on stable occlusion.

    Contents:
    Functional aesthetics
    Functional occlusion. Understanding and thinking
    The envelope of function: understanding and importance
    The complete examination: 12 steps to perform a complete exam
    Diagnostic records. What to take and why
    Incisal edge position: its importance to aesthetics and function
    Phonetics: how to design with phonetics in mind
    diagnosis and treatment planning
    Communication: with your patients, specialists & technicians
    Preparation, planning and quality control.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Juan C. Stockert, Jesús Espada, Alfonso Blázquez-Castro.
    Contents:
    Predictive binding geometry of ligands to DNA minor groove : isohelicity and hydrogen-bonding pattern / Juan C. Stockert
    Using microchip gel electrophoresis to probe DNA-drug binding interactions / Nan Shi and Victor M. Ugaz
    Identifying different types of chromatin using Giemsa staining / Juan C. Stockert, Alfonso Blázquez-Castro, and Richard W. Horobin
    Analysis of DNA damage and repair by comet fluorescence in situ hybridization (comet-FISH) / Michael Glei and Wiebke Schlörmann
    Alkaline nuclear dispersion assays for the determination of DNA damage at the single cell level / Piero Sestili and Carmela Fimognari
    Polarization microscopy of extended chromatin fibers / Maria Luiza S. Mello and Benedicto de Campos Vidal
    DNA labeling in vivo : quantification of epidermal stem cell chromatin content in whole mouse hair follicles using Fiji image processing software / Elisa Carrasco, María I. Calvo, and Jesús Espada
    Historical overview of bromo-substituted DNA and sister chromatid differentiation / Roberto Mezzanotte and Mariella Nieddu
    Image analysis of chromatin remodelling / Benedicto de Campos Vidal, Marina B. Felisbino, and Maria Luiza S. Mello
    FISH methods in cytogenetic studies / Miguel Pita, Juan Orellana, Paloma Martínez-Rodríguez, Ángel Martínez-Ramírez, Begoña Fernández-Calvín, and José L. Bella
    Ultrastructural and immunofluorescent methods for the study of the XY body as a biomarker / Roberta B. Sciurano and Alberto J. Solari
    Atomic force microscopy for analyzing metaphase chromosomes : comparison of AFM images with fluorescence labeling images of banding patterns / Osamu Hoshi and Tatsuo Ushiki
    Selective detection of phagocytic phase of apoptosis in fixed tissue sections / Vladimir V. Didenko
    Selective transport of cationized fluorescent topoisomerase into nuclei of live cells for DNA damage studies / Candace L. Minchew and Vladimir V. Didenko
    Visualization and interpretation of eukaryotic DNA replication intermediates in vivo by electron microscopy / Kai J. Neelsen, Arnab Ray Chaudhuri, Cindy Follonier, Raquel Herrador, and Massimo Lopes
    Combined bidimensional electrophoresis and electron microscopy to study specific plasmid DNA replication intermediates in human cells / Cindy Follonier and Massimo Lopes
    Standard DNA methylation analysis in mouse epidermis : bisulfite sequencing, methylation-specific PCR, and 5-methyl-cytosine (5mC) immunological detection / Jesús Espada, Elisa Carrasco, and María I. Calvo
    Methyl-combing : single-molecule analysis of DNA methylation on stretched DNA fibers / Attila Németh
    Investigating 5-hydroxymethylcytosine (5hmC) : the state of the art / Colm E. Nestor, James P. Reddington, Mikael Benson, and Richard R. Meehan
    Hydroxymethylated DNA immunoprecipitation (hmeDIP) / Colm E. Nestor and Richard R. Meehan
    Microscale thermophoresis for the assessment of nuclear protein-binding affinities / Wei Zhang, Stefan Duhr, Philipp Baaske, and Ernest Laue
    Analysis of histone posttranslational modifications from nucleolus-associated chromatin by mass spectrometry / Stefan Dillinger, Ana Villar Garea, Rainer Deutzmann, and Attila Németh
    Salt-urea, sulfopropyl-sepharose, and covalent chromatography methods for histone isolation and fractionation / Pedro Rodriguez-Collazo
    Chromatin immunoprecipitation / Javier Rodríguez-Ubreva and Esteban Ballestar
    Analysis of chromatin composition of repetitive sequences : the ChIP-Chop assay / Raffaella Santoro
    Purification of specific chromatin domains from single- copy gene loci in Saccharomyces cerevisiae / Stephan Hamperl, Christopher R. Brown, Jorge Perez-Fernandez, Katharina Huber, Manuel Wittner, Virginia Babl, Ulrike Stöckl, Hinrich Boeger, Herbert Tschochner, Philipp Milkereit, and Joachim Griesenbeck
    Deep sequencing of small chromatin-associated RNA : isolation and library preparation / Sarah Daniela Diermeier, Thomas Schubert, and Gernot Längst
    Deep sequencing of small chromatin-associated RNA : bioinformatic analysis / Sarah Daniela Diermeier and Gernot Längst.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    volume editors, Eamonn M.M. Quigley, Michio Hongo, Shin Fukudo.
    Summary: "The clinical problems and dilemmas which the busy clinician encounters on a daily basis are the main focus of this publication. Emphasizing a clinical rather than a pathophysiological approach to problems, it facilitates access and helps the practicing clinician to develop an effective and efficient diagnostic and therapeutic strategy. Nevertheless, clinically important aspects of pathophysiology are also dealt with in detail when called for. A variety of scenarios that are especially relevant to modern medical practice, such as the intensive care unit, are taken into account. A group of internationally renowned experts guides the reader through the broad variety of diagnostic options available to assist in the assessment of symptoms originating anywhere along the gastrointestinal tract, from the esophagus to the anus, and, in each instance, every effort is made to critically appraise the technology discussed. Moreover, general overviews of broadly relevant therapeutic approaches are also provided. Pediatric and adult gastroenterologists, gastrointestinal surgeons and hospitalists will find this publication to be a valuable help in their daily practice"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Oropharyngeal dysphagia and swallowing dysfunction / Sifrim, D.; Vilardell, N.; Clavé, P.
    Nonobstructive dysphagia / Hongo, M.; Shoji, T.; Endo, Y.
    Gastroparesis / Parkman, H.P.
    The role of gastric sensorineural dysfunction in functional dyspepsia / Tack, J.
    Chronic intestinal pseudo-obstruction : a neuropathological approach / De Giorgio, R.; Boschetti, E.; Bianco, F.; Cogliandro, R.F.; Volta, U.; Caio, G.; Corinaldesi, R.; Stanghellini, V.
    Small intestinal dysmotility, its role in irritable bowel syndrome and small intestinal bacterial overgrowth : assessment and management / Quigley, E.M.M.
    When and how should we study colonic motility? / Fukudo, S.; Machida, T.; Endo, Y.; Shoji, T.; Kano, M.; Kanazawa, M.
    Difficult defecation : what really helps to assess dysfunction and guide therapy / Corazziari, E.S.
    Functional gastrointestinal disorders : the mind-body dimension / Van Oudenhove, L.
    The role of psychosocial factors in functional gastrointestinal disorders / Lackner, J.M.
    The pharmacology of the gut-brain axis : prospects for future therapeutic progress? / Gabbard, S.; Lacy, B.E.
    Specific clinical contexts. Pt. 1: the intensive care unit / Quigley, E.M.M.
    Specific clinical contexts. Pt. 2: the patient with neurological disease / Choi, M.-G.
    Specific clinical contexts. Pt. 3: the child with neurodevelopmental delay / Carvalho, R.; Di Lorenzo, C.
    Specific clinical contexts. Pt. 4: the postoperative patient / Bassotti, G.; Villanacci, V.; Battaglia, E.; Maurer, C.A.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    Brian E. Lacy, Michael D. Crowell, John K. DiBaise, editors.
    Contents:
    Globus
    Dysphagia
    Noncardiac Chest Pain
    Functional Gastrointestinal and Motility Disorders: Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
    Aerophagia, Belching, and Rumination
    Dyspepsia
    Chronic nausea
    Gastroparesis
    Cyclical Vomiting Syndrome
    Gas and Bloating
    Small Intestinal Bacterial Overgrowth
    Chronic Intestinal Pseudo-Obstruction
    Functional Gallbladder Disorder
    Right Upper Quadrant Pain after Cholecystectomy
    Chronic Constipation
    Irritable Bowel Syndrome
    Colonic Inertia
    Chronic Diarrhea
    Fecal Incontinence
    Rectal Pain
    Complementary and Alternative Management Strategies in Irritable Bowel Syndrome
    Appendix: Answers to Teaching Questions.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Javier Gavilán, Alejandro Castro, Laura Rodrigáñez, Jesús Herranz.
    Summary: "This updated second edition presents a unique point of view based on fascial dissection techniques developed by several generations of renowned surgeons at La Paz University Hospital, Spain. This book lays a foundation with in-depth discussion of fascial compartmentalization of the neck. The text covers the evolution of modern neck dissection, from George Crile in 1906 to current cutting-edge procedures, and details the transition from radical neck dissection to a less aggressive, equally effective approach for treating lymph node metastases in head and neck cancer. The relationship between functional and selective neck dissection is discussed from a pragmatic and nonconventional perspective, elucidating the connection from historical, anatomic, and surgical standpoints. The four authors differentiate conceptual approaches, keystones in the evolution of scientific knowledge from surgical techniques, technical variations of a standard procedure designed to most effectively resolve a problem. The primary goal of this book is providing the reader with expert guidance on a full spectrum of fundamental surgical techniques"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The Historical Outlook of Neck Dissection
    The Rationale and Anatomical Basis for Functional and Selective Neck Dissection
    The Conceptual Approach to Functional and Selective Neck Dissection
    Surgical Technique
    Hints and Pitfalls
    Complications of Neck Surgery
    Frequently Asked Questions with Answers.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    editors: Devarajan Thangadurai, Jeyabalan Sangeetha, Ram Prasad.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Chunlin Hou, editor.
    Summary: One of the most common problems for spinal cord injury patients is urinary system dysfunction. The book Functional Bladder Reconstruction Following Spinal Cord Injury via Neural Approaches introduces how to solve this problem using multi-disciplinary approaches. From animal model studies to surgical techniques as well as successful case reports, six kinds of surgery are presented in separate chapters. This up-to-date monograph will be a valuable resource for surgeons, urologists and neurologists caring for spinal cord injury patients. The contributors are a group of surgeons working in the fields of orthopaedics and microsurgery.

    Contents:
    An overview of traumatic spinal cord injury
    Clinical anatomy of cauda equina and lumbosacral nerve root
    Classification of and Treatment Principles for Bladder Dysfunction Caused by Spinal Cord Injury
    Pathological changes in the detrusor after spinal cord injury
    Microstructural study of the detrusor muscle after repair of atonic bladders caused by injury to the medullary cone in rats
    Selective sacral rhizotomy: introducing a simple intraoperative manometric method
    Reconstruction of bladder innervation below the level of spinal cord injury for inducing urination by Achilles tendon -to - bladder reflex contractions
    Reconstruction of bladder innervation above the level of spinal cord injury for inducing urination by abdomen-to-bladder reflex contractions
    Reconstruction of afferent and efferent nerve pathways of the atonic bladder
    Transfer of normal lumbosacral nerve roots to reinnervate atonic bladder
    Electrical stimulated micturition: Sacral Anterior Root Stimulator+Sacral deafferentation.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Jay J. Pillai, editor.
    Summary: This book presents a comprehensive overview of current state-of-the-art clinical physiological imaging of brain tumors.? It focuses on the clinical applications of various modalities as they relate to brain tumor imaging, including techniques such as blood oxygen level dependent functional magnetic resonance imaging, diffusion tensor imaging, magnetic source imaging/magnetoencephalography, magnetic resonance perfusion imaging, magnetic resonance spectroscopic imaging, amide proton transfer imaging, high angular resolution diffusion imaging, sodium imaging, and molecular imaging. Featuring contributions from renowned experts in functional imaging, this book examines the diagnosis and characterization of brain tumors, details the application of functional imaging to treatment planning and monitoring of therapeutic intervention, and explores future directions in physiologic brain tumor imaging. Intended for neuro-oncologists, neurosurgeons, neuroradiologists, residents, and medical students, Functional Brain Tumor Imaging is a unique resource that serves to advance patient care and research in this rapidly developing field.

    Contents:
    Section I: Diagnosis and Characterization of Brain Tumors
    MR Perfusion Imaging: ASL, T2*-Weighted DSC, and T1-Weighted DCE Methods
    Diffusion Tensor Imaging: Introduction and Applications to Brain Tumor Characterization
    Diagnosis and Characterization of Brain Tumors: MR Spectroscopic Imaging
    Section II: Physiologic Imaging for Planning and Monitoring of Therapeutic Intervention
    BOLD fMRI for Presurgical Planning: Part I
    BOLD fMRI for Presurgical Planning: Part II
    DTI for Presurgical Mapping
    Magnetoencephalographic Imaging for Neurosurgery
    Imaging Metabolic and Molecular Functions in Brain Tumors with Positron Emission Tomography (PET)
    Proton Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy and Spectroscopic Imaging of Primary Brain Tumors
    Section III: Future Directions in Physiologic Brain Tumor Imaging
    Role of Amide Proton Transfer (APT)-MRI of Endogenous Proteins and Peptides in Brain Tumor Imaging
    Advanced Diffusion MR Tractography for Surgical Planning
    Ultra-High Field MRSI (7T and Beyond)
    Sodium Magnetic Resonance Imaging in the Management of Human High-Grade Brain Tumors
    Future Clinical Applications of Molecular Imaging: Nanoparticles, Cellular Probes, and Imaging of Gene Expression.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Sougata Jana, Subrata Jana, editors.
    Summary: Thanks to their unique properties, chitosan and chitosan-based materials have numerous applications in the field of biomedicine, especially in drug delivery. This book examines biomedical applications of functional chitosan, exploring the various functions and applications in the development of chitosan-based biomaterials. It also describes the chemical structure of chitosan and discusses the relationship between their structure and functions, providing a theoretical basis for the design of biomaterials. Lastly, it reviews chemically modified and composite materials of chitin and chitosan derivatives for biomedical applications, such as tissue engineering, nanomedicine, drug delivery, and gene delivery.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Chitosan and its Derivatives: a New Versatile Bio-polymer for Various Applications
    Chapter 2. Application of Chitosan in Oral Drug Delivery
    Chapter 3. Transdermal Delivery of Chitosan Based Systems
    Chapter 4 . Chitosan Based Ocular Drug Delivery systems
    Chapter 5. Functional Chitosan Carriers for Oral Colon-Specific Drug Delivery
    Chapter 6. Chitosan-based Hydrogels for Drug Delivery
    Chapter 7. Recent Advances of Chitosan based Systems for Delivery of Anticancer Drugs
    Chapter 8. Chitosan-based systems for Gene Delivery
    Chapter 9. Chitosan-based Interpenetrating Polymer Networks: Drug Delivery Application
    Chapter 10. Chitosan-based Systems in Tissue Engineering
    Chapter 11. Chitosan based Nanoformulation as Carriers of Small Molecules for Tissue Regeneration
    Chapter 12. Chitosan based Systems for Theranostic Applications
    Chapter 13. Grafted Chitosan Systems for Biomedical Applications
    Chapter 14. Chitosan-based Systems for Controlled Delivery of Antimicrobial Peptides for Biomedical Application
    Chapter 15. Antibacterial Activity of Chitosan based Systems.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Girdhar K. Pandey, Sibaji K. Sanyal.
    Summary: This book focuses on the significance and implications of Calcium (Ca2+) transport machinery in the plant cell in generating alternating Ca2+ levels and impacting the cell's physiological, biochemical and developmental processes. In the following sections, the concept of Ca2+ homeostasis, Ca2+ signature, various Ca2+ transport protein families and conductance systems would be discussed in detail- elucidation of their functional characterization, structure, mechanism, sub-cellular localization and specific physiological roles in ensuring Ca2+ homeostasis. Also, the aspect of Ca2+ as a "signaling hub" -transducing distinct plant responses to diverse environmental stimuli, Ca2+ binding proteins, and the tools used in studying these proteins are explained in brief to paint a holistic picture of Ca2+ transport in plant systems. This has resulted in an elaborative literature account to serve as a staple by providing recent insights and advance knowledge surrounding genetic and molecular dissection of Ca2+homeostasis maintenance mechanisms and extant Ca2+ transport systems in plants.

    Contents:
    Calcium: from nutrition to signaling
    Calcium homeostasis, reserves and transport elements in the cell
    The concept of calcium signature and its involvment in other signaling pathways
    Calcium binding proteins : 'decoders of Ca2+ siganture'
    Plant ion channels without molecular identity and two-pore channel 1
    Plant ligand-gated ion channels 1: GLR
    Plant ligand-gated channels 2: CNGC
    Annexin and mechanosensitive channel
    Ca2+-ATPase and Ca2+/cation antiporters
    Tools for analysing Ca2+ transport elements and future perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kazunari Tominaga, Hiroaki Kusunoki, editors.
    Summary: The research and outcomes presented in this book gather evidence concerning both the pathogenesis and treatment of functional dyspepsia. It provides the latest information on this common non-organic disease, indicating its characteristic pathogenesis based on the brain-gut interaction and micro-environment and evidence gleaned from clinical treatment. Since the pathogenesis is associated with psychology, neurology, endocrinology and bacteriology in addition to gastroenterological physiology, it is often intractable and finding a suitable treatment rationale is challenging. Furthermore, the pathogenesis varies around the world and the efficacy of treatment using standard drugs varies among different populations worldwide; accordingly, this book highlights evidence gained in clinical trials in Japan. Functional Dyspepsia is a milestone produced by respected experts. Addressing unique topics and new findings of treatment including challenging and/or future rationales, it offers an invaluable resource for general clinicians, gastroenterologists, and basic researchers alike.

    Contents:
    PART I: Etiology.-Chapter 1: Definition & Prevalence
    Chapter 2: Genetic Factor
    Chapter 3: Environmental Factors
    PART II: Pathophysiology
    Chapter 4: Neuro-gastroenterology: Central & Autonomic Nervous System.-Chapter 5: Neuro-gastroenterology: Enteric Nervous System
    Chapter 6: Neuro-gastroenterology: Esophago-gastric Function (Motility) .-Chapter 7: Neuro-Gastroenterology: Gastro-duodenal Function (Motility) and Ultrasonographic Assessment.-Chapter 8: Ghrelin and Functional Dyspepsia
    Chapter 9: Psycho-gastroenterology
    Chapter 10: Visceral Hypersensitivity Through Transient Receptor Potential Vanilloid 1 Channels (TRPV1) in Functional Dyspepsia.-PART III: Treatment.-Chapter 11: Efficacy of Acid Suppression Therapy.-Chapter 12: Prokinetics.-Chapter 13: Herbal Medicine.-PART IV: Recent Special Topics: Future Treatment Possibility
    Chapter 14: Gut Dysbiosis and Its Treatment in Patients with Functional Dyspepsia
    Chapter 15: Visceral Hypersensitivity in Functional Dyspepsia (FD)
    Therapeutic Approaches to FD Based on Suppression of Visceral Hypersensitivity
    Chapter 16: Pancreatic Exocrine Function.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Thomas Schick, editor.
    Summary: This book explains to physical therapists, occupational therapists, speech therapists, interested physicians and clinicians the theoretical and practical applications of single- to multi-channel functional electrical stimulation for a wide range of neurological symptoms. The targeted electrical stimulation of several muscle groups, timed to each other, can initiate and support a complete movement sequence and thus improve motor learning. Renowned experts from research and practice have compiled numerous application examples based on the available evidence in this comprehensive form for the first time. In addition, the reader will find exciting and informative contributions to the current study situation and effectiveness analyses. The text is enriched by videos on EMG-triggered functional multichannel electrical stimulation, stimulation of muscle groups in lower motor neuron lesions, and FES therapy approaches for dysarthria and swallowing disorders. From the contents: - FES in lesions of the upper motoneuron, lesion of the lower motoneuron and mixed forms - Combination of FES with mirror therapy and botulinum toxin - Motor learning, neuroplasticity, ICF-based goal setting and the use in home-based therapy - Basic principles, current parameters and their implications - FES in rehabilitation of facial paralysis, unilateral vocal fold paralysis, dysarthria and dysphagia, and neuro-urological deficits .

    Contents:
    1 Introduction and history of Functional Electrical Stimulation (FES)
    2 Plasticity and motor learning
    3 Clarification models and mode of action of FES
    4 Role of electrical parameters in FES
    5 ICF-based goals in FES
    6 FES for motor function disorders due to damage to the central nervous system
    7 FES to improve mobility
    8 Electrical stimulation for improvement of function and muscle architecture in lower motor neuron lesions
    9 Sensory afferent stimulation
    10 FES in facial rehabilitation
    11 FES in dysphagia treatment
    12 Treatment of dysarthria with FES
    13 FES in unilateral vocal fold paralysis
    14 Combination therapies with FES
    15 FES in neuro-urologic disorders
    16 FES and home-based therapy
    17 Evidence on FES
    18 Absolute and relative contraindications. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Vibha Rani, Umesh C.S. Yadav, editors.
    Summary: Global health and the increasing incidence of various diseases are a cause for concern, and doctors and scientists reason that the diet, food habits and lifestyle are contributing factors. Processed food has reduced the nutritional value of our diet, and although supplementing foods with various additives is considered an alternative, the long-term impact of this is not known. Many laboratories around the world are working to identify various nutritional components in our daily food and their effect on human health. These have been classified as Nutraceuticals or functional food, and they may have preventive and therapeutic effects in a number of pathologies associated with modern dietary habits and lifestyles. This book addresses various aspects of this issue, revitalizing the discussion and consolidating the latest research on nutritional and functional food and their effects in in-vitro, in-vivo and human clinical studies.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Editors; Part I: Functional Food Components in Daily Diet;
    1: Composition ofFunctional Food inWorld Diet; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Market ofFunctional Foods; 1.2.1 Status ofFunctional Food at International Level; 1.2.2 Status ofFunctional Foods at Indian Level; 1.2.3 Suppliers ofFunctional Food totheIndian Market; 1.3 Fast-Growing Categories of Functional Foods; 1.3.1 Probiotics asFunctional Foods; 1.3.2 Beverages asFunctional Foods; 1.3.2.1 Green Tea; 1.3.2.2 Dairy-Based Beverages; 1.3.2.3 Sports Drinks 1.3.2.4 Wine1.3.3 Dietary Fiber asFunctional Foods; 1.3.4 Fruits andVegetables asFunctional Foods; 1.4 Challenges andOpportunities ofFunctional Foods; 1.5 Conclusion; References;
    2: Dietary Fibre- Nutrition andHealth Benefits; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Constituents ofDietary Fibre; 2.3 Soluble Dietary Fibre (SDF); 2.4 Insoluble Dietary Fibre (IDF); 2.5 Dietary Fibre Requirements; 2.6 Dietary Fibre: Nutritional andHealth Significance; 2.7 Role ofDietary Fibre inPhysiological Well-Being; 2.8 Conditions Linked toLow-Fibre Diets; 2.9 Dietary Fibre andCardiovascular Diseases 2.10 Dietary Fibre andDiabetes2.11 Dietary Fibre andColorectal Cancer; 2.12 Dietary Fibre andHealthy Ageing; 2.13 Conclusion; References;
    3: Phlorotannins andMacroalgal Polyphenols: Potential AsFunctional Food Ingredients andRole inHealth Promotion; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Macroalgal Sources ofPolyphenols; 3.3 Classification andStructure ofPhlorotannins; 3.4 Phlorotannin Content ofMacroalgae; 3.5 Identification andAnalysis ofMacroalgal Phlorotannins; 3.6 Dietary Intake ofMacroalgal Phlorotannins; 3.6.1 Bioavailability ofPolyphenols 3.7 Role ofMacroalgal Polyphenols inHuman Health3.7.1 Anti-hyperglycaemic Effects; 3.7.1.1 In Vitro Studies; 3.7.1.2 Animal Studies; 3.7.1.3 Human Studies; 3.7.1.4 Summary; 3.7.2 Anti-hyperlipidaemic Effects; 3.7.2.1 In Vitro Studies; 3.7.2.2 Animal Studies; 3.7.2.3 Human Studies; 3.7.2.4 Summary; 3.7.3 Health Effects According toAlgal Species; 3.8 Macroalgae AsaFunctional Food Ingredient; 3.8.1 Safe Levels ofConsumption; 3.8.2 Additional Bioactive Compounds inMacroalgae; 3.8.3 Availability andSustainability ofMacroalgae AsaFunctional Food Source 3.8.4 Processing ofMacroalgae forConsumption3.8.5 Incorporation ofMacroalgae into Foods; 3.8.6 Commercial Potential ofFunctional Foods; 3.9 Conclusion; References;
    4: Probiotics asFunctional Foods inEnhancing Gut Immunity; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Microflora ofGastrointestinal Tract andOther Organs; 4.2.1 The Gastrointestinal Tract; 4.2.1.1 Role ofGut Mucosa andGut-Associated Lymphoid Tissue inHost Immune System; 4.2.1.2 Intestinal Microflora andDevelopment oftheHost Immune System; 4.2.1.3 Colorectal Cancer; 4.2.1.4 Adhesion ofProbiotics toTarget Sites
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Athapol Noomhorm, Imran Ahmad, and Anil Anal.
    Contents:
    I Fundamentals of Functional Food Processing
    1. Functional Foods, Nutraceuticals and Probiotics as Functional Food Components / Athapol Noomhorm, Anil Kumar Anal, Imran Ahmad
    2. Bioactive Components in Foods / Anil Kumar Anal, Kishore K. Kumaree, Mridula Thapa
    II Major Sources of Functional Foods
    3. Processing Effects on Functional Components in Cereals and Grains / Binod K. Yadav, J. Jerish Joyner
    4. Tropical Fruits / Mandeep Kaur, H.K. Sharma
    5. Bioactive Compounds in Meat and their Functions / Punchira Vongsawasdi, Athapol Noomhorm
    6. Bioactive Materials Derived from Seafood and Seafood Processing By-products / Ratih Pangestuti, Se-Kwon Kim
    7. Food Processing By-products as Sources of Functional Foods and Nutraceuticals / Nina Karla M. Alparce, Anil Kumar Anal
    8. Functionality of Non-starch Polysaccharides (NSPs) / Kelvin K.T. Gob, Ramesh Kumar, Shen-Siung Wong
    9. Resistant Starch: Properties, Preparations and Applications in Functional Foods / Taslima Ayesha Aktar Nasrin, Anil Kumar Anal
    10. Isoflavones
    Extraction and Bioavailability
    Khoomtong Atcharaporn, Pananun Thawunporn, Buddhi Lamsal
    III Processing Effects on the Functional Components during Product Development
    11. Thermal and Non-thermal Processing of Functional Foods / Jiraporn Sripinyowanich Jongyingcharoen, Imran Ahmad
    12. Changes of Properties and Functional Components of Extruded Foods / Vilai Rungsardthong
    13. Recent Advances in Applications of Encapsulation Technology for the Bioprotection of Phytonutrients in Complex Food Systems / Alisha Tuladhar, Anil Kumar Anal
    14. The Effect of Irradiation on Bioactive Compounds in Plant and Plant Products / Nantarat Na Nakornpanom, Porntip Sirisoontaralak
    15. Nanoparticles and Nanoemulsions / Anges Teo, Kelvin K.T. Goh, Sung Je Lee
    IV Health Benefits and Bioavailability of Functional Foods
    16. Pharmacology and Health Benefits of Bioactive Food Sources / Maushmi S. Kumar, Shruti Mishra
    17. Potential Cardio-protective Effects of Functional Foods / Eman M. Alissa, Gordon A. Ferns.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Antonio Luna, Joan C. Vilanova, L. Celso Hygino da Cruz Jr., Santiago E. Rossi.
    Contents:
    Part I. Clinical and therapeutic approach to functional oncological imaging
    part II. Imaging of cancer hallmarks
    part III. Functional imaging techniques in clinical use
    part IV. Molecular imaging techniques in clinical use and in research.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Antonio Luna, Joan C. Vilanova, L. Celso Hygino da Cruz, Jr., Santiago E. Rossi.
    Contents:
    Tumors of the CNS and Spinal Cord
    Functional Magnetic Resonance Techniques in CNS Tumors
    MR Imaging Evaluation of Posttreatment Changes in Brain Neoplasms
    Metastasis and Other Tumors of the CNS
    Spinal Cord Tumors: Anatomic and Advanced Imaging
    Head and Neck Cancer
    Chest Malignancies
    Lung Cancer: PET, Perfusion CT, and Functional MR Imaging
    Functional Imaging of Malignant Pleural Mesothelioma and other Pleural and Chest Wall Lesions
    Functional Imaging of Malignant Pleural Mesothelioma and other Pleural and Chest Wall Lesions
    Thymomas and Other Thymic Primary Malignancies of the Chest
    Functional Imaging in Cardiac Tumors
    Women's Cancers
    Breast Cancer
    PET-CT of Gynecological Malignancies and Ovarian Cancer
    Functional MRI of Uterine (Endometrial and Cervical) Cancer
    Functional Imaging of Ovarian Cancer and Peritoneal Carcinomatosis
    Malignancies of the Gastrointestinal System
    Esophagus, Stomach, and Small Bowel Malignancies
    Colorectal Cancer
    Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Malignancies
    Overview of Functional Imaging Techniques for Liver Malignancies in Current Clinical Practice or in a Very Near Future
    Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    Role of Functional MRI in the Management of Liver Metastases
    Other Malignant Lesions of the Liver
    Functional Imaging of Gallbladder and Biliary Malignancies
    Splenic Lesions
    Genitourinary Tract Tumors
    Functional Imaging of Renal Cell Carcinoma
    Functional CT and MRI of the Urinary System and Adrenal Glands
    Prostate Cancer
    Scrotum
    Functional Imaging of Tumors of the Mesenterium and Retroperitoneum
    Malignancies of the Endocrine System
    Functional Oncological Imaging of the Endocrine System
    Hematological Malignancies
    Functional Imaging in Clinical Use for the Assessment of Lymph Nodes in Oncological Patients
    Functional Imaging in Lymphoma
    Multiple Myeloma and Other Hematological Malignancies
    Malignant Tumors of the Musculoskeletal System
    Advanced MRI Techniques of Soft Tissue Tumors
    Bone Malignancies
    Bone Metastasis
    Functional Imaging of Pediatric Malignancies
    Malignant Melanoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Jarlstedt, Jan.
    Contents:

    v. 2. RNA changes in rabbit cerebellar Purkinje cells after caloric stimulation and vestibular neurotomy.
  • Print
    Scott A. Huettel, Allen W. Song, Gregory McCarthy.
    Contents:
    An introduction to fMRI
    MRI scanners
    Basic principles of MR signal generation
    Basic principles of MR image formation
    MRI contrast mechanisms and acquisition techniques
    From neuronal to hemodynamic activity
    Properties of the fMRI bold response
    Signal, noise, and preprocessing of fMRI data
    Experimental design
    Statistical analysis I: basic analysis
    Statistical analysis II: data-driven approaches
    Advanced fMRI methods
    Combining fMRI with other techniques
    The future of fMRI: practical and ethical issues.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC386.6.M34 H84 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Xingfeng Li.
    Summary: With strong numerical and computational focus, this book serves as an essential resource on the methods for functional neuroimaging analysis, diffusion weighted image analysis, and longitudinal VBM analysis. It includes four MRI image modalities analysis methods. The first covers the PWI methods, which is the basis for understanding cerebral flow in human brain. The second part, the book s core, covers MRI methods in three specific domains: first level analysis, second level analysis, and effective connectivity study. The third part covers the analysis of Diffusion weighted image, i.e. DTI, QBI and DSI image analysis. Finally, the book covers (longitudinal) VBM methods and its application to Alzheimer s disease study.

    Contents:
    MRI perfusion weighted imaging analysis
    Perfusion imaging
    Gamma-variate fitting
    AIF selection
    Dispersion effects in DSC-MRI
    -Summary of the PWI algorithm
    First level fMRI data analysis for activation detection
    fMRI experimental design
    fMRI data pre-processing
    Activation detection: model free and model based methods
    Models for hemodynamic response function and drift
    General linear model (GLM) for activation detect
    Hypothesis test and threshold correction
    Summary of algorithm for 1st level fMRI data analysis
    2nd level fMRI data analysis using mixed model
    Mixed model for fMRI data analysis
    Numerical analysis for mixed effect models
    Iterative trust region method for ML estimation
    Exception trust region algorithm for second level fMRI data analysis
    Degree of freedom (DF) estimation
    fMRI data analysis future directions
    Second level fMRI data processing algorithm summary.- fMRI effective connectivity study
    Nonlinear system identification method for fMRI effective connectivity analysis
    Model selections for effective connectivity study
    Robust method for second level analysis
    Effective connectivity for resting-state fMRI data
    Limitations for fMRI effective connectivity in this study
    Summary of the algorithm for fMRI effective connectivity study.Diffusion weighted imaging analysis
    Basic principle of diffusion MRI and DTI data analysis
    Fiber tracking
    High angular resolution diffusion imaging (HARDI) analysis
    Adaptive Q-ball imaging regularization
    Diffusion spectrum imaging
    Summary and future directions
    Summary of DTI, QBI and DSI image analysis methods
    Voxel based morphometry and its application to Alzheimer s disease study
    Background for voxel based morphometry analysis
    Enhanced VBM
    Longitudinal VBM and its application to AD study
    Effective connectivity for longitudinal data analysis
    Other type of sMRI data analysis
    Summary of (longitudinal) VBM analysis methods.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Richard W. Byrne, editor.
    Contents:
    Historical Perspective on the Development of Cerebral Localization, Cerebral Cortical Motor Stimulation, and Sensory Evoked Potentials
    Anatomy of Important Functioning Cortex
    Mapping Eloquent Brain with functional MRI and DTI
    Intra-Operative Cortical Stimulation Mapping. Technique and Limitations
    Anesthetic Considerations in Cortical Mapping and Awake Surgery
    Mapping Cortical Function with Event-Related Electrocorticography
    Mapping of Eloquent Cortex in Focal Epilepsy with Intracranial Electrodes
    Somatosensory and Motor Evoked Potentials in Surgery of Eloquent Cortex Under General Anesthesia: Advantages and Limitations
    Cortical Mapping with Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation
    Practical application of Pre-Operative and Intra-Operative Cortical Mapping in Surgery
    Epilepsy Surgery in Eloquent Cortex
    White Matter Tracts
    Intraoperative Cortical Stimulation and the Value of Negative Mapping.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Kok Meng John Chan, editor.
    Summary: This book covers in detail all aspects of functional mitral and tricuspid regurgitation, from its pathophysiology and natural history, to its assessment, medical and surgical treatment, and long term results. Functional Mitral and Tricuspid Regurgitation encompasses information and knowledge from a diverse background including cardiology, cardiac surgery and basic science. This is necessary for a full understanding of the subject in order to optimally manage patients with this condition.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Kathrin LaFaver, Carine W. Maurer, Timothy R. Nicholson, David L. Perez, editors.
    Summary: This book is a practical manual for clinical practitioners seeking to take an interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary approach to the diagnosis and management of functional movement disorder (FMD). It discusses case vignettes, reviews the diagnostic approach, provides an update on available treatments, highlights clinical pearls and details references for further reading. Organized into three parts, the book begins with a framework for conceptualizing FMD - including its historical context, the biopsychosocial model and an integrated neurologic-psychiatric perspective towards overcoming mind-body dualism. Part II then provides a comprehensive overview of different FMD presentations including tremor, dystonia, gait disorders, and limb weakness, as well as common non-motor issues such as pain and cognitive symptoms. The book concludes with chapters on updated practices in delivering the diagnosis, working with patients and care partners to achieve shared understanding of a complex condition, as well as an overview of evidence-based and evolving treatments. Supplemented with high-quality patient videos, Functional Movement Disorder is written for practicing neurologists, psychiatrists, psychologists, allied mental health professionals, and rehabilitation experts with an interest in learning more about diagnosis and management of FMD.

    Contents:
    Part I: Framework
    1. A historical perspective on functional neurological disorder
    2. Free will, emotions and agency: Pathophysiology of functional movement disorder
    3. The biopsychosocial formulation for functional movement disorder
    4. Integrating neurologic and psychiatric perspectives in functional movement disorder
    Part II: Presentations
    5. Functional limb weakness and paralysis
    6. Functional tremor
    7. Functional dystonia
    8. Functional parkinsonism
    9. Functional jerky movements
    10. Functional facial disorders
    11. Functional gait disorders
    12. Functional tics
    13. Functional speech and voice disorders
    14. Beyond functional movements: The spectrum of functional neurological and somatic symptoms
    15. Functional movement disorder in children
    16. Functional movement disorder in older adults
    Part III: Management
    17. "Breaking the news" of a functional movement disorder
    18. Motivational interviewing for functional movement disorder
    19. Communication challenges in functional movement disorder
    20. Developing a treatment plan for functional movement disorder
    21. Psychological treatment of functional movement disorder
    22. Psychiatric comorbidities and the role of psychiatry in functional movement disorder
    23. Physical therapy: retraining movement
    24. Occupational therapy: focus on function
    25. Speech therapy: being understood clearly
    26. Interdisciplinary rehabilitation approaches in functional movement disorder
    27. Placebo effects and functional neurological disorder: helpful or harmful?
    28. Transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) as treatment for functional movement disorder
    29. Measuring symptoms and monitoring progress in functional movement disorder
    30. Overcoming treatment obstacles in functional movement disorder
    31. Management considerations for pediatric functional movement disorder.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Stephen B. Dunnett and Anders Björklund.
    Contents:
    Part A: Mechanisms and use of neural transplants for brain repair / Stephen B. Dunnett and Anders Björklund
    Reprogramming of somatic cells: iPS and iN cells / Vania Broccoli
    Brain repair from intrinsic cell sources: turning reactive glia into neurons / Olof Torper and Magdalena Götz
    Ex vivo gene therapy for the treatment of neurological disorders / Genevieve Gowing , Soshana Svendsen and Clive N. Svendsen
    Preparation, characterization and banking of clinical-grade cells for neural transplantation: scale up, fingerprinting and genomic stability of stem cell lines / Ammar Natalwala and Tilo Kunath
    Regulatory considerations for pluripotent stem cell therapies / Melissa K. Carpenter
    Strategies for bringing stem cell-derived dopamine neurons to the clinic: a European approach (STEM-PD) / Agnete Kirkeby, Malin Parmar and Roger A. Barker
    Strategies for bringing stem cell-derived dopamine neurons to the clinic: the NYSTEM trial / Lorenz Studer
    Strategies for bringing stem cell-derived dopamine neurons to the clinic: the Kyoto trial / Jun Takahashi
    From open to large-scale randomised cell transplantation trials in Huntington's disease: lessons from the multicentric intracerebral grafting in Huntington's Disease trial (MIG-HD) and previous pilot studies / Anne-Catherine Bachoud-Lévi
    Pluripotent stem cell-derived neurons for transplantation in Huntington's disease / Meng Li and Anne E. Rosser
    Advanced imaging of transplant survival, fate, differentiation, and integration / Nadja Van Camp, Elsa Diguet and Philippe Hantraye
    Rehabilitation training in neural restitution / Susanne Clinch, Monica Busse, Mate D. Döbrössy and Stephen B. Dunnett. Part B: Stem cell transplantation for spinal cord injury repair / Paul Lu
    Plasticity and regeneration in the injured spinal cord after cell transplantation therapy / Satoshi Nori, Masaya Nakamura and Hideyuki Okano
    Transplantation of GABAergic interneurons for cell-based therapy / Julien Spatazza, Walter R. Mancia Leon and Arturo Alvarez-Buylla
    Rebuilding CNS inhibitory circuits to control chronic neuropathic pain and itch / Joao M. Braz, Alex Etlin, Dina Juarez-Salinas, Ida J. Llewellyn-Smith and Allan I. Basbaum
    From transplanting Schwann cells in experimental rat spinal cord injury to their transplantation into human injured spinal cord in clinical trials / Mary B. Bunge, Paula V. Monje, Aisha Khan and Patrick M. Wood
    Recruitment of endogenous CNS stem cells for regeneration in demyelinating disease / Natalia A. Murphy and Robin J.M. Franklin
    Progenitor Cell-Based Treatment of Glial Disease / Steven A. Goldman
    Pluripotent stem cells and their utility in treating photoreceptor degenerations / Nozie D. Aghaizu, Kamil Kruczek, Anai Gonzalez-Cordero, Robin R. Ali and Rachael A. Pearson
    Stem cell-derived retinal pigment epithelium transplantation for treatment of retinal disease / Britta Nommiste, Kate Fynes, Victoria E. Tovell, Conor Ramsden, Lyndon da Cruz and Peter Coffey
    Transplantation of reprogrammed neurons for improved recovery after stroke / Zaal Kokaia, Daniel Tornero and Olle Lindvall.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    Andreas Otte.
    Summary: This book offers a critical approach to the challenging interpretation of new research data obtained using functional neuroimaging in whiplash injury. It covers all aspects, including the imaging tools themselves and the different methods of image analysis.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Abbreviations;
    1: Introduction; 1.1 General Aspects; 1.1.1 The Term "Whiplash Injury"; 1.1.2 Symptoms; 1.2 Incidence; 1.3 Historical Aspects; 1.3.1 Barré's "Syndrome Sympathique Cervical Postérieur"; 1.3.2 The Term "Railway Spine"; 1.3.3 Maurice Ravel; 1.4 Biomechanics; 1.4.1 General Aspects; 1.4.2 Protection Systems to Avoid Whiplash Injury; 1.4.3 Sequence of Phases During a Typical Whiplash Injury; 1.4.4 Timing of Neck Muscle Contraction;
    2: Diagnostics; 2.1 Diagnostic Procedure After Whiplash Injury; 2.2 New Iteration Algorithms 2.3 Stereotaxic Atlas of Talairach and Tournoux2.4 Other Stereotaxic Atlas Systems; 2.4.1 Computerized Brain Atlas; 2.4.2 Montreal Atlas; 2.5 Statistical Parametric Mapping (SPM); 2.6 Control Group;
    3: Current Research Data; 3.1 Mild Traumatic Brain Injury; 3.1.1 General Aspects; 3.1.2 Special Cases; 3.1.2.1 Bicycle Accident; 3.1.2.2 Car Accident; 3.2 Whiplash Injury; 3.2.1 Early Studies from Otte et al.; 3.2.2 Studies from Bicik/Radanov et al.; 3.2.3 Newer Studies from 2002 to 2012; 3.2.4 Latest Studies: Whiplash Revisited 3.3 3D Visualization of Regions of Cerebral Activation and Deactivation3.4 Excursus on Functional Brain Regions; 3.5 Differential Diagnostic List; 3.6 Whiplash Trauma and the Risk of Alzheimer's Disease;
    4: Conclusion; 4.1 The Dilemma; 4.2 Future Research;
    5: Clinical Aspects; About the Author; Bibliography
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Andreas Otte.
    Summary: This book, now in its third, completely revised and updated edition, offers a critical approach to the challenging interpretation of the latest research data obtained using functional neuroimaging in whiplash injury. Such a comprehensive guide to recent and current international research in the field is more necessary than ever, given that the confusion regarding the condition and the medicolegal discussions surrounding it have increased further despite the publication of much literature on the subject. In recent decades especially the functional imaging methods such as single-photon emission tomography, positron emission tomography, functional MRI, and hybrid techniques have demonstrated a variety of significant brain alterations. Functional Neuroimaging in Whiplash Injury - New Approaches covers all aspects, including the imaging tools themselves and the various methods of image analysis. Details on biomechanics, including the finite element method and facts on historical whiplash experiments and crash tests have now been added to this new edition. The book will continue to help physicians, patients and their relatives and friends, and others to understand this condition as a disease.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Diagnostics
    Current Research Data
    Conclusion
    Clinical Aspects.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Mark Hallett, Jon Stone and Alan Carson.
    Contents:
    A brief history of hysteria: From the ancient to the modern / M. Trimble, E.H. Reynolds
    Charcot, hysteria, and simulated disorders / C.G. Goetz
    Neurologic approaches to hysteria, psychogenic and functional disorders from the late 19th century onwards / J. Stone
    Freud's hysteria and its legacy / R.A.A. Kanaan
    Epidemiology / A. Carson, A. Lehn
    Neurophysiologic studies of functional neurologic disorders / M. Hallett
    Imaging studies of functional neurologic disorders / S. Aybek, P. Vuilleumier
    Dissociation and functional neurologic disorders / R.J. Brown
    Hypnosis as a model of functional neurologic disorders / Q. Deeley
    Psychologic theories in functional neurologic disorders / A. Carson, L. Ludwig, K. Welch
    Voluntary or involuntary? A neurophysiologic approach to functional movement disorders / M.-P. Stenner, P. Haggard
    Neurobiologic theories of functional neurologic disorders / M.J. Edwards
    Stress, childhood trauma, and cognitive functions in functional neurologic disorders / K. Roelofs, J. pasman
    Do (epi)genetics impact the brain in functional neurologic disorders? / T. Frodl
    Assessment of patients with functional neurologic disorders / A. Carson, M. Hallett, J. Stone
    The classification of conversion disorder (functional neurologic symptom disorder) in ICD and DSM / J.L. Levenson, M. Sharpe
    Neurologic diagnostic criteria for functional neurologic disorders / C. Gasca-salas, A.E. Lang
    Functional limb weakness and paralysis / J. Stone, S. Aybek
    Functional tremor / P. Schwingenschuh, G. Deuschl
    Functional dystonia / D.A. Schmerler, A.J. Espay
    Functional jerks, tics, and paroxysmal movement disorders / Y.E.M. Dreissen, D.C. Cath, M.A.J. Tijssen
    Psychogenic (functional) parkinsonism / M.A. Thenganatt, J. Jankovic
    Functional gait disorder / V.S.C. Fung
    Functional sensory symptoms / J. Stone, M. Vermeulen
    Nonepileptic seizures & subjective phenomena / M. Reuber, G.H. Rawlings
    Nonepileptic seizures & objective phenomena / W.Curt Lafrance Jr., R. Ranieri, A.S. Blum
    Psychogenic nonepileptic seizures: EEG and investigation / R. Duncan
    Functional coma / L. Ludwig, L. McWhirter, S. Williams, C. Derry, J. Stone
    Functional and simulated visual loss / M. Dattilo, V. Biousse, B.B. Bruce, N.J. Newman
    Functional eye movement disorders / D. Kaski, A.M. Bronstein
    Functional facial and tongue movement disorders / A. Fasano, M. Tinazzi
    Functional auditory disorders / D.M. Baguley, T.E. Cope, D.J. McFerran
    Functional speech disorders: clinical manifestations, diagnosis, and management / J.R. Duffy
    Functional voice disorders: Clinical presentations and differential diagnosis / J. Baker
    Psychologic/functional forms of memory disorder / J. Griem, J. Stone, A. Carson, M.D. Kopelman
    Functional (dissociative) retrograde amnesia / H.J. Markowitsch, A. Staniloiu
    Functional (psychogenic) dizziness / M. Dieterich, J.P. Staab, T. Brandt
    Urologic symptoms and functional neurologic disorders / I. Hoeritzauer, V. Phé, J.N. Panicker
    Functional disorders of swallowing / A. Baumann, P.O. Katz
    Pediatric functional neurologic symptoms / P.J. Grattan-Smith, R.C. Dale
    Posttraumatic functional movement disorders / C. Ganos, M.J. Edwards, K.P. Bhatia
    Factitious disorders and malingering in relation to functional neurologic disorders / C. Bass, P. Halligan
    Prognosis of functional neurologic disorders / J. Gelauff, J. Stone
    Explanation as treatment for functional neurologic disorders / J. Stone, A. Carson, M. Hallett
    Physical treatment of functional neurologic disorders / G. Nielsen
    Psychologic treatment of functional neurologic disorders / L.H. Goldstein, J.D.C. Mellers
    Hypnosis as therapy for functional neurologic disorders / Q. Deeley
    Nature of the placebo and nocebo effect in relation to functional neurologic disorders / E. Carlino, A. Piedimonte, F. Benedetti
    The role of placebo in the diagnosis and treatment of functional neurologic disorders / K.S. Rommelfanger
    Transcranial magnetic stimulation and sedation as treatment for functional neurologic disorders / T.R.J. Nicholson, V. Voon
    Inpatient treatment for functional neurologic disorders / D.T. Williams, K. Lafaver, A. Carson, S. Fahn
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital
    Jeffrey A. Brown, Julie G. Pilitsis, Michael Schulder.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2020
  • Digital
    Yunbo Luo.
    Summary: This book highlights the development of a functional nucleic acid based biosensor detection method in the context of food safety. Although there have been major advances in food processing technology in both developed and developing countries, food safety assurance systems are generally becoming more stringent, in response to growing (both real and perceived) food safety problems. These problems are due in part to foodborne microorganisms, heavy metals, and small chemical molecules (biological toxins, pesticide residues, and veterinary drug residues), etc. In addition, the nucleic acid biomarkers (DNA methylation, microRNA, and circRNA) induced by these risk factors are also closely related to food safety. Accordingly, this book offers a brief guide to targets and strategies in functional nucleic acid based biosensors for food safety detection. Divided into several chapters that focus on various respective targets, it will be a valuable resource for students and researchers in the fields of biosensor detection, food science etc.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Functional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensors forFood Safety Detection; 1.1 Food Safety Burden: Safer Food Saves Lives; 1.2 Food Safety Risk Factors: Significant Proportion Can BePrevented; 1.2.1 Microorganisms; 1.2.2 Genetically Modified Organism (GMO); 1.2.3 Heavy Metal Ion; 1.2.4 Chemical Small Molecules; 1.2.5 Nucleic Acid Biomarkers; 1.3 Biosensor: ATrend Toward Rapid andOn-Site Detection; 1.3.1 Optical Biosensor; 1.3.2 Electrochemical Biosensor; 1.3.3 Gravimetric Biosensor; 1.4 Functional Nucleic Acid: Powerful Tools toImprove Performance. 1.4.1 Nucleic Acid asTarget Recognition ElementDNA-Based Biosensors; Aptamer-Based Biosensors; DNAzyme-Based Biosensors; Artificial Nucleic Acid-Based Biosensors; 1.4.2 Nucleic Acid asSignal Amplification; DNA Amplification Techniques; G-Quadruplex Amplification Techniques; 1.4.3 Nucleic Acid as3D Nanostructure; References;
    Chapter 2: Functional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensor forMicroorganism Detection; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Construction ofFunctional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection andIts Technological Element. 2.2.1 Signal Recognization andTransduction ofFunctional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensor2.2.2 Signal Transduction Elements; 2.2.3 Signal Amplification ofFunctional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensor; 2.2.4 Signal Output Systems ofFunctional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensor; 2.3 Functional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection; 2.3.1 Aptamer Based Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection; 2.3.2 Functional Nucleic Acid Based Colorimetric Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection; 2.3.3 Lateral Flow Nucleic Acid Based Biosensors (LFNABs) forMicroorganism Detection. 2.3.10 Gold Nanoparticle (AuNP)-Functional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection2.3.11 Silver Nanoparticle (AgNP)-Functional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection; 2.3.12 Nanozyme-Functional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection; 2.3.13 Magnetic Nanoparticle (MNP)-Functional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection; 2.3.14 Functional Nucleic Acid Based Fluorescence Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection; 2.3.15 Functional Nucleic Acid Based Electrochemical Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection. 2.3.4 PCR-Functional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensors forMicroorganisms Quantitative Detection2.3.5 Isothermal Amplification-Functional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection; 2.3.6 Functional Nucleic Acid Based High-Throughput Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection; 2.3.7 Functional Nucleic Acid Based Biosensor forLiving or Dead Bacteria Detection; 2.3.8 Artificial Nucleic Acid Based Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection; 2.3.9 DNAzyme Based Biosensors forMicroorganism Detection.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Robert Enzenauer, William Morris, Thomas O'Donnell, Jill Montrey.
    Summary: This practical manual reviews historical concepts, contemporary research, and diagnostic techniques for functional visual disorders. Functional Ophthalmic Disorders: Ocular Malingering and Visual Hysteria is a how-to manual that is written for the practicing ophthalmologist and optometrist, complete with color photos that allow the reader to see pictures of select conditions and diagnostic testing. In addition to the photos, videos are provided online to illustrate simulated testing and results on a mock patient to assist in the differential diagnosis. Written and edited by leaders in the field, the topics include the history and characteristics of functional disorders, the differential diagnosis of ocular malingering and hysteria, and practical testing in an ophthalmologic examination to distinguish the conditions from organic disease.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction And Terminology
    2. History Of Functional Disorders
    3. Hysterical Ocular Functional Disorders
    4. Ocular Malingering
    5. Differentiating Ocular Functional Disorders: Hysteria Versus Malingering
    6. Overview Of The Clinician ? Patient Interaction
    7. Techniques And Tests For Functional Ophthalmic Disorders
    8. Testing For Functional Total Blindness
    9. Tests For Simulation Of Monocular Blindness
    10. Tests For Decreased Vision
    11. Tests For Miscellaneous Functional Visual Complaints
    12. Tests Of Historical Interest In Functional Visual Loss.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Bette R. Bonder, Vanina Dal Bello-Haas.
    Digital Access CINAHL 2018
  • Digital
    Egbert H. Huizing, John A.M. de Groot.
    Contents:
    Basics
    Pathology and diagnosis
    Surgery general
    Incisions and approaches
    Septal surgery
    Pyramid surgery
    Lobular surgery
    Surgery of the nasal cavity
    Special subjects.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Nergis Tomen, J. Michael Herrmann, Udo Ernst, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a timely overview of theories and methods developed by an authoritative group of researchers to understand the link between criticality and brain functioning. Cortical information processing in particular and brain function in general rely heavily on the collective dynamics of neurons and networks distributed over many brain areas. A key concept for characterizing and understanding brain dynamics is the idea that networks operate near a critical state, which offers several potential benefits for computation and information processing. However, there is still a large gap between research on criticality and understanding brain function. For example, cortical networks are not homogeneous but highly structured, they are not in a state of spontaneous activation but strongly driven by changing external stimuli, and they process information with respect to behavioral goals. So far the questions relating to how critical dynamics may support computation in this complex setting, and whether they can outperform other information processing schemes remain open. Based on the workshop "Dynamical Network States, Criticality and Cortical Function", held in March 2017 at the Hanse Institute for Advanced Studies (HWK) in Delmenhorst, Germany, the book provides readers with extensive information on these topics, as well as tools and ideas to answer the above-mentioned questions. It is meant for physicists, computational and systems neuroscientists, and biologists.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Contents; Introduction; Background; Facets of Criticality; Criticality and the Brain; List of Reviewers in Alphabetical Order; Avalanche Dynamics and Correlations in Neural Systems; 1 Introduction; 2 Avalanche Activity and Power Spectra; 2.1 Neuronal Model and Avalanche Activity; 2.2 Power Spectra; 3 Inter-event Time Distributions; 3.1 Up-States and Down-States; 3.2 Avalanches and Oscillations; 4 Detrended Fluctuation Analysis; 5 Conditional Probability Analysis; 6 Conclusions; References 2.2 Plasticity Mechanisms2.3 External Input; 2.4 Readout Layer and Performance Evaluation; 2.5 Fading Memory Time Scale Estimation; 2.6 SORN Variants; 3 Spontaneous Activity: Self-Organization Towards Avalanche Criticality; 4 External Input: Readaptation and Learning; 5 A Link Between Neuronal Avalanches and Fading Memory; 6 Discussion; References; Homeostatic Structural Plasticity Can Build Critical Networks; 1 Introduction; 2 The Neuritic Field Model; 2.1 Model at a Glance; 2.2 Neuronal Activity; 2.3 Outgrowth and Connectivity; 2.4 Network Assembly, Overshoot and Homeostasis 2.5 Analytical Relationship Between Activity and Connectivity 3 In Vitro Cortical Cultures Show Different Dynamical States During Development4 Not All Mature Cortical Cultures Display Self-organized Criticality; 5 Complex Network Topologies Promote Self-organized Criticality in Cortical Assemblies; 5.1 Scale-Free Networks with Small-Worldness Features Promote Self-organized Criticality; 6 Conclusions; References; From Neurons to Networks: Critical Slowing Down Governs Information Processing Across Vigilance States; 1 Introduction; 2 The Theory of Critical Slowing Down; 3 Critical Slowing Down in Individual Neurons 4 Critical Slowing Down in Cortical Networks Is Maintained by Sleep5 Summary and Outlook; References; The Challenge of Taming a Latching Network Near Criticality; 1 Introduction; 2 The Model; 2.1 Interactions; 2.2 Dynamics; 2.3 Memories; 3 Imparting Latching Instructions with an Associative Learning Rule; 4 The Effect of Hetero-Associative Instructions on Latching Dynamics; 5 Instructed Versus Spontaneous Latching Transitions; 6 Conclusion; References; Fading Memory, Plasticity, and Criticality in Recurrent Networks; 1 Introduction; 2 Self-Organizing Recurrent Networks; 2.1 Model Dynamics Playing at the Edge of Criticality: Expanded Whole-Brain Repertoire of Connectome-Harmonics1 Introduction; 2 Oscillations, Synchrony and Harmonics in Brain Activity; 3 Synchrony in Biological Oscillators; 4 Whole-Brain Criticality and the Repertoire of Connectome Harmonics; 5 Discussion; References; Complexity of Network Connectivity Promotes Self-organized Criticality in Cortical Ensembles; 1 Introduction; 2 Micro-electrode Array (MEA) Technology for Recording Electrophysiological Activity from Large-Scale Neuronal Ensembles
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ran D. Anbar, editor.
    Summary: Many children with medical conditions fail to improve despite physicians' best efforts. Sometimes, we ascribe this failure to lack of adherence to therapy, or to the severity of the condition. What we often fail to appreciate, however, is that sometimes the lack of improvement can be explained by the patients' psychological states. The first section of Functional Symptoms in Pediatric Disease: A Clinical Guide teaches children's health care providers to recognize functional symptoms that can complicate organic disease, as well as symptoms that are believed to be purely functional in origin. Literature reviews, case studies and quizzes are provided in each chapter, with video demonstrations included in some of the chapters. The second section of the book will help clinicians differentiate the patients for whom referral to a mental health provider is mandatory from those for whom other approaches may be useful. For the latter group, the book teaches clinicians to empower themselves by learning how to incorporate various therapies for functional disorders into their practice, including biofeedback, basic cognitive behavioral therapy techniques, hypnosis, acupressure, yoga and meditation. Practical strategies for obtaining training in these modalities are provided in the appendix. Useful for practicing clinicians including pediatricians, family practitioners, pediatric subspecialists, child psychiatrists, psychologists, other mental health care providers and practitioners of alternative and complementary medicine, Functional Symptoms in Pediatric Disease: A Clinical Guide is an important new book that will help children's health care providers consider the possible impact of functional contributions to the clinical presentation of their patients.

    Contents:
    Functional Symptoms In Young People: Conceptualizations, Definitions, Approaches
    Functional Neurological Disorders: It Is All In The Head
    Chest Pain, Syncope and Palpitations in the Pediatric Patient
    Functional Symptoms in Pulmonology: Taking your Breath Away
    Functional Symptoms in Gastroenterology: A Punch to the Gut
    Functional Symptoms in Nephrology: Keeping It In and Letting It Out
    Functional Symptoms In Pediatric Dermatology: The Canary In The Coal Mine
    Psychogenic Influences Associated with Allergic Disorders
    Functional and Psychosocial Ramifications of Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus in Pediatric Endocrinology
    Functional Somatic Symptoms in Pediatric Hematology and Oncology
    Chronic Pediatric Rheumatologic Pain Syndromes
    Functional Symptoms in Infectious Disease: Reading into Titers
    Functional Symptoms in Medical Genetics
    Functional Symptoms in Children Who Have Developmental or Behavioral Differences
    Functional Symptoms in Pediatric Emergency Medicine
    Functional Symptoms in Intensive Care: The Vicious Circle of Anxiety and Symptoms
    Development Of Functional Symptoms In Children Exposed To Traumatic Events
    When and how to refer a patient to a mental health care provider
    Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Youth with Functional Somatic and Internalizing Symptoms
    The Use of Biofeedback and Neurofeedback in Pediatric Care
    Hypnosis for Treatment of Functional Symptoms in Children
    Guided Imagery for Functional Disorders
    Acupuncture for the Treatment of Functional Disorders in Children
    Mindfulness Meditation for Children
    Adapting Yoga for Children and Adolescents with Functional Disorders
    Pharmacotherapy of Functional Disorders in Children
    Music Therapy in Pediatrics: Clinical Indications for the Treatment of Functional Symptoms
    Play-Family Therapy: A Biobehavioral Team Approach to Chronic Medical Symptoms.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Antonio Carbone, Giovanni Palleschi, Antonio Luigi Pastore, Aurel Messas, editors.
    Contents:
    Functional Anatomy of the Pelvic Organs
    Preoperative Assessment and Intraoperative Anesthesiologic Care in Miniinvasive Laparoscopic Surgery
    Preserving Continence During Laparoscopic (LRP) or Robot Assisted Radical Prostatectomy (RARP)
    Selecting Patients for Continent or Incontinent, Heterotopic or Orthotopic Diversion
    Robot Assisted Radical Cystectomy and Totally Intracorporeal Urinary Diversions
    Treating Incontinence After Prostatectomy & Cystectomy: Role of Advanced Minimally Invasive Surgery
    Preserving Sexual Function and Continence During Radical Hysterectomy
    Preserving Sexual Function and Continence During Radical Rectal Surgery
    Psychosexual Issues and Quality of Life After Oncologic Pelvic Surgery, with Focus on Cervical Cancer
    Neurogenic Voiding Dysfunction: Physiopathology and Classification
    Treatment of Pelvic Chronic Pain: Multidisciplinary Approach
    Bladder Outlet Obstruction (BOO) and Neurodegenerative Disease: When is Surgery Mandatory? Botulinum Toxin Bladder Injection in the Treatment of Neurogenic Detrusor Overactivity and Idiopathic OAB
    Bladder Augmentation: Is There an Indication for Mini-Invasive Surgical Approach?
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Fundamental and clinical cardiology to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    [edited by] Duane E. Haines, Gregory A. Mihailoff ; medical illustrator, W.K. Cunningham and M.P. Schenk ; photographer, G.W. Armstrong ; computer graphics, C.P. Runyan.
    Contents:
    Orientation to the structure and imaging of the central nervous system
    The cell biology of neurons and glia
    The electrochemical basis of nerve function
    Chemical signaling in the nervous system
    Development of the nervous system
    The ventricles, choroid plexus, and cerebrospinal fluid
    The meninges
    A survey of the cerebrovascular system
    The spinal cord
    An overview of the brainstem
    The medulla oblongata
    The pons and cerebellum
    The midbrain
    A synopsis of cranial nerves of the brainstem
    The diencephalon
    The telencephalon
    The somatosensory system I : tactile discrimination and position sense
    The somatosensory system II : nociception, thermal sense, and touch
    Viscerosensory pathways
    The visual system
    The auditory system
    The vestibular system
    Olfaction and taste
    Motor system I : peripheral sensory, brainstem, and spinal influence on anterior horn neurons
    Motor system II : corticofugal systems and the control of movement
    The basal nuclei
    The cerebellum
    Visual motor systems
    Visceral motor pathways
    The hypothalamus
    The limbic system
    The cerebral cortex
    The neurologic examination.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Diego Marré, MD, Consultant, Department of Plastic Surgery and Reconstructive Surgery and Burns, Clinica Las Condes Emergency Public Hospital, Santiago, Chile.
    Contents:
    Patient safety in plastic surgery
    Wound healing
    Wound management and pressure sores
    Negative pressure wound therapy
    Local anesthetics and common nerve blocks
    Soft tissue infections and antibiotics in plastic surgery
    Implants and biomaterials
    Principles of osteosynthesis
    Essentials of dermatology for plastic surgeons
    Laser therapy : principles and applications in skin diseases
    How to set up a research protocol in plastic surgery
    Basic surgical techniques, sutures, and wound closure
    Grafts : skin, fascia, nerve, tendon, cartilage, and bone
    Fat grafting
    Vascular anatomy of the skin and muscles
    Flaps
    Tissue expansion
    Burns
    Microsurgery
    Facial trauma
    Hand trauma.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    edited by Yasin Temel, Albert F.G. Leentjens, Rob M.A. de Bie, Stephan Chabardes, Alfonso Fasano.
    Summary: This book deals with a rapidly growing field of medical science: deep brain stimulation (DBS). Influencing deep brain networks by electrical stimulation through implanted electrodes is increasingly applied, and DBS has become a popular treatment for neurological and psychiatric indications. Professionals in the field of DBS are expected to understand classical subjects as disease mechanisms, brain anatomy and function, and clinical symptomatology of the diseases they treat. In addition, they are required to be familiar with specific patient management skills and treatment strategies. A third dimension is hardware and software-related knowledge. Depending on the degree of involvement, professionals need to understand basic or advanced concepts of stimulation protocols. All these aspects of DBS are discussed in this book. Authors from many different disciplines, from many different countries, have contributed their expertise and personal experience to this book. Their contributions reflect the multidisciplinary nature of DBS treatment. This book is written for a wide readership that involves many different professionals and disciplines, including neurologists, neurosurgeons, psychiatrists, neurophysiologists, neuroanatomists, psychologists, rehabilitation specialists, nurses, speech therapists, physiotherapists, engineers and other paramedical disciplines. In our society, where sharing expertise and experience, and global knowledge has become the new standard, patients want the best possible DBS therapy. One prerequisite for this is the presence of a well-integrated and dedicated multidisciplinary team, with up-to-date knowledge of the possibilities of DBS treatment.

    Contents:
    Part I General Section
    1. The History of Deep Brain Stimulation
    2. Anatomy of Targets for Deep Brain Stimulation
    3. Mechanisms of Deep Brain Stimulation
    4. Surgical and Technical Aspects of Deep Brain Stimulation
    5. Future Perspectives: Adaptive Deep Brain Stimulation
    6. Neurophysiology of the Basal Ganglia and Deep Brain Stimulation
    7. Anaesthesia for Deep Brain Stimulation Surgery
    8. Programming: General Aspects
    9. Neuropsychological Assessment
    10. Ethical Considerations
    11. Organisation of Care for Patients Treated by Deep Brain Stimulation
    Part II Neurology
    12. Deep Brain Stimulation for Parkinson's Disease
    13. Tremor
    14. Dystonia
    15. Epilepsy
    16. Gilles de la Tourette syndrome
    Part III Psychiatry
    17. Deep Brain Stimulation in Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder
    18. Deep Brain Stimulation for Depression
    19. Other Indications for Deep Brain Stimulation.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Amal Chandra Kataki, Debabrata Barmon, editors.
    Summary: This book is a complete representation of all the gynecological cancers covering from the anatomical details of the individual gynecological organs along with the epidemiological pathophysiological aspects of the various gynecological cancers. It also covers the diagnostic workup of various gynecological cancers with recent evidence based treatment protocols. All the major gynecological oncological surgeries are described in a simple way along with photographs for easy understanding in all the chapters. In addition, numerous flowcharts and management algorithms are included in every chapters, as a ready reference for the benefits of the trainees and practitioners. This book includes chapters such as critical care in oncology, oncology nursing, benign and malignant breast disease, hormones and gynecological cancer, cancer infections and vaccines, palliative care which are not often found in many text books. Apart from these, this book has also included chapters like principles and practice of Radiation oncology, surgical oncology and medical oncology, recent advances and imaging in gynecological malignancy to make it a complete package. Thus, it will serve as an excellent reference book for surgical oncologists, general gynecologists, medical and radiation oncologists fellows and trainees.

    Contents:
    1 Epidemiology of Gynaecological Cancers
    2 Molecular profiling of Gynaecological Cancer and Breast Cancer
    3 Tumour Biomarkers in Gynaecologic Oncology
    4 Cancer: Infection and Vaccines
    5 Imaging of Gynaecologic Malignancy
    6 Principles and practice of surgery in gynecological cancer
    7 Principles of Chemotherapy Targeted Therapy and Immunotherapy in Gynaecological Malignancies
    8 Principle and Practice of Radiation Oncology
    9 Benign Breast Diseases
    10 Breast Cancer
    11 Cervical Cancer Screening
    12 Management of precancerous lesions of cervix
    13 Cancer of the uterine cervix
    14 Endometrial Cancer
    15 Uterine Sarcoma
    16 Epithelial Ovarian Cancer
    17 Malignant germ cell tumours of the ovary
    18 Stromal tumour of ovary
    19 Secondary Ovarian Tumor
    20 Fallopian tube Carcinoma
    21 Carcinoma Vulva
    22 Carcinoma Vagina
    23 Gestational Trophoblastic Disease
    24 Gynaecological Cancer in Pregnancy
    25 Role of MIS in Gynaecological Cancers
    26 Hormone Replacement Therapy after Gynaecological Cancer
    27 The Perioperative and Critical Care Aspects in Gynaecology-Oncology
    28 Palliative Care in Advanced Gynecological Malignancy
    29 Gynaecological Cancers and Nursing
    30 Prevention and Screening in Gynecological Cancer
    31 Recent Advances in Gynaecological Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Christopher Liu, Hanbin Lee, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This book provides an expert overview of all aspects of ophthalmic care in clinical practice. Areas such as external eye, cornea and conjunctiva, glaucoma, cataract, macular degeneration and diabetic retinopathy and retinal vascular events are discussed throughout the chapters. Fundamentals in Ophthalmic Practice will be a go-to guide for ophthalmologists, optometrists, orthoptists, ophthalmic nurses, ophthalmic technicians and other allied health professionals in their busy day-to-day practice.

    Contents:
    Ophthalmology as a career
    Anatomy of the Eye, Orbit and Visual Pathway
    Physiology of Vision
    Ocular Symptoms
    A systemic approach to diagnosis
    Adnexal conditions
    CONJUNCTIVA AND CORNEA
    Glaucoma
    Cataract
    MEDICAL RETINA AND UVEITIS
    Vitreous and retina
    Ocular tumours
    Ocular Emergencies.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors David E. Beck, Scott R. Steele and Steven D. Wexner.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive and current guide to the diagnosis and treatment of the entire spectrum of anorectal diseases. It focuses mainly on anorectal problems, as anorectal pathology is often more complex and challenging for surgeons than colonic diseases.The book covers anorectal anatomy, physiology, and embryology as a foundation to a detailed description of preoperative, intraoperative, and post-operative patient management. All surgical procedures are shown in step-by-step detail by leading surgeons and gastroenterologists. This book will be relevant to general, colon, and rectal surgeons in training and practice, gastroenterologists, and other practitioners with an interest in anorectal diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Alexander Vinks, Hartmut Derendorf, Johan Mouton.
    Summary: Over the past decade, significant progress has been made in the theory and applications of pharmacodynamics of antimicrobial agents. On the basis of pharmacokinetic-pharmacodynamic modeling concepts it has become possible to describe and predict the time course of antimicrobial effects under normal and pathophysiological conditions. The study of pharmacokinetic-pharmacodynamic relationships can be of considerable value in understanding drug action, defining optimal dosing regimens, and in making predictions under new or changing pre-clinical and clinical circumstances. Not surprisingly, pharmacokinetic-pharmacodynamic modeling concepts are increasingly applied in both basic and clinical research as well as in drug development. Fundamentals of Antimicrobial Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics is designed as a reference on the application of pharmacokinetic-pharmacodynamic principles for the optimization of antimicrobial therapy, namely pharmacotherapy, and infectious diseases. The reader is introduced to various aspects of the fundamentals of antimicrobial pharmacodynamics, the integration of pharmacokinetics with pharmacodynamics for all major classes of antibiotics, from basic research to clinical situations.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Section I: Basic Concepts and Principles
    Introduction to Pharmacodynamics and micrbiology
    In vitro and animal PK/PD model
    MIC and breakpoints
    Principles of applied PK/PD modeling
    Population Pk/PD modeling and its applications to antimicrobials
    Drug resistance and Drug-drug combinations
    Section II: Clinical
    Aminoglycosides
    Beta-lactam antibiotics including continuous infusion
    Macrolides
    Glycopeptides
    Quinolones
    Other.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Rani Gupta, Namita Gupta.
    Summary: This book provides useful information on microbial physiology and metabolism. The key aspects covered are prokaryotic diversity, growth physiology, basic metabolic pathways and their regulation, metabolic diversity with details of various unique pathways. Another focus area is stress physiology with details on varying environmental stresses, signal transduction, adaptation and survival. For instructional purposes, the book provides case studies, interesting facts, techniques etc. which help in showcasing the inter-disciplinary nature and bridge the gap between various aspects of applied microbiology.

    Contents:
    Bacterial Growth
    Transport
    Central Metabolic Pathways and Their Regulation
    Electron Transport and Energy Generation
    Metabolic Diversity of Carbon and Energy Source in Prokaryotes
    Nitrogen Metabolism
    Lipid Metabolism
    Cell Wall Biosynthesis
    Metabolism of Nucleotides
    Secondary Metabolism
    Response to Environmental Signaling.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Juan Pekolj, Victoria Ardiles, Juan Glinka, editors.
    Summary: Bile duct injuries (BDI) are considered the most serious surgical complication associated with cholecystectomy. According to different reports, its incidence has remained constant over the years, ranging from 0.1% to 0.9%. BDI is associated with a greater risk of perioperative morbidity and mortality, a reduction in the quality of life, and a decrease in long-term survival. Also, this complication is a concern to surgeons since its progression is uncertain and may lead to demands on professional responsibility ("malpractice") and emotional and physical consequences ("second victim"). Given that injuries in a high percentage of patients are initially unsuspected, the postoperative recovery may be prolonged, and the possibility of a successful repair reduced. Several surgical, endoscopic, and percutaneous procedures may be necessary to manage the lesions and to treat coexisting complications. BDI patients often undergo several repair attempts before successful resolution. This affects their quality of life and has a high psychological, physical, and mental impact due to the prolonged, complex, and unexpected nature of the injury. This currently represents a frequent problem in specialized referral centers or hepatobilopancreatic surgery units, where patients arrive with the sequelae of previous inadequate treatments. Usually, these patients require more elaborate procedures such as reoperations, liver resections and liver transplantation. The prevention, early diagnosis, and adequate treatment in the first approach is of crucial importance to ensure good long-term results. Therefore, this book is an essential resource for surgeons who perform cholecystectomy or treat BDI patients. It provides practical information and a comprehensive review on prevention and proper management, including complex cases. Readers will find contributions by experienced authors from a multidisciplinary and reference team in the management of BDI patients.

    Contents:
    Chapter 01: Introduction
    Chapter 02: Anatomical Considerations
    Chapter 03: Prevention
    Chapter 04: Essential aspects BDI management
    Chapter 05: Physiopathology of BDI
    Chapter 06: Classification of BDI
    Chapter 07: Intraoperative Diagnosis and Treatment
    Chapter 08: Postoperative diagnosis of BDIs
    Chapter 09: Role of imaging
    Chapter 10: Assessment of vascular structures in BDIs
    Chapter 11: Postoperative Treatment
    Chapter 12: Role of percutaneous procedures
    Chapter 13: Role of Endoscopic Procedures
    Chapter 14: Role of Laparoscopy
    Chapter 15: Biliodigestive Anastomoses
    Chapter 16: Liver Resections
    Chapter 17: Liver Transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    David DiTullio, Medical student, David Geffen School of Medicine, University of California Los Angeles, Los Angeles, California, Esteban C. Dell'Angelica, PhD, Professor, Department of Human Genetics, David Geffen School of Medicine, University of California Los Angeles, Los Angeles, California.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPhysiotherapy
    AccessPhysiotherapy
    AccessPharmacy
  • Digital
    Rebecca Sheets.
    Summary: Fundamentals of Biologicals Regulation: Vaccines and Biotechnology Medicines serves as an introduction to the international regulatory arena in which biologicals are developed and offers an overview of the processes and insight into the scientific concepts underpinning global regulations. This book will provide multiple levels of readership with guidance on basic concepts, a detailed look at regulatory challenges, and practical insight into how regulators consider regulatory science and regulatory process issues across various regions. With numerous case studies, learning activities, and real-world examples across several classes of biotechnological products, this book is a valuable and comprehensive resource for graduate students, professors, regulatory officials, and industry scientists working with biologicals.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Print
    Bernard Rosner, Harvard University.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QH323.5 .R674 2015
    1
  • Digital
    W. Richard Webb, William E. Brant, Nancy M. Major.
    Contents:
    Introduction to CT of the thorax : chest CT techniques
    Mediastinum : introduction and normal anatomy
    Mediastinum : vascular abnormalities and pulmonary embolism
    Mediastinum : lymph node abnormalities and masses
    The pulmonary hila
    Lung disease
    Pleura, chest wall, and diaphragm
    Introduction to CT of the abdomen and pelvis
    Peritoneal cavity, vessels, nodes, and abdominal wall
    Abdominal trauma
    Liver
    Biliary tree and gallbladder
    Pancreas
    Spleen
    Kidneys and ureters
    Adrenal glands
    Gastrointestinal tract
    Pelvis
    CT in musculoskeletal trauma
    CT in musculoskeletal nontrauma.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Christopher G. Roth, MD, Associate Professor, Vice Chair, Quality and Performance, Vice Chair, Methodist Hospital Division, Department of Radiology, Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Sandeep Deshmukh, MD, Associate Professor, Division Director, Body CT, Medical Director, Jefferson Outpatient Imaging-Collegeville, Chairman, Residency Selection Committee, Department of Radiology, Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
    Contents:
    Introduction and physics of body MRI
    MRI of focal liver lesions
    MRI of diffuse liver disease
    MRI of the biliary system and gallbladder
    MRI of the pancreas and spleen
    MRI of the kidneys, ureters, and urinary bladder
    MRI of the adrenal glands and retroperitoneum
    MRI of the gastrointestinal system
    MRI of the uterus and vagina
    MRI of the ovaries and adnexa
    MRI of the prostate and male genitourinary system.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital/Print
    Andrew Leitner, Christine Chang, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a timely and multidisciplinary update on the modalities currently available for treating the most feared symptom of patients diagnosed with cancer. The various cancer pain syndromes are explored in detail, covering those related directly to malignancy and those due to the after-effects of cancer therapy. Treatment modalities, including pharmacologic approaches, interventional procedures, and palliative surgical options, are discussed clearly and concisely, with provision of recommendations for the practitioner. Further topics include new and emerging treatments for cancer pain, survivorship considerations, pain management in special populations, and implementation of systems-based pain programs. The book has been written by a multidisciplinary group of experts, reflecting the evolution in pain and symptom management that has occurred in parallel with progress toward more targeted oncologic treatments. Oncologists, palliative care physicians, allied health professionals, and other practitioners involved in caring for cancer patients will find Fundamentals of Cancer Pain Management to be a rich source of evidence-based insights into effective pain management.

    Contents:
    Part I: Background and Assessment of Cancer Pain, History and Epidemiology of Cancer Pain
    Cancer Pain Syndromes
    Cancer Treatment-Related Pain
    Cancer Pain Management: A European perspective
    Pain in the Cancer Survivor
    Part II: Pharmacologic Therapies, Opioid therapy in cancer pain
    Opioid related side effects and management
    Clinical implications of opioid therapy
    Non-Opioid Analgesics and Emerging Therapies
    Part III: Interventional and Locoregional Therapies, Palliative Radiation for Cancer Pain Management
    Ablation Techniques in Cancer Pain
    Interventional Treatments for Cancer Pain
    Peripheral nerve entrapments
    Intrathecal Analgesia in Cancer Pain
    Neurosurgical Treatments for Cancer Pain
    Part IV: Total Pain and Rehabilitation, Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation
    Psychosocial Aspects of Cancer Pain
    Integrative Therapies in Cancer Pain.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC262 .F86 2021
    1
  • Digital
    David Alberts, Lisa M. Hess, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction to cancer prevention
    Assessing human and economic benefits of cancer prevention
    The role of diet, physical activity, and body composition in cancer prevention
    Innate and adaptive immune responses to cancer
    Hereditary risk for cancer
    Cancer health disparties
    Human categories and health : the power of the concept of ethnicity
    Complementary and alternative approaches to cancer prevention
    Telemedicine, telehealth, and e-health technologies in cancer prevention
    Global cancer prevention
    Sunscreen-based skin protection against solar insult : molecular mechanisms and opportunities
    Skin cancer prevention
    Prevention of colorectal cancer
    Lung cancer prevention
    Breast cancer prevention
    Prevention of prostate cancer
    Cervical cancer prevention
    Ovarian cancer prevention
    Endometrial cancer prevention
    Cancer survivorship.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    David S. Alberts, Lisa M. Hess, editors.
    Summary: This authoritative work, now in its fourth edition, presents state of the art knowledge on all key aspects of cancer prevention. In addition to detailed summaries on preventive strategies for specific cancers, readers will find current knowledge on a range of relevant scientific topics including the benefits of cancer prevention, the importance of diet and physical activity, innate and adaptive immune responses to cancer, hereditary risks, cancer health disparities, and the preventive role of telemedicine. In this new edition of the book, the coverage has been expanded to include additional disease sites and to provide up-to-date information across the range of disciplines in the field of cancer prevention and control. Written as a collaborative work by internationally recognized leaders in the field, Fundamentals of Cancer Prevention is an essential reference guide and tool for oncologists, primary care physicians, the research community, and students with an interest in reducing the burden of cancer through the implementation of effective preventive strategies.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Cancer Prevention
    Assessing the Humanistic Benefits of Cancer Prevention
    Assessing the Economic Outcomes of Cancer Prevention
    The Role of Diet, Physical Activity, and Body Composition in Cancer Prevention
    Innate and Adaptive Immune Responses to Cancer
    Hereditary Risk for cancer
    Cancer Health Disparities
    Human Categories and Health the power of the concept of ethnicity
    Complementary and alternative approaches to cancer prevention
    Telemedicine, Telehealth, and eHealth technologies in cancer prevention
    Global Cancer Prevention
    Topical skin protection against solar insult molecular mechanisms and opportunities
    Skin Cancer Prevention
    Colorectal Cancer Prevention
    Lung Cancer Prevention
    Breast Cancer Prevention
    Prostate Cancer Prevention
    Cervical Cancer Prevention
    Endometrial cancer Prevention
    Ovarian Cancer Prevention
    Cancer Survivorship.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jerry L. Workman, Susan M. Abmayr, editors.
    Summary: Chromatin is the combination of DNA and proteins that make up the genetic material of chromosomes. It is essential for packaging DNA, regulation of gene expression, DNA replication and repair. The audience for this book includes newly established scientists, graduate students and scientists seeking detailed overviews of various aspects of chromatin structure and function to gain entry into this field. The chapters in this book give a strong, updated groundwork about the fundamentals of chromatin which are essential to understand epigenetics. Some the fundamentals that this book covers include the structure and biochemistry of chromatin and the enzyme complexes that manage it.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Histone, Nucleosome and Chromatin Structure
    Histone Chaperones in the Assembly and Disassembly of Chromatin
    Chromatin Remodeling Complexes
    Regulating Chromatin by Histone Acetylation
    Histone Methylation in Chromatin Signaling
    Histone Ubiquitylation Control of Gene Expression
    Regulation of Chromatin Structure and Function by PARP-1 and ADP-ribosylation
    Histone phosphorylation and chromatin dynamics
    Reading histone modifications
    Properties and functions of histone variants
    Transcription through Chromatin
    Chromatin remodeling in DNA repair and replication
    Heterochromatin: A Critical Part of the Genome
    Emerging Areas of Chromatin Research
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Pieter Kubben, Michel Dumontier, Andre Dekker, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Janine M. Bernard, Syracuse University, Rodney K. Goodyear, University of Redlands.
    Summary: "Fundamentals of Clinical Supervision, 5/e offers a comprehensive, interdisciplinary presentation that makes it the most highly cited publication in the field. Addressing essential topics for supervisors, it has earned a reputation as an authoritative resource for anyone seeking certification as an Approved Clinical Supervisor. Emphasizing central themes from a variety of mental health professions, the book covers supervision models, supervision modalities, administrative issues and professional concerns. This Fifth Edition covers the latest research, more on second-generation models of supervision, a new section on triadic supervision, and the latest on technology. Its one-of-a-kind supervision toolkit, scholarly approach, and topic coverage sets the book apart"--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction and General Approaches to Supervision: 1. Introduction to clinical supervision
    2. Supervision models
    Part II. Dimensions of the Supervision Relationship: 3. Processes and issues of the supervisory triad and dyad
    4. Supervisee and supervisor factors affecting the relationship
    5. Multicultural supervision
    Part III. The Delivery of Clinical Supervision: 6. Organizing the supervision experience
    7. Individual supervision
    8. Group supervision
    9. Live supervision
    Part IV. Professional Responsibilities of Clinical Supervisors: 10. Evaluation
    11. Ethical and legal foundations for supervision practice
    Part V. Promoting the Specialty of Clinical Supervision Through Training and Research: 12. Teaching and researching supervision.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC480.5 .B455 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Lawrence M. Friedman, Curt D. Furberg, David L. DeMets, David M. Reboussin, Christopher B. Granger.
    Contents:
    Introduction to Clinical Trials
    Ethical Issues
    What is the Question?
    Study Population
    Basic Study Design
    The Randomization Process
    Blinding
    Sample Size
    Baseline Assessment
    Recruitment of Study Participants
    Data Collection and Quality Control
    Assessment and Reporting of Harm
    Assessment of Health Related Quality of Life
    Participant Adherence
    Survival Analysis
    Monitoring Committee Structure & Function
    Statistical Methods Used in Interim Monitoring
    Issues in Data Analysis
    Closeout
    Reporting and Interpreting of Results
    Multicenter Trials
    Regulatory Issues.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Marc S. Micozzi ; with forewords by C. Everett Koop, Aviad Haramati, and George D. Lundberg.
    Summary: Get a solid, global foundation of the therapies and evidence-based clinical applications of CAI. Fundamentals of Complementary, Alternative, and Integrative Medicine, 6th Edition is filled with the most up-to-date information on scientific theory and research of holistic medicine from experts around the world. The 6th edition of this acclaimed text includes all new content on quantum biology and biofields in health and nursing, integrative mental health care, and homeopathic medicine. Its wide range of topics explores therapies most commonly seen in the U.S., such as energy medicine, mind-body therapies, and reflexology along with traditional medicine and practices from around the world. With detailed coverage of historic and contemporary applications, this text is a solid resource for all practitioners in the medical, health, and science fields! -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Foundations of complementary / alternative medicine in health care
    Fundamental sciences
    Mind-body medicine
    Bodywork and manual therapies
    Western electromagnetic, natural, nutritional, and plant-based therapies
    Traditional world medical systems part 1 : East and Southeast Asia
    Traditional world medical systems part 2 : Middle Asia
    Traditional world medical systems part 3 : Africa, Americas, and the Pacific.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2019
  • Digital
    Lavakumar, Mallika.
    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; Preface; Acknowledgments; Chapter 1; Neurocognitive and Neurological Examination; Introduction; Approach to the Consultation; History Gathering; Patient Interview; Cognitive Testing; Consciousness; Language; Orientation; Attention; Memory; Praxis; Executive Function; Brief Cognitive Batteries; The Neurological Examination; Sensory Function; Motor System; Coordination; Abnormal Movements; Reflexes; Special Topics; Conversion Disorder; Evaluation of Gait; Conclusion; Questions; Answers; References; Chapter 2; Neuromedical Procedures; Introduction Brain Imaging in Consultation Liaison Psychiatry Brain Imaging; Brain CT Scan; Brain MRI; Functional Brain Imaging Techniques; Single Proton Emission CT; Positron Emission Tomography; Functional MRI; Laboratory Testing in Consultation Liaison Psychiatry; Electrolytes; Complete Blood Count; Liver Function Abnormalities; Vitamin Deficiencies; Endocrine Abnormalities; Rheumatologic Diseases; Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV); Syphilis; Hepatitis C; Tuberculosis; Urinalysis; Urine Drug Screen; Other Conditions and Tests to Consider; Lyme Disease; Wilson's Disease Paraneoplastic Limbic EncephalitisAnti-NMDAR Encephalitis; Hashimoto's Encephalopathy or Steroid-Responsive Encephalopathy Associated with Autoimmune Thyroiditis; CSF Studies; Electroencephalography (EEG); Altered Mental Status; Paroxysmal Neurologic Events; Functional Seizures; Other Indications for EEG in Neuropsychiatry; Psychosis; Catatonia; Conclusion; Questions; Answers; References; Chapter 3; Neuropsychological Consultation; Introduction; Neuropsychological Assessment; Cognitive Domains and Assessment Measures; Orientation Attention, Processing Speed, Working Memory, and Executive FunctionsSpeech and Language; Visuospatial Function; Memory; Motor Function; Screening Measures; Intelligence; Premorbid Estimation; Psychological Functioning, Behavioral Status, and Effort; Neuropsychological Profiles of Common Neurological and Psychiatric Conditions; Stroke and Traumatic Brain Injury; Normal Pressure Hydrocephalus, Neoplasm, and Epilepsy; Dementias and Prion Disease; Delirium and Autoimmune Encephalitis; Substance Use and Other Psychiatric Conditions; Conclusion; Questions; References; Chapter 4; Delirium Introduction Delirium Subtypes; Pathophysiology; Morbidity and Mortality; Delirium Through the Continuum of Care; Emergency Department; Intensive Care Unit; Medical and Surgical Units; Home Care and Nursing Home; Palliative Medicine; Screening; Risk Factors and Evaluation; Delirium Management; Nonpharmacologic Interventions; Pharmacological Interventions; Antipsychotics; Alpha-2 Adrenergic Agonists; Valproic Acid; Melatonin; Benzodiazepine-Sparing Protocols for Alcohol and Sedative Withdrawal; Prevention; Nonpharmacologic Interventions; Pharmacologic Prevention; Anesthesia Interventions
  • Digital
    Ulrich Meyer, editor.
    Summary: This is the first volume in an interdisciplinary three-book series covering the full range of biological, clinical, and surgical aspects in the evaluation, diagnosis, and treatment of patients with craniofacial malformations. This volume opens by considering general topics such as developmental biology and disease classification and then examines in depth the biological basis of the various malformations, including craniosynostoses, cleft-lip and palate with complex orofacial clefts, branchio-oculo-facial syndromes, rare syndromes, soft tissue malformations, and dysgnathia. Psychological aspects, including psychological evaluation methods and therapies and quality of life issues, are then addressed. Finally, all relevant clinical, radiological, and genetic investigations are described and important diagnostic issues are explored. Featuring numerous high-quality illustrations, the book will be of high value for all clinicians, researchers, and postgraduate students who deal with these malformations. The accompanying two volumes describe treatment principles and present in an atlas manner all relevant surgical techniques in detail with the aid of accompanying videos. The content of this multivolume set, written by the world's leading research and clinical specialists in their discipline, represents therefore the recent intellect, experience, and state of this medical field.

    Contents:
    Introduction. I General aspects: 1. Normal craniofacial development
    2. Developmental biology of the face
    3. Animal models of facial development
    4. Anthrophosophical aspects of facial development
    5. Pathological approaches for craniofacial diseases
    6. Classification of craniofacial malformations. II Biological basis of disease: 7. Chromosomal aberrations
    8. Orofacial clefts
    9. Craniosynostoses
    10. Branchio-oculo-facial syndromes
    11. Conjoined twins
    12. Craniofacial Soft tissue malformations
    13. Postural head deformations
    14. Dysgnathias
    15. Rare craniofacial syndromes. III Psychological aspects of disease: 16. Facial appearance and the psychological impact
    17. Psychological evaluation methods for patients with craniofacial malformations
    18. Psychological therapies for patients with craniofacial malformations
    19. Psycho-social impact of craniofacial malformations on treatment and outcome
    20. Evolution of Craniofacial Surgery
    21. Quality of life aspects of craniofacial malformations
    22. Long term outcome of craniofacial surgery
    23. Benchmarking and cost assessment of craniofacial surgery
    24. Medical and malpractice claims in craniofacial surgery. IV Diagnostic issues: 25. Clinical Investigations of craniofacial malformations
    26. Interdisciplinary approach to the treatment of craniofacial malformations
    27. Craniomaxillofacial investigation
    28. Neurosurgical investigation of craniofacial malformations
    29. ENT investigation of craniofacial malformations
    30. Ocular investigation of craniofacial malformations
    31. Radiological Investigations of craniofacial malformations
    32. Genetic investigations of craniofacial malformations
    33. Speech issues in patients with craniofacial malformations
    34. Feeding issues in patients with craniofacial malformations
    35. Breathing disorders in patients with craniofacial malformations.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Janna Gordon-Elliott.
    Contents:
    Patients who eat too little. Arlene, an anxious young woman
    Becky's body worries
    Cassandra, the college student
    Danny, the picky eater
    Eric, the hopeful Olypian
    Francine's insulin issues
    Patients who eat too much. Ginny, the secret eater
    Hannah's troubles
    Ian, the guilty eater
    James, the inconsistent eater
    Kendra's social anxiety
    Lisa, overweight but undernourished
    Patients who eat in odd ways. Mimi, the quiet little girl
    Nilda's food allergies
    Olive, the healthy eater
    Peter, healthy weight but unhealthy.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    John P. McGahan, Michael A. Schick, Lisa D. Mills.
    Contents:
    Physics, machine and technique
    Artifacts
    Peritonsillar abscess
    Neck masses
    Ocular
    Carotid artery
    Cranial
    Lungs
    Transthoracic echocardiography
    Pediatric transthoracic echocardiography
    Transesophageal echocardiography
    Approach to the patient with shortness of breath
    Approach to the patient with chest pain
    Ultrasound-guided resuscitation
    FAST of the abdomen, beyond basics: false positives, limitations, and approach to the unstable patient
    Liver and spleen
    Gallbladder and biliary
    Pancreas
    Kidney and renal transplant
    Abdominal aorta
    Lower abdomen and bowel
    Male pelvis
    Female pelvis, nonpregnant
    Female pelvis, pregnant - first trimester
    Female pelvis, pregnant - second/third trimester
    Peripheral veins and arteries
    Soft tissue
    Musculoskeletal
    Ultrasound-guided procedures
    Venous access
    Nerve blocks.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Francesco Chiappelli.
    Contents:
    Fundamental Implications for Clinical Practice
    Translational Effectiveness in the Context of Translational Science
    Comparative Effectiveness Analysis and Evidence-Based Decisions
    Methodology I: The Best Available Evidence
    Methodology II: Sampling and Assessment of the Evidence
    Methodology III: Systematic Evaluation of the Statistical Analysis: Data Analysis in Research Synthesis
    Optimizing Clinical Practice-Based Patient-Centered Outcomes Research
    Getting and Understanding Data
    Obtaining Data
    Describing and Analyzing Data
    Translational Effectiveness Analysis
    Optimizing Clinical Outcomes by Individualizing Observations
    Evaluation in Patient-Centered Outcomes Research
    Translational Effectiveness in Practice-Based Patient-Centered Outcomes Research.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Max M. Houck, Jay A. Siegel.
    Summary: Fundamentals of Forensic Science, Third Edition, provides current case studies that reflect the ways professional forensic scientists work, not how forensic academicians teach. The book includes the binding principles of forensic science, including the relationships between people, places, and things as demonstrated by transferred evidence, the context of those people, places, and things, and the meaningfulness of the physical evidence discovered, along with its value in the justice system. Written by two of the leading experts in forensic science today, the book approaches the field from.

    Contents:
    Section I. Criminal Justice and Forensic Science; CH1 The Practice of Forensic Science
    CH2 Crime Scene Investigation
    CH3 The Nature of Evidence; Section II. Analytical Tools; CH4 Microscopy
    CH5 Light and Matter
    CH6 Separation Methods; Section III. Biological Sciences; CH7 Pathology
    CH8 Anthropology and Odontology
    CH9 Entomology
    CH10 Serology and Bloodstain Pattern Analysis
    CH11 DNA Analysis
    CH12 Forensic Hair Examinations; Section IV. Chemical Sciences; CH13 Illicit Drugs
    CH14 Forensic Toxicology
    CH15 Textile Fibers
    CH16 Paint Analysis
    CH17 Soil and Glass
    CH18 Fires and Explosions; Section V. Physical Sciences; CH19 Friction Ridge Examination
    CH20 Questioned Documents
    CH21 Firearms and Toolmarks
    CH22 Impression Evidence
    CH23 Forensic Engineering
    CH24 Digital Evidence and Computer Forensics; Section VI. Legal and Forensic Science; CH25 Legal Aspects of Forensic Science.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Francesco Palazzo, editor ; with contribution by Michael J. Pucci.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive guide to the surgical skills required during general surgery. General Concepts are covered with descriptions of basic terminology, the logic behind specific approaches, limitations of specific skills, technical and practical considerations, and safety of using specific approaches and skills. More advanced topics including gastro-intestinal anastomosis, exploring a patient after a major trauma, and managing crisis situations are also discussed, as well as current controversies and future directions within general surgery. Fundamentals of General Surgery is relevant to trainees in general surgery and its subspecialties, and aims to give them an easy to access resource that contains real life examples, iconography, and recommended further reading.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    Fundamentals of patient preparation for the operating in the 21st century
    Fundamentals of Operating room setup and surgical instrumentation
    Fundamentals of Surgical Sutures and Associated Technical skills
    Fundamentals of Patient Positioning and Skin Prep
    Fundamentals of incisions and skin closures
    Fundamentals of retractors and exposure
    Fundamentals of dissection
    Fundamentals of Surgical Hemostasis
    Fundamentals of energy utilization in the Operating room
    Fundamentals of Stapling devices
    Fundamentals of Drain management
    Fundamentals of endoscopy for the general surgeon
    Fundamentals on prosthetic materials for the abdominal wall
    Fundamentals of basic laparoscopic setup
    Fundamentals of laparotomy closure
    Fundamentals of Robotic Surgery
    Fundamentals of gastro
    intestinal anastomosis
    Fundamentals of vascular anastomosis
    Appendix on common vascular instruments
    Fundamentals of exploratory laparotomy for Trauma
    Fundamentals of temporary abdominal wall closure
    Fundamentals of exploratory thoracotomy for Trauma
    Fundamentals of becoming a safe and independent surgeon (from first assistant to skilled educator)
    Fundamentals of acceptable behavior in the OR (etiquette)
    Fundamentals of the daily routine as a surgeon
    Fundamentals of managing the operative catastrophe.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Gregory S. Ogrinc MD, MS, Linda A. Headrick, MD, MS, Amy J. Barton, PhD, RN, FAAN, ANEF, Mary A. Dolansky, PhD, RN, FAAN, Wendy S. Madigosky, MD, MSPH, FAAFP, Rebecca S. (Suzie) Miltner, PhD, RN, FAAN, Allyson G. Hall, PhD, MBA/MHS ; foreword by Kedar Mate, MD.
    Summary: Fundamentals of Health Care Improvement: A Guide to Improving Your Patient's Care, 4th edition, is intended to help health professional learners diagnose, measure, analyze, change, and lead improvements in health care, with the aim to shape reliable, high-quality systems of care in partnership with patients. Co-published by Joint Commission Resources and the Institute of Healthcare Improvement, this fourth edition includes updated resources, including examples, figures, tables, and tools. New to this edition is a focus on health equity and disparities of care brought to light by the COVID-19 pandemic. This focus explores the relationship between social determinants of health and how improvement methods and skills can help identify and close disparity gaps in systems of care. Also new to this edition is an expanded discussion of effective teamwork and the importance of creating multidisciplinary health care teams that partner with patients and families. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Identifying gaps in quality and working in teams to close those gaps
    Finding scientific evidence for clinical improvement
    Identifying a focus for improvement
    Process literacy, culture, context, and systems in health care
    Measurement part 1: data analysis for decision making in health care
    Measurement part 2: using run charts and statistical process control charts to gain insight into systems
    Understanding and making changes in a system
    Spreading improvements
    Publishing and presenting quality improvement
    Appendix: Tools to help your improvement work.
    Digital Access R2Library [2022], ©2022
  • Digital
    Giovanni Cavagna.
    Summary: This textbook explores the fundamental qualitative and quantitative aspects of human physiology. It approaches biological and physiological processes and phenomena from a quantitative perspective, revealing how physiological problems can be mathematically formulated starting from simple laws of physics. The book addresses a broad range of topics, including: the statics and dynamics of circulation; muscle and sarcomere force-length and force-velocity relations, together with their mechanisms and functional consequences; subdivisions and meaning of the heat produced by muscle; locomotion, statics and dynamics of respiration; diffusion of gases and acid base equilibrium; phonation; general functions of the kidney and of the different sections of the nephron; changes in clearance with a substances plasmatic concentration; pH regulation and the kidney; Donnans equilibrium and its consequences; and the Nernst equation. The book offers the ideal learning resource for students of human physiology courses in medicine and biomedicine, as well as biomedical engineering and biophysics graduate students. An elementary grasp of mathematics and physics is sufficient to understand the content.

    Contents:
    Circulation of blood
    Muscle, locomotion and heart
    Respiration
    Kidney.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    [edited by] Carla Jackie Sampson, Bruce J. Fried.
    Summary: "The third edition of Fundamentals of Human Resources in Healthcare is updated to include the contemporary issues in healthcare HR made more urgent by the Great Resignation and resulting shockwaves to the employer-employee relationship. This edition includes a new chapter on Employee Well Being and a revamped chapters on Organizational and Employee Development, Diversity, Inclusion, and Belonging, and Aligning Quality Improvement and Implementation Science with HR Practices"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Strategic Human Resources Management / Carla Jackie Sampson
    The Healthcare Professional / Patrick D. Shay and Dolores G. Clement
    The Legal and Ethical Environment / Drake Maynard
    Job Analysis and Job Design / Sean N. Newman and Paige N. Ocker
    Recruitment, Selection, and Retention / Gabriela "Gabbi" J. Maris and Bruce J. Fried
    Organizational and Employee Development / Carla Jackie Sampson and Julene Campion
    Performance Management / Bruce J. Fried
    Compensation Practices, Planning, and Challenges / Bruce J. Fried, Brigid K. Grabert, and John Cashion
    Employee Benefits / Melissa G. McCraw and Dolores G. Clement
    Organized Labor / Carla Jackie Sampson, Bruce J. Fried, and Donna Malvey
    Diversity, Inclusion, and Belonging in the Workplace / Carla Jackie Sampson, Bruce J. Fried, and Jeffrey Simms
    Applying Quality Improvement and Implementation Science in Human Resources Practices / Hilary K. Hecht and Bruce J. Fried
    Employee Well-Being / Amanda Raffenaud and Tina Yeung.
    Digital Access R2Library [2023]
  • Digital
    Reza Borhani, Soheila Borhani, Aggelos K. Katsaggelos.
    Summary: This book provides an accessible introduction to the foundations of machine learning and deep learning in medicine for medical students, researchers, and professionals who are not necessarily initiated in advanced mathematics but yearn for a better understanding of this disruptive technology and its impact on medicine. Once an esoteric subject known to few outside of computer science and engineering departments, today artificial intelligence (AI) is a widely popular technology used by scholars from all across the academic universe. In particular, recent years have seen a great deal of interest in the AI subfields of machine learning and deep learning from researchers in medicine and life sciences, evidenced by the rapid growth in the number of articles published on the topic in peer-reviewed medical journals over the last decade. The demand for high-quality educational resources in this area has never been greater than it is today, and will only continue to grow at a rapid pace. Expert authors remove the veil of unnecessary complexity that often surrounds machine learning and deep learning by employing a narrative style that emphasizes intuition in place of abstract mathematical formalisms, allowing them to strike a delicate balance between practicality and theoretical rigor in service of facilitating the readers learning experience. Topics covered in the book include: mathematical encoding of medical data, linear regression and classification, nonlinear feature engineering, deep learning, convolutional and recurrent neural networks, and reinforcement learning. Each chapter ends with a collection of exercises for readers to practice and test their knowledge. This is an ideal introduction for medical students, professionals, and researchers interested in learning more about machine learning and deep learning. Readers who have taken at least one introductory mathematics course at the undergraduate-level (e.g., biostatistics or calculus) will be well-equipped to use this book without needing any additional prerequisites.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Mathematical Modeling of Medical Data
    Linear Learning
    Nonlinear Learning
    Multi-Layer Perceptrons
    Convolutional Neural Networks
    Recurrent Neural Networks
    Autoencoders
    Generative Adversarial Networks
    Reinforcement Learning.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Sherman Silber, MD.
    Summary: This book analyzes the basic science and treatment of male factor infertility with Dr. Silber's characteristic honesty and clear thinking. It describes finally what works and what doesn't work. It will inspire everyone in reproductive medicine (Gynecologists, Urologists, Embryologists and Endocrinologists) who wish to better understand male infertility.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Sue Williams, Kathryn Taylor, Stella Campbell.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2022
  • Digital
    Jon A. Jacobson.
    Contents:
    Basic pathology concepts
    Shoulder ultrasound
    Elbow ultrasound
    Wrist and hand ultrasound
    Hip and thigh ultrasound
    Knee ultrasound
    Ankle, foot, and lower leg ultrasound
    Interventional techniques.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Larry E. Davis, Sarah Pirio Richardson.
    Contents:
    Approach to the patient with neurologic problem: key steps in neurological diagnosis and treatment
    Neurologic examination
    Common neurologic tests
    Disorders of muscle
    Disorders of the neuromuscular junction
    Disorders of peripheral nerves
    Disorders of the spinal cord and vertebral bodies
    Disorders of the brainstem and cerebellum
    Disorders of the cerebrovascular system
    Disorders of myelin
    Disorders of higher cortical function
    Disorders of the extrapyramidal system
    Infections of the Nervous System
    Brain tumors
    Seizures and status epilepticus
    Cardiac arrest, coma and cerebral death
    Disorders of the developing nervous system
    Traumatic brain injury and subdural hematoma
    Neurologic complications of alcohol and B12 deficiency
    Disorders of pain and headache
    Disorders of the vestibular system
    Sleep.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Heinrich Mattle, Marco Mumenthaler ; with assistance from the Institute for Diagnostic and Interventional Neuroradiology, Inselspital, University of Bern, Bern, Switzerland, Professor Jan Gralla, Professor Gerhard Schroth ; translated and adapted by Ethan Taub.
    Summary: "The second edition of this practical guide provides a thorough introduction to the essential concepts of clinical neurology. Coverage includes history-taking; the neurological examination and ancillary tests; topical diagnosis and differential diagnosis of typical syndromes; the diseases of the central nervous system, peripheral nerves, autonomic nervous system, and muscles; epilepsy; and inflammatory diseases such as multiple sclerosis. Central to the book are the lucid structuring of complex contents allowing efficient learning, even without prior knowledge of the subject; and the vital link between theory and clinical practice, with essential information on history-taking, the clinical examination, and additional tests, all supported by informative graphics and appropriate computed tomography or magnetic resonance imaging studies. Key Features: - Brilliant format and structure, making the assimilation of complex information easy and efficient - Clear color illustrations and graphics, many new or revised for the second edition - Comprehensive tables expand and organize information on many topics - New to the second edition: complete revision of contents and an enhanced layout - Vast clinical experience of two highly respected university teachers Fundamentals of Neurology: An Illustrated Guide is the ideal introduction to clinical neurology for medical students, physical therapists, and other professionals involved in patient care"--Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Andrei Fernandes Joaquim, Enrico Ghizoni, Helder Tedeschi, Mauro Augusto Tostes Ferreira, editors.
    Summary: The aim of this book is to provide clinicians and medical students with basic knowledge of the most common neurosurgical disorders. There is a vast array of signs and symptoms that every clinician should recognize as neurosurgical affectations, allowing them to identify when to refer the patient to a neurosurgeon. In this text, the editors intend to bridge the gap between clinical medicine and neurosurgery, making neurosurgical practice understandable to a wider medical public. The book provides a smooth transition from neuroanatomy, neurophysiology and neurological examination to neurosurgery, focusing more on the knowledge underlying neurosurgical practice rather than on surgical technique. The core of the book is composed of chapters discussing each of the most important medical conditions that deserve neurosurgical intervention, providing key information on diagnosis, clinical aspects, disease management, surgical procedures and prognosis. Moreover, complementary discussion of the frontiers and advances in neurosurgery are also covered. In this sense, this book has two main goals and intended audiences. First, and primarily, it is intended for clinicians in a wide array of non-surgical medical specialties (such as general practitioners, neurologists, pediatricians, oncologists and others) aiming to give an overview on important characteristics and initial management of the most prevalent disorders treated by neurosurgeons. Second, and to a lesser degree, it is intended to be used as a practical guide for medical students who are initiating their study in neurosurgical sciences. Fundamentals of Neurosurgery - A Guide for Clinicians and Medical Students intends to be a comprehensive guide for all non-neurosurgeons who want to broaden their knowledge of neurosurgery. .

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors;
    1: Neuroanatomy Applied to Clinical Practice; Introduction; Objective; The Central Nervous System; Morphological Aspects of the Encephalon or Telencephalon; The Brain; The Frontal Lobe; The Temporal Lobe; The Parietal Lobe; The Occipital Lobes; The Insular Lobes; The Limbic Lobe; The Diencephalon; The Basal Nuclei; The Cerebellum; The Brainstem; Vascularization; Suggested Readings and References;
    2: Basic Neuroimaging; Computed Tomography; Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI); T1; T2; FLAIR; Fat Suppression T1 Postcontrast (Gadolinium)Advanced Sequences; Susceptibility Sensitive Sequence (T2, SWI); DWI and DTI; MR Perfusion-Weighted Imaging; Spectroscopy; Steady-State Gradient Echo Acquisition for CSF Cisternography (FIESTA, CISS); MR Angiography;
    3: The Basic Neurological Examination; Introduction; Objective; Rationale for Diagnosis in Neurology/Neurosurgery; The Neurological Examination; Eloquent Brain Areas; Consciousness and Cognition; Gait and Balance; Muscular Examination; Sensory Evaluation; Pupil Examination; Coma; Cranial Nerves; Conclusion; Suggested Readings and References
    4: Intracranial HypertensionDefinition; Background; Pathophysiology; Physical Examination and Clinical Features; Additional Work-Up and Monitoring; Treatment; General Management; First Level Measures; Second-Line Measures; Suggested Readings and References;
    5: Traumatic Brain Injury Overview and Practice Parameters; Traumatic Brain Injury; Mechanism; Severity; Clinical Evaluation; First Step: Bedside Physical Exam; General Examination; Neurological Examination; Special Considerations in Examining TBI Patients; Pupils; Motor Function Imaging and Diagnostic Procedures First Steps and ConsiderationsComputed Tomography; Intracranial Lesions (Fig. 5.1a); Epidural Hematoma (Fig. 5.1b); Subdural Hematoma (Fig. 5.1c); Contusions/Intracerebral Hemorrhage (Fig. 5.1d); Penetrating Injury (Fig. 5.1e); Treatment; Medical Versus Surgical Management; Medical Therapy; Blood Pressure and Oxygenation; Airway; Cardiopulmonary; Hyperosmolar Therapy; Prophylactic Hypothermia; Infection Prophylaxis; Deep Venous Thrombosis Prophylaxis; Intracranial Pressure Monitoring; Intracranial Pressure Monitor Technology Treatment Thresholds and Optimal Cerebral Perfusion PressureBrain Oxygenation Monitoring and Threshold for Treatment; Anesthesia, Analgesics, and Sedatives; Nutrition; Antiseizure Prophylaxis; Hyperventilation; Steroids; Surgical Therapy; Indications for Surgery; Special Consideration: Surgery for Diffuse Brain Injury or ICP control; Special Considerations: Penetrating Head Injury; Ongoing Care Beyond Initial Interventions; Imaging Modalities That May Assist in Prognosis and Other TBI-Related Care; Computed Tomography Angiography; Magnetic Resonance Imaging; Clinical Electrophysiology
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Gopal B. Saha.
    Summary: Currently an estimated 17 million nuclear medicine procedures are performed each year in the US and constantly evolving, as new radiopharmaceuticals and imaging techniques are introduced for better diagnosis and treatment of human diseases. In keeping up with new developments, the Seventh Edition of Fundamentals of Nuclear Pharmacy chronicles the advancements in radiopharmaceuticals and their use in clinical applications. It discusses basic concepts such as the atom, radioactive decay, instrumentation and production of radionuclides, and explores the design, labeling, characteristics and quality control of radiopharmaceuticals. Radiation regulations and diagnostic and therapeutic applications of radiopharmaceuticals are detailed.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    [edited by] Patricia A. Potter, Anne Griffin Perry, Patricia A. Stockert, Amy M. Hall.
    Summary: Textbook for Nursing Fundamentals, Complex Health Alterations, ADN Psych Clinical, Nursing Advanced Skills, and LPN/RN Refresher Skills.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RT41 .F863 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Gary A. Ulaner.
    Summary: "In the fast-changing age of precision medicine, PET/CT is increasingly important for accurate cancer staging and evaluation of treatment response. Fundamentals of Oncologic PET/CT, by Dr. Gary A. Ulaner, offers an organized, systematic introduction to reading and interpreting PET/CT studies, ideal for radiology and nuclear medicine residents, practicing radiologists, medical oncologists, and radiation oncologists. Synthesizing eight years' worth of cases and lectures from one of the largest cancer centers in the world, this title provides a real-world, practical approach, taking you through the body organ by organ as it explains how to integrate both the FDG PET and CT findings to best interpret each lesion"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction to FDG PET/CT
    FDG PET/CT performance and reporting
    Skeleton on FDG PET/CT
    Muscle and nerve on FDG PET/CT
    Skin and breast on FDG PET/CT
    Brain on FDG PET/CT
    Head and neck on FDG PET/CT
    Lung on FDG PET/CT
    Pleura on FDG PET/CT
    Heart on FDG PET/CT
    Thymus masses on FDG PET/CT
    Hepatobiliary FDG PET/CT
    Spleen on FDG PET/CT
    Pancreas on FDG PET/CT
    Adrenal glands on FDG PET/CT
    Gastrointestinal tract on FDG PET/CT
    Peritoneum on FDG PET/CT
    Urinary tract on FDG PET/CT (kidneys, ureters, bladder)
    Female pelvis on FDG PET/CT
    Male pelvis on FDG PET/CT
    Lymph nodes on FDG PET/CT
    Measuring treatment response on FDG PET/CT
    Artifacts on FDG PET/CT
    Radiotracers other than FDG for oncologic PET/CT.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Jianguo Cheng, Richard W. Rosenquist, editors.
    Summary: Characterized by clarity and straddling the line between scope and depth of information, this concise book provides physicians a comprehensive overview of pain medicine. Chapters are written by some of the leading minds in pain medicine and feature case studies, key points and suggested readings. Multidisciplinary approaches to the clinical and financial challenges of pain with the goal of improving patient quality of life are also discussed. Additionally, the book is in is in tight alignment with the information that trainees are expected to master for the American Board of Anesthesiology's pain medicine subspecialty certification, as outlined by the Joint Council on Anesthesiology Examinations; it covers the diagnosis of pain states, the management of pain, acute pain, radicular pain, neuropathic pain, chronic visceral pain, headaches, and special populations. This book is a must-have for anyone new to pain medicine or studying for the subspecialty certification.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    J.D. Hoppenfeld, MD, Interventional Pain Management, Southeast Pain Care, Charlotte, North Carolina.
    Summary: "Some patients present with a primary complaint of pain while others complain of pain secondary to a more generalized disease process or procedure. As a healthcare professional, you are trained to diagnose the pathology and then treat it. A patient presents with pneumonia, your work-up supports the diagnosis; you treat it, then the patient gets better. However, another layer of patient care needs more focus in the medical community. If the patient with pneumonia complains of intercostal pain secondary to a violent cough, we have the ability to manage the symptoms of pain effectively, and should not hesitate to do so promptly. Our actions to alleviate pain will not hinder our ability to treat the underlying disease. Yet modern medicine often considers these goals mutually exclusive, with pain management a distance second. As medical professionals, when we have an incomplete understanding of how to treat a condition, we under treat it, erring on the side of do no harm. This book will give you the confidence to confront your patient's discomfort and succeed in conquering the pain"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2014
  • Digital
    Iftekhar Mahmood, Gilbert Burckart, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Pediatric Drug Development and the Regulatory Changes That Are Creating the Science of Pediatric Dosing / Gilbert J. Burckart
    2. Pediatric Physiology / Iftekhar Mahmood
    3. Developmental Pharmacology: Impact on Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics
    of Drugs / Iftekhar Mahmood
    4. Pediatric Clinical Trial Design and Dosing / Dionna Green and Valerie Amspacher
    5. Application of Allometric Principles in Pediatric Drug Development / Iftekhar Mahmood
    6. Population Pharmacokinetics in Pediatric Drug Development / Jeremiah D. Momper , John Bradley , and Brookie M. Best
    7. Scaling Dose-Exposure-Response from Adults to Children / Ine Skottheim Rusten , Anna Nordmark , Susan Cole , Joseph F. Standing , Sofi a Friberg Hietala , Wei Zhao , Valeria Gigante , Anna Karin Hamberg , Gérard Pons , María Jesús Garrido , Johannes Taminiau , Norbert Benda , Frederike Lentz , Flora Musuamba Tshinanu , Andrew Thomson , Paolo Tomasi , Cecile Ollivier , Ralf Herold , and Efthymios Manolis
    8. Applications of Physiologically Based Pharmacokinetic (PBPK) Models for Pediatric Populations / Peng Duan , Jeffrey Fisher , and Jian Wang
    9. Perinatal Pharmacology and Maternal/Fetal Dosing / Iftekhar Mahmood, Gilbert J. Burckart and Robert M. Ward.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Lane F. Donnelly, MD, Chief Quality Officer, Hospital-Based Services, Associate Radiologist-in-Chief, Department of Radiology, Texas Children's Hospital, Professor of Radiology, Baylor University College of Medicine, Houston, Texas.
    Contents:
    Special considerations in pediatric imaging / Lane F. Donnelly
    Airway / Lane F. Donnelly
    Chest / Monica S. Epelman
    Cardiac / Daniel J. Podberesky
    Gastrointestinal / Lane F. Donnelly
    Genitourinary / Monica S. Epelman
    Musculoskeletal / Alexander J. Towbin
    Neuro / Carolina V. Guimaraes.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Girija Prasad Rath, editor.
    Summary: The book provides an excellent review of all the clinical aspects of neuroanesthesia in children, including neurosurgeries during fetal state to neonatal, infancy, toddler, and school-going age groups. To provide optimal anesthetic care in children undergoing neurosurgery, the care provider must have adequate knowledge on the developing brain and spinal cord, and the effect of anesthetics on the neuronal tissue, and the inherent issues pertaining to neurologic lesions. This book covers the diagnostic, imaging, surgical as well as anesthetic managements of all the neurosurgical problems in children. The chapters include a wide range of topics from basic neurophysiology to general concerns for pediatric neuroanesthesia, including fluid management, blood transfusion, temperature regulation, and surgical positioning, as well as specific issues such as anesthesia for brain tumor surgery, hydrocephalus, neural tube defects, cerebrovascular surgeries such as aneurysmal surgery, arteriovenous malformations (AVMs), Moyamoya disease, and vein of Galen malformation, functional neurosurgery, epilepsy surgery, neuroendoscopy, craniovertebral junction anomalies, spinal surgeries, neurotrauma, and brain abscess with congenital heart diseases. Interesting topics like neuroanesthesia in remote locations, regional anesthesia during neurosurgery, and anesthesia for children with neuromuscular disease are also discussed. Moreover, the book elaborates on advanced neuroanesthesia techniques during fetal neurosurgery and craniopagus separation surgery; and the postoperative intensive care management aspects in each chapter. This book caters to neuroanesthesiologists, pediatric anesthesiologists, residents, and fellows of anesthesia or neuroanesthesia, practicing anesthesiologists, pediatric neurointensivists, nurse anesthetists, neurosurgeons, and pediatric neurosurgeons. It also serves as a reference book for the DM (neuroanesthesiology and neurocritical care), DNB-SS (neuroanesthesiology), and MD (anesthesiology) curriculums apart from anesthesia residency and pediatric anesthesia/ neurosurgery fellowship programs offered at various Institutions worldwide.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    About the Editor
    Part I: General Considerations
    1: Pediatric Neuroanesthesia: Evolution of a New Subspeciality
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Development of Neuroanesthesia Along with Neurosurgery
    1.3 Development of Pediatric Neurosurgery as a Subspecialty
    1.3.1 Neurosurgery: An Indian Perspective
    1.4 Pediatric Neuroanesthesia: Not Just "Anesthesia" or "Neuroanesthesia"
    1.5 Future Prospects as a Subspeciality
    1.6 Conclusion
    References 2: Developmental Anatomy and Physiology of the Central Nervous System in Children
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Development of the Central and Autonomic Nervous Systems
    2.2.1 Intrauterine Development
    2.2.2 Development of the Brain
    2.2.3 Development of the Spinal Cord
    2.2.4 Autonomic Nervous System (ANS)
    2.2.5 Neuronal and Cellular Proliferation
    2.2.6 Myelination
    2.3 Relevant Anatomy
    2.3.1 Head Size, Suture, and Fontanelle
    2.4 Cerebral Vascular Anatomy
    2.4.1 Arterial Circulation
    2.4.2 Venous Drainage
    2.5 Cerebral Physiology 2.5.1 Cerebral Blood Flow (CBF)
    2.5.1.1 Factors Affecting Cerebral Blood Flow
    Cerebrovascular Reactivity to Carbon Dioxide in Children
    2.5.2 Cerebral Metabolic Rate (CMR)
    2.5.3 Cerebral Autoregulation (CA)
    2.5.3.1 Cerebral Autoregulation (CA) in Neonates
    2.5.3.2 Cerebral Autoregulation (CA) in Small Children
    2.5.4 Cerebral Spinal Fluid (CSF) Dynamics
    2.5.5 Blood-Brain Barrier (BBB)
    2.5.6 Intracranial Pressure (ICP)
    2.5.7 Cerebral Compliance (Intracranial Pressure-Volume Relationship)
    2.5.7.1 Intracranial Compliance 2.6 Spinal Cord Anatomy and Physiology
    2.6.1 Spinal Cord Vascular Anatomy
    2.7 Neurotoxicity in the Immature Human Brain
    2.8 Epileptogenesis in the Developing Brain
    2.9 Neuroprotection
    2.9.1 General Measures
    2.9.2 Anesthetic Agents
    2.9.3 Temperature Control: Therapeutic Hypothermia
    2.9.4 Hypoxic-Ischemic Preconditioning
    2.9.5 Remote Ischemic Preconditioning
    2.9.6 Erythropoietin (EPO)
    2.9.7 Progesterone
    2.9.8 Neurotrophic Factors
    2.9.9 Stem Cell Treatment
    2.10 Cerebral Physiology in Pathological States
    2.11 Conclusion
    References 3: Effect of Sedatives and Anesthetics on Cerebral Physiology in Children
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Effect of Specific Anesthetic Agents
    3.2.1 Inhaled Anesthetics
    3.2.1.1 Nitrous Oxide
    3.2.1.2 Halothane
    3.2.1.3 Isoflurane
    3.2.1.4 Sevoflurane
    3.2.1.5 Desflurane
    3.2.1.6 Xenon
    3.2.2 Intravenous Anesthetics
    3.2.2.1 Propofol
    3.2.2.2 Thiopentone
    3.2.2.3 Etomidate
    3.2.2.4 Ketamine
    3.2.3 Other Agents
    3.2.3.1 Opioids
    3.2.3.2 Benzodiazepines
    3.2.3.3 Muscle Relaxants
    3.2.3.4 Dexmedetomidine
    3.3 Anesthetic Neuroprotection in Children
    3.4 Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Lynn T. Staheli.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Peter Mattei, editor ; Peter F. Nichol, Michael D. Rollins, Christopher S. Muratore, associate editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Peter Mattei, editor.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Perioperative Care
    1: Preoperative Assessment and Preparation
    Risks of Anesthesia
    Airway
    Respiratory System
    Cardiovascular System
    Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
    Obesity
    Diabetes
    Thyroid Disease
    Corticosteroids
    Anemia
    Sickle Cell Disease
    Coagulation Disorders
    Malignancy
    Anterior Mediastinal Mass
    Cerebral Palsy
    Developmental Disorders
    Prematurity
    Malignant Hyperthermia
    Hypotonia
    Trisomy 21
    Allergies
    Prior to Admission Medications NSAIDs and Aspirin
    Herbal Medications
    Illicit/Recreational Medications
    Preoperative Fasting
    Laboratory Testing and Diagnostic Studies
    Editor's Comments
    Further Reading
    2: Prenatal Diagnosis and Genetic Counseling
    Maternal and Family History
    Carrier Screening
    Screening and Testing Options
    Screening Throughout the Pregnancy
    First Trimester
    Serum Screening
    Ultrasound
    Second Trimester
    Maternal Serum Quadruple Screen
    Combined First- and Second-Trimester Serum Screening
    Ultrasound
    Diagnostic Testing
    Chorionic Villus Sampling Second Trimester
    Genetic Diagnostic Testing
    Fluorescent in Situ Hybridization
    Chromosome Analysis
    Chromosomal Microarray Analysis
    Molecular Testing
    Whole Exome Sequencing
    Summary
    Editor's Comments
    Further Reading
    3: Neuraxial and Regional Anesthesia
    Neuraxial Analgesia and Anesthesia
    Epidural and Caudal Analgesia
    Spinal Anesthesia
    Truncal Anesthesia
    Quadratus Lumborum
    Erector Spinae
    Peripheral Regional Anesthesia
    Upper Extremity Regional Anesthesia
    Lower Extremity Regional Anesthesia
    Duration of Regional Anesthesia Special Considerations in the Pediatric Patient
    Commonly Used Local Anesthetics
    Local Anesthetic Toxicity
    Conclusion
    Editor's Comments
    Further Reading
    4: Positioning and Incisions
    Positioning
    Supine
    Dorsal Lithotomy
    Lateral Decubitus
    Prone
    Abdominal Incisions
    Midline Abdominal Incision
    Transverse Abdominal Incision
    Low Transverse Incision
    Subcostal Incision
    Miscellaneous Abdominal Incisions
    Thoracic Incisions
    Sternotomy
    Thoraco-Abdominal Incision
    Other Incisions
    Further Reading
    5: Enteral Nutrition and Access Nutritional Requirements
    Nutrition for Premature Infants
    Short Bowel Syndrome
    The Critically Ill Child
    Enteral Access
    Summary
    Editor's Comments
    Further Reading
    6: Parenteral Nutrition
    Nutrition Assessment
    Calories
    Carbohydrates
    Protein
    Protein Recommendations
    Lipids
    Intralipids
    SMOF
    Omegaven
    Carnitine
    Electrolytes
    Sodium
    Potassium
    Calcium
    Phosphorus
    Magnesium
    Trace Elements
    Zinc
    Copper
    Selenium
    Iron
    Vitamins
    Special Considerations
    Other Additives/Considerations
    Insulin
    Refeeding Syndrome
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Roberto Cavallaro, Cristina Colombo, editors.
    Summary: The book provides all the relevant information to understand the mental illness through psychopathology, global clinical manifestations and clinical patterns. It equips the reader with the basic knowledge to identify psychiatric conditions occurring alone or in the context of other medical illnesses, to distinguish health psychology and psychiatry, and to know what to do, how to do it, and how to communicate with the patient and to cooperate with the psychiatrist. The core chapters are dedicated to mental disorders diagnosed according to the DSM V, and are organized in sub-chapters with key feature boxes and schemes that will allow the global comprehension of the mental disorder and its clinical management. The work includes also a general chapter on psychopathology and one on psychopharmacology presenting the practical information about suggested doses, side effects, drug interactions and warnings for the main psychotropics. The final chapter deals with forensic and legal aspects. Fundamentals of Psychiatry for Health Care Professionals will appeal to a wide readership, from post graduate professionals who want to broaden their clinical knowledge of psychiatry to medical students and students of the health degree courses like Physiotherapy, Psychology, Nursing, or Dentistry.

    Contents:
    Preface. Introduction and assessment. - Psychopathology
    Mood disorders
    Psychotic disorders
    Anxiety disorders
    Somatic disorders
    Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder
    Trauma and stress related disorders and dissociative disorder
    Personality disorders
    Adult consequences of neurodevelopmental disorders
    Eating disorders
    Substance related disorders
    Organic mental disorders
    Psychopharmacology
    Somatic treatments.-Management of Emergency psychiatry, including suicide
    Psychiatric legislation and forensic psychiatry.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Kakali Bhattacharya.
    Summary: "This book is the road map to proficiency and development in the field of qualitative research. Borrowing from a wealth of experience teaching introductory qualitative research courses, author Kakali Bhattacharya lays out a dynamic program for learning different paradigms of inquiry, empowering students to recognize the convergence of popular research methodologies as well as the nuances and complexities that set each of them apart."--Publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Unit 1 : meeting qualitative methods
    2. Unit 2 : terrain and types of qualitative research
    3. Unit 3 : conceptualizing qualitative research
    4. Unit 4 : working with theoretical frameworks
    5. Unit 5 : methodological approaches to qualitative inquiry
    6. Unit 6 : data collection methods
    7. Unit 7 : data analysis, interpretation, and re-presentation
    8. Unit 8 : pulling it all together.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Agnes B. Fogo, author ; Arthur H. Cohen, Robert B. Colvin, J. Charles Jennette, Charles E. Alpers, co-authors.
    Summary: Fundamentals of Renal Pathology is a compact and up-to-date resource on the basics of renal pathology that will be of particular value to residents and fellows in training in renal pathology, general pathology, and nephrology, but will also serve as a handy reference for the more experienced. This second, revised and updated edition of the book offers an integrated approach based on contributions from established experts in the field. After considering normal renal anatomy and basic concepts and methods used in the assessment of renal biopsies, key diseases are discussed within the context of clinical presentations. The emphasis is on clinicopathological correlation and differential diagnosis. Topics discussed include glomerular diseases with nephrotic or nephritic syndrome presentations; systemic and vascular diseases affecting the kidney, including diseases affecting the renal transplant; tubulointerstitial diseases; and plasma cell dyscrasias and associated diseases. Well-chosen color illustrations and electron micrographs enhance and complement the text, and tables summarize the most up-to-date classifications and approaches for the various disease entities.

    Contents:
    Renal Anatomy and Basic Concepts and Methods in Renal Pathology
    Membranous Nephropathy
    Membranoproliferative Glomerulonephritis and C3 Glomerulopathy
    Minimal Change Disease and Focal Segmental Glomerulosclerosis
    Postinfectious Glomerulonephritis
    IgA Nephropathy and IgA Vasculitis (Henoch-Schönlein Purpura)
    Thin Basement Membranes and Alport Syndrome
    Lupus Nephritis
    Crescentic Glomerulonephritis and Vasculitis
    Nephrosclerosis and Hypertension
    Thrombotic Microangiopathies
    Diabetic Nephropathy
    Acute Interstitial Nephritis
    Chronic Interstitial Nephritis
    Acute Tubular Necrosis
    Bence Jones Cast Nephropathy
    Monoclonal Immunoglobulin Deposition Disease
    Amyloidosis
    Other Diseases with Organized Deposits
    Allograft Rejection.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Clyde A. Helms MD.
    Summary: "Trusted by thousands of radiology residents, students, and clinicians, the "pink book" continues to be the perfect first book for essential, easily accessible information in skeletal imaging. Fundamentals of Skeletal Radiology, 5th Edition, provides an authoritative introduction to x-rays, MR, and other skeletal imaging modalities, offering a quick, effective review of musculoskeletal imaging in a concise, easy-to-read style"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    1. Unnecessary examinations
    2. Benign lytic lesions
    3. Malignant tumors
    4. "don't touch" lesions
    5. Trauma
    6. Arthritis
    7. Metabolic bone disease
    8. Miscellaneous conditions
    9. Magnetic resonance imaging of the knee
    10. Magnetic resonance imaging of the shoulder
    11. Lumbar spine : disc disease and stenosis
    12. Magnetic resonance imaging of the foot and ankle
    13. Miscellaneous magnetic resonance imaging.
    Differential diagnoses
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Cynthia D. Mattice, Rita Brooks, Teofilo L. Lee-Chiong.
    Contents:
    Section I. Overview of sleep medicine
    section II. Anatomy and physiology
    section III. Sleep disorders and disorders that affect sleep
    section IV. Patient care and assessment
    section V. Adult polysomnography
    section VI. Interventions and therapeutics
    section VII. Patient management
    section VIII. Pediatrics
    section IX. Sleep center management.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Shashi Gogia.
    Summary: Fundamentals of Telemedicine and Telehealth provides an overview on the use of information and communication technologies (ICTs) to solve health problems, especially for people living in remote and underserviced areas. With the advent of new technologies and improvement of internet connectivity, telehealth has become a new subject requiring a new understanding of IT devices and how to utilize them to fulfill health needs. The book discusses topics such as digitizing patient information, technology requirements, existing resources, planning for telehealth projects, and primary care and specialized applications. Additionally, it discusses the use of telemedicine for patient empowerment and telecare in remote locations. Authored by IMIA Telehealth working group, this book is a valuable source for graduate students, healthcare workers, researchers and clinicians interested in using telehealth as part of their practice or research. Presents components of healthcare that can be benefitted from remote access and when to rely on them Explains the current technologies and tools and how to put them to effective use in daily healthcare Provides legal provisions for telehealth implementation, discussing the risks of remote healthcare provision and cross border care.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2020
  • Digital
    Gazi Huri, Mustafa Özkan, Kerem Bilsel, editors.
    Summary: This book comprehensively covers both basic and clinical aspects of the shoulder, from its anatomy and biomechanics, to the diagnosis and treatment of a broad range of shoulder disorders. Designed as a practical and richly illustrated reference guide, it provides the reader with the essentials needed to evaluate and treat shoulder injuries, including radiologic assessments, rehabilitative techniques and surgical procedures (both open and arthroscopic). It includes extensive coverage of the anatomy and pathology, while clinical topics covered include fractures around the shoulder joint, sport injuries and arthroplasty. Written by an international team of experts, who share tips, pearls and pitfalls, as well as best practices from their own experience, the book will be of interest to orthopedic surgeons, physical therapists, rehabilitation specialists and biomechanists alike.

    Contents:
    Part I: Shoulder basic science & principles
    1. Shoulder embryology and anatomy
    2. Molecular biology and Genetics in Shoulder pathologies
    3. Animal models for research on shoulder pathologies
    4. Shoulder Kinematics and Biomechanics
    5. Pathomechanics and mathematics of anterior shoulder instability
    6. Pathomechanics in CTA and rationale of RSA
    7. Rationale of tendon to bone healing
    Part II: Diagnosis of shoulder conditions
    8. Physical examination for glenohumeral joint pathologies
    9. Physical examination for subacromial and acromioclavicular pathologies
    10. Radiological assessment of the shoulder
    Part III: Shoulder pathologic conditions
    11. Shoulder cartilage and osteoarthritis
    12. Inflammatory, metabolic and neuromuscular pathologies in shoulder joint
    13. Nerve entrapment around shoulder joint
    14. Fractures around shoulder
    Part IV: Shoulder surgety and complications
    15. Positioning, anaesthesia and analgesia in shoulder surgery
    16. Surgical exposures
    17. Basic arthroscopy portals of shoulder
    18. Thromboembolism and bleeding control in shoulder surgery
    19. Periprosthetic infection in shoulder surgery
    Part V: (Bio)technological applications in shoulder treatment
    20. Implants and biomaterials
    21. Tissue Engineering and graft options
    22. 3D printing in shoulder surgery
    23. Digitized Shoulder.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    John W. Ridley.
    Summary: This volume provides the essential theory as well as practice for the study of urine samples and body fluids other than urine. It is a concise compendium of information of a practical nature while additionally serving as a clinical resource leading to an understanding of clinical conditions for patients whose test specimens indicate the presence of a pathological condition. Selective laboratory procedures inform the investigator not only of how specimens are processed, but also the rationale for performing specific examinations. Parameters by which testing personnel may measure or evaluate the validity, accuracy and clinical implications of test results for clinical importance providing optimum and useful information are provided.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction to the Study of Body Fluids
    Chapter 2: Quality Assurance and Laboratory Regulation
    Chapter 3: Safety Practices in Testing Areas
    Chapter 4: Metabolic Origins of Urine and Other Body Fluids
    Chapter 5: Microscopic Components Common to Body Fluids
    Chapter 6: Specimen Collection of Body Fluids
    Chapter 7: Diseases of the Urinary System
    Chapter 8: Components of the Evaluation of Urine
    Chapter 9: Microscopic Examination
    Chapter 10: Procedure for Performing Complete Urinalysis
    Chapter 11: Cerebrospinal Analysis
    Chapter 12: Semen Evaluation
    Chapter 13: Serous Fluids Analysis
    Chapter 14: Synovial Fluid Evaluation
    Chapter 15: Fecal Analysis
    Chapter 16: Miscellaneous Related Laboratory Analyses
    Chapter 17: Microscope Use and Care.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Wanda M. Haschek, Brad Bolon, Colin G. Rousseaux, Matthew A. Wallig.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Margarethe Geiger, editor.
    Summary: This well-structured textbook offers essential knowledge on the vascular system. The reader will learn the properties, basic cellular mechanisms and development of the different parts of the vascular system (including the heart), gain knowledge on vascular and related diseases, and will be made familiar with common and most current methods and techniques applied to analyze the vascular system in patients, in animal models, and ex vivo. This book is based on a PhD Course for students from various bioscientific backgrounds given at the Medical University of Vienna, and it will be a valuable resource for Master's Students in vascular biology and biomedicine in general and a helpful tool for young researchers world-wide wishing to gain or refresh their knowledge in this field.

    Contents:
    1. Morphological and Functional Characteristics of Blood and Lymphatic Vessels
    2. The Heart: The Engine in the Center of the Vascular System
    3. Regulation of Tissue Perfusion and Exchange of Solutes, Macromolecules, and Water between Blood Vessels and the Interstitial Space
    4. Endothelial Cells: Function and Dysfunction
    5. Vascular Smooth muscle cells: Regulation of Vasoconstriction and Vasodilation
    6. Embryonic Development of the Cardiovascular System
    7. Cellular and Molecular Mechanisms of Vasculogenesis, Angiogenesis, and Lymphangiogenesis
    8. Mechanisms of Hemostasis: Contribution of Platelets, Coagulation Factors, and the Vessel Wall
    9. Biologically active lipids in Vascular Biology
    10. Atherosclerosis
    11. Venous Thromboembolism
    12. Genetics of Vascular Diseases
    13. Animal Models in Cardio-Vascular Biology
    14. Endothelial Cell Isolation and Manipulation
    15. In vitro Assays Used to Analyse Vascular Cell Functions
    16. The Porcine Coronary Artery Ring Myograph System
    17. Proteomics in Vascular Biology.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Noemi Lois, MD, PhD, FRCS(Ed), FRCOphth, Clinical Professor of Ophthalmology, Centre for Experimental Medicine, Institute for Clinical Sciences, Queen's University belfast, Honorary Consultant Ophthalmologist, Belfast Health and Social Care Trust, Northern Ireland, United Kingdom, John V. Forrester, MB, ChB, FRCS(E), MD(Hons), FRCS(G), FRCOphth, FRCP(G)(Hon), FMEDSci, FRSE, FSBiol, FARVO, FRANzCO, Section on Immunology and Infection, Division of Applied Medicine, School of Medicine and Dentistry, The Institute of Medical Scineces, Fosterhill, University of Aberdeen, Scotland, United Kingdom, Ocular Immunology Program, Centre for Ophthalmology and Visual Science, The University of Western Australia, Centre for Experimental Immunology, Lions Eye Institute, Newlands, Western Australia, Australia.
    Contents:
    Section I. Basic Science
    Chapter 1. Lipofuscin of the retinal pigment epithelium
    Chapter 2. Lipofuscin: the origin of the autofluorescence signal
    Chapter 3. Lipofuscin and autofluorescence in experimental animal models
    Chapter 4. Imaging techniques of fundus autofluorescence
    Chapter 5. Near-infrared fundus autofluorescence
    Chapter 6. Interpreting fundus autofluorescence
    Chapter 7. Quantifying fundus autofluorescence
    Section II. Clinical Science
    Chapter 8. The normal distribution of fundus autofluorescence
    Chapter 9. Fundus autofluorescence in age-related macular disease
    Chapter 10. Fundus autofluorescence in inherited retinal dystrophies
    Chapter 11. Fundus autofluorescence in diabetic retinopathy
    Chapter 12. Fundus autofluorescence in retinal artery occlusion
    Chapter 13. Fundus autofluorescence in retinal vein occlusion
    Chapter 14. Fundus autofluorescence in pathological myopia
    Chapter 15. Fundus autofluorescence in macular telangiectasia Type 2
    Chapter 16. Fundus autofluorescence in cystoid macular edema
    Chapter 17. Fundus autofluorescence in posterior uveitis
    Chapter 18. Central serous chorioretinopathy
    Chapter 19. Pseudoxanthoma elasticum
    Chapter 20. Fundus autofluorescence in vitreoretinal diseases
    Chapter 21. Fundus autofluorescence in intraocular tumors
    Chapter 22. Fundus autofluorescence in toxic retinopathies.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Christine Imbert, editor.
    Contents:
    Aspergillus biofilms in human disease
    Candida albicans in multispecies oral communities: a keystone commensal?
    The extracellular matrix of fungal biofilms
    Fungal biofilms: update on resistance
    Fungi, water supply and biofilms
    Diagnostic of fungal infections related to biofilms
    Disinfectants to fight oral Candida biofilms
    Updates on therapeutic strategies against Candida (and Aspergillus) biofilm related infections
    Natural sources as innovative solutions against fungal biofilms
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Abd El-Latif Hesham, Ram Sanmukh Upadhyay, Gauri Dutt Sharma, Chakravarthula Manoharachary, Vijai Kumar Gupta, editors.
    Summary: Fungi are eukaryotic microorganisms that include both unicellular and multicellular species. They have a worldwide distribution and a wide range of applications in diverse sectors, from environmental, food and medicine to biotechnological innovations. Fungal biochemical genetics involves the study of the relationships between genome, proteome and metabolome, and the underlying molecular processes in both native and bioengineered fungi. This book provides a valuable resource on the challenges and potential of fungal biotechnology and related bioengineering and functional diversity for various industrial applications in the food, environmental, bioenergy and biorefining, and the biopharma sectors. In comparison to previous and related publications in the area of applied myco-biotech-engineering, this book bridges a knowledge gap in the areas related to prospects and investment as well as intellectual and technical issues. This book also provides information on recent commercial and economic interests in the area by juxtaposing the developments achieved in recent worldwide research and its many challenges.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Fungal Epigenetic Engineering
    Yeast engineering for new antifungal compounds: a contextualized overview
    G protein-coupled receptors in fungi
    Prompt and convenient preparation of oral vaccines using yeast cell surface display
    Trichoderma a factory of multipurpose enzymes
    Advances genomic approaches for mining fungal genes for biofuels
    Genetically modified fungi for second generation bioethanol production
    Fungal Bioengineering in Biodiesel Production
    Bioengineering fungi and yeast for the production of enzymes, metabolites and value-added compounds
    Fungal production of prebiotics
    Fermentative production of secondary metabolites from Bioengineered Fungi and their applications
    Recent progress on Trichoderma secondary metabolites
    Fungal genes encoding enzymes that are used in cheese production and fermentation industries
    Unravelling the potentials of endophytes and its applications
    Fungal genes and gene products involved in wastewater treatments
    DNA Barcode for Species Identification in Fungi
    Current progress on endophytic microbial dynamics on Dendrobium plants.-Understanding its role bioengineered Trichoderma in managing soil-borne plant diseases and its other benefits
    Beyond classical biocontrol: new perspectives on Trichoderma
    Systemic acquired resistance (SAR) and Induced systemic resistance (ISR) mechanism of Trichoderma against pathogens.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Jean-Paul Latgé, editor.
    Summary: This book illustrates, that the fungal cell wall is critical for the biology and ecology of all fungi and especially for human fungal pathogens. Readers will learn, that the composition of the fungal cell wall is a unique structure, which cannot be found in the human host. Consequently, the chapters outline, how the immune systems of both animals and humans have evolved to recognize conserved and unique elements of the fungal cell wall. As an application example, the authors also show, that the three-dimensional structures of the cell wall are excellent targets for the development of antifungal agents and chemotherapeutic strategies. With the combination of biological findings and medical outlooks, this volume is a fascinating read for scientists, clinicians and biomedical students.

    Contents:
    Synthesis of mimicks
    Melanin
    Rodlets and cell wall surface proteins
    Alpha 1,3 and Beta 1,3 glucans and remodelling
    Chitin
    Cell wall PAMPs and PRRs in mammalians
    Extracellular polysaccharides and biofilms
    Cell wall drugs and resistance mechanisms
    GPI proteins and cell wall
    Cell wall and morphogenesis
    Carbohydrate active enzymes in fungi B
    Glucanases and chitinases
    Respiration and cell wall synthesis
    Cell wall and environment. .
  • Digital
    Xu Fang, Yinbo Qu, editors.
    Summary: The book provides an overview of the current knowledge on cellulolytic enzymes and their applications. It summarizes the mechanisms of synthesis and hydrolysis of cellulolytic enzymes, industrial fungal strains, genetic engineering of fungal strains and application of cellulolytic enzymes. This book will be a useful reference for researchers and bioengineering experts engaged in lignocelluloses biodegradation, biomass utilization, enzyme production and fungal molecular biology.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: Pretreatment Process and Its Synergistic Effects on Enzymatic Digestion of Lignocellulosic Material; 1 Introduction; 2 Lignocellulose Compositions; 3 Pretreatment of Lignocellulosic Materials; 4 Physical Pretreatment; 4.1 Mechanical Pretreatment; 4.2 Pyrolysis; 4.3 Irradiation; 5 Chemical Pretreatment; 5.1 Ozonolysis; 5.2 Acid Pretreatment; 5.3 Alkaline Pretreatment; 5.4 Ionic Liquid Pretreatment; 5.5 Organosolv Pretreatment; 6 Physical-Chemical Pretreatment; 6.1 Steam Explosion; 6.2 Liquid Hot Water Pretreatment; 6.3 Oxidative Pretreatment. 6 Metabolic Engineering of Filamentous Fungi Using CRISPR-Cas9-Based Genome Editing System7 Conclusion and Future Prospects; References;
    Chapter 3: Lignocellulase Formation, Regulation, and Secretion Mechanisms in Hypocrea jecorina (Trichoderma reesei) and Other Filamentous Fungi; 1 Introduction; 2 Transcriptional Mechanisms that Regulate Cellulase and Hemicellulase Gene Expression; 2.1 Transcriptional Factors; 2.2 Other Regulatory Factors; 3 Chromatin Remodeling; 4 Transcriptional Regulation of Cellulase and Hemicellulase in H. jecorina by External Signals; 5 Prospects; References. 6.4 SPORL Pretreatment6.5 Ammonia Fiber Explosion (AFEX) and Ammonia Recycle Percolation(ARP); 6.6 CO2 Explosion; 7 Biological Pretreatment; 8 Summary of Biomass Pretreatment Methods; References;
    Chapter 2: Metabolic Engineering of Fungal Strains for Efficient Production of Cellulolytic Enzymes; 1 Introduction; 2 Selective Markers for Genetic Engineering of Filamentous Fungi; 3 Promoter Engineering to Improve Cellulase Production; 4 Engineering of Transcription Regulators to Improve Cellulase Production; 5 Improvement of Cellulase Production by Morphology Engineering.
    Chapter 4: Development of Highly Efficient, Low-Cost Lignocellulolytic Enzyme Systems in a Penicillium: From Strain Screening to Systems Biology1 Introduction; 2 Genome and Transcriptome Analyses of P. oxalicum Wild-Type Strain 114-2 and Mutant JU-A10-T; 2.1 Global Comparison of Genomes of 114-2 and JU-A10-T; 2.2 Comparative Transcriptome Analysis of 114-2 and JU-A10-T; 3 Secretome Analysis of P. oxalicum Wild-Type Strain 114-2 and Mutant JU-A10-T; 4 Improving Lignocellulolytic Enzyme Production by Redesigning the Regulatory Pathway; 4.1 Transcription Factors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Marcio Rodrigues, Guilhem Janbon, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an in-depth overview on the manifold functions of fungal extracellular vesicles (EV) which span from cell-to-cell communication, pathogenicity and stimulation of host's immunity to export of hundreds of biomolecules. The book summarizes the present knowledge on the impact of extracellular vesicles on fungal biology. Extracellular vesicles participate in fundamental biological processes in all living cells but only during the last 15 years the production and functions of EVs were identified and studied in fungal species too. Up to date more than 50 independent studies have shown that extracellular vesicles are produced by at least 20 fungal species. The book addresses researchers and advanced students in Microbiology, Mycology and Biotechnology.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Foreword
    Chapter 1. Biogenesis of Fungal Extracellular Vesicle: what do we know?
    Chapter 2. Lessons learned from studying Histoplasma capsulatum extracellular vesicles
    Chapter 3. Current Status on Extracellular Vesicles from the Dimorphic Pathogenic Species of Paracoccidioide
    Chapter 4. Extracellular vesicles from Sporothrix yeast cells
    Chapter 5. Filamentous Fungi Extracellular Vesicles
    Chapter 6.Extracellular vesicles and the propagation of yeast prions
    Chapter 7. Contributions of Extracellular Vesicles to Fungal Biofilm Pathogenesis
    Chapter 8.Fungal extracellular vesicles in interkingdom communication
    Chapter 9. Interactions of extracellular vesicles from pathogenic fungi with innate leukocytes
    Chapter 10. Fungal extracellular vesicles as a potential strategy for vaccine development
    Chapter 11. Current microscopy strategies to image fungal vesicles: from the intracellular trafficking and secretion to the inner structure of isolated vesicles
    Chapter 12. Proteomic characterization of EVs in non-pathogenic yeast cells.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Mehmet Turgut, Sundaram Challa, Ali Akhaddar, editors.
    Summary: This book provides comprehensive information on fungal infections of the central nervous system (CNS). Fungal infections are still a major public health challenge for most of the developing world and even for developed countries due to the rising numbers of immune compromised patients, refugee movements, and international travel. Although fungal infections involving the CNS are not particularly common, when they do occur, the results can be devastating in spite of recent advances and currently available therapies. Further, over the past several years, the incidence of these infections has seen a steep rise among immunodeficient patients. In this context, aggressive surgery remains the mainstay of management, but conservative antifungal drug treatment complemented by aggressive surgical debridement may be necessary. Yet the optimal management approach to fungal infections of the CNS remains controversial, owing to the limited individual experience and the variable clinical course of the conditions. Addressing that problem, this comprehensive book offers the ideal resource for neurosurgeons, neurologists and other specialists working with infectious diseases.

    Contents:
    PREFACE
    INTRODUCTION
    SECTION I: GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
    Historical aspects of fungal infections
    Epidemiology of fungal infections
    Morphological classification of fungal infections (yeasts, molds, dimorphic)
    Pathogenesis of fungal infections
    Predisposing factors
    Histopathology
    Molecular genetics and genomics of fungal infections
    SECTION II: FUNGAL PATHOGENS: PATHOGENESIS, PATHOLOGY AND DIAGNOSIS
    Chapter 8: Aspergillosis
    Candidiasis
    Mucormycosis
    Histoplasmosis and coccidioidomycosis
    Cryptococcosis
    Blastomycosis and phaeohyphomycosis
    Onychomycosis
    epeat: initial; background-attachment: initial; background-origin: initial; background-clip: initial;">Emmonsiosis
    Cladophialophora bantiana
    Cladosporidium, Fusarium spp, Bipolaris hawaiiensis, Schizophyllum commune, Mycoplasma hominis, Scedosporium apiospermum
    SECTION III: CLINICAL SYNDROMES OF FUNGAL INFECTIONS INVOLVING CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM AND ITS COVERINGS
    Meningitis and meningo-encephalitis
    Raised intracranial pressure
    Hydrocephalus
    Intracranial space occupying lesions
    Skull-base syndromes
    Orbito-rhino-cerebral syndrome
    Cavernous sinus syndrome
    Intracranial fungal aneurysms
    Acute ischemic or hemorrhagic stroke syndromes
    Spinal syndromes
    SECTION III: RADIOLOGICAL FINDINGS OF FUNGAL INFECTIONS INVOLVING CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM AND ITS COVERINGS
    Magnetic resonance imaging
    Positron emission tomography-computed tomography
    Imaging findings of fungal infections of the cranial and peripheral nerves
    Imaging findings of fungal infections of sinuses extending into brain
    Imaging findings of fungal infections of spine and spinal cord
    SECTION IV: THERAPY OF FUNGAL INFECTIONS INVOLVING CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM AND ITS COVERINGS
    Antifungals: from genomics to resistance and the development of novel agents
    Surgical therapy
    Prognosis of fungal infections involving the central nervous system and its coverings
    SECTION VI: FURTHER INSIGHTS INTO FUNGAL INFECTIONS
    In vitro and animal models of fungal infections oReal-time PCR: advanced technologies and applications
    Next-generation sequencing: current technologies and applications
    Current innovations and future trends
    CONCLUSIONS.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ram Prasad, Vivek Kumar, Manoj Kumar, Shanquan Wang, editors.
    Summary: Fungal nanobionics has great prospects for developing new products with industrial, agriculture, medicine and consumer applications in a wide range of sectors. The fields of chemical engineering, agri-food, biochemical, pharmaceuticals, diagnostics and medical device development all employ fungal products, with fungal nanomaterials currently used in a wide range of applications, ranging from drug development to food industry and agricultural sector. The fungal agents emerge as an environmentally friendly, clean, non-toxic agent for the biogenic metal nanoparticles and employs both intracellular and extracellular methods. The simplicity of scaling up and downstream processing and the presence of fungal mycelia affording an increased surface area provide key advantages. In addition, the larger spectrum of synthesized nanoparticle morphologies and the substantially faster biosynthesis rate in cell-free filtrate (due to the higher amount of proteins secreted in fungi) make this a particularly enticing route. Understanding the diversity of fungi in assorted ecosystems, as well as their interactions with other microorganisms, animals and plants, is essential to underpin real and innovative technological developments and the applications of metal nanoparticles in many disciplines including agriculture, catalysis, and biomedical biosensors. Importantly, biogenic fungal nanoparticles show significant synergistic characteristics when combined with antibiotics and fungicides to offer substantially greater resistance to microbial growth and applications in nanomedicine ranging from topical ointments and bandages for wound healing to coated stents.

    Contents:
    Nanobiocomposites: Synthesis and Environmental Applications
    Medical and Cosmetic Applications of Fungal Nanotechnology: Production, Characterization and Bioactivity
    Fungal Nanoparticles: A Novel Tool for a Green Biotechnology?
    Application of Nanotechnology in Mycoremediation: Current Status and Future Prospects
    Fungal Nanotechnology: A New Approach Toward Efficient Biotechnology Application
    Advances in Biomedical Application of Chitosan and its Functionalized Nano-derivatives
    Biosynthesis of Metal Nanoparticles via Fungal Dead Biomass in Industrial Bioremediation Process
    Nanofabrication of Myconanoparticles: A Future Prospect
    In vitro Secondary Metabolite Production Through Fungal Elicitation: An Approach for Sustainability
    Metal and Metal Oxide Mycogenic Nanoparticles and Their Application as Antimicrobial and Antibiofilm Agents
    Applications of Fungal Nanobiotechnology in Drug Development
    Mycosynthesized Nanoparticles: Role in Food Processing Industries.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Marcio L. Rodrigues, editor.
    Summary: This volume offers an overview of the various aspects involved in the ability of fungi to damage host cells, and discusses cutting-edge approaches to the study of fungal pathogenesis. The first chapter illustrate the key roles of glycans and pigments, the most abundant surface components in fungal cells, in their interactions with host cells. The connections between cellular physiology and fungal pathogenesis are then discussed in the following chapters. Physiology-related processes affecting pathogenesis include fungal secretion, morphological transitions, and response to light. In turn, the book illustrates mechanisms of damage to host cells using the Histoplasma capsulatum model of infection, and reviews the use of transcriptomic approaches to understand the mechanisms of interaction between fungal cells and host tissues. After a discussion of the immunological mechanisms underlying host susceptibility to fungal infections, the books closing contribution reviews the mechanisms of interaction between fungi and other microbes, and the impact of this association on fungal pathogenesis. Given its scope, the book will appeal to scientists in the fields of mycology, microbiology, infectious diseases, biology and medicine.

    Contents:
    Candida morphology and pathogenesis
    Fungal biofilms
    Immunoactive fungal vesicles
    Candida parapsilosis pathogenesis
    Fungal circadian clocks and pathogenesis
    Cryptococcal pathogenesis
    Nucleic acid export in fungi
    Immunity to fungal infections
    Fungal systems biology.
  • Digital
    Marcio L. Rodrigues, editor.
    Summary: This volume offers an overview of the various aspects involved in the ability of fungi to damage host cells, and discusses cutting-edge approaches to the study of fungal pathogenesis. The first chapter illustrate the key roles of glycans and pigments, the most abundant surface components in fungal cells, in their interactions with host cells. The connections between cellular physiology and fungal pathogenesis are then discussed in the following chapters. Physiology-related processes affecting pathogenesis include fungal secretion, morphological transitions, and response to light. In turn, the book illustrates mechanisms of damage to host cells using the Histoplasma capsulatum model of infection, and reviews the use of transcriptomic approaches to understand the mechanisms of interaction between fungal cells and host tissues. After a discussion of the immunological mechanisms underlying host susceptibility to fungal infections, the books closing contribution reviews the mechanisms of interaction between fungi and other microbes, and the impact of this association on fungal pathogenesis. Given its scope, the book will appeal to scientists in the fields of mycology, microbiology, infectious diseases, biology and medicine.

    Contents:
    Candida morphology and pathogenesis
    Fungal biofilms
    Immunoactive fungal vesicles
    Candida parapsilosis pathogenesis
    Fungal circadian clocks and pathogenesis
    Cryptococcal pathogenesis
    Nucleic acid export in fungi
    Immunity to fungal infections
    Fungal systems biology.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Kalyani Dhusia, Kalpana Raja, Pramod Ramteke, editors.
    Summary: In the past few decades, it has been realized through research that fungal siderophores epitomize the uptake of iron as well as other essential elements like zinc, magnesium, copper, nickel and arsenic. Understanding the chemical structures of different fungal siderophores and the membrane receptors involved in uptake of mineral ions has opened new areas for research. In this edited volume, recent research is presented on fungal siderophores in one comprehensive volume to provide researchers a strong base for future research. Siderophores are the low molecular weight, high affinity iron-chelating compounds produced by bacteria and fungi. They are responsible for transporting iron across the cell membrane. Fungi produce a range of hydroxamate siderophores involved in the uptake of essential elements in almost all microorganisms and plants. In recent years, siderophores have been used in molecular imaging applications to visualize and understand cellular functions, which thus provide an opportunity to identify new drug targets. Therefore, knowledge of fungal siderophores has become vital in current research. Siderophores have received much attention in recent years because of their potential roles and applications in various research areas. Their significance in these applications is because siderophores have the ability to bind a variety of metals in addition to iron, and they have a wide range of chemical structures and specific properties. For instance, siderophores function as biocontrols, biosensors, and bioremediation and chelation agents, in addition to their important role in weathering soil minerals and enhancing plant growth. This book focuses on siderophores with the following significant points. It discusses leading, state-of-the-art research in all possible areas on fungal siderophores. The contributors are well-known and recognized authorities in the field of fungal siderophores. It discusses a projection of practical applications of fungal siderophores in various domains. This is the first book exclusively on fungal siderophores. In this comprehensive, edited volume, we show leading research on fungal siderophores and provide the most recent knowledge of researchers' work on siderophores. This book presents in-depth knowledge on siderophores to researchers working in areas of health sciences, microbiology, plant sciences, biotechnology, and bioinformatics.

    Contents:
    Preface
    1. Fungal siderophores: origin, structure and functions
    2. Fungal siderophore biosynthesis (NRP dependent)
    3. Fungal siderophore biosynthesis (NRP independent)
    4. Fungal siderophores and chelation of iron
    5. Fungal siderophores and non-iron metal ion complex formation
    6. Role of fungal siderophores in control of fungal infections
    7. Fungal siderophores and control of bacterial and viral pathogens
    8. Strategies involving siderophore mediated anti-pathogenicity
    9. Fungal siderophores in treatment of human diseases
    10. Applications of fungal siderophores in remediation of heavy metal contaminated soil
    11. Omics implications in fungal siderophores
    12. Exploring avenues of current research to practical implications
    Index
    Bibliography.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Kevin Kavanagh.
    Contents:
    Introduction to fungal physiology / Graeme M. Walker and Nia A. White
    Fungal genetics / Malcolm Whiteway and Catherine Bachewich
    Fungal genomics / David Fitzpatrick
    Fungal genetics : a post-genomic perspective / Brendan Curran and Virginia Bugeja
    Fungal proteomics / Sean Doyle and Rebecca Owens
    Fungi as food / Johan Baars
    Pharmaceutical and chemical commodities from fungi / Karina A. Horgan and Richard A. Murphy
    Biotechnological use of fungal enzymes / Shauna M. McKelvey and Richard A. Murphy
    Biotechnological exploitation of heterologous protein production in fungi / Brendan Curran and Virginia Bugeja
    Fungal infections of humans / Derek J. Sullivan, Gary P. Moran, and David C. Coleman
    Immunity to human fungal infections / Mawieh Hamad, Mohammad G. Mohammad, and Khaled H. Abu-Elteen
    Antifungal agents for use in human therapy / Khaled H. Abu-Elteen and Mawieh Hamad
    Fungi in the environment / Richard O'Hanlon
    Fungal pathogens of plants / Fiona Doohan and Binbin Zhou.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Praveen Gehlot, Joginder Singh, editors.
    Summary: This book illustrates the multiple roles of fungi in everyday life. Fungi are the large group of organisms with tremendous diversity and economic importance. Their ability to produce commercially efficient useful products makes them the vulnerable sustainable tool for the future generation. This book describes a systems approach and provides a means to share the latest developments and advances about the benefits of fungi including their wide application, traditional uses, modern practices, along with designing of strategies to harness their potential. The chapters are organized with data, providing information related to different sustainable aspects of fungi in agriculture, its cultivation and conservation strategies, industrial and environmental utilization, advanced bioconversion technologies and modern biotechnological interventions. Updated information and current opinion related to its application for sustainable agriculture, environment, and industries as futuristic tools have been presented and discussed in different chapters. The book also elucidates a comprehensive yet a representative description of the challenges associated with the sustained application of fungi to achieve the goals of sustainability.

    Contents:
    Module 1_ Sustainable Cultivation and Conservation Strategies of Fungi.- Chapter 1. Cultivation, conservation and medicinal significance of macro-fungi.- Chapter 2. Fungi as biocontrol agent: an alternate to chemicals.- Chapter 3. Role of Fungi in various Fields for sustainable development.- Chapter 4. The biological promises of endophytic Muscodor species.- Chapter 5. Slime Moulds: The Tiny Charmers.- Module 2_ Sustainable Aspects of Fungi in Agriculture.- Chapter 6. Fungal Endophytes: Role in Sustainable Agriculture.- Chapter 7. Fungal endophytes and their Secondary metabolites
    Role in sustainable agriculture.- Chapter 8. Agricultural important microorganism- Sustainability from rhizosphere to bioformulation as weapon for biological control.- Chapter 9. Mycopesticides: Fungal based pesticides for sustainable agriculture.- Chapter 10. Multifactorial role of Arbuscular Mycorrhizae in Agroecosystem.- Chapter 11.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Sonia M. Tiquia-Arashiro, Martin Grube, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Xiaofeng Dai, Minaxi Sharma, Jieyin Chen, editors.
    Summary: This book presents research on the challenges and potential of fungal contribution in agriculture for food substantiality. Research on fungi plays an essential role in the improvement of biotechnologies which lead global sustainable food production. Use of fungal processes and products can bring increased sustainability through more efficient use of natural resources. Fungal inoculum, introduced into soil together with seed, can promote more robust plant growth through increasing plant uptake of nutrients and water, with plant robustness being of central importance in maintaining crop yields. Fungi are one of natures best candidates for the discovery of food ingredients, new drugs and antimicrobials. As fungi and their related biomolecules are increasingly characterized, they have turned into a subject of expanding significance. The metabolic versatility makes fungi interesting objects for a range of economically important food biotechnology and related applications. The potential of fungi for a more sustainable world must be realized to address global challenges of climate change, higher demands on natural resources.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Chapter 1: Fungal Byproducts in Food Technology
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Use of Fungi in Food Biotechnology
    1.3 Fungal Byproducts
    1.3.1 Proteins from Filamentous Fungi Biomass
    1.3.2 Byproducts from Fungal Fermentation
    1.3.3 Fungal Chitosan
    1.3.4 Other Fungal Byproducts
    1.4 Unenviable Fungal Byproducts
    1.5 Conclusion and Future Prospects
    References
    Chapter 2: Fungal Production of Dietary Fibers
    2.1 Definition
    2.2 Introduction
    2.3 Production 2.3.1 Preparation of Fungus (Mushroom) as Dietary Fiber
    2.3.2 Commercial Mushroom Production in the Asian Tradition
    2.4 Importance
    2.5 Conclusion
    2.6 Future Prospects
    References
    Chapter 3: GRAS Fungi: A New Horizon in Safer Food Product
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 History of GRAS
    3.3 Fungi in All Quarters
    3.4 Fungi in Food
    3.4.1 Directly Consumed as Food
    3.4.2 Secondary Metabolites
    3.4.3 Alcoholic Beverages
    3.5 Applications
    3.5.1 Exploited as Nutraceuticals
    3.5.2 Antioxidant Activity
    3.5.3 Increased Shelf-Life of Vegetables and Fruits 3.5.4 Flavouring Agent
    3.5.5 Colouring Agent
    3.6 List of GRAS-Certified Fungi and Their Products
    3.7 Concern of GRAS Ingredients
    References
    Chapter 4: Fungi in Food Bioprocessing
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Useful Fungi
    4.3 Fermentation Processes
    4.3.1 Natural Fermentation
    4.3.2 Starter-Mediated Single-Stage Fermentation
    4.3.3 Multiple-Stage Fermentation
    4.4 Fermented Products: Manufacturing and Fungal Species Involved
    4.4.1 Bread
    4.4.1.1 Baker's Yeast
    4.4.1.2 Baking Technology
    Bulk Fermentation Process
    The Mechanical Dough Development Method 4.4.2 Sufu (Furu)
    4.4.2.1 Naturally Fermented Sufu
    4.4.2.2 Enzymatically Produced Sufu
    4.4.2.3 Bacterial Fermented Sufu
    4.4.2.4 Fungal Fermented Sufu
    4.4.2.5 Grey Sufu
    4.4.2.6 White Sufu
    4.4.2.7 Red Sufu
    4.4.2.8 Other Types
    4.4.2.9 Mycology of Sufu
    4.4.2.10 Manufacturing Process
    Preparation of Tofu
    Preparation of Pehtze (Pizi)
    Salting
    Ripening
    4.4.3 Red Kojic Rice
    4.4.3.1 Fungi Involved
    4.4.3.2 Manufacturing Process
    4.4.4 Soy Sauce
    4.4.4.1 Fungal Species Involved
    4.4.4.2 Manufacturing Process
    4.4.5 Tempe
    4.4.5.1 Mycology of Tempe 4.4.5.2 Manufacturing Process
    4.4.6 Wine
    4.4.6.1 Mycology of Wine Fermentation
    4.4.6.2 Manufacturing Process
    4.5 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 5: Fungal Productions of Biological Active Proteins
    5.1 Fungi as Source of Bioactive Proteins
    5.2 Inhibition of Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme by Mushroom
    5.3 Antioxidant
    5.4 Antifungal
    5.5 Ribosome-Inactivating Proteins
    5.6 Antibacterial
    5.7 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 6: Fungal Pectinases: Production and Applications in Food Industries
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Biochemical Characteristics of Pectinases
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editor, Luiz Henrique Rosa.
    Summary: This book focuses on the fungi found in one of the most pristine regions on Earth: Antarctica. It discusses the fungal occurrence in all substrates of the region, including soil, seawater, lake and marine sediments, rocks, ice, and snow. It also addresses the impact of climate changes on these organisms, the genomic techniques developed to study them, and how a number of compounds, such as antibiotics and enzymes, produced by the Antarctic fungi can be used in medicine, agriculture and the chemical industry.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Fungi in Antarctica: Diversity, ecology, effects of climate change, and bioprospection for bioactive compounds
    Uncultivated Fungi from Antarctica
    Fungi present in soils of Antarctica
    Diversity and ecology of fungal assemblages present in lakes of Antarctica
    Rock-inhabiting fungi in Antarctica: new frontiers of the edge of life
    Fungi in snow and glacial ice of Antarctica
    Antarctic permafrost: an unexplored fungal microhabitat at the edge of life
    Fungi associated with plants and lichens of Antarctica
    Fungus-invertebrate interactions in Antarctica
    Sub-Antarctic and Antarctic marine ecosystems: an unexplored ecosystem of fungal diversity
    The use of psychrophilic Antarctic yeast in the biological control of post-harvest diseases of fruits stored at low temperatures
    Bioactive compounds produced by Antarctic filamentous fungi
    Antarctic yeasts as a source of enzymes for biotechnological applications
    Antarctic fungi as producers of pigments
    Genomics of Antarctic fungi: A new frontier
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Valentin Fuster, Jagat Narula, Prashant Vaishnava, Martin B. Leon, David J. Callans, John S. Rumsfeld, Athena Poppas.
    Summary: "World-famous for its authority and clinical relevance, Fuster and Hursts The Heart is cardiologys longest continuously published reference book. Written to meet the ever-changing needs of cardiologists, fellows, and interns, this trusted classic offers a solid foundation in cardiovascular medicine and complete coverage of all major cardiovascular topics. This fifteenth edition presents a greater focus on the practicalities of patient care. Additionally, the content is ordered in a more methodical pattern, from mechanism to management. Reflecting the latest technical, therapeutic, and clinical advances, Fuster and Hursts The Heart provides invaluable concise summaries of major new trials and guidelines."--Amazon

    Contents:
    1. The Global Burden of Cardiovascular Diseases / Catherine P. Benziger, Andrew E. Moran, Gregory A. Roth, George A. Mensah
    2. Clinical Cardiovascular Examination / William R. Miranda, Rick A. Nishimura
    3. Cardiovascular Imaging / Thomas H. Marwick, Jagat Narula
    4. Genomics and Epigenomics of Heart Diseases / June-Wha Rhee, Joseph C. Wu
    5. Epidemiology, Pathophysiology, and Treatment of Hypertension / Michael E. Hall, John E. Hall, Paul K. Whelton
    6. Cardiometabolic Disease: Insulin Resistance, Obesity, and the Metabolic Syndrome / W. Timothy Garvey, Jeffrey I. Mechanick
    7. Diabetes and Cardiovascular Disease / Jeffrey I. Mechanick, Michael E. Farkouh
    8. Tobacco-Related Cardiovascular Disease / Nancy A. Rigotti, Sara Kalkhoran, Neal L. Benowitz
    9. Air Pollution and Cardiovascular Disease / Michael B. Hadley, Sanjay Rajagopalan
    10. Hypercholesterolemia, Hyperlipoproteinemia(a), Hypertriglyceridemia, and Low HDL / Robert S. Rosenson, Marlys L. Koschinsky, Børge G. Nordestgaard, Robert A. Hegele
    11. Psychological Factors in Cardiovascular Health and Disease / Darwin R. Labarthe, Rosalba Hernandez 12. Sedentary Lifestyle and Role of Exercise in Cardiovascular Diseases / Ambarish Pandey, Nitin Kondamudi, Carl J. Lovie
    13. Nutrition, Diet, and Alcohol in Health and Cardiovascular Disease / Marta Guasch-Ferre, Frank Hu
    14. Inflammation and Atherosclerosis / Hasan K. Siddiqi, Paul M. Ridker
    15. Location and Level of Care, Education, Availability of Medicines, and Cardiovascular Mortality / Rajeev Gupta, Philip Joseph, Annika Rosengren, Salim Yusuf
    16. Pathological Basis of Atherosclerotic Coronary Artery Disease / Jagat Narula, Renu Virmani, Navneet Narula, Borja Ibanez, Valentin Fuster
    17. Pathogenesis of Coronary Thrombosis and Myocardial Infarction / Gemma Vilahur, Valentin Fuster, Borja Ibanez
    18. ST-Elevation Myocardial Infarction / Borja Ibanez, Manesh Patel, Ines Garcfa-Lunar, Usman Baber, Jonathan Halperin, Valentin Fuster
    19. Evaluation and Management of Non-ST-Segment Elevation Acute Coronary Syndromes / Eric R. Bates, David J. Moliterno, Manesh R. Patel
    20. Mimickers of Atherosclerotic Myocardial Infarction / Jacqueline Saw, Jaya Chandrasekhar, Sarah Zaman, Harmony Reynolds
    21. Chronic Coronary Syndromes / Sripal Bangalore, Ziad Ali, Jagat Narula, John Puskas, Gregg W. Stone
    22. Cardiac Rehabilitation / Alan Rozanski, Soman Setareh-Shenas, Jagat Narula 23. Diseases of the Aorta
    John A. Elefteriades, Bulat A. Ziganshin, Jonathan L. Halperin
    24. Carotid Artery Disease / Christopher J. White
    25. Cerebrovascular Disease / Hugo J. Aparicio, Vasileios-Arsenios Lioutas, Thanh N. Nguyen, Sudha Seshadri
    26. Diagnosis and Management of Diseases of the Peripheral Arteries / Hillary Johnston-Cox, Daniella Kadian-Dodov, Jeffrey W. Olin
    27. Acute Rheumatic Fever / Liesl Zuhlke, Jagat Narula, Mark Engel, Jonathan R. Carapetis
    28. Aortic Stenosis / Marie-Annick Clavel, Marc R. Dweck, Martin Leon, Philippe Pibarot
    29. Aortic Regurgitation, Mixed Valvular Heart Disease, and Heart Valve Prostheses / Patrizio Lancellotti, Alexandra Chitroceanu, Simona Sperlongano, Raluca Dulgheru, Adriana Postolache
    30. Mitral Regurgitation / Jeroen J. Bax, Nina Ajmone Marson, Pieter van der Bijl, Hendrik Treede, Michele DeBonis, Bernard Prendergast, Bernard Iung, Victoria Delgado
    31. Acquired Tricuspid Valve Diseases / Luigi P. Badano, Ana Pardo, Denisa Muraru, Jose Luis Zamorano
    32. Mitral Stenosis / Vinay K. Bahl, Ravi S. Math
    33. Infective Endocarditis / Ann F. Bolger
    34. Electrophysiologic Anatomy, Mechanisms of Arrhythmias and Conduction Disturbances, and Genetics / Peng-Sheng Chen, Siew Yen Ho, Silvia G. Priori, Charles Antzelevitch 35. Supraventricular Tachycardia: Atrial Tachycardia, Atrioventricular Nodal Reentry, and Wolff-Parkinson-White Syndrome / David Spragg, Hugh Calkins
    36. Atrial Fibrillation and Atrial Flutter / Anne B. Curtis, Tina Baykaner, Sanjiv M. Narayan
    37. Ventricular Arrhythmias and Sudden Cardiac Death / Justin Hayase, Kalyanam Shivkumar, Jason S. Bradfield
    38. Conduction System Disturbances and Bradyarrhythmias / Pugazhendhi Vijayaraman, Jeffrey Arkles, Jayanthi N. Koneru, David J. Callans
    39. Diagnosis and Management of Syncope / Zachary D. Goldberger, Mohammed Ruzieh, Blair P. Grubb
    40. Classification of Cardiomyopathies / Eloisa Arbustini, Barry J. Maron, Navneet Narula, Jagat Narula
    41. Dilated Cardiomyopathy / Eloisa Arbustini, Alessandro Di Toro, Lorenzo Giuliani, Mario Urtis, G. William Dec, Jagat Narula
    42. Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy / Massimiliano Lorenzini, Perry M. Elliott
    43. Cardiac Amyloidosis / Morie A. Gertz, Jagat Narula, Edgar Argulian, Sumeet S. Mitter
    44. Restrictive Heart Diseases / Eloisa Arbustini, Alessandro Di Toro, Lorenzo Giuliani, G. William Dec, Jagat Narula
    45. Left Ventricular Noncompaction / Eloisa Arbustini, Alessandra Serio, Lorenzo Giuliani, Nupoor Narula, Alessandro Di Toro
    46. Myocarditis / Eloisa Arbustini, Alessandro Di Toro, Mario Urtis, Sean Pinney, Jagat Narula
    47. Obstructive and Nonobstructive Coronary Disease in Heart Failure / Charlotte Lee, G. William Dec
    48. Diagnosis and Management of Chronic Heart Failure / Muhammad Shahzeb Khan, Muthiah Vaduganathan, Javed Butler 49. Diagnosis and Management of Heart Failure with Preserved Ejection Fraction / João Pedro Ferreira, Kavita Sharma, Javed Butler
    50. Evaluation and Management of Acute Heart Failure / Anuradha Lala, Kiron Mahmood, Eric J. Velazquez
    51. Peripartum Cardiomyopathy / Uri Elkayam, Jena Pizula
    52. Mechanical Circulatory Support and Heart Transplantation in Severe Heart Failure / Adam D. DeVore, Michelle M. Kittleson, Carmelo A. Milano, Jignesh K. Patel, Joseph G. Rogers, Jon A. Kobashigawa
    53. Acute Pericarditis / James W. Lloyd, Sushil Allen Luis, Zi Ye, Jae K. Oh
    54. Pericardial Effusion and Tamponade / Darryl J. Burstow, Sushil Allen Luis, Garvan C. Kane, Jae K. Oh
    55. Constrictive Pericarditis / William R. Miranda, Kevin L. Greason, John M. Stulak, Jae K. Oh
    56. Diagnosis and Management of Diseases of the Peripheral Venous System / Daniella Kadian-Dodov, Hillary Johnston-Cox, Jeffrey W. Olin
    57. Pulmonary Hypertension / Yogesh N. V. Reddy, Barry A. Borlaug
    58. Pulmonary Embolism / Victor F. Tapson
    59. Cor Pulmonale: The Heart in Structural Lung Disease / Lewis J. Rubin
    60. Sleep-Disordered Breathing / Shahrokh Javaheri, Dirk Pevernagie, Ali Javaheri
    61. Evolution of Cardiac Critical Care / Venu Menon, Penelope Rampersad
    62. Circulatory and Cardiogenic Shock / Gregory Serrao, Benjamin Bier, Umesh Gidwani 63. Sudden Cardiac: Death and Resuscitation / Sanjiv M. Narayan, James P. Daubert
    64. Postoperative and Postprocedural Care in the Cardiac: Intensive Care Unit / Venu Menon
    65. Anatomical and Physiological Classification of Adult Congenital Heart Disease / Jasmine Grewal, Alexander R. Opotowsky
    66. Shunt Lesions / Ari M. Cedars, Shelby Kutty, Ashish Doshi
    67. Right-Sided Lesions / Konstantinos Dimopoulos, Andrew Constantine
    68. Left Heart Obstructive Lesions / Jennifer Cohen, David Ezon, Kenan Stern, Ali N. Zaidi
    69. Single Ventricle Post Fontan Palliation: Tricuspid Atresia, Pulmonary Atresia, and Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome / Marie-A. Chaix, Paul Khairy
    70. Complex Cyanotic Congenital Heart Disease: The "Mixing" Lesions / Rafael Alonso-Gonzalez and Danielle Massarella
    71. Psychosocial Profiles in Adult Congenital Heart Disease and Transition to Adulthood / Philip Moons
    72. Perioperative Evaluation for Noncardiac Surgery / Daniel Alyesh, Prashant Vaishnava, Kim A. Eagle
    73. Anesthesia and the Patient with Cardiovascular Disease / David L. Reich, Elvera L. Baron, Joel A. Kaplan
    74. Cardiovascular Disease in Patients with Cancer and Cardiovascular Complications of Cancer Therapies / Edward T.H. Yeh
    75. Heart Disease in Chronic Kidney Disease / Jared Hooker, Omar Baber, Usman Baber
    76. Rheumatologic Disease and the Cardiovascular System / Emily Carroll, Yousaf Ali 77. Cardiovascular Disease in Patients with HIV / Pravin Mango, Keir McCutcheon, Nqoba Tsabedze
    78. Heart Disease in Pregnancy / Dan G. Halpern, Amy Sarma, Katherine E. Economy, Anne Marie Valente
    79. Traumatic Heart Disease / T. Bruce Ferguson, Jr, Austin Rogers, Robert Allman
    80. Women and Ischemic Heart Disease / Leslee J. Shaw, Viviany R. Taqueti, Nanette K. Wenger
    81. Race, Ethnicity, Disparities, Diversity, and Heart Disease / Clyde W. Yancy
    82. Cardiovascular Disease and Ageing: Cellular and Molecular Mechanisms / Zoltan Ungvari, Dao-Fu Dai, Bela Merkely, Anna Csiszar
    83. Artificial Intelligence and Cardiovascular Care / John S. Rumsfeld, Bobak J. Mortazavi, Harlan M. Krumholz
    84. Cardiovascular Manifestations of COVID-19 / Sean P. Pinney, Gennaro Giustino, Jeffrey I. Mechanick.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessCardiology
    AccessMedicine
  • Print
    Contents:
    pt.
    1. Problems of organizing his training.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    R729.5.G4 F87
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Bruce E. Torbett, David S. Goodsell, Douglas D. Richman, editors.
    Summary: This volume thoroughly covers HIV-1 antiretrovirals currently in clinical use, together with their advantages and limitations. HIV-1 inhibitor resistance is discussed in detail, and critical assessments as to what will be required of future antiretrovirals in order to halt viral replication, reduce viral resistance, and alter the state of viral latency are presented. Experts at the forefront of HIV-1 research provide overviews of approaches from the fields of virology, chemical biology and structural biology for obtaining small molecule inhibitors that target viral regulatory and structural components at multiple points in the viral lifecycle.

    Contents:
    HIV Therapy: Looking Towards the Future
    Computational challenges of structure-based approaches applied to HIV
    Nucleocapsid Protein: A Desirable Target For Future Therapies Against HIV-1
    HIV-1 integrase multimerization as a therapeutic target
    Targeting HIV transcription: The quest for a functional cure
    Targeting the HIV RNA Genome: High-Hanging Fruit Only Needs a Longer Ladder
    HIV-1 Gag: An Emerging Target for Antiretroviral Therapy
    The Triple Threat of HIV-1 Protease Inhibitors
    Illustrations of the HIV Life Cycle.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Brian M. Devitt, Mustafa Karahan, João Espregueira-Mendes, editors.
    Summary: In this book, leading international thinkers in the still nascent field of orthopaedic sports medicine consider what the future holds and give their views on what we should be most worried about. The range of issues addressed is wide, encompassing technological threats, environmental concerns, big data and its ramifications, the influence of industry, academic ethics, and much more. Many of the identified dangers are not yet on the popular radar, and these are the principal focus of the book. On the other hand, attention is also paid to misplaced fears, with explanation as to why these anxieties can be laid to rest. The contributors are leading thinkers in the field and include original pioneers of sports medicine, senior and newly appointed orthopaedic surgeons, orthopaedic trainees, and sports medicine physicians. In addition, leaders of industry in sports medicine and allied health professionals from around the world share their fears. This compelling and thought-provoking book, published in collaboration with ISAKOS, will appeal to all stakeholders in orthopaedic sports medicine.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; In memorium: Dr John A Feagin, Jr.; Reference; Contents;
    1: How Long Is a Piece of String?;
    2: I Worry that Informal Logic Will Take Over from Formal Logic;
    3: It's Not You, It's Me; References;
    4: Are We Losing Our Profession Through the Loss of Leadership?; Reference;
    5: BIG DATA: Revolution or Complication?;
    6: The Influence of Industry;
    7: Are We Stifling Innovation?;
    8: Don't Get Dragged into the Gloom: Keep the Flame!; References;
    9: Pseudoscience and False Avenues;
    10: We'd Better Quit Now;
    11: Academic Integrity and the God of Data; References
    12: Research Funding: Finding a Balanc
    e13: From Science to Daily Practice: A Huge Gap! The Example of Meniscus Surgery; References;
    14: Living on the Edge;
    15: The Last Generation of Doctors;
    16: The Future of Orthopaedic Sports Medicine: It's the Human Connection;
    17: The Meniscus Is the Most Important Piece of the Knee;
    18: Is Medicine Now a Science or Still an Art?; Reference;
    19: Let's Get Back to Basics; 19.1 No Scrum... No Win;
    20: We Should Be Worried, About Being Worried!;
    21: The End of Sports Surgery
    22: Will Our Focus on Techniques and Technology to Improve Patient Outcomes Be at the Expense of a Loss of Clinical Judgement
    ?23: Are We Going Forward or Standing Still?; 23.1 Where Should We Look for Improvement?; 23.2 What We Should Be Worried About?;
    24: Please Take Your Time: A Research Perspective;
    25: What's in It for Me?;
    26: Social Media in Sports Medicine; References;
    27: Biologic and Regenerative Medicine: The Balance Between Promise and Proven;
    28: There Are No Facts, Only Interpretations;
    29: Increased Incidence of Sports Trauma in Children. Is It Time to Worry?
    30: Persistent Lack of Patient Treatment Outcome Information for Patients, Therapists, and Surgeon
    s31: The Perils and Potentials of Biologic Therapies;
    32: Am I a Robot or a Surgeon?; 32.1 Prevention Is Better than Cure!;
    33: Who Will Guard the Guardians?;
    34: Don't Wait to Worry!; Reference;
    35: The Threat of Fake News!; References;
    36: The Big Bang and Its Fall Out;
    37: First the Process, Then the Art of Medicine? The Gruyère Theory;
    38: The Complexity of a 'Rope';
    39: If You Don't Know Where You Are Going, Any Road Will Take You There!; References;
    40: What's the Use in Worrying?
    41: High-Technology Technicians Versus Bedside Doctors; 41.1 Reducing or Eliminating the Hospital Stay: The New Paradigm; 41.2 From Navigation to Robotics; 41.3 Biological Treatments: The New Frontier;
    42: Surgery Is Overvalued and Rehabilitation Undervalued Following Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury; 42.1 Rehabilitation Is Undervalued; References;
    43: The Professional Responsibility of Orthopaedic Sports Medicine Surgeons as Advocates for Sports Injury Prevention; References;
    44: Digitalization and Machine Learning;
    45: Worried About the Vision; 45.1 Perspective; 45.2 Prevention; 45.3 Advocacy.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
all 547 "F" titles

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) contains coverage of nursing and allied health literature. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Provides critical assessments of systematic reviews compiled from a variety of medical journals. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides systematic coverage of the psychological literature from the 1800s to the present through articles, book chapters and dissertations. PIER (Physicians' Information and Education Resource) is a Web-based decision-support tool designed for rapid point-of-care delivery of up-to-date, evidence-based guidance for primary care physicians. Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) provides access to 300,000 controlled trials that have been identified the Cochrane Collaboration. Provides drug information targeted for patients. A continually updating drug monograph. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.